electronics shop business plan india

How To Start A Electronics Shop In India? Electronics Business Ideas.

Table of Contents:

1. Electronics Business Plan

2. electronics business ideas, 3. hiring employees in electronic showroom, 4. profit margin in electronics shop in india, 5. business insurance for electronics business.

6. Business License & Application For Electronic Showroom

7. Online Application Process For Electronics Business

The electronics industry has taken a stride over the market with the huge demand for electronics goods. Te more technology-driven the world is becoming, the greater is the rise of these machines. People heavily rely on electronic goods for every other activity they do in general. Be it preparing the early morning breakfast or switching on the AC to get a peaceful sleep at night; there is no denial.

In a busy lifestyle, everyone finds it much easier to take assistance from electronic gadgets. It simplifies the work and instantly delivers the output. We see that there is a good reason why the electronics industry will escalate in the near future as well. Despite having a brighter side, startups might find it harder to compete with bigwigs in terms of price or catalogue.

This sophisticated industry can be volatile for startups when they lack a solid blueprint to compete with the established players. Setting up an electronic franchise store can be a safer option. It allows the owners to get a ready-made business template along with the trademark of the business. With a good strategy, there are chances to excel and run your own electronics store.

Steps To Start An Electronics Store

Before starting to venture into the market regarding establishing an electronic store, there must be a plan. A roadmap for your electronic business will cover every idea of how to set the store.

The whole process might seem overwhelming, but a business plan software can be of great use. You can systematically devise the accuracy and consistency of your plan that in turn, will improve the value of the electronic store.

A great business plan software will actually develop your electronic business from the throwaway requirements to internal strategic resources. The electronics industry is rising, and this has been established in a survey report. It states that the Global Consumer Electronics Manufacturing industry has been increased at 1.9% in the last five years, including a 3.8% increase in 2019 alone.

1- Investigate The Competitors

It is good to know about the existing competition in your locality even before starting your own franchise store. You can track all your competitors by going through the details on Google. This gives a fair idea of the electronics stores that are already operating in your area.

Create a list of all the stores and do in-depth research about the pricing, products, and marketing strategies. This will reveal the strength of competitors, and accordingly, the pricing and promotional ideas can be shaped.

New models and trends have to be explored and stocked in the store even before the competitors start selling them. When you are aware of the existing competition, you can bring uniqueness and originality that sets your store apart from others.

2- Location Of The Store

The location of any store plays a prime role in understanding consumer behaviour. Any franchise retail store tends to work best in an area that is flocking with customers having a high demand for the product. In fact, if the location of a store has proper accessibility, it improves the survival chances of business.

When you find a perfect location to inaugurate your store, the franchise companies find it more favourable to tie up. This gives maximum visibility to the electronic store that will help to flourish the business over the years.

3- Set Up An Office Space

A well-designed office space creates an outlook for your business that helps to attract customers to your store. The greatest plus side of working with a franchise is that they make their unique interior theme. This gives the customers a plush experience of buying electronic goods. It mainly creates psychological satisfaction with the display of products in appealing interiors and infrastructure.

With adequate square footage, the customers get to feel the real features of the product. This gives a message that a variety of goods and stocks are available at the store.

Also Read: Best TV Brands In India

4- Research About Franchise Companies

Conduct your initial study about different franchise electronic companies and understand how they operate. With this first-hand information, you can actually determine which franchise fits your goals, budget, and personal interest.

Also, evaluate every parameter of these franchises and check whether you qualify their requirements. Once it is done, you can schedule an appointment to meet with the franchise. In this meeting, discuss every aspect and determine the right franchise for your electronics store.

Also read: Capacitor Manufacturers in India

5- Raise Capital

Any startup business relies heavily on capital to begin their venture. A survey claims that 57% of small ventures depend upon their personal savings to start. Electronics store is no exception as it requires a decent capital investment to display all the latest types of electronics gadgets.

Raising funds in the initial stages is the primary concern as it cannot be a bare brick and mortar store. It needs to fund a variety of things like store inventory, store fixtures, lease amount, employee wages, and advertisement.

6- Register Your Business

There should be a registration of the electronic store as it is a legal document for any business to operate. It gives a lawful existence to the company and also registers the name in that particular industry.

A government will only identify your business as valid if it gets registered through the official agencies properly. This allows you to manage your electronic store smoothly and also simplifies the process of taxation. Once you are registering your business, take help from your franchise brand that will help you further to get all the legal works done quickly.

Hiring the right number of employees for your store will avoid chaos and help build trust amongst the people. Keeping in mind the supply and demand along with the size of your store, a hiring panel could be finalised. This will also create numerous job opportunities and positions such as-

• Floor Manager
• Supervisors
• Stock Manager
• Promotional Head
• Sales Representatives

Other departmental duties include-

• Maintenance

Also read: Transformer Manufacturers in India

These steps will help you in starting an electronics store business –profitable business plan:

• Becoming a premium seller by selling luxury electronic brands
• Generating partnership with corporate firms
• A solid competitive business plan
• Official Business registration
• Fulfilling online application formalities
• Licences/Permits
• Business Insurance
• Store Location

Accidents happen, and insurance covers it. This also ensures you incur all the loses during the incident. Many companies allow insurance policies that are beneficial for both- the insurer and the insured. Electronics store insurances are an all-together separate wing that has a variety of types. Some common insurance policies offered for an electronics store are-

• Electronics store Crime insurance
• Electronics store Worker’s compensation
• Electronics store Cyber liability insurance
• Electronics store business property insurance
• Electronics store commercial auto insurance
• Electronics store general liability insurance

All these insurances differ in coverage of loss. You can obtain them from private companies or government agencies. Insuring your business provides value and authenticity to your company.

6. Business License & Application For Electronic Showroom

In general, for any retail-based business, you would have to opt for a state license. A license provides you with legal authorisation on every product you sell, exceptions being-

• If you've less than 30 electronics for display or sale, a license is not needed.
• If your stores' display space is less than 20% of the total display space, a license won't be required.

Mandatory requirements for the application include-

• Sales Tax Identification Number
• License Number
• For only electronics services- Electronic and Home Appliance Service Dealer License (2 years validity)
• For selling second-hand electronics- Second Hand Dealer General License (2 years validity)

These are the 3 things needed for making it to the final stage of getting an EIN (Employer Identification Number)-

• Eligibility check
• Online Application

Key Takeaways

A startup with an electronic store might seem impossible in an industry where the competition is already very intense. An electronic franchise store can be a most sought after plan as it already gives a benefit to taking an edge over the competition.

Studies have already revealed that the success rate of franchise businesses is 95% compared to the success rate of startups, which is 15%. The initial rate of nominal royalties and franchise fee might seem to be higher, but its long term growth and success outweighs everything.

1) How to start kirana business? 2) How to start mobile phone repair business? 3) How to start dropshipping business? 4) How to start cloud kitchen business? 5) How to start artificial jewellery business?

Stay updated with new business ideas & business tips with OkCredit blogs in English, Hindi, Malayalam, Marathi & more! Download OkCredit now & get rid of your bookkeeping hassles. OkCredit is 100% Made in India.

Q. How much does it cost to open an electronics store in India?

Ans- Depending on the location you choose it may go as high as 10 Lakh rupees in a metro city. It could be done around 1 lakh in a small suburban township.

Q. Is an electronic shop profitable?

Ans- Yes, the electronics store is a profitable business in India. The reason being speedy advancement in the technological upgradations and electronics sector, it becomes easier to have an electronics businesses in India.

Q. How do I start a small electronic business?

Ans- These are the basic steps to be taken before starting an electronics business:

• Analyse your Existing electronic businesses
• Curate a solid & competitive business plan
• Raise funds, get a business loan or find proper investors
• Understand the requirements of your electronics suppliers

Q. How much is margin in electronics?

Ans- It depends on the type of products, for example on an average mobile phone you can earn up to 5-7% of margins.

Q. How can I get an electronics dealership in India?

Ans- These methods will help you on how to find wholesale electronics dealers in India:

• Ensure the quality of wholesalers before signing them up for your business/brand.
• Enrol for local trade shows.
• Buy a bulk wholesale list.
• Use Google & other powerful search engines.
• Utilise Yellow Pages.
• Find Companies Exiting the Industry and Obtain Bulk Orders.
• Buy from Big International Companies.

Q. Is it profitable to run an electronic franchise store?

Ans: Technology is constantly evolving with every passing year, and so it is safe to consider that there will be an expansion in the electronics sector. Even though the competition is high, with a well-planned strategy, every electronic business can gain from it. When it comes to an electronic store with a franchise label, there is a huge chance to make a profit. The owner already gets the privilege to encash from the title compared to a standard store.

Q. Why is the franchise disclosure document important for a store owner?

Ans: When you have decided to work with a franchise, a qualification questionnaire will be given to you. After submitting the details related to the questionnaire, the franchisor will provide a franchise disclosure document. This document is extremely crucial as it contains all the details regarding the franchise and the way it functions. Before proceeding to the next step, the store owner must read and verify every detail carefully so that there are no doubts in the future.

Nitesh Goswami

We bring you some of the best small business tips, ideas & tricks to grow your business & more.

Recent Posts

Cable manufacturers in india [5 best manufacturers], air compressor manufacturer in india [top 11 manufacturers], pet bottle manufacturers in india [top 7 manufacturers], paint manufacturers in india [6 best manufacturers], silk saree manufacturers in india [best manufacturers], you might be interested in, foreign direct investment(fdi) 101: a complete guide, series funding [types, how it works and more], sustainable architecture ideas that can improve our lives.

• Restaurant News
• Brand X Collab
• Food & Hospitality
• Paid Reports
• Unpaid Reports

Retail & Business

• Consumer Trends
• Retail Trends
• Retail Meaning
• What is Retail?
• Retail Employees Day
• Retail Business Ideas
• Retail Stores Guide
• Future Retail
• Retail Glossary
• Retail Acronyms
• Happy New Year 2024

Tech & E-Commerce

• Omni Channel
• Digital Trends

Fashion & Beauty

• Collaboration
• Sustanability

D2C & New Commerce

• Perspective
• Brand X Brand

• Subscription

How to Start an Electronics Retail Store in India: Key Steps

The Indian consumer electronics market is valued at $73.73 billion and is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.8% from 2023 to 2030 . The factors are driven by rising incomes, urbanization, and increased technology adoption. This article is for those looking to start an electronics business. Understanding how to open an electronic shop is crucial in this dynamic market. This guide will provide essential tips to open a retail electronics business in 2024 successfully.

Assess Your Competitors

Competitor analysis is critical. Go to a shop-wise electronics dealer and look at the products they are selling, the prices they are charging, and the way their customers are treated. Examples include Reliance Digital, Croma and Vijay Sales, which stand out through their broad electronics product range and great customer service. Knowing their strengths and weaknesses will assist you in creating your own unique selling proposition.

Register Your Business Formally

The essential step in bringing your electronics store to proper legal registration is to ensure compliance and risk management. Among the range of different business structures, you can choose either the form of a Private Limited Company, a sole proprietor, or a partnership that will determine the structure of your business and how it can evolve in the future.

Develop a Robust Business Plan

Crafting a well-rounded business plan is the foundation of your store's success. Your plan should include:

• Business Model: Decide between focusing on high-end electronics or a mix of mid-range and budget products.
• Financial Projections: Estimation of startup costs, revenue, and profit margins.
• Marketing Strategies: Detail your approach to attracting customers, whether through in-store promotions or local advertising.
• Operational Plans: Outlining the day-to-day operations, from inventory management to staffing.

Identify and Understand your Target Customers

One of the key things in a successful business is describing your target market accurately. Assess the demographics of the areas to recognize the needed electronics. An example can be the metropolitan areas will have a greater demand for smart devices and automation products than the towns which may opt for durable and low-cost goods. By adapting your product mix to these preferences, you can be more effective in getting the right customers.

Plan Investments and Secure Funding

Starting an electronics retail store requires substantial capital. Evaluate initial outlay on inventory, rented shop, employee compensation, and promotion. In highly populated cities like Mumbai or Delhi, you should count on a Rs 20-25 lakh investment at least. Diversify your options for funding; apply for a bank loan or try to find an angel investor. There is also the possibility to use government schemes such as the MSME Development Act.

Select the Optimal Location

Location is key to attracting foot traffic. Consider high-footfall areas like shopping malls or bustling markets. For instance, a store located in a technology-centric area like New Delhi’s Connaught Place can capitalize on the tech-enthusiastic consumer base. Proximity to other retailers can also create a cluster effect, drawing more customers.

Source Products from Reliable Suppliers

The base of suppliers builds your steady supply of quality products. Think about sourcing manufacturers directly or working with reputable wholesalers. Sites like IndiaMART can link you with numerous suppliers, thus allowing you to shop around and get the best bulk price.

Build a Competent Team

Your employees represent your business. Having a competent and customer-oriented staff is very important. Your key employees will probably be a store manager, sales associates, and technicians for after-sales service. Regular training helps you keep the staff well-informed on the new products and technologies, which in turn boosts the overall customer service.

Launch and Promote Your Store

To get your business on board, it is highly important for you to demonstrate your expertise in the new market and to build your name. Organize a great opening that offers discounts to new customers to increase foot traffic. Flyers, local newspapers, and word-of-mouth are some of the traditional advertising strategies that can be used to get the word out. The addition of exclusive deals from top electronics brands can also help to draw customers into the store.

Trending Products to Stock in 2024

It is very important to adapt to the demands of the consumers in order to be successful. The chart below lists the trending electronic products in India along with the percentage of consumers showing their interest in them.

Final Words

At Indian Retailer, we present a guide to opening an electronics retail store in India in 2024 for which planning is crucial. One has to research the market, the right location, and the right products. By taking these steps, you will be able to place your retail outlet in a healthy position in this ever-evolving and expanding sector.

1. What are the primary licenses needed to open an electronics retail store in India?

You’ll need a shop and establishment license, GST registration, and potentially a second-hand dealer’s license if you sell refurbished goods.

2. How much investment is required to start an electronics retail store in metro cities?

Initial investments can range from INR 15-20 lakhs, depending on the location and product range.

3. Why is location important for an electronics retail store?

A high-traffic location increases visibility and accessibility, driving more customers to your store.

4. How can I ensure a steady supply of quality electronics?

Build strong relationships with reputable suppliers and manufacturers, and consider bulk purchasing to reduce costs.

5. What strategies can help in promoting my new electronics store?

Use a combination of local advertising, social media campaigns, and launch day offers to attract customers.

• Retail business ideas
• eelectronics
• smartphones

India celebrates Raksha Bandhan with all craze and enthusiasm for the bond between brother and sister. This festival symbolizes trust, safety and love that the siblings have for each other. At a loss to understand what to present your sibling? Presenting the ultimate gifting guide offered by different brands in India. 

According to the Confederation of All India Traders (CAIT), this rakhi sales are projected to cross Rs 12,000 crore! It has been observed that there is a tremendous buying frenzy for Rakhi, and people are quite excited about the occasion. To commemorate the event, customers were asked to use Indian products.

Here is a gifting guide for you: know what different brands are offering.

This Raksha Bandhan, ALDO has you prepared with the ideal present for your sibling or complementary items that honor your special relationship! Indulge in the whimsical nostalgia of the ALDO X Looney Tunes collection, a homage to the priceless moments you spent together as kids watching cartoons. Alternatively, for a smart and sophisticated gift for your sister, check out ALDO's Fall Winter 2024 collection for a subtle pop of shine.

Choose OPIUM Eyewear this Rakhi to up your gift-giving game; it's the ideal balance of safety and style that symbolizes your unshakable friendship. Choose the perfect pair of sunglasses to complement her distinct style with Opium’s wide selection, making them an easy yet meaningful present.

It offers sunglasses that will appeal to all tastes, whether she is a lover of the traditional aviators, the edgy attitude of top-bar sunglasses, or the strong statement of oversized frames.

Skincare, Beauty and Wellness

The body shop.

Rakhi is a moment to celebrate the unique relationship between siblings by giving them kind and heartfelt presents. This year, use these exquisitely chosen presents that blend luxury, functionality, and a hint of grace to create a really unforgettable Rakhi celebration. Offering complete head-to-toe-care, the Lather & Slather British Rose gift case includes British Rose Shower Gel, Body Butter, Eau de Toilette, Hand Cream, and a Large Ramie Lily. 

The ultimate health present, the Puretive Good Vibes Gift Box is ideal for commemorating any important event. The Puretives ME time candle, a 100 percent pure soy wax candle combined with essential oils to produce a peaceful and tranquil environment, is included in this opulent package. With its mix of lavender and cedarwood essential oils, the soothing roll-on helps promote calm sleep, reduces jet lag, and offers on-the-go relaxation. With a rejuvenating rush of pure essential oils, the good vibes mist uplifts any room and promotes happiness and a good attitude. With no harsh chemicals, each product is made with natural ingredients and pure essential oils to provide a health experience. 

Zygos Beauty

Reflective and eye are the roots of their product, the REYEFLECTIVE palette. This high-end product is an affordable palette since it has sixteen chromes. It is a multi-textured palette made up of both duo and multi-chromes. Because the trademark flake formula's particles have large pigment sizes, layering is not necessary. You only need one stroke to finish off your appearance. The palette is free of parabens and BHT. In India, a Chrome palette typically costs between Rs 1000 and Rs 2000. However, this palette is a first of its kind since it contains 16 tones for Rs 10,800.

A wonderful present is all you need for any occasion. Presenting the opulent BB Mousse Vanity Box, a kind and fashionable present for beauty and skincare enthusiasts around. With the addition of this sophisticated vanity box, your dresser becomes a lovely accent and gains a touch of luxury for your gift-giving requirements. Three exquisitely lovely shades—grace (light), blossom (medium), and charm (dark)—that are tailored to suit all skin types and tones and accentuate the inherent beauty of the complexion are included in this gift package. With this gift package, you may spoil yourself or surprise a loved one with an unmatched pampering experience.

Technology 

This year, surprise your siblings with some amazing electronic devices instead of the customary chocolates and clothes. Something that will make their day, whether they are a gamer, music enthusiast, or just a gadget aficionado.

JUST CORSECA

• JUST CORSECA’s STRIDER SmartTouch Earbuds

These SmartTouch earphones will take your sister's playlist to a whole new level if she is a music lover. They include a 2.01-inch screen with Retina quality and simple touch controls that make it incredibly simple to manage her music in addition to providing crystal-clear sound.

• SSTRIKE JST612 Portable Bluetooth Speaker

This portable speaker is the ideal present for the sibling who is always the star of the party. This speaker is portable and has a handy handle that makes it easy for the user to take their music with them wherever they go. For up to five hours, the vivid RGB LEDs pulse in time with the music, giving the listening experience a new level of depth. By joining two SSTRIKE speakers, users may take use of true wireless stereo (TWS) technology, which turns them into a Wireless 2.0 speaker system that projects strong, immersive music around the room. 

• URBAN Vibe Loop Earbuds 

Give your brother the URBAN Vibe Loop this Rakshabandhan; the earloops are adjustable for maximum comfort and are incredibly lightweight. They're ideal for both intensive gaming sessions and podcast binges, since your sibling can enjoy 3D surround sound and Low Latency Gaming Mode. For extra convenience, these TWS Earbuds also include dual pairing, quick snap-sync connectivity, and an LED battery display indication. 

• Lyne’s Coolpods 37 and Coolpods 38 - Wireless Gaming Earbuds

Lyne's Coolpods 37 and Coolpods 38 make ideal gifts for brothers who enjoy gaming, providing an immersive sound experience. These TWS earbuds feature unique case designs and share powerful gaming capabilities that transport users into a world of vivid and breathtaking sound. Equipped with Bluetooth V5.4, they offer an impressive 30 hours of music playback, 35 hours of talk time, and 300 hours of standby time, ensuring uninterrupted audio entertainment. The IPX3 water resistance rating allows gamers to fully immerse themselves in virtual worlds with the most realistic and pure sound quality. Available in sleek black, pristine white, and stylish blue, these earbuds combine style and performance. 

• Microdigit DEP386 Wireless Earplug with LED Display and Touch Screen 

They come loaded with features such as wireless stereo, seamless device connections, and a voice assistant, all at a budget-friendly price. Perfect for calls, music, or simply adding a touch of style, these earplugs are a thoughtful and practical gift that shows you care without straining your budget. Available at leading offline retail outlets across India.

With Rakshabandhan approaching, Fabindia has curated a special collection of apparel for brothers and sisters. Celebrate this auspicious festival with stylish and traditional outfits that embody the spirit of love and togetherness. Available at Fabindia stores nationwide.

• Pink Viscose Silk Chikankari Long Kurta

This pink chikankari long kurta is an ideal Rakshabandhan gift for your sister. Combining comfort, tradition, and style, it will effortlessly elevate her wardrobe with sophistication.

• Blue Cotton Silk Hand Block Printed Sari 

Delight your sister this Rakshabandhan with an exquisite hand-block printed sari. Offering unparalleled comfort and elegance, it makes the perfect gift for this special occasion!

• Blackberrys

With Raksha Bandhan approaching, now is the perfect time to shop for your confident, smart, and stylish brothers and show them how much they mean to you. Blackberrys, the premium Indian menswear brand, offers elegant and sophisticated cuts with sharp fits across its range. From office wear and smart casuals to party attire and accessories, Blackberrys has everything you need.

• Trendy Casualwear

Experience relaxed sophistication with Blackberrys' latest Techpro range, designed for the modern man who values both comfort and style. From impeccably crafted formal shirts to versatile trousers, blazers, khakis, and all-season jackets, each piece features stretchable, wrinkle-resistant, and smart-dry fabrics. 

• Luxury Shirts

Elevate his style with Blackberrys' exclusive collection of premium shirts, embodying both luxury and elegance. Made from high-quality fabrics and featuring exquisite patterns, these shirts combine comfort with impeccable style.

• Dapper Suits

A well-tailored suit is a must-have for every man. Blackberrys offers a range of suits, from sleek single-breasted designs to timeless double-breasted styles, guaranteeing a sharp and polished look for any occasion. Opt for versatile colors like navy or charcoal to make a standout impression.

Mia by Tanishq

This Raksha Bandhan, celebrate your cherished relationship with a carefully curated gifting guide from Mia by Tanishq. Featuring five stunning jewelry pieces, this collection is designed to make your sister shine with gifts that are both beautiful and deeply meaningful. Each piece serves as a lasting reminder of your enduring bond, making it the perfect way to honor a connection that continues to sparkle, no matter where life takes you both.

• Everlasting Love Gold Necklace Set—A timeless expression of your unconditional love

Gold Necklace Set in 14 kt yellow gold is a perfect symbol of sibling love and affection. With a charming heart necklace and matching earrings, this set beautifully captures the spirit of Rakhi, making it a thoughtful and stylish gift for your sister.

• Floral Glow Diamond Studs—Elegance Perfectly Paired 

Elevate your sister’s style with our Floral Diamond Elegance stud earrings. Crafted from beautiful yellow gold and set with radiant round-cut diamonds, these earrings are ideal for adding a touch of brilliance on Rakhi and beyond.

• Evil Eye Diamond earrings—A Guardian of Style and Spirit

Protect your sister's flair with the Evil Eye Diamond earrings, elegantly fashioned in lustruous gold and centred with a sparkling diamond. This elegant piece symbolizes protection and positivity, making it an excellent Rakhi gift to show that you'll always have her back, in style.

Allow these carefully chosen presents to serve as inspiration as you get ready to celebrate this wonderful event and choose a gift that honors your special bond with your sibling. I hope you have an abundance of happiness, love, and special moments during Raksha Bandhan.

• MIA by Tanishq

The first quarter of fiscal year 2024-25 has revealed a diverse range of financial performances across India's FMCG and retail sectors. Companies such as Honasa Consumer Ltd, Page Industries, Cantabil Retail, Titan Company, and DMart have all posted their Q1 results, each showcasing distinct trends in profitability, revenue growth, and strategic investments.

One of the most striking trends in Q1 FY25 is the substantial variance in profit growth across these companies. Honasa Consumer Ltd, the parent company of popular FMCG brands like Mamaearth and The Derma Co., reported a 62.9 percent increase in its consolidated profit after tax (PAT), rising to Rs 40.25 crore from Rs 24.71 crore in the same quarter of the previous fiscal year. This surge in profitability underscores the company’s effective market strategies and the growing popularity of its brands, which have resonated strongly with consumers.

In contrast, Page Industries, a leading apparel manufacturer in India, experienced more modest profit growth. The company reported a 4.3 percent year-on-year (YoY) increase in PAT, reaching Rs 1,652 million. This growth reflects steady progress, particularly given the competitive nature of the apparel industry and the ongoing investments Page Industries has made in digital and e-commerce platforms.

Cantabil Retail, another key player in the apparel sector, reported an 8.9 percent YoY increase in PAT, bringing its net profit to Rs 11.4 crore. This growth, though slightly lower than Page Industries in percentage terms, is significant considering the challenges faced by the retail sector, including fluctuating consumer demand and external economic pressures.

Titan Company, a diversified retailer with a strong presence in jewelry, watches, and accessories, reported a more moderate 9 percent YoY growth in its overall business, with varying performances across its divisions. The jewelry segment, while showing growth, was impacted by high gold prices, which tempered consumer demand despite the addition of new stores and the strong performance during key selling periods like Akshaya Tritiya.

DMart, operated by Avenue Supermarts and a major player in the hypermarket chain sector, also demonstrated steady profit growth. The company’s consolidated net profit rose by 17.5 percent to Rs 773.8 crore, up from Rs 658.8 crore in the corresponding period last year. This growth, while robust, reflects the company’s consistent strategy of expanding its footprint and maintaining its position as a low-cost retailer in a highly competitive market.

Balancing Growth and Investment

Revenue growth across these companies shows a common theme of strong market performance, albeit with varying degrees of success. Honasa Consumer Ltd saw its revenue from operations rise by 19.28 percent to Rs 554.05 crore, indicating the company’s ability to capture a larger share of the FMCG market through its popular brands. Page Industries reported a 3.9 percent YoY increase in revenue, totaling Rs 12,775 million, driven by a 2.6 percent increase in sales volume. Cantabil Retail also posted a solid 14.4 percent YoY growth in revenue, reaching Rs 127.9 crore, supported by the addition of 11 new retail stores and continued strength in online sales channels.

Titan Company’s revenue growth varied across its divisions. While the jewelry segment saw an 8 percent increase in domestic market revenue, the watches and wearables division outpaced it with a 14 percent growth, driven by a strong preference for premium products and an expanding retail network. The company’s total income for the quarter was bolstered by these diverse revenue streams, despite some segments, like wearables and fashion accessories, facing challenges.

DMart reported an 18.6 percent increase in revenue, reaching Rs 14,069 crore, reflecting the hypermarket chain’s continued appeal to value-conscious consumers. The company’s focus on expanding its store network and enhancing its product offerings has helped sustain this growth, even as competition in the retail space intensifies.

However, this revenue growth has been accompanied by rising expenses across the board. Honasa Consumer’s total expenses for the quarter increased by 17.42 percent to Rs 520.38 crore, reflecting its ongoing investments in operations and expansion strategies. Similarly, DMart’s total expenses rose by 18.62 percent to Rs 13,056.61 crore, driven by the costs associated with opening new stores and maintaining its extensive supply chain. Despite these rising costs, both companies have managed to maintain strong profitability, indicating effective cost management strategies.

Page Industries and Cantabil Retail also faced rising expenses, but their disciplined approach to cost management helped them preserve healthy profit margins. Page Industries, for instance, reported an EBITDA margin of 19 percent, demonstrating its ability to balance revenue growth with operational efficiency. Cantabil’s EBITDA rose by 14.5 percent YoY, reflecting its success in managing costs while continuing to invest in store expansions and brand development.

Market Outlook: Strategic Investments and Future Prospects

Looking ahead, these companies are poised to continue their growth trajectories, albeit with varying strategies tailored to their respective markets. Honasa Consumer is likely to focus on further expanding its product portfolio and strengthening its digital presence to capitalize on the growing demand for personal care products. Page Industries, with its emphasis on digital transformation and e-commerce, is well-positioned to tap into the increasing consumer preference for online shopping, while Cantabil Retail’s ongoing store expansion strategy will help it deepen its market penetration.

Titan Company’s diversified portfolio provides it with multiple avenues for growth, particularly in the premium segments of jewelry and watches, which continue to attract affluent consumers. DMart’s focus on maintaining its cost leadership in the hypermarket segment will be crucial as it navigates the challenges of rising operational costs and intensifying competition.

In conclusion, the first quarter of FY25 has shown that while profit growth varies across companies, those with strong market strategies and effective cost management are well-positioned to capitalize on India’s evolving consumer landscape. Whether through expansion, digital transformation, or product diversification, these companies are shaping the future of India’s FMCG and retail sectors, each carving out a unique path to sustained profitability.

• FMCG companies
• Indian retail industry
• Business Growth

Rakhsha Bandhan is the celebration of the bond between brothers and sisters. On this occasion, Indian Retailer looks at those dynamic sibling entrepreneurs who have heralded successful businesses while navigating through numerous challenges in the retail industry. Marking the moment of celebration, here are the top 5 sibling entrepreneurs in India, sharing the same dreams and succeeding in their paths with each other's support, love, and hard work.

Presenting the Top 5 Sibling Entrepreneurs in India

Here are the leading sibling entrepreneurs in India in the retail market of India. Continue reading to know more about them. 

The Ambani Trio

Isha Ambani is an Indian business leader and a Member of the Board at Reliance Retail Ventures Limited, Reliance Jio Infocomm Limited, Jio Financial Services Limited, and Reliance Foundation. She also serves on the boards of the Reliance Foundation Institution of Education and Research, and Dhirubhai Ambani International School. 

She has played a key role in expanding the digital footprint of Reliance Retail, launching new formats such as the eCommerce platform Ajio and the omnichannel beauty platform Tira. She has been instrumental in the growth of Reliance Retail's own brand portfolio, including the acquisition of notable Indian brands and the launch of the Independence brand.

Akash Ambani is the Chairman of Reliance Jio Infocomm Ltd (RJIL) and a Director on the Board of Reliance Retail Ventures Ltd. Under his leadership, Jio surpassed the 100 million subscriber mark in less than six months after its launch in 2016 and now serves over 450 million customers. 

He is part of the RJIL Executive Committee, the governing and operating council, and is also a member of the Product Leadership Group. He is closely involved in the development of products and all digital services applications.

Anant Ambani is the younger brother of the twins and serves as a Director on the Boards of Jio Platforms Limited since March 2020, Reliance Retail Ventures Limited since May 2022, and Reliance New Energy Limited and Reliance New Solar Energy Limited since June 2021. He has also been a member of the Board of Reliance Foundation since 2022.

He is leading the expansion of Reliance Industries' energy and materials businesses and its global operations in renewable and green energy. Under his leadership, Reliance aims to become a Net Carbon Zero company by 2035 by building world-scale capabilities in producing clean fuels and materials of the future, developing next-generation carbon capture and storage technologies, creating holistic and circular materials businesses, and maximizing crude-to-chemicals conversion.

The Birla Siblings

Ananya Birla is a successful businesswoman and a platinum-selling artist. She founded her first company, Svatantra Microfin Pvt. Ltd., at the age of 17, and it is now one of India's fastest-growing microfinance institutions. The company has crossed an AUM of $1 billion and has grown at a CAGR of 120 percent from 2015 to 2022. Svatantra provides small loans to women entrepreneurs in rural India.The organization has maintained a high-quality loan portfolio and offers one of the lowest interest rates in the country.

Under her leadership, Svatantra won the Gold Award for Best Start-Up at the Skoch Financial Inclusion and Deepening Awards in 2014 and the Spirituality at Work: Sach Bharat Samman at the Sach Bharat Confluence in 2015. 

Aryaman Vikram Birla has diverse experiences in entrepreneurship, venture capital investing, and professional sports. He is actively involved in several businesses within the Aditya Birla Group (ABG), including Fashion & Retail, Real Estate, Paints, and the Group’s fashion direct-to-consumer platform TMRW. He has founded and is leading the hospitality business as well as Aditya Birla Ventures, a venture capital fund that invests in high-growth startups.

He started his first business in the food and beverage sector and has successfully led Aditya Birla Ventures to invest in five fast-growing startups.Aryaman serves on the boards of Aditya Birla Management Corporation Private Limited, Hindalco Industries Limited, Grasim Industries Limited, Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Limited, Aditya Birla New Age Hospitality Private Limited, Aditya Birla New Age Restaurants and Cafe Private Limited, KA Hospitality Private Limited, Aditya Birla Digital Fashion Ventures Limited, and Aditya Birla Global Trading (Singapore) Pte. Limited. 

The Nayar Duo

Anchit Nayar has been an Executive Director since 2021 and serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nykaa E-Retail. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Columbia University and has previously served as Vice President of the Investment Banking Division at Morgan Stanley in New York. Currently, Anchit is responsible for the beauty business and is a member of the investor relations team.

He joined FSN Brands in 2018 as Chief Executive Officer, overseeing the expansion of Nykaa's retail stores, also serving as the company's Chief Marketing Officer from 2020 to  2021. Initially leading Nykaa's Retail team, he focused on driving offline sales. Under his guidance, the company's retail presence expanded significantly over 2.5 years.

Adwaita Nayar has been an Executive Director of Nykaa since 2021. She also serves as the Chairperson and Chief Executive Officer of Nykaa Fashion. A co-founder, she has been involved in marketing, operations, and product development. 

She holds a bachelor’s degree in applied mathematics from Yale University, where she graduated, and a master’s degree in business administration with distinction from Harvard Business School. After completing her academic pursuits, she re-joined FSN Brands in 2017 as Chief Executive Officer to create and strengthen the offline retail footprint of Nykaa. Since 2018, she has established Nykaa Fashion's business and currently oversees nykaafashion.com, as well as many of our company's owned and partner brands.

Lupin Siblings 

Vinita D. Gupta is an Indian businesswoman and has been the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Lupin Limited since September 2013. She also serves as the Chairperson of Lupin Inc. and its U.S. subsidiary, Lupin Pharmaceuticals Inc. 

She is the eldest daughter of Desh Bandhu Gupta, who founded Lupin in 1968. She holds a bachelor’s degree in pharmacy from the University of Mumbai and an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management in the United States.

Nilesh Gupta , born in 1974, is an Indian businessman and has been the Managing Director (MD) of Lupin Limited since September 2013. He joined Lupin in 2002 and is responsible for the company's research, supply chain, manufacturing, quality, and regulatory operations. 

He has been instrumental in formulating and executing Lupin's core strategy, helping it emerge as a global leader in the generics space and in India. He initially joined Lupin in 1996 and has since led the company's research, supply chain, manufacturing, quality, and regulatory operations.

The Amrutam Siblings

Amrutam was founded in 2006 by Ashok Gupta in Gwalior. It began as a family-run business, a brainchild of Ashok and Chandrakanta Gupta. In 2016, when the company faced significant financial losses, their children, Agnim Gupta and Stuti Ashok Gupta, joined the business. They took it upon themselves to reinvent and rebrand the company and its products.

Stuti Gupta was born and raised in Gwalior, where Amrutam is based. To advance her career as a psychologist, she took a job as a Psychologist - Business Design at the Hank Nunn Institute in Bangalore. However, the traditional 9-5 work life did not suit her, and she began reassessing her career goals. In 2017, around the same time Amrutam encountered a major setback, Stuti and Agnim decided to explore the online world for business. She discovered a talent for design and played a key role in shaping Amrutam’s identity as a wellness community. Leveraging her background in psychology, she introduced a mental health component to Amrutam, focusing on holistic health that encompasses physical, mental, and spiritual well-being.

In February 2017, Agnim Gupta hired a designer and began working on the rebranding of Amrutam. While he focused on the wellness range, he developed the company's new website, which went live in July 2017. The growth of Amrutam accelerated significantly in 2020 when the COVID-19 pandemic drove a shift toward online shopping. During this period, the brand gained attention from publishing houses and media, receiving recognition from celebrities and entrepreneurs.

From the view of Indian Retailer, these top 5 leading retail brands owned and functioned by siblings are acting in their industry in India. Making significant changes in the growth and development of the country. Make this Raksha Bandhan special for your sibling with a shower of support, love and teamwork inspired by these leading sibling entrepreneurs in India. 

• Aditya Birla

The Indian retail market is experiencing remarkable growth, with projections indicating that it will surpass $1.4 trillion by 2027. This surge positions India as one of the fastest-growing retail markets globally. According to the latest annual report from Reliance Industries (RIL), the sector is expected to become the third-largest retail market by 2030. This expansion is driven by key factors such as increasing urbanization, rising income levels, a growing female workforce, and a young, aspirational population.

Reliance Retail’s Impact on the Sector

Reliance Retail Venture Ltd (RRVL), the retail arm of Mukesh Ambani-led Reliance Industries, plays a significant role in this growth. RRVL crossed the Rs 3 lakh crore revenue mark in FY24, underscoring its commitment to the sector. The company has made substantial investments across the retail value chain, contributing to the overall expansion of the industry.

Key Growth Drivers

Urbanization is a major factor fueling the expansion of India’s retail sector. As more people move from rural to urban areas, the demand for diverse retail options increases. Urban centers offer retail companies greater opportunities to reach a broader audience and cater to a larger consumer base. This growth is further supported by the development of infrastructure, such as high streets and shopping centers.

The expanding middle class and rising disposable incomes are also key drivers of growth in India’s retail sector. As income levels rise, consumers are more inclined to spend on high-end and luxury goods, reflecting a shift towards aspirational spending and quality-focused purchases.

Additionally, the growing female workforce in India is contributing significantly to the retail sector’s expansion. As more women enter the labor force, their purchasing power increases, prompting retail companies to tailor their products to meet the needs and preferences of female consumers.

India’s young population is another critical factor in the retail market’s growth. Known for their aspirational outlook and openness to new ideas, young consumers are driving demand for technology, fashion, and lifestyle products. Retailers are increasingly focusing on this demographic, recognizing its influence on market dynamics.

Market Segmentation

The Indian retail industry is diverse, with various segments contributing to its growth. Groceries remain a significant portion of the market, driven by the steady demand for essential items. Grocery retailers are diversifying their offerings to meet a wide range of consumer needs, from basic necessities to premium products.

Fashion and lifestyle products also make up a substantial share of the industry. Consumers are placing increasing importance on variety and quality in their apparel and lifestyle choices. In response, retailers are offering a broad range of products, from high-end fashion to everyday essentials.

Consumer electronics is another key segment within the retail sector. This category continues to expand, fueled by growing consumer interest in gadgets and technological advancements. Retailers are focusing on providing the latest innovations and tech products to meet consumer demand.

Challenges and Opportunities

Despite its growth, the retail sector faces several challenges. One of the primary obstacles is the availability of premium real estate. The lack of high-quality shopping centers and high streets poses a barrier to expansion. Retailers must navigate these challenges to find suitable locations for their businesses.

The sector also faces a shortage of skilled labor, which presents new difficulties as the industry grows. To support this expansion, the retail sector requires qualified workers. Retailers need to invest in training and development programs to bridge this skills gap.

Strategic Initiatives

Retailers are focusing on expanding their product range in non-food categories. There is significant growth in categories such as general merchandise, home, and personal care. Expanding product offerings is a priority for retailers as they strive to meet the diverse needs of their customers.

In the e-commerce sector, retailers are enhancing their market offerings, particularly in fashion. By targeting specific customer segments, new store layouts are improving the overall shopping experience. Retailers are also adopting localized strategies to cater to regional preferences. By tailoring product assortments and store locations, they can better serve the tastes of different consumer groups.

In summary, the Indian retail market is on a robust growth trajectory, driven by urbanization, rising incomes, and a dynamic consumer base. While challenges remain, the sector’s future looks promising, with continued expansion and innovation expected in the coming years.

• Retail market report
• india retail
• retail India

The Indian smartphone market is a dynamic and rapidly evolving landscape, reflecting broader trends in consumer behavior, technological advancements, and global economic shifts. The first half of 2024 has showcased these dynamics vividly, with the market experiencing notable growth despite ongoing challenges. It is at a pivotal juncture, characterized by growth, innovation, and shifting consumer preferences. While challenges remain, particularly in the entry-level segment, the market’s overall trajectory is one of expansion and diversification. As international and domestic brands vie for market share, consumers stand to benefit from a wider range of options, cutting-edge technology, and competitive pricing. The latter half of 2024 promises to be an exciting period for the industry, with the festive season likely to drive further growth and innovation.

According to the International Data Corporation’s (IDC) Worldwide Quarterly Mobile Phone Tracker, 69 million smartphones were shipped in India during the first half of 2024, marking a 7.2 percent year-over-year (YoY) increase. The second quarter alone saw shipments of 35 million units, growing by 3.2 percent YoY. This period represents the fourth consecutive quarter of YoY shipment growth, yet the market continues to face hurdles due to muted consumer demand and rising average selling prices (ASPs), which have slowed the pace of annual recovery.

A Prelude to the Festive Season

As the latter half of the year approaches, anticipation builds for the festive season, which extends until November. According to Upasana Joshi, Senior Research Manager, Devices Research at IDC India, the end of the second quarter serves as a prelude to this crucial period. In the first half of the quarter, vendors focused on clearing out older inventory. However, from mid-quarter onwards, there was a noticeable increase in new smartphone launches, particularly in the mid-premium and premium segments. This trend, largely driven by China-based vendors, is expected to continue into the monsoon sales of July and August, setting the stage for an even more competitive market in the latter half of the year.

Shifting Segments 

The Indian smartphone market is diverse, with different segments experiencing varying levels of growth. In the second quarter of 2024, ASPs saw a slight YoY increase of 2.8 percent, while quarter-over-quarter (QoQ) they actually declined by 5.6 percent, settling at an average of $248. This fluctuation reflects the complex interplay of demand and supply dynamics within the market.

Entry-Level Segment (Sub-$100): This segment witnessed a significant decline, with a 36 percent YoY drop in market share, falling from 22 percent to just 14 percent. Xiaomi remains the leader in this space, followed by Poco and Realme.

Mass budget segment ($100-$200): despite challenges in the lower-end market, the mass budget segment saw an 8 percent yoy growth, with its market share increasing marginally from 42 percent to 44 percent. xiaomi, realme, and vivo dominated this segment, collectively accounting for 60 percent of shipments., entry-premium segment ($200-$400): this segment emerged as a standout performer, achieving the highest growth rate of 42 percent yoy and expanding its share from 22 percent to 30 percent. brands like oppo, vivo, and samsung have made significant gains here, capturing nearly 60 percent of the market share., mid-premium segment ($400-$600): in contrast, the mid-premium segment experienced a 25 percent decline in unit terms, reducing its share from 5 percent to 4 percent. vivo led this segment with a 25 percent share, followed by oneplus and oppo., premium segment ($600-$800): this segment also faced a downturn, with a 37 percent decline in unit terms and a steady 2 percent share. apple’s iphone 13 and iphone 12 models, along with samsung’s galaxy s23fe, were key players. apple’s share in this segment increased to 61 percent yoy, while samsung’s share rose to 24 percent from 21 percent., super-premium segment (above $800): the super-premium segment continued its upward trajectory, growing by 22 percent and increasing its market share from 6 percent to 7 percent. apple dominated this segment with an 83 percent share, driven by strong sales of the iphone 15/15 plus and iphone 14/14 plus models. samsung followed with a 16 percent share, led by the galaxy s24/s24 ultra., the rise of 5g.

One of the most significant developments in the Indian smartphone market has been the rapid adoption of 5G technology. In the second quarter of 2024 alone, 27 million 5G smartphones were shipped, with 5G devices now accounting for 77 percent of total smartphone shipments, up from 49 percent in the same quarter last year. Interestingly, while 5G smartphone ASPs have decreased by 22 percent YoY to $293, there has been a notable increase in shipments within the mass budget segment ($100-$200), which grew by 2.5 times to claim a 45 percent share of the 5G market. Popular 5G models in this segment include Xiaomi’s Redmi 13C, OPPO’s F25 Pro, Realme’s 12x, and Xiaomi’s Redmi 12.

Online vs. Offline Channels

The distribution channels for smartphones in India have also witnessed a shift. Online sales channels have gained prominence, growing by 8 percent YoY and capturing a 50 percent share of the market in the second quarter of 2024, up from 47 percent a year ago. Motorola made a notable entry into the top five online vendors, securing the fourth spot, while Vivo climbed to the second slot, driven by strong sales of its T series models. However, offline channels struggled, with shipments declining by 2 percent YoY, a trend partly attributed to severe heatwave conditions across major parts of India.

Market Outlook

Vivo continues to lead the Indian smartphone market for the second consecutive quarter, thanks to multiple launches across various price segments, including its Y series, mid-premium V series, and flagship X Fold 3 Pro. Motorola registered the highest growth rate, supported by a diverse product portfolio across price ranges, while Nothing emerged as the second-fastest-growing brand in the market.

As the Indian smartphone market continues to evolve, premiumization remains a key trend, with brands like Apple and Samsung leading the charge. The rising cost of devices is pushing China-based brands to expand beyond the mass market, particularly into the entry-premium segment ($200-$400), which is expected to see sustained growth. The entry-level segment (sub-$100) will likely remain challenged, despite efforts to introduce more affordable 5G smartphones. Additionally, the marketing of GenAI-powered smartphones is expected to intensify, accompanied by heavy promotional activities.

• smart phones
• smartphone market

One of the mindless and hardworking chores is to wash clothes every day! Looking for a simpler, less time-consuming way? There are numerous washing machine brands in India that can be of great assistance. We have created a list of the top 10 washing machine brands in India, making it effortless research for you. What are the best-rated washing machines in India? How are various brands performing? Here is a curated list in response to all these questions.

Top 10 Washing Machine Brands in India

Bosch is a leading washing machine brand in India. Robert Bosch, commonly known as Bosch, is a German multinational engineering and technology company founded by Robert Bosch in Stuttgart in 1886. The company set up its first manufacturing operation in 1951 and has since expanded to 17 manufacturing sites and seven development and application centers. Bosch established its presence in India in 1922 and has grown to house its largest development center outside Germany in the country. Bosch leverages its expertise in sensor technology, software, and services to deliver cross-domain solutions. The company also focuses on connectivity and artificial intelligence to create user-friendly, sustainable products.

Best Selling Models

Front load washing machine by bosch.

• Series 2 washing machine, front loader  
• Series 4 washing machine, front loader 

Top Load washing machine by Bosch

• Series 2 washing machine, top loader 
• Series 6 washing machine, top loader 

Samsung is a popular choice for washing machine brands in India. Founded by Lee Byung-chul in 1938 as a trading company, it has grown into a South Korean multinational manufacturing conglomerate headquartered in Samsung Digital City, Suwon, South Korea. Over the first three decades, Samsung diversified into food processing, textiles, insurance, securities, and retail. The company entered the electronics industry in the late 1960s, followed by construction and shipbuilding in the mid-1970s, driving its significant growth. After Lee's death in 1987, Samsung was divided into five business groups: Samsung Group, Shinsegae Group, CJ Group, Hansol Group, and JoongAng Group.

Front-load washing machines by Samsung

• AI Ecobubble Front Load Washing Machine with SmartThings & Wi-Fi
• Front Load Washing Machine with Hygiene Steam
• Front Load Washing Machine with AI Control & SmartThings Connectivity

Top load washing machines by Samsung

• Ecobubbl Top Load Washing Machine
• Top Load with Center Jet
• Ecobubble Top Load Washing Machine with SuperSpeed
• LG Electronics

LG Electronics is a preferred choice for washing machines brands in India. Founded in 1958 as GoldStar, later became LG, is a major appliance and consumer electronics corporation based in Yeouido-dong, Seoul, South Korea. LG, originally Lak Hui Chemical Industrial Corp.,  was established by Koo In-hwoi in 1947. In 1952, Lak Hui, now known as LG Chem, became the first South Korean company to venture into the plastics industry. LG Corporation is a global holding company operating through more than 30 companies in electronics, chemicals, and telecommunications. As of August 2024, LG Corporation has a market capitalization of $8.81 Billion (Source: Companiesmarketcap). Today, Koo Kwang-mo serves as the CEO of LG Corporation.

Best Rated Models

Front-load washing machines by lg.

• LG Front Load Washing Machine, AI Direct Drive, Black VCM
• LG Front Load Washing Machine, Inverter Direct Drive, Middle Black

Top load washing machines by LG

• LG Top Load Washing Machine, AI Direct Drive, Platinum Black
• LG Top Load Washing Machine, AI Direct Drive, TurboDrum, Middle Black
• LG Top Load Washing Machine, Smart Inverter Motor, Middle Free Silver

Whirlpool, a leading washing machine brand, began in 1911 as a small company in Benton Harbor, Michigan. Founded by Lou Upton and his uncle Emory, who teamed up to patent an electric-driven washer washer. Over the years, Whirlpool expanded globally, with founding families establishing companies in the United States, Brazil, Italy, Canada, India, Germany, and France. Today, Whirlpool Corporation is an American multinational manufacturer and marketer of home appliances headquartered in Benton Charter Township, Michigan. The company markets its flagship Whirlpool brand alongside other well-known brands, including Maytag, KitchenAid, and JennAir. 

It entered the Indian market in the late 1980s as part of its global expansion strategy, forming a joint venture with the TVS Group and establishing its first manufacturing facility in Puducherry to produce washing machines. In the quarter ended March 2024, Whirlpool of India reported a net profit increase of 23.79 percent, rising to Rs 77.59 crore compared to Rs 62.68 crore in the previous quarter. For over a century, Whirlpool has been a leader in innovation, from introducing the first automatic washing machine in 1948 to winning more than 20 CES Innovation Awards.

Top Selling Models

 front load washing machines by whirlpool..

• Xpert Care 5 Star Front Load Washing Machine with in-built Heater
• Xpert Care 5 Star Front Load Washing Machine with In-Built Heater
• Xpert Care 5 Star Front Load Washing Machine with Ozone Air Refresh Technology & Heater (Inverter)

Top load washing machines by Whirlpool

• Whitemagic Elite 5 Star Fully Automatic Top-Load Washing Machine
• Whitemagic Royal 5 Star Fully Automatic Top Load Washing Machine

IFB is a renowned washing machine brand in India. Originally established as Indian Fine Blanks Limited in 1974 in collaboration with Heinrich Schmid AG of Switzerland, IFB Industries Ltd. has grown significantly since its inception. The company, promoted by engineer Bijon Nag, was incorporated in 1974 in West Bengal. In 1989, IFB extended its operations to Bengaluru, expanding its manufacturing capabilities. The company's engineering divisions are strategically located in Kolkata and Bengaluru. This diversification has allowed IFB to become a prominent player in both the consumer goods and automotive sectors. Over the years, IFB Industries Ltd. has built a reputation for quality and innovation, driven by its commitment to engineering excellence and collaboration with global partners. 

Recommended Models

Front load washing machines by whirlpool.

• IFB Senorita SXS 6510 Front Load Washing Machine
• IFB Senorita VXS 6510 Front Load Washing Machine
• IFB Senator Plus MSC 8014 Front Load Washing Machine
• IFB TL - SIBS 10 kg Aqua Top Load Washing Machine
• IFB TL - SLBS 9 kg Aqua Top Load Washing Machine

Haier is a reputed washing machine brand in the Indian market. Founded in 1984, Haier Group Corporation is a Chinese multinational home appliances and consumer electronics company headquartered in Qingdao, Shandong. Under the leadership of Zhang Ruimin, who became president in December 1991. Haier embarked on a journey of diversification and rapid expansion. The company has established a robust global presence with 10 R&D centers, 71 research institutes, 35 industrial parks, 143 manufacturing centers, and a sales network of 230,000 nodes worldwide. In 2007, Haier India began manufacturing refrigerators at its factory in Ranjangaon, Pune, marking a significant step in its international growth. This facility later expanded into Haier's first industrial park in India, solidifying its commitment to the Indian market. 

Front load washing machines by Haier

• Haier Washer and Dryer Front Load Washing Machine (Wifi)
• Haier Front Load Washing Machine (Wifi)

Top load washing machines by Haier

• Haier Top Load Washing Machine

Voltas is a popular washing machine brand in India. Voltas Limited, headquartered in Mumbai, is an Indian multinational home appliances company established in 1954 through a collaboration between Tata Sons and Volkart Brothers. With Noel Tata as its chairman and Pradeep Bakshi serving as the chief executive officer and managing director, Voltas has grown to become a major player in the home appliances industry. The company designs, develops, manufactures, and sells a wide range of products, including air conditioners, air coolers, refrigerators, washing machines, dishwashers, microwaves, air purifiers, and water dispensers. Known for its innovative and high-quality products, Voltas has established itself as India's largest air conditioning company by market share. (Source: Wikipedia)

Bestselling Models

Front load washing machines by voltas.

• 5 Star Fully Automatic Front Load Washing Machine
• 5 Star StainExpert Fully Automatic Front Load Washing Machine

Top load washing machines by Voltas

• 5 Star Fully Automatic Top Load Washing Machine with In-Built Heater
• 5 Star Top Load Fully Automatic washing machine

Godrej, a well-known washing machine brand, has its headquarters in Mumbai. It is an Indian multinational founded in 1897 by Ardeshir Godrej and Pirojsha Burjorji Godrej. Managed and largely owned by the Godrej family, the group has grown into one of India's most reputable and diversified business entities. The operations span various sectors through its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, including Godrej Industries and its subsidiaries Godrej Consumer Products, Godrej Agrovet, and Godrej Properties, as well as the private holding company Godrej & Boyce Mfg. Co. Ltd. The group is led by Adi Godrej, alongside his brother Nadir Godrej and cousin Jamshyd Godrej. The Godrej Group boasts a market capitalization of $16.92 billion, reflecting its significant impact on the Indian and global markets.

Popular Models

Front-load washing machine by godrej.

• WFEON HYS 6010  IJBT FLGR
• WFEON CEL 9014 IEBT SLSR
• WFEON ARG 6012 FEBDT SLSR

Top load washing machine by Godrej

• WTEON MGNS 70 5.0 FDTNS SRGR
• WTEON MGNS 70 5.0 FDTNS MTBK
• WTEON MGNS 75 5.0 FDTNS GPGR

Lloyd is a leading washing machine brand in India. It was founded by Atul Punj in 1982 and began as the pipeline division of Punj Sons Private Limited, a family business. It later evolved into Punj Lloyd Engineering Private Limited and was renamed Lloyd in 1989. Under Atul Punj's leadership, the company has expanded its operations across the Middle East, Africa, Asia Pacific, South Asia, and Europe. Lloyd, now part of the Havells Group, is renowned for its engineering and construction prowess, having successfully executed numerous projects in over 60 countries. The group's extensive reach includes over 50 subsidiaries, contributing to its global footprint.

Recommended Models 

Front load washing machines by lloyd.

• Intelli Steam Dry Fully Automatic Front Load
• Intelli Steam Fully Automatic Front Load

Top load washing machines by Lloyd

• Fully Automatic Top Load NeoXL H
• Estello H Fully Automatic Top load

Acer, a well-known washing machine brand in India. It was founded as Multitech in 1976 by Stan Shih, his wife Carolyn Yeh, and five others in Hsinchu City, Taiwan. Headquartered in Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Acer Inc. is a Taiwanese multinational company producing computer hardware and electronics. In 1998, Acer was reorganized into five groups, including the Acer International Service Group and Acer Semiconductor Group. With a presence in over 160 countries, Acer's subsidiary, Acer India (Pvt) Limited, was established in 1999 in Bengaluru, Karnataka. By 2023, India had become Acer's second-largest market. To diversify, Acer founded AcerPure to sell consumer products in India.

Top load washing machine by acer

• Acer 5 Star Fully Automatic Top Load Washing Machine

From the view of Indian Retailer, these top 10 washing machine brands are acing the Indian market, making a competitive space in the electronic industry of India. The electronics market of India contributes 3.4 percent of the country's GDP. These listed washing machine brands are making significant changes in the Indian economy. This curated list provided all the answers to your questions.

Which are the top three washing machine brands in India?

Bosch followed by Samsung and LG are the top three washing machine brands in India. 

What are the types of washing machines?

There are two types of washing machines - top load and front load. 

Who invented the washing machine? 

James King invented a washing machine in 1851, using a drum. In 1868, Thomas Bradford, a British inventor, made the machine functional and commercial. 

When it comes to Indian denim, Numero Uno has long been the kingpin, reigning supreme since 1987. But as the fashion landscape evolves, even the most iconic brands must keep pace with the times. In a move to stay ahead of the curve, the brand embarked on a rebranding journey, one that is not just about a new look, but about redefining its identity for the future. Jaiwant S Dhingra, Director of Marketing and Business Development, Numero Uno, shares insights into the brand's transformation and future plans.

Why Rebrand Now?

“Why the rebranding strategy?” you might ask. After all, Numero Uno has been a powerhouse in the Indian denim market for decades. But as Dhingra candidly explains, "We felt like we needed a change. We’ve been a strong brand since 1987, but there comes a time when you need to remain youthful, relatable, and ahead of the curve—futuristic even."

The rebranding effort, which took a total of six to eight months, was meticulously crafted in-house by the Numero Uno team. "We’ve used outside agencies before, but realized that nobody knows and feels the brand like someone from the team," says Dhingra. This time around, the team was determined to create a brand identity that resonates with both its heritage and its forward-looking vision.

The new logo, while seemingly simple, embodies the brand's ethos and is a testament to the effort put into ensuring it represents what the brand stands for. "It might seem like a simple logo, but what it stands for is a lot. Getting it right took six to eight months," Dhingra notes.

A Year into the Rebranding

It’s been just over a year since Numero Uno unveiled its new identity. The rollout has been gradual, with the rebranding being implemented in phases across the brand’s numerous stores in India. "The thing with having so many stores across pan-India is that we can’t just wake up one morning and change everything in every store. It happens phase-wise. Currently, we're in phase three, with two more phases to go," Dhingra explains.

While it’s too early to directly correlate the rebranding with revenue growth, the market’s response has been overwhelmingly positive. "We've seen great feedback from the market and from the trade. The logo change and the brand’s new direction have had a significant impact on people's mood and buying trends," Dhingra shares. This shift has encouraged retailers to take more risks and move away from traditional buying approaches, which is a big win for the brand.

Battling the Newcomers

In a market flooded with D2C brands and the rising tide of online shopping, how does Numero Uno maintain its edge? Dhingra sees the differentiation as clear-cut. "Our strategy is about being ahead of the times while staying true to our core. We don’t jump on every trend that comes along. We always believe in what we stand for and don’t change that," he says.

The brand’s core has always been its denim. "It started with jeans and grew into what we like to call jeans wear — things you can wear with a pair of jeans. While we are still known as a denim brand, we will never let go of our passion for jeans," Dhingra emphasizes. This focus on core values ensures that the company doesn’t just chase trends, but leads with a strong, consistent identity that resonates with its audience.

Looking ahead, Numero Uno has set ambitious goals for growth. "In the next two years, we aim to grow by a solid 30 to 40 percent in market share and revenue," Dhingra reveals. While he remains tight-lipped about specific revenue numbers, it’s clear that the brand is gearing up for significant expansion.

The brand has long been synonymous with the northern regions of India, but the brand is now setting its sights on the south. "We are actively expanding in the south, adding large-format store counters and many MBOs. Soon, we’ll be launching our brand-exclusive stores in those areas as well," he reveals.

The brand is already making inroads in states like Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, and Telangana, and is exploring opportunities in smaller cities as well. "We are expanding big time in Bihar, realizing that it's an untapped segment with significant spending power and a will to invest in fashion," Dhingra says. This strategic move into Tier II and Tier III cities is expected to bolster the brand’s presence across the country.

Embracing technology.

Numero Uno isn’t just about fashion; it’s about innovation. The brand has been ahead of the curve in adopting sustainable practices, long before it became a buzzword. "We’ve been innovative in sustainability for about 12 to 13 years now, and now is the time to actually talk about it," Dhingra proudly states.

The brand’s plant in Dehradun, equipped with a 99 percent efficient biological effluent treatment plant, is a testament to its commitment to the environment. This facility recycles water used in the denim washing process, achieving almost zero water wastage. "Denim is a very laundry-driven process, which means a lot of water usage. Our treatment plants clean and recycle this water, making the process highly sustainable," Dhingra explains.

In addition to water recycling, the company has partnered with Spanish technology company Jeanologia to integrate cutting-edge, eco-friendly machines into its production process. The G2 machine, for instance, uses ozone extracted from the atmosphere to achieve vintage denim looks without the need for bleach or water. "The G2 machine naturally ages denim, giving it the desired fade in 15 minutes, compared to 30 to 45 minutes with traditional methods," Dhingra says.

Laser technology is another innovative tool in Numero Uno’s arsenal. Traditionally, achieving a faded look on jeans required hand scraping with sandpaper, a labor-intensive and hazardous process. The brand’s laser machines, however, use computer-driven precision to achieve the same effect, without harming the environment or the workers. "The laser beams decompose the dye where needed, giving a precise fade that’s not only environmentally friendly but also safe for our employees," Dhingra highlights.

Looking to the Future

As Numero Uno continues to innovate and expand, collaborations are becoming an integral part of its strategy. The brand has already partnered with several celebrities and influencers, tapping into their immense reach to further its appeal. "We’ve collaborated many times with celebrities on magazine covers, as well as with influencers on social media. These collaborations are essential in today’s market," Dhingra acknowledges.

Looking ahead, the brand is also exploring the possibility of designer collaborations, particularly in the denim space. "It's a very exciting space. We’re definitely keeping an eye open for a good collab that suits both us and the potential partner," Dhingra teases.

With a clear vision and a strategic approach to expansion, the brand is well-positioned to continue leading the Indian denim market. "We’ve always believed in staying true to our roots, and that’s what will continue to drive our success," Dhingra concludes. In an industry where trends come and go, Numero Uno’s steadfast commitment to quality, innovation, and sustainability ensures it will remain a staple in wardrobes across India for years to come. As the brand continues to evolve, one thing is clear: Numero Uno is here to stay, and it’s only getting better.

• Brand Expansion
• Expansion Plans

Do you have the question of why marketing strategies are so different from one company to another? The one that sells to business customers only, and the one that sells directly to consumers? Retailers and those who are planning to enter the field must understand the differences between B2B and B2C marketing to be successful. These two strategies are two different languages, each specifically designed for the audience and having different objectives and techniques. Which one of them do you think is better? We will discuss the main differences that govern B2B and B2C marketing and the advantages of each approach in the respective context.

What is B2B Marketing?

 B2B marketing is about boosting other businesses rather than individuals. The central aim is to offer aid to other businesses in the direction of better operations, trouble mitigation, and the enhancement of profitability. This type of marketing usually comes with longer sales cycles, quite complex decision-making processes, and a dedicated customer relationship. B2B marketing highlights the importance of visual impact, comprehensive information, and trust building.

For instance, Wipro Limited provides IT services and consulting solutions to businesses across various sectors, from healthcare to banking. Wipro’s marketing strategies highlight its ability to drive digital transformation and operational excellence for its clients. Similarly, Mahindra & Mahindra supplies tractors and agricultural equipment to other businesses, marketing its products as essential tools for improving agricultural productivity and reliability in farming operations.

What is B2C Marketing?

However, the B2C marketing approach focuses on individual end consumers with a view to trying to get immediate sales and also to keep them coming back. The strategies here are more focused on emotions, needs, and desires. B2C marketers usually use mass marketing techniques to get the attention of their main target, which is a general audience with a shorter sales cycle, and a simple buying process. The aim is to produce compelling communication that positively interacts with buyers on a very personal level, which in turn, will result in immediate purchases.

For example, Myntra, a leading online fashion retailer, markets a wide range of clothing, accessories, and lifestyle products directly to consumers. Myntra’s marketing strategies focus on trends, style, and convenience, using celebrity endorsements and festive sales to attract a broad audience. Another example is Haldiram's, which markets its snacks and sweets directly to consumers by emphasizing taste, tradition, and quality, appealing to a wide demographic across India.

B2B vs B2C Marketing: 10 Key Differences

B2B and B2C marketing is based on many different aspects, like audience size, sales, decision-making, and many others, and to know more about it, we need to know how differently these aspects work, so here is a short brief about how the marketing aspects work differently for these models.

How do B2B and B2C Companies Approach Sales?

B2B and B2C companies in India go through diverging paths in terms of sales, which in each case reflects very much the peculiarities of the different audiences. Consider TCS and Infosys—these B2B companies focus on building long-term relationships with their clients. Their approach to sales is, first of all, the provision of personalized offers and a strong emphasis on trust and expertise. The issue is not merely getting a contract but rather developing long-standing trust. The plan is to generate value over a long period of time by including more decision-makers in the sales process.

On the other hand, B2C companies such as Reliance Fresh know that speed is the key to success. Their strategy is to get the consumer’s attention in no time, frequently by using emotional approaches and promotions that are hard to resist. These companies employ mass marketing, digital engagement, and discounts to generate quick, high-volume sales. Here, it's the case of hitting as many people as possible and making the buying experience as smooth and attractive as it can be. Thus, if it is in-depth and set to suit B2B or the volume and immediacy of B2C, each plan is perfectly adjusted to the requirements of their respective markets.

Social Media’s Impact on B2B and B2C Marketing

Social media's impact on the B2B space is substantial, whereas it has a different effect on B2C marketing as they adapt these two platforms differently. B2B marketers are using networking sites such as LinkedIn to connect with community members,  exchange opinions on various topics, and attract leads. The content here has an impersonal and information-centered approach. The B2C side, on the other hand, likes to use social channels like Instagram, and Facebook, for ads that are visually attractive and delightfully engaging. They are aiming to build a solid brand image, have direct phone conversations with consumers, and push sales with targeted ads and influencer partnerships.

B2B Buyer Considerations vs. B2C Buyer Considerations

B2B Buyers:

Those who are standing on the profit side of their investment are not only into ROI but also take into consideration other variables such as efficiency and long-term benefits. This process facilitates the collaboration of heterogeneous stakeholder groups that are interested in many ways of checking the effect of the product on their business processes. B2B buyers place high importance on research and analysis, which are often time-consuming and procured by virtualization and mass estimation of providers that come out on top.

B2C Buyers:

Considerations are more of an emotional type for them, focusing on price, convenience, and brand perception. B2C buyers are under the influence of some creative trends, peer reviews, and advertisements. The purchasing decision is typically fast and impulsive, following personal inclinations and involving less evaluation of future value.

Below are some examples of buyer consideration in B2B and B2C marketing:

At Indian Retailer, we feel that choosing the right kind of marketing is the most important factor to target the right audience. B2B marketing takes a people-oriented approach where relationships are built and value is provided over time. On the contrary, B2C focuses on instant gratification by attracting and converting customers. Despite their differences, both strategies present challenges and opportunities, and they will eventually become essential for success in your marketing efforts.

1. Can a company engage in both B2B and B2C marketing?

Yes, some companies engage in both B2B and B2C marketing by offering different products or services tailored to each audience.

2. How important is content marketing in B2B?

Content marketing is vital in B2B as it helps establish authority, educate potential clients, and build trust.

3. What role does brand loyalty play in B2C marketing?

Brand loyalty is crucial in B2C marketing as it drives repeat purchases and positive word-of-mouth, which are essential for long-term success.

4. How do B2B companies use social media differently from B2C companies?

B2B companies use social media for networking, sharing industry insights, and lead generation, while B2C companies focus on brand engagement, customer interaction, and driving sales.

5. What are the main challenges in B2B marketing?

The main challenges include long sales cycles, complex decision-making processes, and the need for continuous innovation to stay competitive

The word pizza was first discovered in 997 AD. Pizza is an Italian dish typically consisting of a flat base of leavened wheat-based dough topped with tomato, cheese, and other ingredients, according to a Latin manuscript from the southern Italian town of Gaeta, in Lazio, on the border with Campania. Raffaele Esposito is often credited with creating modern pizza in Naples. In India, there is a $50 billion food service market with a QSR of nearly $900 million to $1 billion flavors and an increasing appetite for fast food. Let’s discover the top 10 pizza brands in India that dominate the Indian market.

List of the Top 10 Pizza Brands in India

Here’s a curated list of the top 10 famous brands in India that have become giants in the industry.

1. Domino's Pizza

Parent Company: Domino's Pizza, Inc.

Establishment Year: 1960

Headquarters: Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA

Domino’s is an American multinational pizza restaurant chain founded by Jim Moaning, Tom Monaghan, and Dominick DeVarti in 1960 that has become a big name in the market with 15,00,000+ stores worldwide, among the 1,500 stores in India. The USP that gives the brand a boost is its 30-minute fast delivery and a wider range of local toppings like Margherita, Pepperoni, Paneer Makhani, Wheat Thin Crust, and Cheese Burst. Domino’s holds a market share of 50 percent and a 70 percent share in the Pizza home delivery segment in India. 

2. Pizza Hut

Parent Company: Yum! Brands, Inc.

Establishment Year: 1958

Headquarters: Plano, Texas, USA

Pizza Hut, LLC, is a very famous name in India. It was founded by Dan Carney and Frank Carney in 1958. The brand operates 19,866 restaurants worldwide and 3,50,000 team members in more than 100 countries. The brand gained its name for its affordable pricing. The brand offers a variety of products, including fries, pasta, chicken wings, and breadsticks. This famous brand had a revenue of $1.091 billion (2016). The parent brand of Pizza Hut is Yum Brand which operates the brands KFC, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell, and The Habit Burger Grill. Yum! has a revenue of $7.076 as of 2023. The brand offers a variety of products including their popular stuffed crust pizza which has the outermost edge wrapped around a cylinder of mozzarella cheese. Pizza Hut remains a significant player in the global fast-food industry, known for its innovative products and marketing strategies.

3. Chicago Pizza

Parent Company: M/s CP Foods Pvt. Ltd.

Establishment Year: 2008

Headquarters: New Delhi, India

Chicago Pizza, an Indian pizza restaurant chain based in New Delhi, was founded in 2008 by Vishal Kahpur. Chicago Pizza outlets are present in over 190 locations across the country. Its homemade style of making pizza and providing consumers with the ability to build their own slice is what makes them stand out in the competitive market. They have an unique option for Home Pizza Kit which allows customers to make their pizza at home. The brand delivers 3 to 5 signature pizza bases, their secret sauce, mozzarella cheese, and 6 to 10 toppings of choice. They have won the ‘best franchise award’ all because of their strategic management, which assisted the brand in gaining knowledge about the customers, including their geography, preferences and taste, and also for their variety of options in the menu.

4. Slice of Italy

Parent Company: Slice of Italy Pvt. Ltd.

Establishment Year: 2001

Slice of Italy, a Delhi-based brand, is famous for its Italian-style pizza with some Indian touches. They have 15 outlets running in different formats near Vasant Vihar, Okhla, Lodhi Garden, and other popular parts of Delhi. The popular product range of the brand includes Chicken Heavyweight Pizza, Garlic Bread with cheese and Chicken Lasagne. In addition to pizzas, customers can have a wide range of customizable cakes. Their tagline is Eat Great Morning till late as they deliver early in the morning till 01:00 AM.

5. Pizza Express

Parent Company: Hony Capital

Establishment Year: 1965

Headquarters: Uxbridge, England

Pizza Express is a UK-based pizzeria that has been operating since 1965 and was founded by Peter Boizot. Pizza Express is the first pizzeria in London’s Soho. The brand has over 360 restaurants across the U.K. and Ireland. The new Peroni 0.0% is the new fan favourite. They have their very own PizzaExpress Live, which offers more than 1500 music shows across a number of venues, and launched their PX Records label back in 2023. PizzaExpress is conscious of the environment, and its sustainability plan is committed to being net zero by 2040.

6. Tossin Pizza

Parent Company: Tossin Pizza Pvt. Ltd.

Establishment Year: 2013

Headquarters: Gurgaon, India

Tossin Pizza is a Delhi-based brand that is operated by Chef Rohit Narang and his cousin Honey Mehta in 2013. The sole purpose is to bring the Italian recipe to the Indian platter. Their hand-tossed pizzas with gourmet ingredients and Quattro Formaggi, chicken BBQ, cheese burst, and wheat thin crust make them stand out. The specialities of their pizzas are their perfectly crafted crusts, premium ingredients that are handpicked and farm fresh, gourmet variety and their priority towards safety. The brand’s mission goes beyond merely serving pizza. as they strive to craft culinary delights that tantalise taste buds and are committed to delivering an unparalleled pizza experience.

7. La Pino'z Pizza

Parent Company: La Pino'z Pizza

Establishment Year: 2011

Headquarters: Chandigarh, India

La Pino’z Pizza, an Indian pizzeria founded in 2011 by Sanam Kapoor in Chandigarh, offers a variety of pizzas, including options for vegetarians. The brand emphasizes high-quality ingredients and has rapidly expanded, boasting numerous outlets across India. They are known for their large, value-for-money pizzas. It's become popular for its diverse menu, including gourmet and customizable pizzas, garlic bread, pasta, and desserts. The brand is recognized for prompt delivery services and a user-friendly online ordering system. With a strong focus on customer satisfaction.

8. Oven Story Pizza

Parent Company: Rebel Foods

Establishment Year: 2016

Headquarters: Mumbai, India

Oven Story Pizza, a brand under Rebel Foods, is known for its unique and innovative pizzas that feature four distinct cheese bases: Peri Peri, Chipotle, Tandoori, and El-Classico. Their pizzas are designed to cater to diverse palates, offering both vegetarian and non-vegetarian options loaded with fresh ingredients and signature liquid cheese toppings. Oven Story emphasizes quality and quick delivery, making it a popular choice for pizza lovers across India. The brand is available in nearly 75 cities in India. They offer appealing discounts and buy-one-get-one options to lure customers, and they are quite famous among pizza lovers.

9. Baking Bad

Parent Company: Baking Bad

Establishment Year: 2014

Baking Bad has garnered a loyal following among pizza lovers who appreciate high-quality, customisable options. They have 10+ outlets, primarily in Delhi-NCR.  It stands out for its emphasis on fresh, gourmet ingredients and a personalized pizza experience. The brand allows the customers to customize their pizzas and has a wide range of pizzas, which includes thin crust pizzas, Napoli pizzas, etc., and office special offers for large pizzas as well.

10. GoPizza

Parent Company: GoPizza Co. Ltd.

Headquarters: Seoul, South Korea

GoPizza has one of the most competitive pricing strategies in the market. GoPizza is revolutionizing the pizza experience in India with its innovative technology approach. The brand was founded by Jay Lim and recently opened its 50th flagship outlet in India. Known for its automated pizza ovens, GoPizza delivers consistent quality at a faster pace and appeals to time-conscious customers. GoPizza has one of the most competitive pricing strategies in the market. The brand is known for its quality pizzas, openness, and innovation and is available in countries like Korea, India, Singapore, Indonesia, and Thailand. The oval symbol of GOPIZZA symbolizes the beginning of a completely new pizza beyond the limits of existing pizzas.

Final Words:

At Indian Retailer, we understand the food market in India is very diverse, as tastes and choices are very different in every part of the country. So we have curated a list of the top 10 best pizza brands in India that are very famous for their taste all across India.

FAQs on the Top 10 Pizza Brands in India

1. Which is the largest pizza chain in India?

Unveiling India's Pizza Landscape: Store Location StrategiesDomino leads the pack with 1,670 stores across India, establishing its position as the dominant player in the market. 

2. What is 3 meat pizza?

Hand-tossed-style crust topped with savoury tomato sauce, melted mozzarella cheese, pepperoni, sausage, and crispy bacon.

3. Which is the No 1 pizza brand in India?

Domino's Pizza. Domino's Pizza requires no explanation for pizza fans in India. They presently dominate more than 60% of India's pizza sector.

4. What is a mini pizza called?

Mini Pizza called Mini Pizzetta is a flavored-packed little bite-sized Italian pizza. 

5. What is the full form of pizza?

Pizza is a savory dish of Italian origin. Full form of PIZZA. Pizzeria Practical Insightful Zesty Zealous Attentive.

• Consumer Business
• Dominos Pizza
• Pizza chain

For years, offline retail has served as a vital component of local communities. MSMEs (Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises) are intricately woven into the fabric of Indian commerce. These brick-and-mortar businesses are a testament to the enduring spirit of entrepreneurship and their unwavering commitment to serving their communities. These small businesses are crucial to the Indian economy, contributing around 30 percent to India’s GDP and employing over 110 million people. This significant contribution underscores the importance of supporting and nurturing these enterprises to sustain economic growth and community well-being.

India’s Retail Landscape: An Overview

With a the country’s population of 1.42 billion, it would be fair to say that India’s retail landscape is diverse and vibrant. This blend of traditional and modern retail experiences - encompassing bustling local markets, neighborhood kiranas, and contemporary shopping centers - creates a dynamic environment. The offline Indian retail market captures approximately 93 percent of the total retail market share and is valued at $872 billion. The future of India’s retail sector looks promising, with an estimated Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 10 percent between 2021 and 2029.

How Offline Retailers Are Propelling the Industry Forward as MSMEs

Operating as Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs), traditional offline retailers play a pivotal role in sustaining local economies and driving the overall industry forward.

Rising disposable incomes and increased spending power, particularly within India’s middle class, have been instrumental in driving substantial growth in the retail sector over the past decade. A NASSCOM report indicates that India’s retail sector accounts for nearly 10 percent of the country's GDP and employs 8 percent of the Indian formal workforce, which translates to nearly 35 million individuals. By 2030, it is projected that this sector will create 25 million new jobs. MSMEs are crucial in enabling employment opportunities and contributing to the country's overall economic growth. 2

Additionally, NeoGrowth’s NeoInsights report Click and Mortar: The Evolution of India’s Retail Ecosystem,’ states more than 70 percent Indian shoppers value family shopping experience in a physical store. This preference allows retailers to create a symbiotic relationship that extends beyond monetary transactions, fostering strong community bonds. Businesses in sectors such as FMCG and Retail, Food and Beverage, and Consumer Durables and Electronics significantly contribute to growth in these areas.

Digital Transformations to Offline Retail

In the increasingly digital world, offline retailers remain unfazed by e-commerce growth. According to the NeoInsights Report of 2023, 80 percent of offline retailers said they were not threatened by the boom. In fact, offline retailers were incorporating a digital touch. For instance, offline retailers utilized social media marketplaces to list their products online to boost sales and expand to a larger customer base. Some offered free home delivery services and accepted orders via messaging apps and phone calls, catering to customers who preferred shopping from home. Such use of technology enabled close to 60 percent offline retailers to fulfill customer requests for home delivery services.

Another interesting observation revealed that one in two offline retailers often receive customer requests to replicate products based on online reference images, a capability not typically available with online purchases. This highlights the offline retailer’s ability to combine the best of both worlds.

The Future of Offline Retail

India’s retail market is poised to reach $2 trillion by 2032 according to a BCG Report and offline retailers will play a pivotal role in this. While the road ahead seems bright, it is fraught with challenges, but also full of opportunities.

One primary challenge for offline retailers is the pervasive influence of e-commerce as a continuous threat to the convenience and extensive offerings on online platforms.

Nonetheless, personalized services, innovative marketing strategies, and loyalty programs can be leveraged to create a unique shopping environment. Offline retailers are deeply rooted in local communities. Utilizing this local connection for targeted and personalized marketing campaigns can strengthen customer loyalty and foster community engagement.

The future of India's MSME sector is a powerful synergy between the online and offline space. By embracing click-and-mortar strategies, offline retailers can tap into the vast potential of online marketplaces, expanding their reach and customer base. Online giants can leverage the established networks and trust of physical stores to ensure seamless omnichannel experiences. The collaborative approach, fueled by technology and driven by a customer-centric mindset, holds the key to unlocking the true potential of India's MSME boom, empowering local businesses, and enriching the lives of millions.

Authored By

Arun Nayyar, MD and CEO, NeoGrowth

• offline retail
• MSME sector

Coffee is one of the leading beverage industries in India. Some like it to be smooth, while others want to have a stronger aroma of coffee. The revenue for the coffee industry in India is estimated to reach $30.09 million by the end of 2024. Here is a curated list of the leading coffee brands in the country. Want to know who are the top 10 coffee brands in India? How are these the leading coffee brands performing in India? This article answers all the questions. 

Read More: How New-Age Coffee Brands are Revolutionizing Indian Coffee Culture

Davidoff offers one of the best strong coffees in India. The company has a rich scent body that is produced by combining beans from East Africa and South America. Davidoff has selected coffee blends from the top growing locations in the world skillfully blended to showcase their attractiveness. The Zino Davidoff Group, a Swiss family business established in 1980, operates solely in the non-tobacco luxury goods sector, offering an array of high-end products. Founded by Zino Davidoff, an immigrant from Ukraine, the company has expanded its offerings over the years and licenses the Davidoff brand to various companies for different business segments. The company has a revenue of 546 Swiss francs. 

Here is the top-rated Strong coffee by Davidoff

•  Espresso 57

Bean type – 100 percent Arabica

Taste Description - The delicate balance between roasting time and temperature is the key to making Davidoff Espresso 57. This Espresso has a unique flavor that comes from the beans' gradual development, thanks to traditional drum roasting. Explore the velvety scent with subtle hints of chocolate that will delight your senses.

Nestle is a leading coffee brand in India. In the first quarter of FY25, Nestle India recorded a net profit of Rs 746.6 crore, up 7 percent from Rs 698.3 crore in the same time the previous year. The company serves in 188 countries and has more than 340 factories and 77 countries. 

In 1929, Louis Dapples, Chairman of Nestlé's Board of Directors, received a request from Brazil to address the surplus of coffee. In 1984, the Nescafe brand extended its coffee offerings to include coffee beans. Nestle is a Swiss multinational food and drink corporation with a wide range of products, including coffee, tea, confectionery, bottled water, dairy products, and many more. Mark Schneider took on the position of Nestle’s Chief Executive Officer in January 2017. 

Best Strong Coffee by Nestle

• NESCAFE Gold Instant Coffee Powder

Bean Type -  Arabica & Robusta coffee beans

Taste Description - Made by its roasters and blenders, this premium mix is genuinely unique. Carefully roasted and freeze-dried to preserve the deep fragrance.

• NESCAFE Classic Black Roast Instant Coffee

Bean Type - Robusta coffee beans

Taste Description - A longer roasting time combined with 100 percent pure coffee results in a potent cup full of flavor and fragrance. Offers the richest, most potent flavor of coffee.

• NESCAFE Roastery

Bean Type - Arabica and Robusta beans

Taste Description - Rich and powerful taste profile of a delectably dark roast instant coffee with hints of roasted nuts and dark chocolate. Two separate rounds of roasting were used to enhance the subtle flavors and heady scent.

BRU has created a name by offering strong coffee in the Indian market. Coffee beans of the highest caliber and flawless roasting are used to make BRU Gold. It is an invigorating scent that stimulates your senses combined with excellent flavor. The customer receives the ultimate delight from enjoying the ideal cup of coffee.

Launched in 1968 by Hindustan Unilever Limited, a British-owned Indian final goods company headquartered in Mumbai boasts a diverse range of products, including foods, beverages, cleaning agents, personal care products, water purifiers, and other fast-moving consumer goods (FMCGs).

Strong coffee offered by Bru

•  BRU Instant Super Strong Coffee

Bean Type - Robusta beans

Taste Description - The ideal ratio of 57% coffee to 43% chicory is found in Bru Instant Super Strong Coffee. The aroma of fresh coffee is kept thanks to new and improved procedures.

Blue Tokai 

Blue Tokai is a well known coffee brand in India. Matt Chitharanjan and Namrata Asthana, alongside their COO Shivam Shahi, established Blue Tokai Coffee Roasters in New Delhi in 2013, with headquarters in Gurgaon, India. The renowned coffee startup, Blue Tokai, is currently in discussions for a new round of funding, with a valuation exceeding $180 million, and operates a network of over 100 outlets spanning across major cities in India.

Best Strong Coffee by Blue Tokai

•  Vienna Roast

Bean Type - 100 percent Arabica Coffee

Taste Description - This mix, which contains coffee beans from Tamil Nadu and Karnataka, is the second darkest of Blue Tokai’s roasts. It has a lot of body, little acidity, and is a favorite among those who want a powerful cup of coffee with the distinct bittersweet flavors. The ideal way to eat Vienna roast is with milk.  

Sleepy Owl is known for being one of the best strong coffee brands in India. Founded in 2016 by Ajai Thandi, Ashwajeet Singh, and Arman Sood. Sleepy Owl started as a passion project in a two-bedroom apartment in Delhi’s Dwarka. Today, its products are available in over 1,000 retail outlets in Delhi and Mumbai, as well as on online platforms—the company’s website and Amazon. As a homegrown Indian coffee brand, its journey began six years ago. Sleepy Owl introduced Cold Brew and now offers over 30 coffee products.

Best strong coffee by Sleepy Owl

• Xpresso, Strong Blend Instant Coffee

Bean Type - 100% Premium Robusta Beans.

Taste Description - The coffee of your wildest and darkest dreams is Xpresso. Xpresso will satisfy your coffee desires like never before since it is bursting with flavor. It dissolves readily in milk or hot or cold water, and the sealed container keeps it fresh and makes storing it simple.

TATA Coffee

TATA Coffee is a leading brand in the beverage industry. Tracing back to 1922, Tata Coffee, a part of the Tata Group, operates 25 estates covering more than 1000 hectares in the verdant Western Ghats, thriving with diverse flora and fauna. The company, founded in 1868 by Jamsetji Tata and headquartered in Bengaluru, Karnataka, specializes in producing coffee, tea, pepper, and related products, with 19 coffee estates across South India. The brand generated a  revenue of Rs $8.87 billion in 2023. Led by Chairman R. Harish Bhat and MD & CEO Chacko Purackal Thomas, the company has a strong presence and influence in the retail and B2B sectors.

Best Strong Coffee by TATA Coffee

• Tata Coffee Grand Classic Instant Coffee

Taste Description - For a fantastic cup, try the instant coffee chicory mix, a combination of agglomerated coffee and flavour-locked decoction crystals. 

Colombia Brew

Colombian Brew Coffee is a leading coffee brand in India. It provides the optimum climate and geographic circumstances for Arabica beans to flourish, which in turn produces coffee. It takes inspiration from Francisco Romero, a 16th-century priest who initiated Colombia's coffee revolution. Its coffee is meticulously handpicked from the finest plantations worldwide. Founded by Laukik Bothara, with headquarters in Pune. Strong category share in retail and online positions. Colombian Brew Coffee as a top consumer coffee brand. A variety of products including ground coffee, instant coffee, flavour-infused coffee, roasted coffee beans, green coffee bags, and 3 in 1 and 2 in 1 coffee premixes are produced and sold by Colombian Brew.

Country Bean 

Country Bean is considered to be a popular coffee brand in India. Established in 1963 in Southern California, it has its headquarters in Kolkata. Country Bean was founded by Aditi Somani Satnaliwala and Aneesh Satnaliwala, who aim to revolutionize the ‘at-home coffee’ experience by providing delicious, easy, and affordable coffee solutions. The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf meticulously selects the top 1 percent of arabica beans from prime growing regions. The brand has an annual revenue of Rs 18.4 cr ($2.29 million).

Best strong coffee by Country Bean 

• Assorted Coffee Bundle

Bean type - 100% Arabica coffee beans.

Taste Description - gives a fresh coffee scent and flavor without any bitterness. Fast-brewing, robust, and excellent coffee

Continental

Continental is standing out as a well-liked coffee brand in India. CCL Products (India) Ltd. is the parent company of the brand. CCL Products is a publicly listed company that was established in 1994 and has a clientele base spanning over 90 countries. With its headquarters in Andhra Pradesh, the company, formerly known as Continental Coffee Ltd., has achieved a turnover of Rs 2,070 cr. Challa Rajendra Prasad serves as the Executive Chairman, while Challa Srishant holds the position of Managing Director. Joining the billion-dollar market capitalization club, CCL Products is a prominent player in the retail and B2B sectors.

Best Strong Coffee by Continental  

• Continental Espresso

Taste Description - After roasting, the medium-roasted beans are mixed, giving them a rich scent, well-balanced acidity, and a smooth, creamy texture.

Rage Coffee

Rage is a famous coffee brand in India. Founded in 2018, Rage Coffee sources its beans from top plantations in Ethiopia and India. It is led by CEO and Founder, Bharat Sethi. It is a subsidiary of Swmabhan Commerce Private Limited, a fast-moving consumer goods company. Rage Coffee focuses on manufacturing, marketing, and distributing innovative coffee products, generating an annual revenue of Rs 24.1cr. Positioned as one of the fastest-growing direct-to-consumer brands, Rage Coffee stands out as India’s pioneering plant-powered coffee, enriched with six plant vitamins.

Best strong coffee by Rage  

• Silk Blend- Vanilla Velvet & Creamy Hazelnut

Bean type - Arabica beans

Taste description - Rich, flavorful, full-bodied, and bold cup. Every cup is velvety and wonderful with overtones of robust and delectable flavors. 

In the eyes of Indian Retailer, coffee stands second in the list of most liked non-alcoholic beverages in India. These top 10 strong coffee brands are leading in the market for their taste, brewing techniques, and for offering different flavors. These popular coffee brands in India are offering the best brew from famous plantations in the world.

Which is the largest coffee seller in India?

TATA Coffee is the largest coffee seller in India.

Who is the father of coffee?

Kaldi, an Ethiopian goat herder is known as the father of coffee.

Where does coffee originate from?

Ethiopia is where coffee first came to be grown, and the Arabian Peninsula adopted it later. 

Which is the richest coffee in India?

Luwak coffee raw beans is the richest coffee in India. 

Which state produces the largest amount of coffee in India?

Karnataka is the largest producer of coffee in India. 

• Nestle India
• Tata Coffee

Red wines have long been appreciated for their rich aromas, nuanced flavors, and unique drinking experience. The middle class and increased demand for premium wines have driven substantial expansion in India's red wine sector. India's market for alcoholic beverages was estimated to be worth $55 billion in 2023. By 2027, the industry is predicted to have grown at a CAGR of 7 percent and reach $73 billion. Both domestic and foreign red wine brands have grown significantly in popularity as tastes change. Here are the top 10 red wine brands available in India as of 2024.

Top 10 Best Red Wine Brands in India 2024

Find the best red wine brands in India with our top 10 picks. Enhance your inventory with these top selections and stay ahead of market trends!

1. Jacobs Creek

Classic Shiraz

Reserve Cabernet Sauvignon

Double Barrel Shiraz

Manufacturer: Jacob's Creek

Winery : Jacob's Creek Winery, Barossa Valley

Jacob’s Creek is a luxurious winemaking brand that belongs to the Pernod Ricard group. It was founded by Johann Gramp in 1847. The brand comes from the Barossa Valley in South Australia and is one of the most famous brands in India. Jacob's Creek winemakers strive to produce wines that are a true expression of the terrain as well as the suitable climate of the Barossa Valley. Their wines have a robust taste and sometimes include notes of ripe berries, subtle oak, and spice. The main components are Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon grapes, which are grown with the utmost care and attention to detail to ensure only the best quality. The Jacob’s Creek winery is home to the largest onsite winery combined with a D solar installation. They follow sustainable winegrowing, which enables them to produce high-quality wines while meeting environmentally responsible standards around biodiversity, soil, water, and energy.

Read More: Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

2. Fratelli

Sangiovese Bianco

Manufacturer: Fratelli Wines

Winery: Fratelli Vineyards, Maharashtra

Fratelli Wines is a wine brand established in 2006 and was founded by the collaboration of the Secci brothers from Italy with the Sekhri and Mohite-Patil brothers from India. They hold a 240-acre vineyard in the region of Akluj, Maharashtra, from where Fratelli is based. It combines Italian wine-making skills with Indian terroir. The wines are skillfully made, and they have a complex color with notes of dark fruits, spices, and earth. Key ingredients are Shiraz, Sangiovese, and Merlot grapes, which are so sturdy and have such rich taste that they are the most popular among wine lovers. Fratelli is known for India’s largest privately owned wine estate. The winery's high-tech laboratory also ensures the highest level of quality and discipline are maintained at each and every step of the manufacturing process.

Read More:  Top Whisky Brands in India for 2024 | ABV%

Sula Rasa Shiraz

Dindori Reserve Shiraz

Satori Merlot

Manufacturer: Sula Vineyards

Winery: Sula Vineyards, Nashik

Sula Vineyards was established by Rajeev Samant in 1999, and in a short span of time, the company has turned out to be the largest wine producer in India. Sula is India’s leading wine company, spearheading the distribution of wine from India across the world. The brand is headquartered in Nashik, Maharashtra, and is known for its quality and innovation in Indian winemaking. Among their red wines, the ones are awarded for rich, fruity flavors with notes of spice and oak. The grapes used are Shiraz and Merlot, the ones selected for their ability to produce strong and flavorful wines. Sula is one of the most sustainable winemaking brands in the world, with more than 2 MW of solar PV installed. 

4.  Aurva Chandon

Variants: Aurva

Manufacturer: Chandon India

Winery: Chandon Winery, Maharashtra

Chandon is a winemaking brand that is part of Moët Hennessy (LVMH) company, which was established in 1959 by Robert Jean de Vogue. The Indian operations are based in Nashik, Maharashtra. Chandon Aurva is a new adventure for our Maverick brand. Aurva is something added to introduce to India and the world. Made with the historic Shiraz grape, a collaboration between an Indian and an Australian winemaker includes grilled and barbecued meats, lamb shawarma, and full-flavoured curries such as chicken tikka masala. Chandon is the first offering from Moët Hennessy to be made in India and is now available across 22 cities in India. 

Rivera Syrah

Rivera Cabernet Sauvignon

Rivera Merlot

Manufacturer: Rivera Wines

Winery: Rivera Vineyards, Maharashtra

Riviera Wines is a wine company that has red wines that are the reflection of Indian winemaker art in viticulture, was established in 1982 by Shamrao Chougule. The brand is based in Mumbai, Maharashtra. Rivera is a company that is well-known for showing its commitment to producing high-quality wines. The red wine is based on the Shiraz grape which has black pepper and plum fruit aromas, whereas the white wine is based on Chenin blanc with aroma of fresh fruit. The leading varieties of grapes include Syrah, Cabernet Sauvignon, and Merlot. Their selectively matured grapes are handpicked and transported to the winery mostly at night and crushed early in the morning when still cold.

6. Grover Zampa

Vijay Amritraj Reserve Collection

Manufacturer: Grover Zampa Vineyards

Winery: Grover Zampa Vineyards, Nandi Hills, and Nashik

Grover Zampa Vineyards stands at the forefront of Indian wine, and its headquarters are in Bangalore, Karnataka. It was established by Kanwal Grover. In 1992, the first vineyard was set up. The popular Zampa range was launched in 2008 and owns the award-winning Zampa Soirée wine. Their wines display great depth and poetic expression, which are reminiscent of the flavors palette of dark berries, spices, and oak. The grapes used, such as Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon, are meticulously chosen to ensure that a premium wine is the result. The wines of this brand are created with an uncompromising and passionate focus on quality and attention to detail in all aspects, which permits the vineyard to express its true potential.

7. Four Seasons

Four Seasons Barrique Reserve Shiraz

Four Seasons Merlot

Four Seasons Viognier

Manufacturer: Four Seasons Vineyards

Winery: Four Seasons Vineyards, Baramati, Maharashtra

Four Seasons is a vineyard that is owned by United Spirits Ltd. (Diageo Group) and was established in 2006. The wines originate in Baramati, Maharashtra, a town rich in poetry and history, both of which are essential ingredients in winemaking. Four Seasons produces wines that are both sophisticated and characterful, with dark fruit, spice, and oak as the main notes. The primary grape varieties used are Shiraz, Merlot, and Viognier, which were grown in the Baramati area. Four Seasons has won 48 international awards in the wine circuit since its inception.

8. Big Banyan

Big Banyan Merlot

Big Banyan Shiraz

Big Banyan Cabernet Sauvignon

Manufacturer: Big Banyan Wines

Winery: Big Banyan Vineyards, Goa

Big Banyan Wines is a winemaking brand that is part of John Distilleries Pvt. Ltd., which was established in 1996. Bangalore, Karnataka is their base, and their wines are well-known for their powerful flavors with ripe fruit and spice notes. The first winery was set up in Goa, and they have launched a winery in Bengaluru. The main grapes that are used are Merlot, Shiraz, and Cabernet Sauvignon, which are grown in such a way that they produce a wine with a lot of character and a complex flavor. Big Banyan has won six trophies at the IWCCA.

Dia is a winemaking brand that is part of Sula Vineyards, which was established by Rajeev Samant in 1999. Based in Nashik, Maharashtra, Dia wines are known for their light, fruity flavors, and lower alcohol content. The wines often feature notes of fresh fruits and a crisp finish. The major blends used ensure a balanced and approachable wine. Sula recently launched the Dia Red Wine Sparkler, which comes in a can. The brand makes wines with ultimate respect to the environment, following sustainable practices.

Arros Cabernet Shiraz

Arros Shiraz

Arros Merlot

Manufacturer: Good Drop Wine Cellars

Winery: Good Drop Vineyards, Nashik

Arros is a red wine manufactured by York Winery, which is headquartered in Nashik, Maharashtra, Arros is a reserve blend of Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon. Arros is the flagship red wine of York Winery and is composed of the best barrels from the best vintages making its production very limited to less than 10000 bottles. The nose of the wine has lifted a jammy, sweet vanilla and Christmas cake palette with hints of nutmeg, cloves, blackcurrant, and coffee. It is aged for 12-15 months. The primary grapes used include Shiraz and Cabernet Sauvignon, chosen for their robust characteristics.

At Indian Retailer, we see how this Indian red wine market is diverse and evolving, with both domestic and international brands offering an impressive range of flavors and styles. Whether you prefer the bold notes of a Shiraz or the subtle elegance of a Merlot, these top 10 red wine brands in India provide an excellent starting point for exploring the rich tapestry of red wines available in India. Cheers to discovering your next favorite bottle!

FAQs on the Top 10 Indian Red Wine Brands

1. What is red wine?

Red wine is an alcoholic drink with a deep red color that comes from dark-colored grapes. To produce red wine, winemakers ferment crushed grapes, including the grape skin. Yeast grows and takes in the natural sugars, converting them into alcohol. The grape skin gives red wine some of its color and flavor.

2. Which is the largest distributor of wine in India?

Brindco Sales Limited is one of the largest distributors of wine in India, known for its extensive distribution network and wide range of imported and domestic wines.

3. Which is the richest red wine in India? 

Zampa Insignia is one of the finest and most expensive red wines in India, priced around Rs 5000 per bottle.

4. Who can import wine in India?

In India, only licensed importers and authorized distributors can import wine. These entities must obtain a license from the Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT) and comply with state excise regulations.

• Wine Industry
• Grover wines

The Indian furniture market is undergoing a remarkable transformation, driven by evolving consumer preferences and global influences. As we witness this shift, it's clear that the industry is not just growing—it's reinventing itself to meet the sophisticated demands of a new generation of consumers.

The Growth Story: A Market on the Move

India's furniture industry is on an impressive trajectory, with projections indicating a revenue of $5.48 billion in 2024. This sector is set to expand at a compelling 6.42 percent compound annual growth rate over the next five years. The home décor segment stands out as the largest contributor, expected to account for $1.95 billion of the total market volume in 2024. While these figures are impressive, they also highlight the immense potential for growth when compared to global leaders like the United States, which is estimated to generate $263 billion in revenue in 2024.

The Winds of Change: Factors Shaping Consumer Preferences

Several key factors are influencing this shift towards international furniture trends:

Digital Marketplace Revolution: The internet has transformed how Indians shop for furniture. As one of the world's largest digital markets, India offers unparalleled reach for businesses, especially in smaller cities and towns. Online platforms have made a wide range of styles and brands accessible to consumers across the country.

Eco-Conscious Consumerism: Environmental awareness is on the rise among Indian buyers. This has led to increased demand for furniture made from sustainable materials like bamboo, responsibly sourced hardwoods, and upcycled materials. Manufacturers are adapting their practices to align with these evolving preferences.

Tech-Integrated Living Spaces: The Internet of Things (IoT) has made its way into our furniture. From sofas with built-in charging stations to wardrobes with smart lighting, tech-integrated furniture is gaining popularity among India's tech-savvy population.

Space-Efficient Solutions: As urban living spaces shrink, the demand for clever, multifunctional furniture is growing. Modular designs, convertible pieces, and innovative storage solutions are becoming increasingly sought after, reflecting a global trend towards efficient living.

The Socio-Economic Catalyst

The shift towards international furniture trends is not just about changing tastes—it's deeply rooted in India's socio-economic evolution. The growth of nuclear families, the rise in double-income households, and overall economic progress have increased the willingness to invest in home lifestyle products. There's a psychological need for comfort and luxury that aligns perfectly with global design aesthetics.

Bridging Global and Local Tastes

As Indian consumers embrace international furniture trends, retailers and design centers are adapting to meet this evolving demand. Many are now offering a diverse mix of national and global brands, showcasing styles from across the world. This shift is evident in the increasing availability of furniture and decor from various countries, including Turkey, Italy, Germany, France, and the United States. 

The range of styles available has also expanded significantly. Indian consumers can now choose from Scandinavian minimalism, vintage-inspired pieces, traditional designs, and bohemian aesthetics, all within the same retail space. This variety reflects the growing sophistication of the Indian market and its alignment with global design sensibilities. 

Looking Ahead: The Future of Furniture in India

As we look to the future, it's clear that the Indian furniture market will continue to evolve, influenced by global trends but shaped by local preferences. The integration of smart technology, the demand for sustainable products, and the desire for multifunctional pieces will likely drive innovation in the industry. For consumers, this shift presents an exciting opportunity to explore diverse styles and create truly personalized living spaces. For businesses, it's a call to adapt, innovate, and cater to a market that's increasingly global in its outlook.

Dr. Mahesh M, CEO, Creaticity

• global brands
• Consumer Behaviour
• Global trends

Raymond, a brand synonymous with quality and heritage in India, is not just resting on its laurels. The company has embarked on a technological revolution, integrating AI and omnichannel commerce to ensure that it stays relevant and competitive in today’s fast-paced retail environment. In an in-depth discussion with Ravi Hudda, Chief Technology Officer, Raymond, we delve into how the company is embracing the future.

Omnichannel Commerce: Meeting Consumers Where They Are

In today’s retail landscape, the line between online and offline shopping is increasingly blurred. Hudda explains, "Omnichannel has become a necessity from a consumer perspective. Today, consumers crave a physical experience in-store as much as they appreciate the convenience of browsing websites or marketplaces. To remain in the consumer’s consideration set, a diverse strategy to attract and capture consumers across various channels is essential."

Raymond's journey towards an omnichannel strategy began well before the pandemic, but it was COVID-19 that accelerated the process. "Standalone channels, both online and offline, have been operating in India since 2015 and 2016," Hudda notes, "but COVID put the entire omnichannel journey on steroids. Physical retail consumers wanted to engage with brands, and online became a very big touchpoint. Once restrictions eased, we saw a surge in consumers returning to physical stores, leading to a phenomenon we call ‘revenge buying’."

Raymond's omnichannel strategy now spans across its vast retail network of approximately 1,500 exclusive brand outlets (EBOs), shop-in-shop formats, and franchisee stores. The brand is also present across all major e-commerce marketplaces and runs its own direct-to-consumer (D2C) website. "If you combine all retail touchpoints, we have more than 20,000 across the country," says Hudda, highlighting the sheer scale of Raymond's reach.

The Power of AI

As Raymond expanded its omnichannel presence, the need for deeper consumer insights became apparent. Enter Staqu, an AI-powered retail analytics platform that the company has integrated into its stores. "We all know that AI has huge potential," Hudda states. "When a consumer visits our website, we get full insights—where they come from, what pages they land on, what products they view, and their conversion rates. But what about in-store? We wanted to understand consumer journeys in our stores—when they arrive, who they are, how much time they spend, and their conversion rates."

Staqu’s Jarvis, a video analytics solution, provided the perfect answer. Atul Rai, Co-founder and CEO, Staqu, explains, "Raymond already had cameras in its stores, so the idea was to leverage this existing infrastructure. We connected the feed to the cloud, where Jarvis analyzes the data. The AI tracks footfall, identifies unique visitors (excluding employees), and analyzes consumer behavior within the store."

This technology allows Raymond to create heatmaps of store sections, track which products attract the most attention, and measure how long consumers engage with these products. "This is information you typically get from online shopping, but offline stores were missing out on it," says Rai. "Now, cameras play a powerful role in providing this data, helping the company optimize their store layouts and product placements."

Ensuring Privacy in a Data-Driven World

With the increasing use of AI and data analytics, privacy concerns are at the forefront. Both Hudda and Rai emphasize Raymond’s commitment to consumer privacy. "In India, we follow GDPR guidelines, even though there isn’t a data protection law in place yet," Rai assures. "We’re the only company in the country that is GDPR compliant, getting audited monthly to ensure we’re up to standard."

The data collected by Jarvis is anonymized and does not include any personally identifiable information (PII). "We do not collect data related to faces or any other re-identifiable markers," Rai explains. "The data is stored on Raymond’s cloud, and Staqu does not have access to it. This ensures that Raymond maintains full control over their consumer data, safeguarding it within their firewall."

Hudda adds, "Think of it as a watchman sitting outside the store counting the number of people entering. He’s not interested in faces, just the numbers. That’s how we use AI—purely to enhance consumer experience without compromising privacy."

Measuring Success

For Raymond, the integration of AI is not just about staying ahead of the curve; it’s about tangible results. "Any investment in technology is measured on ROI," Hudda states. "For instance, if I have two stores in different locations and one has a lower conversion rate, I can analyze whether customers are not spending enough time in the right sections or if our staff needs better training in cross-selling and upselling."

Furthermore, the insights from Jarvis enable Raymond to make more informed decisions about store displays, visual merchandising, and even marketing campaigns. "My marketing dollars are becoming more efficient because I can measure the impact of each campaign," Hudda says. "I can refine those campaigns to create better footfalls and conversions."

Expanding Tech Horizons

Raymond is not stopping at just AI-powered analytics. The brand is actively exploring other technological innovations to enhance customer experience. "We are working on multiple generative AI solutions to make the consumer journey easier, more interactive, and engaging," Hudda reveals. While he remains tight-lipped about specific details, it’s clear that the company is gearing up to announce significant progress in the coming quarters.

As Raymond continues to evolve, embracing technology and innovation, it stays true to its legacy while preparing for the future. By integrating AI and omnichannel strategies, the brand is not just meeting consumer expectations but setting new standards in the retail industry.

• Raymond Group
• customer insight technology in India

Gold is a significant part of India. People of our country buy gold not just for investment purposes, but for their fondness and love for the lustrous metal. For decades, Indians bought gold from their family jewellers - those who they trusted for generations, however, today some jewellery brands have established their dominance in the booming market. How and when these top gold  jewellery brands came into being? Here is a curated list of the top 10 gold jewellery brands in India. This article presents all the information you need on the best gold jewellery brand in India.

Read More: How Farah Khan Ali Transformed Indian Jewelry with Bold Designs and Sustainability

Top 10 Gold Jewellery Brands in India

Here is a curated list of top gold Jewellery brands in India. Learn more about the leading jewellers in the market. 

Tanishq, a leading gold jewellery brand in India, was founded in 1994. It is a division of Titan Company. This Indian jewellery brand has its headquarters in Bengaluru. Xerxes Desai is the founder of the jewellery brand. Tanishq has a presence across more than 410 retail stores in 240 cities in India, UAE, the US, Singapore, and Qatar. International expansion started with its first store in the UAE, around  COVID-19 pandemic. The company has launched a sub-brand called Rivaah, focusing on the wedding sector. Hallmark has granted authentication to Tanishq. The company has been awarded Dot Design as the World's highest honor for product design. 

Recently, Tanishq opened a new store at Omaxe Chowk, Delhi. Check Here

2. Kalyan Jewellers

Kalyan Jewellers , the popular jewellery brand pan-India, has a family legacy in the business. It was launched in 1908. Kalyan Jewellers FZE is the parent company of the gold jewellery brand. T. S. Kalyanaraman is the founder. It opened its first showroom in 1993 in Thrissur, Kerala, and expanded its presence across pan-India in 2012. It started expanding internationally by opening 6 showrooms in the UAE; now the brand has around 30 showrooms in the Middle East (Qatar, Kuwait, Oman). Today the jewellery brand has 137 showrooms, out of which 107 are in India and 30 are in the Middle East part of the world. The brand has been awarded as the most influential brand by DC Books and DC Media. Kalyan collaborated with Amitabh Bachchan as its national brand ambassador. 

Kalyan Jewellers reveals the revenue growth report. Read More Here

3. Malabar 

Malabar is another leading gold jewellery brand in India. M. P. Ahammed is the founder and chairman of Malabar, which launched in 1993. He achieved the Global Excellence award from Defense Minister Nirmala Sitaraman and got recognized with the APCO Group's Haji A.P. Award from Kerala Chief Minister Oomen Chandy. Malabar is present nationally and internationally, making a retail network of more than 350 outlets across 13 countries with 15 other business vertices. India, the Middle East, the Far East, and the US are the countries where Malabar has a strong presence with multiple offices, design centers, wholesale units, and factories. The brand offers 100 percent BIS Hallmark gold in the market. Alia Bhatt was signed up as the brand ambassador for Malabar.

Malabar Gold & Diamonds Expands in UK, Opens Second Showroom in Leicester. Read More Here

4. Reliance Jewels

Reliance Jewels , a top gold jewellery brand in India, was established in 2007. The first launch of the brand was through its showroom opening in Iscon Mall, Ahmedabad. Reliance Retail is the parent company. Reliance Jewels has 400+ stores in showrooms and shop-in shops formats across 200+ cities. The brand deals with only 100 percent BIS Hallmark gold. Reliance Jewels was recognized as ‘Brand of the Decade’ by BARC Asia Awards in 2023.

5. PC Jewellers

PC Jewellers is regarded as the top gold jewellery brand in India. A first-generation business founded by Padam Chand Gupta and Balram Garg. It opened its first showroom in 2005 in Karol Bagh, New Delhi. Today the brand is available across 67 cities in 17 states in India. PC Jewellers is the fastest-growing jewellery retail chain with standalone stores at high-street locations. PC Jewellers featured Akshay Kumar and Twinkle Khanna as their brand ambassadors. The gold jeweller brand was awarded the Niryat Shree Silver Trophy in the gems and jewellery non-MSME category by the Federation of Indian Export Organizations, set up by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India.

6. Joyalukkas

Joyalukkas is a leading gold jewellery brand in India. Founded in 2001 by Alukkas Group, the inception happened in 1987 by Alukka Joseph Varghese, who laid the ideology behind the brand. The gold jewellery brand is based in Kerala and Dubai, with more than 160 showrooms in 11 countries around the globe. Including India, the UK, the US, Singapore, Malaysia, the UAE, Qatar, Kuwait, Bahrain, and Oman. Joyalukkas is the first retail jewellery brand to be awarded both the prestigious ISO 9001:2008 and 14001:2004 certifications. Along with that, Joyalukkas has received Dubai Quality Awards Certification from H. H. Sheikh Mohammed Bin Rashid Al Maktoum, Vice President and Prime Minister of the UAE and Ruler of Dubai. Actress Kajol has been signed up as the brand ambassador for Joyalukkas.

Senco is another top gold jewellery brand in India. With a legacy of more than 80 years, Senco Gold Limited owns the brand. It was incorporated in 1994 in Kolkata, under the chairmanship of the late Shri Shankar Sen. It was launched under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. Today the chairman and director of Senco is Ranjana Sen, representing the gold jewellery brand in more than 16 states with 150 showrooms in India. Senco has earned Jagran Achiever’s Award 2023 for Excellence in Design Innovation in Gold and Diamonds. It partnered with Kiara Advani as the brand ambassador of the brand.

Senco Gold and Diamonds Spearheads 'Make in India' Commitment Through ONDC Integration. Read More Here

8. CaratLane

CaratLane has emerged as the top new-age gold jewellery brand in India, which began its journey as a D2C brand. The brand was incorporated in 2008 by Mithun Sacheti and Srinivasa Gopalan. It has its headquarters in Chennai. CaratLane was acquired by Titan Company in 2016, making it the parent company. The gold jewellery brand is present in more than 100 cities in India with over 270 retail stores. It has an omnichannel presence in the market, providing physical and online retailing. CaratLane has used technology as a way to upscale; for instance, it used applications on smartphones with face recognition and 3D imaging technology for customers to try on the product virtually.

CaratLane's Progressive Ties with PhonePe for Digital Gold Redemption : Read More Here

9. Bluestone

Another D2c jewellery brand that became an omnichannel giant is Bluestone . It has today gained prominence among the best gold jewellery brands in India. The brand was founded by Gaurav Singh Kushwaha. It started with an initial investment from Accel and Saama Capital in 2011, and launched its first store in 2018. Today, it has over 150 stores in India. The gold jewellery brand is shipping internationally to the US, UK, Canada, as well as Australia. Bluestone had been awarded for outstanding e-retail performance in 2024. It signed with Alia Bhatt as its first brand ambassador.

Gaurav Singh Kushwaha redefines the landscape of jewellery shopping in India. Read More Here 

Zoya is a leading gold jewellery brand in India. It is a luxury jewellery boutique owned by the house of TATA. It started operations in 2010 with innovative artisanal techniques that were critically analyzed from the traditional Indian karigari. Zoya began with 5 flagship boutiques and 2 retail stores in 5 cities in India—namely Mumbai, Bangalore, Delhi, Hyderabad, and Gurgaon. Recently, Zoya launched its new flagship store in the south extension, New Delhi. The gold jewellery brand signed Sonam Kapoor as its brand ambassador.

In the eyes of Indian Retailer, gold jewellery is a fail-safe way of investment. Not just that, gold is valued due to its durability, historical significance, as well as a medium of exchange. Here are all the top 10 gold jewellery brands in India, for you to learn more about the leading jewellers in the market. Read more about - Top 5 Jewellery brands in India

Does gold have a standard price across all brands?

Mostly, gold has a fixed price but can vary due to making charges, design, brand premiums, and styles.

Do brands offer certification for the gold jeweller?

Yes, gold jewellery brands offer certifications like BIS Hallmarking, which ensures purity. 

Is there any exchange policy for jewellery?

Yes, reputed brands do provide an exchange policy where old jewellery can be exchanged at a fixed price for a new one. In case of a lower price for the old jewellery, the remaining amount can be paid.

• kalyan jewellers
• Reliance Jewels
• PC Jewellers

In today’s tech-driven world, India with its booming digital economy, laptops have become an essential tool for personal and professional use. Early in the 1980s, laptops with the flip form factor were introduced. In Australia, the Dulmont Magnum was introduced in 1981–1982. However, it wasn't sold outside until 1984–1985. The $8150 (equivalent to $25730 in 2023) GRiD Compass 1101, released in 1982, was used at NASA and by the military, among others. The choice of a laptop brand can significantly impact your user experience. From powerful machines for gaming and professional work to sleek, lightweight models for everyday tasks. Here’s a list of the top 10 laptop brands in India to explore how they are impacting the Indian Market.

10 Laptop Brands Review: Pros & Cons

List of Top 10 Laptop Brands in India

Here we put the list of the top 10 laptop brands in India which are driving the Indian Market and becoming giants in the tech industry.

1. Apple (MacBook)

Apple is an American multinational technology company founded by Steve Jobs, Steve Wozniak, and Ronald Wayne in the year 1976. It is a company identified with its premium, high-end MacBook laptops- great productivity combined with ultra-modern design. Apple has a total revenue of $383.29 billion, the California-based company holds its headquarters in Cupertino, California. As of 2023, Apple was the fourth-largest personal computer vendor with a market share of 9 percent by unit sales and the largest manufacturing company by revenue.

Apple is equipped with features such as Retina displays, M1 and M2 chips, and interference-free operation with products from other Apple. Along with its excellent security system, MacBook products are also recognized for their premium construction quality. Apple recently announced the new MacBook Air with the powerful M3 chip, taking an incredible combination of power-efficient performance and portability to a new level making it up to 60% faster.

HP is a leading tech company that was founded in 1939 by Bill Hewlett and David Packard, is now a top laptop brand that has a broad range of products that suit various budgets. Located in Palo Alto, California, HP is worth approximately $12.8 billion as of Q2 in 2024. HP's laptop computers are renowned for their stylish designs and high-speed performance with series like Pavilion, Envy, and Spectre which have superior quality features providing the best performance. With that HP laptops hold a market share of 21.9 percent in the global market as of 2023.

HP laptops offer the HP Command Center, which allows users to optimize performance, fan speed, and noise levels. The Spectre x360 is a popular device among users because of its versatility and stylish look.

Dell is a technology brand founded in 1984 by Michael Dell that can be trusted and, at the same time, it is an innovator. The headquarters is based in Texas, USA. Dell has a revenue of $22.2 billion in Q1 2024, up 6% YoY growth and a market share of 16.6 percent. Dell is the Most Trusted Brand in India and is most commonly recognized for its laptops, which are personalized according to customer specifications.

Dell brings the world’s broadest GenAI portfolio to help lead the AI revolution. The Inspiron series is suitable for everyday users, whereas the Alienware line is for gamers. The Dell CinemaColor technology offers enhanced color accuracy, contrast, and depth for a stunning visual experience, making these laptops perfect for media consumption and professional use. Dell, being renowned for its performance and innovation, has become the favorite of professionals looking for the best quality and reliability and has acquired companies like Alienware, known for high-end gaming PCs.

Lenovo is one of the top laptop makers in the world. It was started by Liu Chuanzhi in 1984 and now has a revenue of over $56,864 million in 2024 and the highest market share of 24.8 percent in the global market as of 2023. The headquarters of the company are located in Beijing, China and the operational headquarters are in Morrisville, North Carolina. Lenovo has operations in over 60 countries and it sells its products in around 180 countries.

Among the innovative and quality devices is the ThinkPad series, admired by professionals and renowned for its TrackPoint navigation and ThinkShutter camera cover, offering innovative cursor control and privacy protection. While the IdeaPad and Legion series are gaming and general consumer-friendly. The ThinkPad X1 Carbon is a relatively new model, but it is already loved for its long battery life and good-quality keyboard. Lenovo has built a solid reputation for quality and performance that allows it to cater to various user segments. Lenovo ranked #248 on the Fortune Global 500 list.

Asus is a high-tech company known for its gaming PC that was established by T.H. Tung, Ted Hsu, Wayne Tsiah, M.T. Liao and Luca D. M., in 1989. It is headquartered in Taipei, Taiwan. The ROG (Republic of Gamers) series is one of the brand's hottest sellers for gamers and has a market share of 7.1 percent as of 2023. The product comes with a strong graphics card and a cooling system that can withstand high temperatures. Asus integrates Aura sync RGB lighting, allowing gamers to customize the aesthetics of their laptops.

Asus is known for its creative design, and a good value for money, but a few models have thermal issues, which made it lose some confidence. ROG Zephyrus G14 is loved by many for its great gaming and portability. In 2019, Asus earned more than eleven awards from some of the world’s most prestigious organizations and media groups and was named the World’s Most Admired Companies by Fortune.

Read More:  ASUS India: Pioneering Next-Gen Gaming

Earlier in News:  ASUS India Launches 4th Select Store for Refurbished Products in Hyderabad

Acer is a technology company that was founded by Stan Shih, Carolyn Yeh, and Lemuel Girma in 1976 and is a well-known brand for its low-cost and high-quality products. Acer is headquartered in Xizhi, New Taipei City, Taiwan. As of 2024, Acer’s revenue was about $28.19 billion in June and is the world’s sixth-largest personal computer vendor with a market share of 6.6 percent which has been making cheap laptops such as the Aspire line for students and Predator series for gamers.

Acer’s Predator laptops are equipped with Predator Sense software, enabling users to control and customize system settings. Generally, Acer products offer decent performance and Full HD displays, but may not be the best choice in terms of build quality, as some models tend to have inconsistent quality. In 2019, Acer and Ubisoft teamed up for the Rainbow Six Pro League and other major esports events with the Predator brand as the PC and monitor sponsor. The company announced the esports social platform PLANET9.gg which aims to provide game analytics, community-organized competitions, and social experiences.

Earlier In News:  Acer Unveils TravelLite Laptop Tailored for Business Needs

7. Microsoft

Microsoft is an American multinational tech company founded by Bill Gates and Paul Allen in 1975, Microsoft is a tech behemoth known primarily for its Surface range of laptops. Its headquarters in Redmond, Washington, USA, is where the tech giant has a revenue of $245.1 billion as of 2024.

Microsoft laptops, although more expensive, outshine their competitors due to their top-notch construction and effortless compatibility with the Microsoft ecosystem, making them the preferred choice for tech aficionados and professionals. Microsoft ranked No. 2 in the 2022 Fortune 500 rankings of the largest United States corporations by total revenue and it was the world’s largest software maker by revenue. The subsidiaries include Skype Technologies, GitHub, and LinkedIn.

Samsung is a South Korean technology giant famous for its electronics, including laptops, was founded in 1938 by Lee Byung-chul. The company's quarterly revenue for Q2 2024 is KRW 74.07 trillion, and its headquarters are in Suwon, South Korea. Sleek design, AMOLED displays, and long battery life make Samsung laptops stand out. Especially those who love aesthetics with performance have chosen the Galaxy Book series.

Samsung keeps on evolving even in the face of competition, although some users have noticed that its prices may be higher than those of its rivals. Their Galaxy Ecosystem connectivity allows seamless integration with other Samsung devices, enabling a smooth transition between tasks and increasing productivity. Samsung comprises numerous affiliated businesses and has the eighth-largest brand value in the world as of 2020.

HCL brand is focused on technology and IT services, even laptops and was Established in 1976 by Shiv Nadar. The company’s headquarters are located in Noida, India, and has a revenue valued at ₹111,408 as of 2024. With a production of laptops for educational and business purposes, HCL is well known for its motto “affordable and functional design”. The company has offices in 60 countries. Even though it may not be as well-known as other brands around the world, HCL is a good choice for people who are looking for affordable and reliable products.

Whereas HCL laptops fail to boast high-tech features, they still serve well for the needs of less demanding applications, such as small enterprises and educational institutions needing economical solutions. In 2024, HCLTech decided to acquire select assets of the communications technology group, a business division of Hewlett Packard Enterprise HPE, for $225 million.

LG Corporation is a South Korean multinational company established in 1947 by Koo In-hwoi and is famous for its innovation and quality in a wide range of electronic products, including laptops. It has a revenue of KRW 83.5 trillion as of 2023 and its headquarters are in Seoul, South Korea.

The LG Gram is in the lead when it comes to portability and high performance thus it catches the attention of both professionals and travelers. LG's laptop range has been as extensive as the others, it would have been less popular. However, their design and functionality are the main reasons why they are more appealing to those who prefer mobility and durability.

At Indian Retailer, we see how rapidly the tech industry is changing day by day, and how the market giants are trying to adopt these changes to stay No. 1 in the market. Their unmatched performance and advanced technology make them highly sought-after choices for both professionals and tech enthusiasts. So we make a list of the top 10 laptop brands in India which is driving the market crazy. These brands are often preferred by industry leaders and trendsetters, setting benchmarks in the tech world and embodying the essence of modern efficiency and style.

FAQs on Top 10 Laptop Brands in India (2024)

1. Which brand is best for laptops?

Some of the best laptop brands in India include Dell, HP, Lenovo, Asus, and Apple. These brands are known for their excellent performance, build quality and customer support.

2. Which generation of laptop is best?

You can opt for 12th-generation and 13th-generation laptops. Anything older is also fine, but you may be giving up on newer features and performance figures that may make your new laptop more future-proof in the long run.

3. Which laptop size is best?

15-16 inches is a comfortable sweet spot. Even though I review laptops for a living, I still see them as a secondary option (or necessary evil) when I'm not able to work on a desktop.

4. Which is better, Lenovo or Dell?

Lenovo offers a more balanced approach, utilizing both Intel and AMD processors depending on the model and target audience. Both brands offer a variety of pre-configured options, but Dell allows for more customization on high-end laptops, particularly in the XPS series.

5. Who is the biggest laptop manufacturer?

Lenovo is the largest personal computer manufacturer globally. Lenovo is an iconic Chinese technology company manufacturing computers since 1984. The market data shows that Lenovo has solidified its position as the largest PC manufacturer globally.

India is at the forefront of a global cross-border shopping revolution, propelled by increasing consumer demand for superior quality and unique products from around the world. The trend towards international purchases is rapidly gaining momentum, showcasing a significant shift in consumer behavior and preferences in the Indian market. This burgeoning interest is driven by several factors, including the allure of better quality goods, competitive pricing, and access to products not readily available in the local market. Despite some challenges, such as unexpected customs duties and marketing hurdles, the potential for growth in this sector remains substantial.

According to Avalara's "Cross-Border Commerce and Compliance Survey," over 67 percent of Indian consumers have made purchases from international businesses, marking a substantial shift towards global consumerism within the country. This figure stands in stark contrast to the US, where only 37 percent of consumers have engaged in international shopping in the past year.

Quality and Unique Products as Key Drivers

The report reveals that 76 percent of Indian consumers perceive the quality of items from international sellers as superior, significantly more than their counterparts in the UK (27 percent) and the USA (35 percent). The availability of unique products not found in India, better quality, and competitive pricing are cited as key reasons for this preference.

Established e-commerce platforms such as Amazon, eBay, and Etsy are the preferred choice for over 61 percent of Indian consumers for their overseas shopping needs, with a strong demand for international fashion and technology products. Despite the potential for direct cross-border purchases via social media platforms like Facebook and Instagram, only 4.8 percent of Indian consumers choose this route.

Customs Duties and Compliance

However, India's enthusiastic embrace of cross-border shopping comes with challenges. Indian consumers reported the highest incidence of customs duties coming as a surprise, with 45 percent describing them as "shocking." This contrasts with Australian consumers, where 57 percent reported being well-informed about customs fees, thus avoiding unpleasant surprises.

Dulles Krishnan, VP of Go To Market at Avalara, commented on the insights, stating, "As global cross-border commerce continues to expand, we conducted this survey to help businesses understand cross-border buying habits of consumers, identify factors impacting cart abandonment, as well as assess the role compliance plays in cross-border commerce."

The Impact of 'Make in India' on Cross-Border Commerce

In addition to Avalara's findings, a report from Payoneer sheds light on the progress and challenges faced by Indian cross-border sellers. The Indian eCommerce market has grown significantly, surpassing the government-set $400 billion target of trade within a single year. This growth has been partly driven by the 'Make in India' program and shifting customer demands globally.

Post-Pandemic Growth and Seller Confidence

Indian sellers have made substantial progress in the post-pandemic world, with 91 percent planning to expand their cross-border business. An impressive 94 percent believe that 'Make in India' products are globally competitive, and 70 percent attribute their success in the international arena to the quality of Indian-made products.

Despite these positive trends, there are challenges to address. Almost half of the respondents identified marketing as the biggest weakness in Indian cross-border trade. One in three sellers believe that improvements are needed in promoting the 'Make in India' program globally. To succeed in competitive markets like the US, Indian sellers will need to enhance their marketing strategies and raise their game.

Key Takeaways

• One in three Indian sellers think that marketing is their biggest weakness when it comes to selling an Indian-made product.
• 42 percent of Indian sellers think that improvements are needed in promoting the 'Make in India' program globally.
• 91 percent of Indian sellers are planning to expand their cross-border business.
• 94 percent of Indian sellers think that 'Make in India' products are globally competitive.
• 70 percent of Indian sellers believe that the quality of Indian-made products helps them in the international arena.

By focusing on transparent cost structures, competitive pricing, and effective marketing strategies, businesses can better capture the growing segment of Indian consumers eager for quality international products.

Thriving in the Global Commerce Landscape

India is leading the global cross-border shopping boom, driven by a strong consumer preference for quality and unique products. While challenges such as unexpected customs duties and marketing weaknesses remain, the opportunities for growth and expansion in this market are significant. By addressing these challenges and leveraging the strengths of Indian-made products, businesses can thrive in the competitive landscape of global commerce.

Hydration fans, brace yourselves; Laneige, the iconic Korean skincare brand that’s taken the world by storm, has landed at Sephora India. The brand has been available at different ecommerce websites until now. This move reflects the brand’s strategic expansion efforts within the Indian market, offering beauty enthusiasts an opportunity to experience Laneige’s innovative skincare solutions both online and offline. The recent launch event at Sephora’s Saket store in Delhi was not just a celebration of this collaboration but a testament to the brand's commitment to making high-quality Korean skincare accessible to a wider audience in India.

What’s the Buzz?

Laneige, known for its hydration-packed skincare wonders, made its grand debut at Sephora India, both online and in-store. Paul Lee, Country Head, Amore Pacific India, couldn’t hide his excitement: “The event at the Sephora store in Saket was an invigorating experience! Laneige has launched its products in Sephora's physical and online stores for the first time as part of its omnichannel expansion strategy. We aim to complement our strong online presence and provide customers with multiple touchpoints to experience the essence of the brand.”

For those who live and breathe beauty, Sephora is a sacred space. So, it only makes sense that the Korean beauty brand, with its cult-favorite Water Sleeping Mask and Lip Sleeping Mask, would find its way into this beauty mecca. Mini Sood Banerjee, Assistant Director and Head of Marketing, Amore Pacific India, couldn’t have said it better: “We are thrilled with the debut of Laneige Skin Superheroes at Sephora. The global beauty giant is one of the favorite shopping spots for the beauty enthusiast, and our presence here will allow us to engage with customers in new and innovative ways, and we can’t wait to see the impact. We’re committed to continuing this momentum, and making Laneige the leader in the industry.”

The Secret to Skincare Magic

Laneige isn’t just another skincare brand — it’s a hydration powerhouse! Specializing in moisture research, the brand has perfected the art of keeping your skin plump, dewy, and glowing. Think of their products as a tall glass of water for your skin, quenching its thirst and giving you that lit-from-within glow.

Sally Lee, Brand General Manager, Laneige India, shared the brand’s vision: “It’s exciting to see the response we have received for the brand in the last 5 years. The brand offers unique products for Indian consumers to experience, and we aim to connect with a broader audience interested in exploring these skincare offerings.”

It's skincare lineup is like a superhero squad for the face — each product bringing something unique to the table. From their iconic Water Sleeping Mask that works magic while sleeping, to the Lip Sleeping Mask that’s become a bedside staple, the products are designed to hydrate, repair, and protect the skin.

Mini explains the brand’s appeal: “Korean brands like Laneige are catching on fast in India because they bring something fresh and effective to the table. Our products, especially the sleeping masks, are a hit because they deliver visible results — hydration, glow, and all the things that make you look like you’ve just walked out of a K-drama!”

Sephora x Laneige: What’s Next?

With Laneige now in the Sephora fold, the brand is set to conquer the Indian skincare market like never before. Already present in eight Sephora stores across the country, the brand is on a mission to expand its reach even further. Mini gives us the inside scoop: “Our expansion plans include further collaborations with multi-branded stores like Nykaa, Tira, and of course, Sephora.” But what about the idea of standalone brand stores in India? Not so fast. Banerjee explains, “We are still trying to figure out the Indian market. Though customers love us, we need some more time for that matter.”

Laneige’s appeal in India isn’t just a flash in the pan. It’s no surprise that cities like Delhi and Mumbai are leading the charge, but the love for the brand is spreading fast to Tier I and Tier II cities too. What’s driving this trend? The answer is simple: K-beauty is the new cool, and Laneige is at the heart of it.

Paul Lee shares his thoughts on the brand’s traction in India: “Metros, of course, Delhi, Mumbai, Northeast, and even the Tier I and Tier II cities are showing a very fast-paced uptake. K-beauty is trending all over the world, and especially in India. We recently collaborated with Sara Tendulkar as our brand ambassador, and she’s working very well for us. Her dewy and glowing skin is a perfect match for the brand's brand ethos.”

And let’s not forget the Northeast — a region that’s becoming a hotbed for K-beauty lovers. Laneige’s popularity here is partly due to the region’s deep connection with Korean culture, from K-pop to K-dramas, making it the perfect playground for the brand's skincare innovations.

Paul Lee is optimistic about Laneige’s future: “Globally, Laneige’s partnership with Sephora has been very strong and extensive. With Sephora India, we have just started, but I strongly believe that we have a lot of success stories globally. I believe we will also soon be able to become the number one skincare brand in Sephora India as well.”

• Beauty & Personal Care Market
• Indian Beauty Industry
• Beauty brands
• retail news

Coming from a business family involved in small enterprises in Nagra, Ishendra Agarwal pursued his bachelor's and master's degrees at IIT Kanpur. Afterward, he joined BCG as a management consultant. During his time in the corporate world, particularly within the jewelry segment , he observed that India, being the world's second-largest consumer of jewelry, had a significant market gap. Most jewelry brands in India, including Tanishq, Kalyan, Malabar, CaratLane, and BlueStone, focus on fine jewelry priced above Rs 30,000. This high price point makes it challenging for women to purchase and wear such jewelry regularly, whether for office wear or small gatherings.

In contrast, international brands like Pandora and Mejuri offer fine jewelry at more accessible price ranges, with average order values between Rs 12,000 - 15,000. This observation highlighted a need for a fine jewelry brand in India that provides quality pieces at a more affordable price point, allowing women to purchase jewelry frequently without worrying about significant expenses.

Inspired by this insight, he founded GIVA to fill this gap in the market. “Our goal is to create a brand where women can effortlessly buy beautiful, fine jewelry without having to consider substantial savings or budget constraints. Whether through a quick visit to a store or a few clicks online, we aim to make fine jewelry accessible and enjoyable for everyday wear,” he said.

Nationwide Store Expansion

Currently, the brand has approximately 130 stores operating across India, with about 50 percent of them located in Bengaluru and Delhi – Bengaluru has 32 stores, and Delhi has 34 stores. The remaining stores are spread across other Tier I cities like Mumbai, Pune, Kolkata, and Hyderabad, as well as Tier II cities such as Dehradun, Indore, Lucknow, and Kanpur.

“Our expansion strategy focuses on increasing our offline presence significantly. We aim to establish at least 50 to 60 stores in Bengaluru and Delhi alone. Simultaneously, we plan to deepen our reach in other metro and Tier I cities while expanding our footprint in Tier II cities. Our goal for the next two years is to be present in about 60 cities across India, with a total store count of approximately 300,” stated Agarwal.

Digital-Offline Balance

GIVA’s approach to online channels leverages widespread access to mobile phones and the internet, aiming to create brand awareness primarily through digital platforms. This remains its primary focus. Conversions, however, can occur both online—through its mobile application and website—and offline. This is the essence of its customer acquisition strategy in the D2C funnel.

Additionally, the brand is present on various marketplace channels, including Amazon, Myntra, Nykaa, Nykaa Fashion, and Tata CLiQ, which contribute significantly to its sales.

“Currently, online channels and these marketplaces account for 60 percent of our sales, while offline sales, which we began two years ago, contribute 40 percent of our revenue. We anticipate this to shift to a 40-60 split in the next two years, favoring offline sales,” he asserted.

GIVA also utilizes its mobile application to provide various services to its customers. For instance, if a woman purchases jewelry and wants lifetime replating, she can easily arrange it via the app. The app also offers access to digital warranty and authenticity certificates, and it serves as a convenient platform for its loyalty program. This is how the brand integrates its mobile application and website into its overall strategy.

Quick Commerce Entry

GIVA has recently ventured into Quick Commerce, launching about a month ago on platforms like Blinkit and Swiggy Instamart . This initiative has been performing exceptionally well, particularly during special events like Akshay Tritiya, Mother's Day, and Father's Day. On these occasions, there is a noticeable spike in demand as customers seek fine jewelry for same-day gifting.

“We have become a popular choice for last-minute gifts, as many people don't plan their gifts days in advance and often make the decision on the same day. Quick Commerce provides a convenient solution for these spontaneous purchases, making it easy for customers to select and receive a fine jewelry product swiftly,” explained Agarwal.

Expanding Product Portfolio

Currently, GIVA is focusing on silver as a primary metal and has expanded into lab-grown diamonds set in 14-carat and 18-carat gold. It launched its lab-grown diamond collection six months ago, and it is now available in 60 of its stores. In silver collection, the brand offers a wide range of earrings, pendants, rings, and bracelets.

“We are also expanding into categories like toe rings, anklets, and nose pins. Additionally, we are focusing on kids' and men's jewelry, recognizing that fine jewelry makes an excellent gift for children.” He noted.

Moreover, it is working on launching GIVA signature perfumes, featuring five to six floral notes, designed to provide a unique and memorable GIVA experience. This new product line is currently being developed.

Influencer-Driven Awareness

The brand uses social commerce primarily to create awareness rather than drive transactions. Its strategy involves collaborating with numerous influencers and micro-celebrities to generate content and build brand visibility. Each month, over 2,000 influencers post about GIVA on platforms like YouTube and Instagram.

“Our social commerce efforts focus on several key areas. We create awareness about specific categories, highlight the presence of our stores in various regions, and promote new collections, especially around significant events. For instance, we recently launched a silver Rakhi line for Raksha Bandhan, featuring both standard silver Rakhis and personalized options where you can have your brother's or sister's name engraved on the Rakhi. This multifaceted approach helps us reach a wider audience and keep them informed about our latest offerings,” highlighted Agarwal.

Tech-Enhanced Experience

To improve the consumer experience, the brand utilizes several technological advancements. First, its virtual try-on feature available on its app allows customers to see how certain products will look on them, enhancing their shopping experience. Second, it integrates online and offline channels to provide a personalized shopping experience.

Additionally, the company is incorporating technology into its customer support to offer faster responses. Automated systems can handle common queries efficiently, reducing the need for human intervention and speeding up response times.

Designer Collaborations

GIVA actively collaborates with multiple designers to keep its designs fresh and fashionable. About six months ago, the brand partnered with European designer Lea Schroeder to launch the "Love in Paris" collection. Following that, it collaborated with Bhumi Pednekar five months ago, who worked with its design team to create a new collection. More recently, GIVA teamed up with a Turkish designer to introduce the "Wings of Wonder" collection.

“These collaborations are central to our strategy, as our goal is to set fashion trends in India or bring the latest international trends to India as quickly as possible. We are committed to staying at the forefront of fashion through these dynamic partnerships,” explained Agarwal.

Remarkable Revenue Growth

GIVA has been experiencing impressive growth, with a year-on-year increase of 90 to 100 percent. Last year, the brand achieved approximately Rs 250 crore in revenue, and this year, it is closing at around Rs 450 crore.

The brand has also recently ventured into franchising, which has been highly successful. “Our franchising model involves franchisees investing in the store while we handle operations. Franchisees manage employees and sales, adhering to our established protocols, while our team oversees store operations to ensure consistency and quality,” he stated.

“Our long-term target is to reach Rs 1000 - 1500 crore in revenue within the next four to five years,” he added.

READ MORE:  India’s Jewelry Market Poised for Explosive Growth, Projected to Reach $145 Bn by FY28

Strategic Global Expansion

GIVA currently has a store in Sri Lanka that is performing well, and it plans to continue its presence there, albeit at a measured pace.

“In the next one to two years, we aim to expand into Sri Lanka further, as well as explore opportunities in Singapore, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East. These regions will be our focus for international expansion,” he concluded.

• Fashion and jewelry

The rum has been a favorite drink for Indians for decades. Have you ever wondered where these best rum brands originate? What are the top 10 rum brands in India? Which country is the largest producer of rum? 

Starting with the first answer, the exotic nation of the Philippines is the largest rum producer. Keep reading as we answer all the pertinent questions regarding the top partner of cola drinks - the rum.

Top 10 Rum Brands in India (2024)

Here are the best rum brands in India. Fetch details on the top rum brands in the market starting with Old Monk, Bacardi, and Santa Teresa.

1. Old Monk 

Old Monk is one of the top 10 rum brands in India. This alcoholic beverage brand was introduced in 1855. It is manufactured by Mohan Meakin Ltd. Produced in Ghaziabad and Uttar Pradesh and has its headquarters in Solan, Himachal Pradesh. The leading rum brand is made in India and has been blended for 7 years. It launched in the Indian market in 1935. The rum is made with four key ingredients: caramel, chocolate, ripe peach, and vanilla. It contained 42.8 percent of ABV. 

Old Monk Rum Varieties:

• Old Monk Orange Rum
• Old Monk Lemon Rum 
• Old Monk Apple Rum
• Old Monk White Rum
• Old Monk Cola
• Old Monk Cranberry
• Old Monk Mojito

Bacardi is one of the best rum brands in India. The rum brand started in 1862 in Santiago de Cuba. The headquarters lies in Hamilton, Bermuda. Bacardi was founded by Facundo Bacardi Masso. He wanted to create a balance between two separate spirits. The first one is called ‘aguardiente’ and the second spirit is known as  ‘redestilado’. It is a private limited company that has had ownership for seven generations, selling in more than 170 countries. In the 1930s Bacardi expanded its presence in Mexico and Puerto Rico, making the largest rum production facility of Bacardi. Mexico became the first international expansion for Bacardi. Today the rum brand operates in the US, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Spain and the Bahamas. The Bacardi rum has an ABV of 40 percent in the US and 37.5 percent in the UK and continental Europe. 

Bacardi Rum Varieties:

• BACARDÍ Limón
• BACARDÍ Pineapple
• BACARDÍ Dragon Berry
• BACARDÍ Mango
• BACARDÍ Coconut
• BACARDÍ Raspberry
• BACARDÍ Lime
• BACARDÍ Ginger

Read More:  Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

3. Santa Teresa

Santa Teresa , the best rum brand in India was founded in 1796. The brand is based out of Venezuela. The journey of Santa Teresa started when a German merchant named Gustav Julius Vollmer got married to Panchita Rivas. The Vollmer family continues the ownership of Santa Teresa. Present day president of this rum brand is Alberto C Vollmer. It has its headquarters in Santa Teresa Estate, Costa Rica. Santa Teresa is made with the solera technique to produce a perfectly crafted rum with a fruity aroma and wood notes. A bottle of Santa Teresa rum holds an ABV of 40 percent. 

Santa Teresa Rum Varieties:

• Santa Teresa 1796 Rum
• Santa Teresa 1796 Speyside Whisky Cask Finish
• Santa Teresa Arábica Coffee Cask Finish
•  Santa Teresa 1796 Rum
•  Havana Club Añejo Clásico
• Santa Teresa 1796 Solera Rum

Earlier In News:  Indri Single Malt Whisky Emerges as World's Fastest Growing Brand

4. Amrut 2 Indies Rum

Amrut 2 Indies , is a leading rum brand in India. The company was founded by JN Radhakrishna Rao Jagdale. It set foot in the distilled beverage industry in 1947 by establishing Amrut Distilleries in Bangalore. The very name of the brand Amrut is defined as ‘nectar of the gods’ in Sanskrit. The Amrut Distilleries Ltd. is a subsidiary of the N.R. Jagdale Group. As the name suggests, the rum has its special essence due to a perfect balance of two indies distilled together. One from the West Indies (Barbados, Guyana & Jamaica) and second from the East Indies (India), made out of Indian jaggery. The rum is one of its kind, the only variety in the market. 

Read More:  Top Vodka Brands in India: A Guide to the Best Picks

5. Rock Paper

Rock Paper is a new-age rum brand in India. Good Barrel Distilleries Private Limited is the parent company of Rock Paper. The rum brand was founded in 2021, serving more than 1000 restaurants, and bars in Mumbai and Pune. The rum brand first entered the market with a flagship product “Indian Spice Rum”. Lalit Kalani is the third-generation founder of Rock Paper who is keen to place Indian rum on the top shelf. Rock Paper was featured in Shark Tank Indian as well in Season 3.

Rock Paper Rum Varieties: 

• Indian Spiced
• Coastal White
• Zesty Lemon 
• Tropical Coconut
• Roast Coffee

6. Camikara

Camikara is one of the best rum brands in India. It was first distilled in 2009 and Piccadilly Distillery is the parent company of Camikara. ‘Camikara’ holds a meaning in Sanskrit - ‘ liquid gold’. The brand stands outside the crowd as it does not use molasses in crafting. It originates from Haryana, India where the particular sugar mill is situated for the distillery. The rum brand holds an ABV of 50 and 42.8 percent in its varieties of rum. It is produced with pure sugar cane juice.

Camikara Rum Varieties:

• Camikara rum 12 year cask aged
• Camikara rum 8 years cask aged
• Camikara rm 3 years cask aged 

Pitbull is considered to be the best rum brand in India. Produced in Aurangabad, Maharashtra from 2021, Kalpesh Parekh and Karishma Chandy are the founders and the brains behind Pitbull. It has an ABV of 42.8 percent. It is made with 100 percent sugarcane molasses, blended with barrel-aged spirits and rice Caribbean flavors, with no added sugar.  The brand serves ‘PUREBRED INDIAN DARK RUM’ in the Indian market, filled with essence of cinnamon, vanilla and anise.

Bermuda is a leading rum brand in India by Gosling Brothers Ltd. Founded by James Gosling, a navigator in 1806, he was the man behind the Bermuda Rum. The rum contains 75.5 percent of ABV in its black rum collection. The key ingredients in Bermuda rum are - Gosling’s Gold Seal rum, pineapple juice and grenadine. 

Bermuda Rum Varieties

• Gosling's Black Seal Rum
• Gosling's Black Seal Rum (151 Proof)
• Goslings Spirited Seas Ocean Aged Rum

9. Contessa XXX

Contessa XXX is one of the best rum brands in India. The rum brand was founded by Radico Khaitan Ltd. In 1943, Rampur, Uttar Pradesh was the distillery plant for the Contessa XXX rum. Now it is also processed in Radico NV Distillery Maharashtra Ltd. The rum contains Caribbean sugarcane as its key ingredient and is aged in oak barrels. The rum has an ABV of 42.8 percent. The brand has one rum named Contessa XXX.

10. Five Rivers

Five Rivers is a leading rum brand in India. The brand was founded in Punjab. Sangera Rum Company is the parent company of Five Rivers. Taj Sanghera is the fifth-generation founder of the rum brand. The brand name is a translation of the state - Punjab, which means Panj- five and Ab - water. The main ingredients of the rum are ginger, clove and coriander seeds. The brand has just one white rum which can be served in various combinations of drinks. 

In the eyes of Indian Retailers, these top 10 best rum brands are worth knowing about. Understand what are the key ingredients in these rum brands. History plays an important role in the success of these rum brands in India. Know how and when the best rum brands gained recognition. Some serve one iconic rum while other brands have a range of rums with different essences. Here is all about rum brands in India!

FAQs on Top Rum Brands in India

What are the top 3 rum brands in India?

Old Monk followed by Bacardi and Santa Teresa are the top three rum brands in India. 

In what ways can someone consume rum?

Neat, on the rocks, mixed with soft drinks or juices are the typical way of consuming rum. 

How to store rum properly?

Keep the rum in cool surroundings and away from direct sun. Ensure the bottles are sealed and not stored for a long time.

• alcoholic beverages

India is known for its diverse tastes in style and fashion. And people don’t buy luxury only for comfort but to show their value in society, likewise, all luxury products including handbags are just a way of showing their richness and standards. India, with its growing affluent class, is embracing these high-end accessories more than ever. But what is it about a luxury handbag that captures the heart of so many fashion enthusiasts? As we explore the top 10 luxury handbag brands in India for 2024, we Indian Retailer will uncover the unique elements that set each coveted brand apart, making them the giants in the luxury segment.

Kiara Advani is the New Face of Caprese Handbags

Sanktum Redefines Luxury Fashion with Innovative Handbag Subscription Service

How Caprese is Innovating the Handbag Industry with AI

Different Types of Luxury Handbags

There are various types and styles of bags in the market to give a different look on every occasion. Here I’ll mention some of the most used handbags among women which are famous for their unique features.

These are some top styles of bags that are commonly used in every luxury fashion house now let’s discover the brands that are making this style a trend in the market.

Top 10 Luxury Handbags in India

Here are the top 10 luxury handbag options which have driven the Indian audience crazy with their innovation.

Hermès International S.A . is a French luxury fashion house which was founded in 1837 by Thierry Hermès, based in Paris. It specialises in leather goods, lifestyle accessories, home furnishings, perfumery, jewelry, watches and ready-to-wear. Since the 1950s, its logo has depicted a ducal horse-drawn carriage. The company has grown to become a world leader in the fashion industry and is known for its luxurious and high-quality goods. Hermès sells about 30% leather goods, 15% clothes, 12% scarves, and 43% other wares. Hermès holds diligently on to a market share with a total asset of €210.97 billion and thus is one of the top manufacturers of luxury fashion articles.  

The works of Hermès are often recognized for their stunning designs like the Herbag and Steeple bags. Another famous handbag, the Birkin bag, was named after the British actress Jane Birkin. The latter are commended for their exquisite workmanship and everlasting charm. The likes of Victoria Beckham, Kim Kardashian, and Kate Moss have often been seen with Hermès handbags, which, by the way, have contributed to the brand's covetable status. Hermès remains the most luxurious and well-constructed product.

Gucci is an Italian luxury brand known for its Italian art style in their products,  founded by the businessman Guccio Gucci in 1921, in Florence, Italy. The company is headquartered in Florence, Italy and operates in 528 locations under its parent company Kering. Gucci is known worldwide for being a trendsetter with its innovative, daring designs in fashion. The brand indeed has a dozen of luxury products and it is firmly established in the luxury market with an astonishing revenue of €9.9 billion in 2023.

Gucci's bags are known all over the world and to stress the fact often include the GG logo and monograms reflecting the brand's unique style. The print Flora of course represents Gucci's long history as well as the brand's creative capability. All the high-profile endorsements by Gucci feature celebrities like Harry Styles, Blake Lively, and Beyoncé who are always on the go with Gucci's opulent pieces. Whether it's a statement about luxury, fashion, or a combination of both, Gucci stands as the perfect example of a brand that had a staggering value in the luxury handbags sector. Gucci is a forerunner in fashion, creating not only bags that are accessories but also ones that show boldness and individuality.

3. Louis Vuitton

Louis Vuitton is a French luxury fashion company for fashion lifestyle and accessories, founded by Louis Vuitton in 1854. The brand is headquartered in Paris and is known as a company that gives out its best in luxury, and innovativeness, as well as style that is superior to others. The company is one of the top players in the luxury handbag market, accounting for a significant chunk of its market share with a brand valuation of €14 billion. It is fully owned by the LVMH conglomerate and operates in 50 countries with more than 460 stores worldwide.

All products display the legacy of perfect examples of aesthetics and art. The signature handbags like the Speedy and Neverfull which are loved by many and have one of the brand’s distinguishing features, the monogram canvas made of 90% ultra-resistant nylon. Louis Vuitton diplomas made from handbags are worn by international celebrities Angelina Jolie, Michelle Williams, and Emma Stone, whose participation in the luxury brand nature makes it more interesting and valuable.

Dior is a multinational luxury fashion hub, founded by the visionary Christian Dior in Paris, France in 1946. Headquartered in Paris, Dior has long been synonymous with opulence and sophistication. This is the classic fashion house that changed the world with its stunningly feminine "New Look" in post-war Europe. Dior did not take long to become a desired label among the rich and elite. They are ageless pieces demanded by wearers from all over the globe. Dior is one of the biggest names in the world with a revenue of €79.18 billion as of 2022, operating under the LVMH group.

Dior is present in 210 locations worldwide with every piece being a mark of French elegance. The "Lady Dior" bag with its iconic quilting and delicate D.I.O.R. charms shows the brand's commitment to quality craftsmanship. Dior's handbags are star-studded pieces worn by the likes of Jennifer Lawrence, Charlize Theron, and Rihanna, thus, it strengthens the image of the brand as a celebrity favorite. Dior's total assets are worth €131.9 billion, which is evidence of its power in the luxury goods sector. The subsidiary is  Christian Dior Couture. Dior's distinct melange of classic grace and innovative design makes it a sought-after brand for those who admire high fashion and artistic design.

Chanel is a luxury fragrance & beauty boutique established by Coco Chanel in 1910 in Paris. The brand is privately owned by the Wertheimer family and has been headquartered in London since 2018. The company has made a considerable space in the luxury handbag market with 500+ stores worldwide, capturing about $15.6 billion in 2021. Chanel handbags are famous for their classic quilted leather designs and chain-link straps, one of the most famous being the iconic Chanel 2.55 bag.

These add-ons of design have been the reason for the latest to be Chanel's perennial favourite among fashion connoisseurs. Celebrities such as Kristen Stewart, Margot Robbie, and Keira Knightley have worn Chanel's chic handbags, boosting the brand's image as a luxury mainstay. Chanel makes fragrances that further cement the luxury brand's place as a timeless symbol of status. Chanel’s steadfast adherence to luxury and superior technique guarantees that its handbags are the most prized possessions, still the sought-after items for those who prefer the classic style.

Celine is a big player in the luxury handbags segment, which was established in 1945 and headquartered in Paris, by the hands of its founder Céline Vipiana. Celine stands out as a key player in the luxury market and LVMH is Celine's parent company which owns a significant part of the luxury industry. Celine's clean lines, premium materials, and understated sophistication are known throughout the world The Celine Nino, Celine Louise Bag, and Celine Classique Triomphe Bag are the iconic bags of the company, renowned for their simple design and usability.

The likes of Angelina Jolie and Dakota Johnson, who are huge fans of Celine, often wear the brand, thus making Celine a must-have for Hollywood movie stars. Celine continues to be the center of attention for luxury lovers with its unique blend of neoteric and classic charm operating with 178 boutiques worldwide.  

Miu Miu has been a part of luxury fashion since 1993 when Miuccia Prada created a playful and imaginative collection in Milan. Miu Miu is no slacker in the handbags department, being recognized for its designer's colourful visions and high-octane designs to attract young people. It is a fully owned subsidiary of the brand Prada, accessible to a higher and simpler audience than most brands, Well-liked goods are the Miu Miu Aventure Nappa leather bag and Miu Miu Leather Beau Bag.

Milan, as the headquarters of Miu Miu, is the ideal city to be where Italian art and creativity are making today's fashion. A-list Superstars such as Elle Fanning and Lupita Nyong'o have developed a close relationship with Miu Miu, and as a result, people are starting to associate its name with creative concepts. Miu Miu, with its revenue of €166 million, still has a key position in contemporary luxury, releasing items that are hard to find for the crowd.

Prada, a well-known name in the luxury handbags market, was established by Mario Prada the luxury fashion house Prada in 1913 in Milan, Italy, to form a fashion brand that is the embodiment of fine elegance and contemporary style. Prada is one of the prime players headquartered in Milan with a revenue of €4.72 billion as of 2023. The Milan office is the creative centre of the innovative designs which are made by Prada. The Galleria and Cahier bags are iconic for their unique materials, stylish design, and classic charm, and are exemplified by the brand's characteristic minimalism.

Galleria and Cahier bags are so popular and highly regarded for their sophisticated style and timeless elegance that celebrities such as Sarah Paulson, Olivia Wilde, and Bella Hadid have often been spotted with them, thus, boosting the brand's status even further. Miu Miu, Church’s, Fondazione Prada and Luna Rossa are subsidiaries of Prada. Prada's quality and innovation strength still have a pull on the fashion world, and that is why their bags have become everlasting icons among customers who love luxury with a modern touch.

9. Yves Saint Laurent

Yves Saint Laurent is a trendy name in the luxury segment, started in 1961 in Paris by Yves Saint Laurent and Pierre Bergé, Saint Laurent has become a brand known for its elegance and audacity in fashion. Part of the Kering Group, the brand's headquarters are in Paris, where it continues to lead with innovative designs. Saint Laurent bags including the Envelope, LouLou Bag, and Kate Bag hit the spot with both traditional class and eye-catching modernity.

Stars like Zoë Kravitz and Miley Cyrus have been spotted with these signature items, implying the label's status. Its cosmetics line, YSL Beauty, is owned by L’Oréal. With revenue of €3.2 billion in value by 2023, Saint Laurent is still seen as a Parisian fashion icon, offering handbags that are just as stylishly daring as they are of timeless elegance.

10. Givenchy

Givenchy became a giant in the luxury handbag segment by bringing french aesthetics into their product segment which was founded by Hubert de Givenchy in 1952. Givenchy is a well-known brand name that is part of the LVMH Group that is headquartered in Paris, France. The company is famous for its various handbag products such as the Nano Voyou, and Voyou basket Bag, among others.

With a focus on tradition and modern-day aesthetics, Givenchy's designs, which are mainly worn by celebrities such as Cate Blanchett and Meghan Markle, can be described as sophisticated. Givenchy stands out among competitors in the luxury market with its timeless designs that are fusions of classic and contemporary styles, making its handbags the must-have accessory for fashionistas around the globe.

Final Thought

At Indian Retailer, we closely see all the top luxury brands craze in the Indian market and the reason is their timeless innovation and creativity which make them the top choice in the global and Indian market as well. Their iconic style is favored by celebrities and fashion-forward people to set the standard in the luxury market, making them coveted symbols of status and style.

FAQs on Top 10 Luxury Handbags in India

1. Which luxury bags are worth buying?

Hermès, Chanel, and Louis Vuitton are top-performing brands.

2. What luxury brand has the highest quality?

Louis Vuitton is not only the world's most valuable luxury brand but also one of the most recognizable and influential fashion houses ever.

3. What is the best way to store expensive handbags?

It should be out of direct sunlight, in the dark and away from heat sources such as radiators and hair dryers. In a climate-controlled room with a stable relative humidity (RH) between 45-55%.You can also store the bag inside a dust bag, upright on an open shelf.

4. Which is the most luxurious bag?

The Guinness World Record for the most expensive bag offered to the public is the Mouawad “1001 Nights” diamond purse.

5. Why do purses have peels?

If the handbag is exposed to water or other liquids, the leather can become weakened and start to peel. Leather can dry out and become brittle over time, especially if it is not cared for properly.

• Luxury bags
• Louis Vuitton

India's Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) sector has demonstrated remarkable growth, driven by consumer demand and increasing product prices, especially for essential goods. This sector not only contributes significantly to the country's economy but also provides employment to around 3 million people , accounting for approximately 5 percent of total factory employment in India.

Revenue Growth and Key Drivers

In the fiscal year 2022-23, FMCG sales in India grew by 7-9 percent in revenues. Key drivers of this growth include favorable government initiatives and policies, a burgeoning rural market and youth population, the introduction of new branded products, and the expansion of e-commerce platforms. The sector saw a 7.5 percent volume growth in the April-June 2023 quarter, marking the highest growth in the last eight quarters, largely due to a revival in rural demand and higher growth in modern trade.

Economic Contributions and Consumer Trends

As the fourth-largest sector in India, FMCG has been expanding steadily due to rising disposable incomes, a growing youth population, and increasing brand awareness among consumers. Household and personal care products account for 50 percent of FMCG sales in India, making the industry a crucial contributor to the GDP. India's middle-class population, larger than the total population of the USA, makes it a market no FMCG player can afford to ignore.

Urban and Rural Market Dynamics

The urban segment remains the largest contributor, accounting for around 65 percent of the revenue generated by the FMCG sector. However, the rural market has been growing at a faster pace in recent years. Semi-urban and rural segments are expanding rapidly, with FMCG products accounting for 50 percent of total rural spending.

Market Size and Future Projections

The FMCG market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 27.9 percent from 2021 to 2027, reaching nearly $615.87 billion. In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent of annual FMCG sales. A good harvest and government spending are expected to aid rural demand recovery in FY24. The sector experienced an 8.5 percent revenue growth and a 2.5 percent volume growth last fiscal year. The January-June 2022 period saw value growth of about 8.4 percent due to inflationary price hikes, with the third quarter of FY23 clocking a 9.0 percent YoY value growth.

Government Initiatives and Support

The Indian government has launched several initiatives to support the FMCG sector:

• A new Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for the food processing sector, with a budget outlay of Rs 109 billion ($1.46 billion), providing incentives until 2026-27.
• Promotion of millets for their health benefits, establishing the Indian Institute of Millet Research in Hyderabad as a global center of excellence.
• Investment of Rs 4,900 crore ($593 million) in the food processing industry under the PLI scheme, approved in March 2021.
• Completion of 112 food processing projects in 2022, leveraging Rs 706.04 crore ($85.4 million) in private investment and generating employment for over 25,000 people.
• Tax incentives for new agro-processing industries and reductions in excise duties for dairy machinery and meat, poultry, and fish products.
• Initial funding of Rs. 1,000 crore ($ 120.7 million) in NITI Aayog for incubation centers and skill development to facilitate the startup ecosystem.

Digital Transformation and E-Commerce Growth

The FMCG sector's growth is also fueled by the rise of digital advertising, which reached $9.92 billion by 2023, with the FMCG industry contributing 42 percent of the total digital spend. India, with 780 million internet users , sees an average individual spending 7.3 hours daily on smartphones. This number is expected to increase to 900 million by 2025. E-commerce now accounts for 17 percent of overall FMCG consumption, driven by affluent consumers with average spending of about Rs 5,620 ($677.11 million).

The Indian e-commerce market is projected to grow from $83 billion in 2022 to $185 billion by 2026 , and it is expected to reach an annual gross merchandise value of $350 billion by 2030 . The market's exponential growth over the past five years is attributed to increased internet and smartphone users, improved policy reforms, and higher disposable incomes. Digital transactions, valued at $300 billion in 202 1, are projected to reach $1 trillion by 2026 .

Competitive Landscape and D2C Disruption

Traditional FMCG giants such as Johnson & Johnson, Himalaya, Hindustan Unilever, and ITC are now competing with D2C-focused startups like Mamaearth, The Moms Co., and Azah. Market giants like Revlon and Lotus took around 20 years to reach the Rs 100 crore ($ 13.4 million) revenue mark, while new-age D2C brands such as Mamaearth and Sugar achieved this milestone in just four and eight years, respectively.

The Road Ahead

Rural consumption is on the rise, driven by increasing incomes and higher aspiration levels, with branded products seeing higher demand in rural India. The organized sector is expected to grow as the share of the unorganized market decreases, driven by rising brand consciousness and modern retail growth. The growing youth population in urban areas is also propelling the demand for food services.

Online portals are expected to play a key role in penetrating hinterlands, with the internet providing a cost-effective and convenient way to increase reach. By 2025, India is expected to have 1 billion internet users, with 40 percent of all FMCG consumption projected to be online by 2030. The implementation of GST and demonetization is expected to drive structured economic growth, benefiting both rural and urban areas.

India's FMCG sector is poised for continued robust growth, supported by favorable government policies, increasing digital penetration, and evolving consumer preferences. As the sector adapts to new market dynamics and leverages digital advancements, it will continue to be a vital contributor to India's economic development.

The life of a product from manufacturing to the shelf of a customer, is most important for a business for it to grow and flourish in the respective market. Know all about a product's life cycle, its importance and its main stages. Every product, whether cosmetics, clothing, furniture or electronics, has different life spans. This article delves into how the product life cycle works. 

What is Product Life Cycle?

The process of a product passing through development to its expiry is defined as the product life cycle. Marketing and business management use this concept to make the market aware of the product. The product life cycle is a key feature of an item, explaining everything from initial creation to its decline. The time when a product enters the market to its removal from a shelf is a concept that determines how long it will work and stay in the market. 

For instance, the concept of television entered the Indian market in 1959. Television is still persistent due to its upgrade to becoming smart. Its existence would have been diluted without modifications. Hence, the product should have an enticing feature making it long-lasting in the market or keep developing the product. The methods or strategies used to maintain and continue a product's life in the market are known as product life management. 

4 Stages of Product Life Cycle 

The product life cycle has four stages to make the product stand long in the market. Every product needs to go through the four steps, to determine its life of the same. Four stages include - introduction, growth, maturity and decline. 

• Introduction - This is the first stage of making the product's grand entrance into the market. It is essential to make target customers aware of the product’s existence. The launch of the product is used as an opportunity to make an announcement, a promotional tool.  The initial investment in marketing the products can help build brand demand. There can be competition, bringing difficulty, in that case, the USP of the product can help to defeat competitors. 

Example : Various smart TV brands in India are in the introduction phase, where customers are still getting informed about their presence in the market. Brands like OnePlus, LG, Samsung and more are spreading awareness about smart TVs in the Indian market. 

• Growth - After making customers aware of the product and a high investment, it's time to cover up. Utilize the surge created for the product, and build the identity for the brand. Sustain the position and develop an expansion plan. Growth is a stage where a brand can have leadership in the market. Getting customer acceptance can recover the high-end investment. 

Example : Amazon is a leading e-commerce platform. It expanded to streaming services and gained growth by offering free shipment on the shopping platform. This increased the Amazon Prime video subscription. This strategy made the brand more noticeable in the market. 

• Maturity - After a hike in demand comes a product's saturation point. This stage has the highest competition as various new brands imitate the market. The product life starts to end. To sustain in the market there is always a way to bring offers, discounts, innovation and something new on the table for customers to explore.

Example : McDonalds faced its maturity stage when it started having competition in the fast food market. To stay in the industry McDonalds maintained its market share and adapted to consumer preference for healthy food.  Making it more enticing by providing fresh food services.

• Decline - The end of a product's life is known as the decline. There are less sales and no profit. However, some might survive, with innovation, upgradation and enticing consumers with something new. The market presence gets lost in the last stage, making the product almost disappear. 

Example : Chevrolet, an automobile company faced its decline in 2017. It failed to fulfill customer satisfaction and compete with competitors. It faced challenges in building a name in the Indian market, due to its luxury automobile brand. 

Why is Product Life Cycle Important?

It is important to understand why a company needs to work on the product life cycle. It gives allowance to gather insights on the demand of consumers and improve products accordingly. Why is the product life cycle important? Here is the answer for it:-

Improvement to help develop products - The concept of the Product life cycle is important as it allows businesses to make necessary improvements to their products. Serving all purposes in the market space. Allocating resources strategically, making an existing product stay longer. 

Awareness about the product presence - The first stage of the product life cycle, introduction, makes it easier for companies to spread awareness about the product. It could be an idea, innovation or something unique that could help in gaining attention and expand in the market. 

Brand building to entice customers - Product life cycle can make a brand noticeable to consumers. Developing a customer relationship for loyalty and satisfaction. Engaging with the audience teaches upcoming trends and looks for what is missing in the market. 

Resource allocation for growth and investment - Dividing resources for marketing and promotions, manufacturing costs, and R&D for the product. Generating knowledge about the brand and its product USP, with using allocated resources for stable profitability. 

How Does Product Life Cycle Work for Different Industries? 

PLM plays a vital role across different industries, which are:

Apparel Industry 

The product life cycle for apparel is usually a bell-shaped curve, on the four stages. There are various materials used in the manufacturing of cloth. The life span of a particular apparel item is highly dependent on that. There are natural and artificial fibres that are used in the manufacturing.

3D printing, sustainability clothing, smart fabrics and using AI in the manufacturing of apparel are trending. Getting introduced in the market. It shall go through all the stages of the product life cycle, declining at the end and other innovative ideas in the fashion industry will again be introduced. 

Electronic Industry

The electronic industry tends to last the most as compared to other products in the market space. This happens due to the innovation in the electronic field every year. There is an upgrade every year, making it hard to reach the decline stage for some.

For instance, television started with just one channel in India, carry forward it had multiple channels and today a normal television has been converted to a smart one. This has made consumers stay, building the lifespan of a television. 

Cosmetic Industry

The cosmetic industry has a much lesser product life cycle as compared to other industries. The lifespan of a cosmetic or skincare product depends on the formulation, packaging used and quality of the products. 

The lifespan of a cosmetic product tends to last 1-2 years, then it faces a decline. Today the cosmetic industry has a lot of competition, making it hard for previous brands to compete. 

Factors Affecting the Product Life Cycle

Various factors influence the product life cycle for a company. Businesses must work according to the following factors to beat the competition in the market space. Here are key factors affecting the product life cycle with examples:- 

Tech advancement

There are changes in everyday life on the technical grounds of various products. Countries having high-end technological changes tend to shorten the product life cycle. Businesses continuously evolve to remain consistent in the market. Using the available technology in developing a product and maintaining the image of the brand.  

Samsung, a leading smartphone manufacturer, proposed first-generation memory technology. It included V HAND with 200 cell layers for smartphones and premium memory solutions. Along with the first generation PCle Gen5 SSDs for storage and applications. This upgrade in the technical front makes it more enticing for the consumer to explore. This is the first stage of the product life cycle. 

Competition 

A product always has competition in the market. To increase the value, sales and growth of a business, it is a must to understand and improve according to the competitors. Fulfilling the demand of the customer before the competitor. 

Nykaa faced competition in the online fashion industry from Myntra, Amazon and Ajio. To overcome its losses and continue its existence in the market, the brand focused on building brand relationships. Improving customer experience on the online shopping platform of Nykaa application and faster delivery than its competitors. 

Market Demand

Every product has different factors that maintain its performance in the market. Adapting to changes in the market according to the product line the business is in. Market acceptance is necessary, and that can happen by fulfilling the changing demands of consumers.

Maruti Suzuki, the largest economy car manufacturer in India, always caters in regards with what customers want. Every car produced by the company has four models, serving different consumer needs. Making the company a dominant player in the automobile market in India. 

From the Indian Retailers eye, the product life cycle is that various product categories are different from one another. Various factors and functions contribute to the lifespan of a product. Four stages define the life cycle of a particular product. The four stages of the product life cycle are introduction, growth, maturity and decline, which is followed by most companies. There are ways to increase the life of the product by necessary changes according to trends, technology and development, making it more wanted in the market. 

What are the four stages of the product life cycle?

Introduction, growth, maturity and decline are the four stages in the product life cycle.

How can companies expand the product life cycle?

These are the following points to improve the product life cycle:

• Upgrade and improve products
• Expand reach by entering new markets
• Pricing strategies
• Marketing strategies 

How does the product life cycle affect business?

The product life cycle determines the growth of the business. With the innovations and upgrades, the PLC can be increased leading to profitability for different businesses in sales. 

• consumer products

In India, one of the most daunting tasks for small businesses is the struggle to gain visibility and establish an online presence. Platform constraints and high costs have made it challenging for them to compete with larger e-commerce giants. However, the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is poised to change the game with its innovative interoperable QR code. Currently in its alpha phase, this tool enables sellers to generate unique QR codes that customers can scan using an ONDC-registered buyer app, such as magicpin and Paytm. This initiative is set to expand across the entire network following successful initial testing.

"Today marks a transformative moment in Indian commerce," declared T Koshy, MD & CEO, ONDC, during the launch event for the QR code. "ONDC’s interoperable QR code breaks down the barriers that have held small businesses back. Now, every seller has the power to reach cus tomers digitally, just like the e-commerce giants. It’s a massive leap towards an open, inclusive, and democratized digital marketplace."

Empowering Sellers with Simple Technology

The beauty of this technology lies in its simplicity and potential for far-reaching impact. Sellers can display their QR codes anywhere — on storefronts, products, marketing materials, or social media — instantly connecting with customers both offline and online. For consumers, it means unparalleled convenience: a quick scan with any QR scanner app or ONDC Buyer Apps links them directly to the seller’s online store through their preferred buyer app.

"Think of the local shopkeeper, the street vendor, the artisan — they can now be discovered and patronized by anyone, anywhere," Koshy emphasized. "This isn't just a new feature; it's a catalyst for economic growth and digital inclusion. Millions of businesses will come online, creating new opportunities and driving India’s digital economy forward. Just think of the possibilities!”

A Game-Changer for Small Businesses

Before ONDC’s interoperable QR code, sellers were either not online because of demand generation costs or were having to pay a high revenue share. Now, with this game-changing tool, they can drive their own growth in affordable ways. From the last two years, since its launch, ONDC has been empowering a diverse set of merchants and service providers, from kirana stores to restaurant owners to fashion B2C clients. The key advantage of the QR code is its power to the brand owner or the shop owner. "Imagine you are a kirana store owner. One of the challenges you are facing today is that your target segment is your neighborhood. Nobody's going to come from a few kilometers or tens of kilometers away. So, we want to have all of them aware of your existence," Koshy explained. "Today, everyone knows they can come to you, but what happens in the next generation? By the time the next generation is there, they won't even know where your store is. They'll all do online shopping. So, how will you expand and why would they come to you?"

The ONDC QR code allows small merchants to publish themselves through social media, WhatsApp, or leaflets, saying, "I exist, look at this scan, this QR code." Many big brands, when they advertise their products, will put a QR code saying "scan with any ONDC application”. The nearest store will show it to you because they don't have to go and tie up with each of them separately. They have to only make sure that they're there.

"This way, the shops together with the big brands, will make their existence more relevant in the digital world; otherwise, they will become irrelevant," Koshy noted. "In developed countries like the US, as e-commerce gets more prevalent, small shops or as we say, mom-and-Pop stores are becoming irrelevant. They have no discoverability unless they follow the rules and regulations of a few existing platforms. Here, they have discoverability and existence of their own. Not everyone will succeed, but they have to innovate with good products and offers. This definitely gives them a power in their hand, and the QR code is one more tool."

A Cost-Effective Solution

The qr code costs the sellers nothing they don't need to give any special price to any application. they can generate it and give it to everybody, and they can scan it..

For the food services and restaurants onboarded on ONDC, this new model offers significant advantages. In the existing platform world, there are only one or two options, giving certain privileges. Now, with many seller aggregators, the service is only to make the seller visible to the network, with demand coming from buyer applications. This reduces the rent-seeking capability and profit maximization possible with only a few players, making it more competitive for sellers. Restaurants, for example, can make themselves visible in the ONDC network at a low cost. "If you're a digitized restaurant, you can be visible in the ONDC network, let everybody else bring demand, and use it. It becomes a no-brainer decision to be part of it and benefit from it," Koshy elaborated.

The new network-wide logistics are hyperlocal, available at the most competitive price, matchable to any price that even the established players will offer. This makes it easier for small businesses to compete, offering good food and competitive logistics, representing themselves at a lower cost.

Encouraging Broader Participation

The post-budget reaction to the reduction of TDS on e-commerce to 0.1% and the establishment of export hubs has been positive. "These steps are encouraging for both sellers and startups. My ecosystem consists of merchants, innovators, and startups, and if they're happy, I'm happy," Koshy remarked.

The goal is ambitious. In the next one or two years, the target is to have 500 million ONDC QR codes out there in the country. This ambitious target is reflective of the aspirations of the Indian government and the startup sector. The beauty of ONDC is that it works with a lot of seller aggregators who target specific segments. There are innovations even in small cities, where simple tools will help onboarding easier.

India is considered as the third largest automobile industry. As in India cars are emotions to many people, many people consider the car as a statement of their standard. The country is vibrant with the automobile industry and it can be an exciting journey to explore India’s automobile industry from luxurious rides to rugged performers. Here are the top 10 Car brands in India that have a huge impact on the Indian automobile industry with a revenue of Rs 15 lakh crore by the end of the year 2024 , highlighting their unique features, safety standards, and engineering marvels.

Top 10 Car Brands in India 

Let’s Discover the top 10 car brands in India, and find out about the brand which are driving the Indian market.

1. Maruti Suzuki

Maruti Suzuki is the biggest automaker in India, and it has been making cars that are inexpensive and dependable since 1981. A joint venture of Maruti Udyog Limited and Suzuki Motor Corporation of Japan, Maruti Suzuki is based in New Delhi. The brand's position in the Indian market is strong, as it provides quality vehicles that are both practical and cost-effective. Maruti Suzuki's design philosophy prioritizes streamlined forms and practical features, as seen in the Maruti Suzuki Swift and Maruti Suzuki Baleno, which have aerodynamic shapes and luxurious, tech-rich interiors.

A major area to look out for at Maruti Suzuki is safety, with such standard features as dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and rear parking sensors. The hidden talent under the hood, which is equally good, arranges the Swift with a 1.2-liter DualJet petrol engine of 88 bhp and the Baleno with a similar engine which is enhanced by a mild-hybrid for improved fuel efficiency. The brand has a net income of Rs 13,488 crore as of 2024 and the total asset is worth Rs 115353 crore. Maruti Suzuki's dedication to innovation and efficiency is what made it the most successful car maker in India with over 3.5 thousand exclusive showrooms.

Hyundai Motor India Ltd. which is a subsidiary company belonging to the South Korean firm Hyundai Motor Company was set up in 1967 by Chung Ju-yung and is headquartered in Seoul, South Korea. Hyundai is well known for its stylish and technologically advanced vehicles and has a significant share in the Indian market. The brand is admired for its dedication to the creation of modern, attractive designs, an example of which can be seen in popular models like the Hyundai Creta and Hyundai Verna. These vehicles are characterized by the signature Hyundai cascading grille and elegant headlight design and have spacious interiors that boast the freshest infotainment systems. Besides, the Hyundai vehicles are equipped with safety features like the presence of a multiple Airbags system, ABS with EBD as well as ESC.

Hyundai ensures these engines have strong support for longer use and are well-tuned for both performance and fuel economy. The Creta comes with a powertrain In May 2023, with a 1.4-litre turbo petrol engine that outputs 138 bhp, and if we talk about the Verna, i t has a 1.5-litre petrol engine that is rated at 113 bhp. Currently, the company owns 33.88 percent of Kia Corporation and fully owns two marques including its luxury cars subsidiary, Genesis, and their electric vehicle brand Logic. Hyundai has constantly renewed its quality issues and has come to be trusted by Indian customers who want an innovative model that combines style with performance and safety.

3. Tata Motors

Tata Motors Limited is the automotive manufacturer of the Tata Group and the biggest in India. It has got a prominent place in the development of the Indian automotive sector. The company was established in 1945 by J.R.D. Tata. It is headquartered in Mumbai and manufactures a wide range of vehicles from passenger cars to commercial vehicles. The brand is known for its innovative design philosophy, which emphasizes strength and sophistication. This is evident in models like the Tata Nexon and Tata Harrier, which feature bold and muscular exteriors combined with plush, tech-laden interiors.

The major foundation of Tata Motors is safety, and a lot of models have a 5-star Global NCAP safety rating. Features like ABS with EBD, dual airbags, and an advanced electronic stability program are the standard for the range of models. Tata's engines are made to perform and use less fuel, as the Nexon has a 1.2L turbocharged gasoline engine with 118 hp while the Harrier has a 2.0L diesel engine that produces 168 hp. Jaguar and Land Rover are subsidiaries of the company. The company’s net income is Rs 31,806 crore as of 2024. Tata Motors' persistent efforts toward sustainability and innovation are at the top of the industry and slowly but surely they are gaining influence not only in India but also around the world.

4. Mahindra & Mahindra 

Mahindra & Mahindra Limited is the Indian subsidiary of Mahindra Group, and it is an Indian automobile manufacturer that is big and has been around since 1945 established by J.C. Mahindra, K.C. Mahindra, M.G. Muhammad. The headquarters is in Mumbai, Maharashtra. Mahindra is a well-known name in the production of rugged and reliable vehicles and has a strong market position in the SUV and commercial vehicle segments. The brand's long-time association with hardiness, such as the Mahindra XUV500 and Mahindra Thar models, is still valid today. The XUV500 is well-designed with a roomy interior, while the Thar is a traditional off-road vehicle with a modern style. Mahindra's commitment to safety includes such features as ABS with EBD, dual airbags, and strong structural integrity.

Mahindra automobile-powered engines are full of performance and long-lasting, XUV500 with a 2.2-liter mHawk diesel engine that produces 155 bhp and Thar with a 2.0-liter medallion petrol engine that produces 150 bhp. The subsidiaries include companies like Mahindra Tractors, Mahindra Truck and Bus and BSA Company. The net income of the company is Rs 11,269 crore as of 2024. Mahindra's focus, thus, is not only on delivering powerful, robust, and trendy vehicles but also on establishing itself as one of the most loved automobile manufacturers in India whether one is looking for adventure or reliability.

Kia Motors Corporation which is a South Korean automobile manufacturing corporation was founded in 1944 and in no time it has become a household name in India and entered the market in 2019. The company whose headquarters are in Seoul, South Korea produces stylish vehicles that are packed with lots of features and provide good performance and comfort. The brand's unwavering dedication to agile design can be seen through the Kia Seltos and Kia Sonet, characterized by their dynamic tiger-nose grille and lean body lines that differentiate the Kia brand from others. Kia's driving force is safety, including standard features like multiple airbags, ABS with EBD, and electronic stability control, thus offering an accident-free experience.

The Seltos 1.4-liter turbo petrol engine with a power of 138 bhp and the Sonet 1.0-liter turbo petrol engine with a power of 118 bhp are the two options Kia engines are engineered for maximum efficiency and power. Kia is owned by Hyundai with a stake of 33.88 percent. In India , Kia gained immense popularity due to innovation, quality, and customer satisfaction, making it the choice among consumers looking for style and technology.

Toyota Motor Corporation, which was established in 1937 by Kiichiro Toyoda, is an automobile giant on the world stage. With its administrative center in Toyota City, Japan, it has earned its place among the most dependable and innovative car manufacturers. In India, Toyota is known for its versatile range of vehicles that are suitable to different types of customers. According to Toyota's design approach, practicality and style are embraced, which is the case with the Fortuner and Innova Crysta models. These cars embody audacious exteriors along with lavish and spacious interiors that are made for comfort and utility.

Safety is primarily on the agenda of Toyota, with an array of advanced features including double airbags, ABS with EBD, Vehicle Stability Control, and the Toyota Safety Sense suite, which has sophisticated technologies such as a Pre-Collision System and Lane Departure Alert. Besides being known for their efficiency and reliability, Toyota engines are also known for their ruggedness. With the Fortuner, for instance, you can get a 2.8-liter diesel engine that pumps out 201 bhp and a 2.7-liter petrol engine that gives you 164 bhp on the Innova Crysta. Toyota's commitment to innovation as well as sustainability is one of the major reasons why the company is still the leader in the automotive industry.

Honda Motor Co., Ltd., founded in 1948, is a Japanese globally operating corporation that has a reputation for its engineering and automotive innovations. Honda has its base in Minato, Tokyo, Japan, and it has successfully penetrated the Indian market with a wide range of vehicles. Honda cars stand out with their striking, aerodynamic configurations as can be seen in top models such as Honda City and Honda CR-V, both of which flaunt stylish outsides and high-tech comfortable interiors. Honda is very concerned about safety, which is why standard features like dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and the Advanced Compatibility Engineering (ACE) body structure come with their cars.

This is complemented by the Honda Sensing suite of safety technologies that include features such as Collision Mitigation Braking System and Lane Keeping Assist that provide extra protection to passengers. Honda is known for their excellence in all respects, but the City comes with a 1.5-liter i-VTEC engine that gives 119 bhp, while the CR-V has a 2.0-liter engine that generates 152 bhp. The unwavering commitment of Honda to innovation, performance, and road safety further engraves its existence in the minds of Indian consumers.

Škoda Auto is a renowned automaker known for producing vehicles that blend luxury and practicality, founded in 1895 in Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic. In India, Skoda has made significant strides with its premium offerings that cater to discerning consumers. Skoda cars are designed with a focus on elegance and functionality, evident in models like the Škoda Octavia and Škoda Kodiaq, which feature sharp lines and spacious, luxurious interiors. Safety is a priority for Škoda, with vehicles equipped with multiple airbags, ABS with EBD, Electronic Stability Control, and Rear Parking Sensors.

Škoda engines are crafted for performance and efficiency, with the Octavia featuring a 2.0-liter TSI petrol engine that delivers an impressive 190 bhp, and the Kodiaq offering a 2.0-liter TDI diesel engine producing 148 bhp. The Škoda Octavia is well-regarded for its smooth ride and high-quality interior, which includes a 10-inch touchscreen infotainment system and a virtual cockpit. The Škoda Kodiaq, on the other hand, is a spacious SUV that offers excellent off-road capabilities and a luxurious cabin. Škoda's commitment to producing vehicles that combine innovation, safety, and elegance has solidified its presence in the Indian market, appealing to those who seek both comfort and performance in their cars.

9. Volkswagen

Volkswagen, the origin of Volkswagen in 1937 sounds like a tale of the German state automobile manufacturer that had been producing cars reliable and well-engineered for decades. The company is headquartered in Wolfsburg, Germany, and is known for its precise engineering and uncompromised quality. Volkswagen India offers a diverse portfolio of cars not only for those who heat their hearts with motors but also for those who are not fanatics, but use them for work and everyday driving . As the brand's signature image is captured in the sleek exteriors and high-quality interior of advanced infotainment systems, models like Polo and Tiguan embody the design philosophy of Volkswagen.

Volkswagen is safety-conscious and integrates features like ABS, electronic stability control, multiple airbags, and rear parking sensors across its entire lineup. The engines of VW cars are intentionally set to be both very efficient and very powerful, with the Polo having a 1.0 lTSI gasoline engine with 108 horsepower and the Tiguan flaunting a 2.0 lTSI engine with 187 horsepower. VW's commitment to engineering perfection and technology is still the preference among Indian customers who are looking for precision and reliability in their cars.

10. Renault

Renault, a French corporation of car manufacturers, was founded in 1899 and has its headquarters in Boulogne-Billancourt, France. Renault is widely acknowledged for its creative designs and for providing cars which not only look good but are also comfortable and practical. In India, Renault has created a special place in the market by introducing models such as the Renault Kwid and Renault Duster, which are made to provide a combination of aesthetic and functional appeal.

The Renault Kwid is selling like hotcakes, especially because of its stylistic design, which makes it look like an SUV while being very compact and suited for the city. T he Duster, in contrast, is a sporty SUV that offers good off-road performance and roomy cabins. Renault puts a cardinal focus on safety, incorporating into its vehicles things like dual airbags, ABS with EBD, and reverse parking sensors . The engines from Renault are not only efficient but also perform well, with the Kwid model using a 1.0-litre petrol engine providing 67 bhp and the Duster model with a 1.3-litre turbo petrol engine giving 154 bhp. Renault's commitment to inventive solutions has become a key reason Indian consumers have been drawn to the brand, who value the exclusive look and solid performance.

At Indian Retailer, we understand Automobile industry is driving the market crazy with unique style and innovative technology. It's important to understand how impactful this industry is, so we have made a list of the top 10 car brands in India with the details of brands, their style, and technology. Above we have mentioned all the information anyone needs to know about the brands to understand the top car brands in India in detail.

FAQs on Top Car Brands in India

1. Which is the No. 1 car brand in India?

Maruti Suzuki is India's Most Popular Automobile Brand. The company has operated for over 40 years and has a wide range of cars to offer, from compact hatchbacks to SUVs.

2. How many car brands are there in India?

It's no surprise that there are over 35 global and Indian car brands active in the country.

3. What is the most expensive car?

The most expensive car ever sold in the world is the Mercedes-Benz 300 SLR Uhlenhaut Coupé, which sold for $142 million in 2022 through RM Sotheby's. 

4. Which car is safest in India?

The Tata Harrier is the safest Indian car as per Global NCAP adult safety ratings. The Harrier prioritizes safety by boasting six airbags as standard, with top-tier variants featuring a driver knee airbag.

5. Which is India's most selling car?

Maruti Suzuki manufactures the best-selling cars in India. 

• Maruti Suzuki
• Tata Motors
• Mahindra & Mahindra

Indian online shoppers exhibit distinct behaviors and preferences, placing a high value on brand trust and the quality of products and services. Indian online shoppers are tech-savvy and value efficiency, relevance, and personalized experiences. Social media ads, search filters, and technologies like AI chatbots and QR codes play significant roles in their shopping journeys.

The Power of Social Media Advertising

According to a survey by Capterra, despite the ubiquitous nature of ads, they remain a potent tool for reaching online consumers. The survey revealed that 70 percent of respondents had purchased one or more products after seeing a social media ad in the past 12 months. Additionally, 69 percent of these shoppers sought more information about a product after viewing an ad, while 65 percent followed the brand. This indicates that even when social media ads do not lead to immediate purchases, they generate significant engagement and build a potential customer base for future sales.

The engagement sparked by these ads extends beyond initial interest, fostering continuous interaction with brands. This ongoing dialogue allows brands to consistently deliver relevant content, updates, and offers to their followers, reinforcing brand presence and increasing the likelihood of converting engagement into sales.

Relevance of Ads

73 percent of respondents found ads acceptable if they were relevant to their interests. This highlights the importance of effectively targeting the right audience. Businesses can leverage marketing automation software to analyze customer data, segment audiences, and deliver personalized content that is more likely to engage and convert.

Interestingly, 53 percent of respondents indicated they found ads for products they had not previously shown interest in acceptable. This presents a significant opportunity for companies to use social media platforms to attract new customers, not just reach existing ones. In a dynamic market like India, where half of consumers are open to discovering new products through social media, effective targeting becomes crucial.

The Role of Search Filters in Online Shopping

Search filters play a significant role in online shopping. The survey found that 52 percent of respondents always use search filters to narrow their product searches, while 36 percent use them often, and 11 percent use them sometimes. However, there are areas for improvement. About 46 percent of respondents found search filters too specific, and 40 percent felt overwhelmed by too many filters.

Too many search filters can confuse and frustrate customers, potentially leading to a loss of interest or search abandonment. Direct and relevant search filters can improve user experience and expose shoppers to products they might not have initially considered.

Growing Interest in Chatbots and QR Codes

Technology has significantly transformed the online shopping experience, making it more efficient and enjoyable. The survey revealed that 51 percent of respondents are interested in using AI chatbots and QR codes for shopping online. These technologies simplify the shopping process and enhance decision-making and satisfaction.

AI chatbots provide real-time, 24/7 customer service, offering tailored recommendations and assisting with purchases. QR codes offer a quick way to access product information, promotional offers, and digital services. These tools make the shopping experience more dynamic and engaging, helping customers find and buy what they need more efficiently.

The Future of AI-Enabled Shopping

The survey indicated that 72 percent of respondents have used AI-enabled chatbots to search for products online and would like to use them again. This growing interest highlights a shift towards a more convenient and interactive shopping experience. According to a Gartner report, by 2026, 50 percent of customer service and support organizations will have implemented GenAI-driven virtual assistants for customer-facing tasks.

GenAI chatbots can simulate human-like conversations, efficiently route conversations to relevant stakeholders, offer personalized responses, and help visualize content. These advancements can significantly enhance customer engagement and satisfaction.

Challenges and Opportunities for Businesses

While technology enhances the online shopping experience, not all consumers feel the same way. About 8 percent of respondents who have used chatbots do not plan to use them again. This indicates that there is still work to be done to improve these tools and address customer concerns.

Businesses must optimize their e-commerce platforms and marketing strategies to gain insights into consumer behaviors and preferences. Enhancing search filters to be more user-friendly and implementing personalized marketing tactics can help companies better connect with online consumers. By focusing on efficiency, customization, and relevance, businesses can increase customer satisfaction and conversion rates.

Indian online shoppers are tech-savvy and value efficiency, relevance, and personalized experiences. Social media ads, search filters, and technologies like AI chatbots and QR codes play significant roles in their shopping journeys. Businesses that recognize and adapt to these behaviors will be better positioned to engage and convert this dynamic consumer base. By leveraging advanced technologies and personalized marketing strategies, companies can enhance their online presence, build brand trust, and drive sales in the ever-evolving Indian market.

• Consumer trends
• Artificial intelligence

India’s beauty market is a burgeoning arena, forecasted to reach a staggering $46 billion in the coming years. International brands are keenly eyeing this vast potential, and Amazon India stands at the helm of this transformation, leveraging its vast reach and robust infrastructure to cater to the burgeoning demand. In an exclusive interaction with Indian Retailer, Zeba Khan, Director, Fashion and Beauty, Amazon India, shared fascinating insights into how the e-commerce giant is navigating this exciting market.

Surge of Global Brands

"You're absolutely right. The Indian beauty market is so ripe," Zeba begins, setting the stage for our discussion. "E-commerce in India is still only about 20 percent of the market. The Indian beauty customer is spending less than one-fourth of what a person in China spends on beauty,” she notes, highlighting the untapped potential in the market. To bridge this gap, Amazon India launched the Global Beauty Store, a curated collection of trending international brands. “We have 60-plus international brands and over 5,000 products on that store,” she adds. This initiative has seen tremendous success, with a 2.5x spike in traffic on launch day alone, underscoring the excitement among Indian consumers for global beauty products.

One of the standout features of Amazon’s approach is its ability to democratize access to these international brands. “We serve almost all the pin codes in India, bringing these products to the doorstep of the last pin code at the convenience of a click,” Zeba proudly states. This level of accessibility ensures that even consumers in remote areas can enjoy the latest beauty trends from around the world.

Trends in Luxury Beauty

Luxury beauty is a fast-evolving segment in India, with perfumes and makeup leading the charge. “Perfumes remain evergreen, with brands like Carolina Herrera now available on our platform,” Zeba shares. The makeup segment is also booming, with renowned brands like Anastasia Beverly Hills making their debut on Amazon India. This marks a notable trend where luxury makeup brands are gaining traction, whereas previously, the focus was more on skincare and perfumes.

Interestingly, there is a growing interest in derma brands. “Indian consumers are very particular about their skin type and ingredients,” Zeba observes. This shift is driven by increased consumer awareness and interest in the specific ingredients and types of skincare products. Indian customers are now well-informed about national brands and equally discerning about the ingredients in these products. As a result, there's a growing trend of people consulting dermatologists and using derma products without hesitation.

To cater to this demand, Amazon launched the Derma Store, offering a curated selection of derma products and expert consultations. “This platform is highly educational and informative, featuring experts who customers can consult. It offers a curated selection of products, providing customers with reliable and specialized skincare options,” she adds.

A Diverse Portfolio

While international brands are a major draw, Amazon India is equally committed to promoting homegrown brands. “We have more than 1,300 homegrown trending direct-to-consumer brands,” Zeba reveals. This diverse portfolio ensures that customers have access to a wide range of products, catering to varied preferences and needs.

For Zeba, this extensive selection is a personal boon. “I shop for Moroccan Oil for haircare, and derma brands for my sensitive skin,” she shares. The vast array of options allows her to explore new brands and products regularly, a perk she relishes.

The beauty industry is no longer the exclusive domain of women. Men’s beauty is a rapidly growing segment, with skincare leading the charge. “Last year, we saw growth in men’s skincare, but now makeup is also picking up,” Zeba notes. Indian brands are catering to diverse skin tones and preferences, encouraging more men to experiment with makeup.

The Beauty Sale

Amazon’s Beauty Sale is a much-anticipated event, offering up to 70 percent off on a wide range of products. “This is our fourth edition. The sale features 8,000-plus deals across international and homegrown brands, with categories like skincare, makeup, and luxury beauty seeing significant traction,” she shares. But the Beauty Sale is more than just discounts. “We have continuous live sessions on our app with derma and makeup experts, social media giveaways, and exciting contests,” Zeba highlights. Additionally, the Amazon Beautyverse brings top creators together to network and educate customers, making the shopping experience both enjoyable and informative.

Exclusive collaborations are a cornerstone of Amazon’s strategy to offer unique products to its customers. “We launched St. Botanica perfumes exclusively with us,” Zeba shares. These perfumes feature scents crafted from the world’s best ingredients, offering a diverse selection to consumers. In the skincare segment, Amazon partnered with CeraVe, a US derma brand in India. “While it wasn’t exclusive with us, we are one of the first few e-commerce partners offering this brand,” Zeba states, expressing excitement about this collaboration.

Amazon India’s vision for the future of beauty shopping is clear: to provide an unparalleled selection of products, ensure authenticity, and offer a seamless and informative shopping experience. With initiatives like the Global Beauty Store, Derma Store, and exclusive collaborations, Amazon is well on its way to transforming the beauty landscape in India.

Zeba Khan’s insights paint a vivid picture of an industry on the brink of a major evolution. As international and homegrown brands converge on the Indian market, consumers stand to benefit from a plethora of choices, expert guidance, and the convenience of shopping from the comfort of their homes. The treasure trove of beauty is truly being unlocked, one click at a time.

• Amazon India
• Beauty Products

In recent years, Bharat has witnessed a significant shift in the eCommerce landscape. Traditionally dominated by major urban centers like Delhi, Mumbai, and Bangalore, the spotlight is now turning towards non-metro areas where the eCommerce revolution is thriving. 

Shiprocket’s latest report titled “How MSMEs of Bharat sell online” sheds light on this transformation, revealing intriguing trends and data that highlight the expanding reach and evolving nature of online retail in Bharat.

71 Percent of Orders from Small Towns

One of the standout findings from the report is the substantial shift of eCommerce activity from metropolitan cities to non-metro areas. In 2023, approximately 71 percent of all online orders originated from these smaller towns and rural regions. This trend underscores a pivotal change in India's retail dynamics, with rural and semi-urban areas becoming significant contributors to the eCommerce growth narrative.

"This shift is a clear indicator of the burgeoning potential in Bharat’s smaller towns," said Atul Mehta, CEO of Domestic Shipping at Shiprocket. "It highlights the immense opportunity for eCommerce growth beyond just the traditional urban centers. The rise in digital access and smartphone usage in these regions is transforming them into vital hubs of online shopping."

Changing Consumer Preferences

Consumer behavior has also evolved, particularly with regards to shopping patterns. MSMEs have noted that 84 percent of their orders are placed over weekends, indicating a preference for shopping during leisure time. The report also reveals that personal care products are leading the charge, accounting for 27 percent of all orders in early 2024. Apparel & footwear and electronics follow, capturing 20 and 9 percent of orders, respectively.

"Understanding these trends is crucial for MSMEs as they navigate the competitive eCommerce landscape. The weekend shopping spike presents a significant opportunity for targeted marketing and promotional strategies. Additionally, the increasing trust in digital payments, with 42 percent of buyers preferring prepaid methods, reflects a growing confidence in online transactions,” explains Mehta.

MSMEs Embrace WhatsApp and Data Analytics

As eCommerce continues to evolve, MSMEs are increasingly integrating advanced technology solutions to enhance their operations. A notable trend is the growing adoption of WhatsApp for direct marketing, with usage rising from 25 to 30 percent among small and medium-sized businesses. This shift towards instant communication channels reflects a broader move towards more personalized and efficient customer interactions.

"WhatsApp and other direct communication tools are revolutionizing how MSMEs engage with their customers. The rise in usage from 25 to 30 percent among SMBs underscores the shift towards more immediate and personal marketing channels. This trend is a testament to the increasing importance of real-time interaction in building customer relationships," said Mehta.

Furthermore, data analytics tools are becoming indispensable for MSMEs. By leveraging these tools, businesses can gain valuable insights into customer behavior, optimize their product offerings, and make informed decisions. "The integration of data analytics is empowering MSMEs to refine their strategic planning and respond more effectively to market trends," Mehta added.

The $300 Billion Vision

The report emphasizes the potential of the Indian eCommerce market, projected to reach $300 billion by 2030. This growth trajectory is expected to be driven by inclusive development, with women-led MSMEs playing a crucial role. Currently, women-led businesses account for 20.5 percent of all registered MSMEs and generate 19 percent of employment, reflecting their significant contribution to the market.

"Sustainability and inclusivity are not just trends; they are shaping the future of eCommerce in Bharat. Women entrepreneurs are making significant strides, and their stories are inspiring. The focus on sustainability, from eco-friendly packaging to ethically sourced products, is also driving consumer preferences and business practices," Mehta noted. 

Sustainability is also becoming a key factor, with a rising demand for eco-friendly practices and ethically sourced products. MSMEs are adapting to these changes by adopting sustainable packaging and exploring environmentally friendly logistics solutions. " Consumers today are increasingly conscious of the environmental impact of their purchases, MSMEs that embrace these sustainable practices will not only meet consumer expectations but also stand out in a competitive market," Mehta observed. 

Indian Brands Making Their Mark Globally

The report also touches on the growing trend of Indian brands expanding internationally. As Indian eCommerce businesses gain traction with unique and well-crafted product offerings, many are finding success beyond domestic borders. " Brands that offer specialized and differentiated products, such as those targeting specific needs like curly hair care, are not just catering to the Indian market but are also making a mark globally, " Mehta observed.

This international expansion is facilitated by the strong foundation and success of these brands in the domestic market. With a compelling brand story and a clear value proposition, Indian eCommerce businesses are well-equipped to enter and compete in global markets. The strength of Indian brands lies in their unique value propositions and the ability to tell compelling stories. When these brands succeed in India, they are well-positioned to replicate that success internationally.

Insights and Opportunities for MSMEs

"As we look towards the future, it is clear that India is poised to become a major player in the global eCommerce arena. The growth of MSMEs, especially those from non-metro areas and led by women entrepreneurs, is a testament to the vibrant and dynamic nature of our digital economy," said Saahil Goel, MD & CEO, Shiprocket. 

The eCommerce sector in Bharat is experiencing a transformative phase, with non-metro areas emerging as key contributors to growth. The evolving consumer preferences, technological advancements, and the increasing focus on sustainability and international expansion are shaping the future of online retail in India. As MSMEs continue to embrace these changes, the potential for further growth and innovation remains boundless.

• growth in India:

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is poised for a notable shift, driven by robust growth in the rural market. The rural FMCG volume is expected to grow by 6.1 percent in the current fiscal year, up from 4.4 percent the previous year. This projection presents a strong positive outlook, especially in contrast to the urban market, which is predicted to remain relatively flat at 4.2 percent.

The Rural Challenge: A Seismic Shift

According to a recent report by Kantar Worldpanel, titled 'The Rural Challenge,' suggests that the rural market is on the brink of a significant transformation. Stability in the macro market is anticipated to catalyze this change, potentially enabling rural volumes to catch up with urban growth. Currently, the rural market generates half of the FMCG volume and value in India, underscoring its importance to the sector. The report also highlights that growth in rural areas is largely population-driven rather than consumption-driven.

Premiumization and Evolving Consumer Preferences

Kantar's findings indicate a notable trend towards premiumization in the FMCG sector. As rural consumers experience a higher standard of living, there is an increasing demand for premium products. Categories such as food spreads and dressings, face scrubs, body washes, hair conditioning serums, muesli, and Korean noodles are seeing heightened consumer interest. This shift mirrors trends in other sectors where consumers are willing to pay more for products that elevate their experience.

Additionally, products that simplify daily life and save time are gaining popularity. Liquid dishwashing soaps, liquid detergents, ready-to-cook mixes, cornflakes, oats, frozen foods, and fabric conditioners are among the categories witnessing increased demand. In personal care, items that address specific consumer needs, such as targeted skin creams, sensitive toothpaste, roll-on deodorants, tampons, and prickly heat-cooling powders, are also experiencing higher growth.

Healthier Alternatives and Quick Commerce

There is a growing preference for healthier alternatives within the FMCG sector. Products such as healthy bread, various types of healthy oil (olive, canola, rice bran, flaxseed), sweeteners, sugar-free cold drinks, dark chocolates, and healthy biscuits are becoming increasingly popular. This shift is part of a broader trend where consumers are making more health-conscious choices.

Moreover, the adoption of e-commerce and quick commerce channels is accelerating. Quick commerce, in particular, is seeing significant growth in premium categories, with users frequently purchasing larger packs. This trend indicates a shift in consumer behavior towards convenience and faster delivery times, which are becoming critical factors in purchasing decisions.

Leading FMCG Brands: Parle and Britannia Dominate

The latest Kantar Brand Footprint India 2024 report sheds light on the most chosen FMCG brands in the country. Parle has maintained its top spot as the most chosen in-home FMCG brand for the 12th consecutive year, with a Consumer Reach Points (CRP) score of 7,980 million. Britannia follows closely with a CRP score of 7,937 million. Other leading brands include Amul (6,137 million), Clinic Plus (4,144 million), and Tata Consumer Products (3,035 million).

CRP is a metric that measures brand popularity and reach by combining penetration (the percentage of households buying the brand), frequency (how often they buy it), and population (total households). This metric provides a comprehensive view of a brand's strength and consumer preference.

Out-of-Home Consumption Trends

Britannia leads the out-of-home brand rankings with 628 million CRP points, surpassing Haldiram’s (442 million), Cadbury's (427 million), Balaji (362 million), and Parle (302 million). The report indicates that out-of-home consumption is on the rise, driven by different choice triggers compared to in-home consumption.

Growth and Penetration Insights

Despite a general slowdown in CRP growth across sectors such as FMCG, foods, homecare, health and beauty, and beverages, the dairy sector showed resilience with a 2 percent growth. Haldiram’s and Balaji performed exceptionally well, entering the top 25 in-home brand list with over 30 percent growth in 2023. Brands like Sunfeast, Sunsilk, Stayfree, and Oreo made significant penetration gains, reaching the top 10 list.

K. Ramakrishnan, Managing Director of the South Asia Worldpanel division at Kantar, emphasizes that the increasing availability of brand options is evolving consumer choices in India. This evolution is reflected in the steady increase in CRPs, indicating that consumers are making more frequent purchase trips and expanding their options.

• FMCG sector
• rural India

The younger generation aims to reach new heights today, especially in entrepreneurship. Gone are the days when a traditional nine-to-five job was the only path to success. With the rise in technology and independence, young entrepreneurs in India are building their own legacies. Resources like online education, crowdfunding, and global market access have made everything easier to reach.

In India, 14 percent of 18-37-year-olds are getting into entrepreneurship. For these top young entrepreneurs in India, it’s not just about making money; it’s about creativity, innovation, and personal achievement. Among them, the top 9 young entrepreneurs in India are setting new standards and inspiring others. This trend has led to a rise in famous young entrepreneurs in India who are making big strides in their fields.

These successful young entrepreneurs in India are especially impressive because they show great drive and creativity. They are not just building businesses but also making meaningful contributions to the economy and society.

Top 9 Successful Young Entrepreneurs in India

Here is a list of the top young entrepreneurs in India in 2024.

1. Anchit and Adwaita Nayar- Nykaa

Anchit Nayar, a successful Indian entrepreneur, is the chief executive officer of the beauty e-commerce giant with ten years of experience in marketing, retail and banking serving in expanding Nykaa retail stores. Adwaita Nayar is also the Chief executive officer of the company. She has instituted Nykaa Fashion Business by supervising NykaaFashion.com with more than ten years of experience in the equity market, fashion and retail.

At the age of 50, Falguni (mother) started the company from scratch with $2 million in 2012 and now has GVM (gross merchandise value) of $1 million during FY2024 a 25 percent year-on-year increase. The Omnichannel company trades in cosmetics and fashion in both men's and women's gentry. The Fashion and beauty retail brand is projected to shoot up 20 percent in CAGR. The B2B segment called the superstore and media arm had grown to Rs 835 crore (59 percent).

Read More:  Female Entrepreneurs : 7 Retail Empires Built in India (2024)

2. Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh – Mamaearth

Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh, are successful Indian entrepreneurs and the founder of Mamaearth . The journey of the Rs 2,488 crore personal care company, started when the parents-to-be were searching for toxin-free baby products for their firstborn. The fact that most of the parents were using deleterious products for their little ones, got Gazal (36) and Varun (38) young entrepreneurs in India,  to form a brand that uses well-researched methods to provide baby-safe items.

Mamaearth, a D2C brand, announced the highest quarterly net profit of Rs 30.5 crore for 2023-2024. Consolidated revenue increased by 21 percent year-on-year to Rs 471.1 crore in the fourth quarter of 2024. Mamaearth has grown sales by 21.5 percent and consolidated EBITDA at Rs 33 crore.

Read More:  How the Emergence of Young Entrepreneurs is Reshaping the Notion of Youth in Biz

3. Ankit Nagori - Curefoods

Ankit Nagori (36) an Indian entrepreneur, came across the idea to jump-start a food delivery company, Curefoods in 2020. As time passed, the company climbed the ladder of cloud kitchen by collaborating with various brands. Today, Curefoods has eight affiliated brands named - EATFIT, Sharif Bhai, Olio, Great Indian Khichdi, Rolls on Wheels, Nomad Pizza, CakeZone, Millet Express, Chaat Street and Juno’s. Curefoods focuses on developing food that is made on a sustainable basis, chemical-free items that are loved by consumers covering 75 percent of India’s online food market. Ankit is well-known in both private and professional spheres for his perennial drive for food and fitness, pushing his devotion to the field.

Curefoods, a F&B company has over 200 cloud kitchens and offline stores serving over 10 cuisines between 15 cities in India generating an annual revenue of Rs 412 crore ($51.3 million) for FY2023. It has taken second place in the list of largest cloud kitchen players in India with the philosophy to be a chemical-free, ISO-certified kitchen and hygienic food provider.

4. Bala Sarda- Vahdam

Bala Sarda (25) is a famous Indian entrepreneur in India, who started his business ‘Vahdam’ with the ancestry experience of 80 years in the tea industry. In 2015, to solve the problem of the massive gap of $90 billion in the tea market, he made fresh teas available to consumers worldwide using technology to deliver home-grown tea. He plans to take the Indian tea industry global.

Vahdam generated a revenue of Rs 26.2 million in FY 2023 with an increase of 5 percent CAGR. It generates 90 percent of the revenue from e-commerce and other online sales platforms rest 10 percent from offline presence. Vahdam has 6500 stores globally including the US, Canada and Europe are the main consumer-centric countries. 

5. Dhvanil Sheth- Skillmatics

Dhvanil Sheth (29), a successful Indian entrepreneur, founded Skillmatics in 2016. When he saw his nephew going through a book he realized learning could be done through games. A mover and shaker educational product brand is committed to developing innovative games that build essential skills in children. He started by investing $50.000 and came up with early learning games to help children gain knowledge without applications and smart electronics.

The brand has over 20,000 retail stores worldwide with an omnichannel distribution model. The plan for the company is to hold a dominant position in the global market by expanding product assortment and getting deeper into online as well as offline channels. Skillmatics generated a revenue of $5.9 million (Rs 47.7 crore) and net profit.

6. Ankit Garg and Chaitanya Ramalingegowda - Wakefit

Ankit Garg and Chaitanya Ramalingegowda, young entrepreneurs in India, founded ‘Wakefit’ in 2016 with a well-researched and innovation-driven home and sleep solution brand. Director and Co-founder Chaitanya Ramalingegowda with more than 20 years of experience in managerial capacities in large and start-up companies, looks upon all front-end operations such as sales, marketing, technology and consumer experience. Ankit Garg Co-founder of Wakefit leads the product development, design, research and innovation operations for the company with over 10 years of experience in the professional domain.

Wakefit, a sleep and home solution company, follows a niche delivery model with a product-oriented approach that exercises research and innovation to be ahead of the industry. As of FY 2023, the company has a valuation of $ 275 million and an annual revenue of $102 million along with total funding of $145 million.

7. Manoj Meena - Atomberg

Manoj Meena is a young Indian entrepreneur who noticed an energy efficiency problem in India. To solve the concern they catered to making energy-efficient smart appliances like the smart BLDC fans which reduce energy consumption by up to 65 percent. The story of Atomberg starts with two IIT Bombay friends,  Manoj Meena and Sibabrata Das. 

Atomberg is a pioneer in the premium fans segment along with expanding newer categories like mixers, grinders and smart locks. The company has more than 30,000 retail stores across 400 tons in India and also has a presence in all e-commerce platforms. The company has an annual revenue of $80.9 million and a valuation of $359 million as of FY2023.

8. Harsh Lal- Souled Store

Harsh Lal, a young entrepreneur in India and the owner of Souled Store founded the brand in 2013 to overcome the gap between fashion and customers. Harsh Lal is the modern-day entrepreneur and the co-founder of the souled store overseeing licensing, retail and marketplaces for the biggest brand for offline merchandise with products from T-shirts, backpacks, and phone covers to socks and badges.

The company has an annual funding of $29.4 million and a valuation of $98.6 million in FY2023 with a total funding of $29.7 million. 

9. Siddharth Dungarwal- Snitch

Siddharth Dungarwal,  a successful young entrepreneur and the founder of Snitch, always had a passion for fashion, he entered into the industry mainly self-tutored and started by providing products under the Snitch label, distributing to different retailers. It started with the D2C brand through “snitch.co.in” a website offering unconventional styles in male fashion.

The brand has achieved a GVM of Rs 400 crore and sets its sights to reach Rs 600 crore at the end of FY2024. 80 percent of the operating revenue is driven by the men's fashion category with a 130 percent increase in sales. 

Final Outlook 

In the Indian Retailer's eye, the country is a hub of opportunities for young entrepreneurs. Everyone has a new idea to develop and produce, filling the gaps in the market. Making it easier for customers to attain their needs. Bring creative thoughts and knowledge for others to gather, and achieve entrepreneurial goals. These top 9 young entrepreneurs in India are a great inspiration for the youth of the country. Get inspired and start your venture!

What is a young entrepreneur?

A young adult who starts a business in a particular field. A person who thinks about taking a risk and starting a new venture from scratch along with contributing towards society as well.

Who is the most famous young entrepreneur in India?

Gazal Alagh and Varun Alagh followed by Anchit Adwaita Nayar and Ankit Nagori are the top 3 most famous young entrepreneurs in India.

Who is the first woman entrepreneur in India?

Kalpana Saroj is the first woman entrepreneur in India.

Ever imagine why smartwatches are more popular than regular watches? Because they can do so much more than just tell you the time and date. From tracking your steps and distance, counting the calories burned, to watching your heart rate and monitoring your sleep patterns, they are your personal trainers. So are you excited to uncover more features about the top 10 best budget smartwatch brands in India? Let’s find out who’s leading the Indian market size of $33.58 billion and what are your best options.

10 Best Affordable Smartwatch Brands in India 2024 - Top Picks

Below are the top 10 affordable smartwatch brands that are leading the Indian market with budget-friendly prices.

Check More:  Top 10 Ladies Watch Brands in India

BoAt is one of the leading earwear audio brands in India, founded by Aman Gupta and Sameer Mehta in 2014, headquartered in Mumbai. BoAt quickly became famous in India's wearable technology market. The boAt also provides a reasonable price range of Rs 800 to Rs 6,000 of smartwatches, so you can be sure that this is one of the most affordable brands showcasing its tech products.

The most popular boAt products include functionalities such as bright displays, and also health monitoring services. The Xtend series possesses a 1.69-inch screen with Alexa built-in, interchangeable watch faces, and a SpO2 monitor, which is a very useful and good thing for people who care about their health. At the same time, the brand is tied up with IPL teams for its marketing which is the other part of the reason why its status is the best as a tech company. The name 'boAt' is a very interesting one, and it represents a journey that is not lost in the sea of technology and lifestyle products, which in a way, is the brand's strength of resilience and innovation.

Best-Selling Models:

Check More:  Top 10 Affordable Watch Brands in India for Every Style

NOISE started its journey selling smartphone accessories but it’s today renowned for smart wearable and wireless headphones. The name is now a highly recognized technology brand in India. The name NOISE represents the voice inside each of us, the only voice which can push each one of us every day for the daily hustle and win in life. And that NOISE gave the wings to both Gaurav Khatri and Amit Khatri to come into existence in 2014 as the creators of Noise. The brand is based in Gurugram and offers affordable and budget-friendly smartwatches which are loved by people with different interests and are in the price range of Rs 1,000 to 8,000.

Among the most popular models that Noise produces are the ColorFit Pro 4. Its ColorFit Pro 4 is the name of a watch that has a 1.72-inch touchscreen, along with 24/7 heart rate tracking and SpO2 measurement, making it an optimum choice for fitness freaks. Noise is among the few who are trying to take technology to the heights of innovation through products like AMOLED screens, Customizable Watch faces, and Seamless smartphone Integration. With a gonoise.com platform dedicated to lifestyle gadgets, Noise frequently introduces creations that are out of the ordinary to the market, thus underlining the company's philosophy.

Titan, a trusted brand in the Indian watch industry, was founded by Xerxes Desai in 1984. Headquartered in Bengaluru, Titan is part of the Tata Group and has made a significant impact in the smartwatch segment with a price range of Rs 2,500 to 25,000. Popular models like the Titan Crest and Titan Smart offer a blend of elegance and advanced technology. Titan brings you a lot of smartwatches that can meet different tastes and needs, nowadays. The Titan Smart Watch with a 4.97 cm Super AMOLED display comes with SingleSync Bluetooth, AI assistant, and a durable IP68 rating.

Similarly, the Titan Crest features a 3.63 cm AMOLED display with Always-On functionality, a crown that helps in easy navigation, and supports Bluetooth calling Titan Celestor has highly accurate GPS for tracking, an altimeter, and a barometer, is perfect for outdoor enthusiasts for reliability. Associated with brands like Tanishq, Fastrack, and Sonata, 

Timex , a watch brand with a rich heritage, was started named Waterbury Clock Company in 1854. It was purchased by Thomas Olsen and renamed to Timex which is based in Middlebury, Connecticut, US. Timex has a stronghold in the Indian market with budget-friendly smartwatches ranging from Rs 1,000 to ₹15,000. The Timex iConnect Active is one of the top models. The iConnect Active comes with a touchscreen display, which is the main feature that sets it apart, and the ability to change the watch faces and the 24/7 monitoring are cool features.

The brand Timex has been giving the market the impression of being classic and reliable with a timeless design and great performance, the main features that users see when using them to monitor their health. With brands like Adidas, Guess and Versace under its umbrella, Timex progresses to develop its partner-built reputation of innovation and mass appeal, thus maintaining its name, which merges 'Time' with 'Kleenex.'

Best-Selling Mod els:

5. Fire-Boltt

Fire-Boltt is a smartwatch brand which is affordable and stylish at the same time was established by Arnav Kishore and Aayushi Kishore in the year 2015. Headquartered in New Delhi, Fire-Boltt is a brand that provides smartwatches which are priced between Rs 800 to 5,000. The brand offers a 1.39-inch AMOLED display, Bluetooth calling, and also an AI-based voice assistant, although its model is among the top ones appreciated for its full-touch display, SpO2 monitor, and sports modes.

Fire-Boltt smartwatches are appreciated for their stylish design, and the cheap price tag of the watches, which also often include IP67 water resistance and multiple sports modes. The company is oriented toward the audio and fitness accessory devices segment and it offers a striking combination of both speed (Bolt) and passion (Fire) as seen in its vibrant product line-up. Bolt is partnered with Amazon, Croma, Reliance Digital, etc for its product sales in addition to their website.

Hammer , the tech start-up wearable brand that offers smartwatches at a very stylish range of products at a very affordable price, was established by young spiritual leader, Rohit Nandwani, in 2019 and soon drew attention for its chicness and pocket-friendly price tags. Situated in Haryana, Hammer watches have costs ranging from Rs 1,000 to 4,000. Its products include LCD and AMOLED displays, a 1.69-inch display, SpO2, heart rate monitoring, and sports mode options, Pulse ACE comes out on top, whereas the simplicity of Solo catches the consumer's eye along with its health tracking options.

This brand is centered on the creation of impressive and long-lasting devices that serve the purpose of fitness tracking and smart notifications. Their collaboration with the company Nykaa allows them to expand their production line.

7. Fastrack

Fastrack , which is a sub-brand of Titan, is a fashion accessory retail brand designed to attract the energetic youthful market. Established in 1998, the company’s headquarters is located in New Delhi, and the first store was opened early in 2009. The company's smartwatches are priced between Rs 1,500 to Rs 7000. Fastrack has released several wristwatches over the years, some of them, for example, Fastrack Reflex Hello and Fastrack Reflex Beat are their popular models.

Fastrack's emphasis on the latest style, and durability, and the Reflex mobile app that can provide a thorough classification of physical activities and fitness are among the company's attributes. Jointly with Titan, Sonata, and Tanishq, Fastrack will not lose its shine with the new generation, who are the major clients themselves because the brand name is synonymous with speed and modernity. Fastrack entered the Affordable Smart Segment with the launch of Reflex Beat+ in 2023.

Pebble, a tech company that offers a diverse range of smartwatches is the most funded project of Kickstarter, funded around $10.3 million. Established in the year 2013 by Eric Migicovsky. Pebble has established its presence in the Indian market with smartwatches priced at Rs 1,000-6,000. The most sought-after ones are, however, the Pebble Revolve and Pebble Royal.

Pebble smartwatches are widely granted for their sleek design and nifty pricing, allowing basic functions such as IP68 water resistance and various sports modes. The name 'Pebble' stands for simplicity and timelessness, with a focus on the creation of products that combine visual beauty with practical features. Pebble is partnered with Amazon, Myntra, Nykaa and Croma for its sales.

Redmi is one of the leaders in the smartwatch market thanks to its affordable and feature-rich products. It is part of the brand Xiaomi which was set up by Lei Jun in 2010. The brand is headquartered in Beijing, China. The Watch 3 Active and Watch 2 Lite models come with a 1.83-inch HD touchscreen display through which you can have a heart rate; it also offers over 110 fitness modes including 10 different water sports and can display information, such as OS.

The Redmi smartwatches exclusively draw their success thanks to their mega battery life, state-of-the-art displays, and in-depth health options. Oftentimes these academic activities are at affordable prices. Dedicated to healthier living and healthy physical and mental development, these gadgets are part of the well-being approach that Tech can offer. The Mi. Fit app has been integrated with it to get all-round features and great usability and convenience.

Maxima is a well-established name in the Indian watch industry, having expanded into the smartwatch sector with offerings that blend tradition with modern technology. Maxima was launched under P.A. Time Industries, founded in 1962 by Mr. GS Purewal. In India, It is headquartered in Solan, Himachal Pradesh and provides smartwatches in the affordable price range of Rs 1,500 to 5,000. Known for its commitment to quality and affordability, Maxima has a strong market presence with bestselling models like the Maxima Max Pro Hype and the Maxima Max Pro Fire.

Maxima's smartwatches have a 1.83'' display with a tap advanced calling function. It uses an advanced JL7012 chipset and is enabled with features like AI voice assistant, inbuilt games, smart notifications and multiple cloud-based watch faces. Some of the models are also water resistant, include additional features like SPO2 and sleep monitoring, and are powered with the GloryFit app for user interaction. Maxima smartwatches are lauded for their user-friendly interface and reliability, appealing to consumers who seek a balance of technology and affordability. Maxima is partnered with Amazon, Ajio and Nykaa.

At Indian Retailer, we understand how important it is to know about the brands before purchasing any technical stuff, you need to know everything about the brand and its technology. So for that, we prepare a list of the top 10 affordable smartwatch brands in India to help you make an informed decision.

FAQs on Affordable Smartwatch Brands in India 

1. What is SpO2 in a smartwatch?

The term blood oxygen level, represented as Sp02, refers to the amount of oxygen saturation in the blood.

3. Which shape is better for a smartwatch?

There are two popular designs of smartwatches: round-faced and square-faced. Round-faced watches sell better than square-faced watches, most probably because of psychological reasons.

4. What is the life of a smartwatch?

Most smartwatches can last for 2 to 5 years depending on several factors, including the brand, model, and how often it is used.

5. Which watch brand is most famous in India?

Titan, BoAt, Timex, Fasttrack, and Noise are the popular choices in Smartwatches.

• titan watches

Imagine unwrapping a gift so exquisite that it feels like a treasure trove of delights, each piece as precious as a jewel. Mars Wrigley India has just launched something that promises to redefine the way we think about gifting: GALAXY® Jewels. This isn’t just another box of chocolates — it's an experience, a statement, and a celebration all wrapped into one. From the moment you set eyes on its disruptive packaging to the last bite of its luxurious flavors, the newest entrant in the premier gifting market is designed to captivate and enchant.

The sleek, jewel-like design isn’t just about aesthetics; Mars Wrigley India has poured its legacy of over 20 years of global success into creating an offering that is as much about the visual and sensory pleasure as it is about taste. The box offers four individually wrapped flavors: Smooth Milk, Crispy, Caramel, and Dark Cream, and is available in two sizes — priced at Rs 299 and Rs 549.

 “At Mars Wrigley, we believe in the power of creating iconic brands that become a part of people’s fondest memories. GALAXY® Jewels embodies this philosophy with its luxurious pralines in delectable flavors and elegant packaging, making it the perfect gift to celebrate special moments. We are focusing on the fast growing premium gifting segment and this will make Galaxy’s play in India more complete,” says Nikhil Rao, Chief Marketing Officer, Mars Wrigley India.

A Strategic Move

With its focus on the fast-growing premium gifting segment, Mars Wrigley India is strategically positioning GALAXY® Jewels in the top tier of the market. The company is targeting e-commerce, modern trade, and standalone supermarkets, primarily in metros and Tier I cities. Rao explains, “Our focus right now is on the top end of India. We are going to participate in e-commerce, modern trade, and standalone supermarkets. It will largely be metros and Tier I cities.”

Quick commerce is an essential part of Mars Wrigley’s strategy. According to Rao, quick commerce has been growing rapidly and significantly contributes to the business. He confirms that the newest launch would be listed on quick commerce platforms, ensuring that consumers can quickly and easily purchase this luxurious treat.

When it comes to market penetration, Mars Wrigley India is taking a measured approach. “We are largely a premium player compared to the Indian market and we are focused on metros, Tier I and Tier II. We do not go beyond that. We have not entered rural India yet,” Rao shares. The company employs a hub-and-spoke mechanism to reach Tier II towns indirectly, ensuring focused and strategic growth.

Collaborations and Brand Extensions

Mars Wrigley India is open to collaborations and brand extensions, although no specific plans are in place yet for GALAXY® Jewels. Rao mentions that while they have done successful collaborations globally, they were still exploring opportunities in India. “We would be keen to partner with the right brand, the right company,” he says.

Looking ahead to FY25, Mars Wrigley India plans to continue its sequential expansion. “India is such a massive market. The chocolate category reaches out to 50 lakh stores, and today we are present in 5 or 6 lakh stores. It is an inch-by-inch, step-by-step kind of process,” explains Rao. The company’s focus will remain on core brands like Snickers, Galaxy, and Boomer, with innovation contributing to 10 percent of growth.

In an era where digital and social media marketing are crucial, Mars Wrigley India is tailoring its strategies to engage Gen Z. Rao acknowledges the short attention span of this demographic and emphasizes the importance of digital and social media marketing. “The TV is more geared towards their parents, I guess. And the younger ones,” he concludes.

Haier India is blazing a trail in the consumer appliance market, redefining how traditional brands can evolve into modern, innovative hybrid retailers. NS Satish, President of Haier Appliances India, recently shared insights with IndianRetailer about the company’s transformation and its strategies to meet the dynamic demands of today’s consumers.

The Indian Consumer Electronics Landscape

India’s consumer electronics market is on a rapid growth trajectory, driven by rising disposable incomes and technological advancements. In FY24 (April-January), electronics exports reached $22.64 billion, and India aims to achieve $300 billion in electronics manufacturing and $120 billion in exports by FY26. By 2025, India’s Consumer Electronics and Appliances Industry is projected to be the fifth-largest globally. The market, valued at $9.84 billion in 2021, is expected to nearly double to $21.18 billion by 2025.

NS Satish notes, "The growth in India’s consumer electronics market presents both immense opportunities and intense competition. As a key player, Haier India is committed to leading this evolution through innovation and customer-centric strategies."

Overcoming Traditional Challenges

Transitioning from a traditional appliance brand to an omnichannel retailer has been a complex journey. Haier India faced several challenges, particularly in a high-involvement category where repurchase cycles are long. Satish explains, "We are in a high involvement category. The average life of a repurchase has dropped from 10 years to 6 or 7. This means consumers are more engaged and discerning."

One major shift for Haier was reducing the traditional product introduction cycle. "We moved from a traditional marketing focus to a digital-first strategy. This summer, we were print-free. Not a single newspaper ad was released," says Satish. This bold move reflects Haier's commitment to staying ahead of the curve.

Innovation at the Core

Haier’s commitment to innovation is evident in their product designs. For instance, their bottom-mounted refrigerator has been a game-changer. Satish elaborates, "We redesigned our refrigerators with the freezer at the bottom. This user-centric innovation has allowed us to capture 75 percent of the market in this segment."

Data-Driven Decision Making

In today’s competitive market, data analytics is crucial. Satish shares, "We combine data analytics with ground reports to make informed decisions. Experience alone is no longer sufficient; the market is evolving too quickly."

A notable example is Haier’s campaign for refrigerators. "We saw that the highest number of clicks was coming from Bihar. This insight led us to adjust our strategy and implement geo-fencing to better target our audience," Satish explains.

Understanding Consumer Segmentation

Haier India has tailored its marketing strategies based on household decision-makers. "In our market, different products are decided by different family members. Understanding these dynamics helps us tailor our strategies effectively," Satish says. This approach allows Haier to connect with various consumer segments more effectively.

Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

Haier’s omnichannel approach balances online and offline experiences. Satish emphasizes, "Price parity between offline and online channels is crucial. If there’s a discrepancy, it leads to dissatisfaction. We need to ensure a seamless experience across all touchpoints."

Dynamic pricing is another challenge. "Consumers are highly sensitive to price differences. They are willing to travel to save even a small amount. We have to manage this sensitivity carefully," Satish explains.

Adapting to Consumer Behavior Shifts

The shift towards online shopping for high-value items was surprising for Haier. "When we first ventured into e-commerce, we didn’t anticipate high-value items like side-by-side refrigerators selling online. Today, we sell over 2,000 of these refrigerators online every month. This shift highlights the importance of adapting to consumer preferences," Satish reveals.

Advice for Omnichannel Success

For brands aiming to thrive in an omnichannel environment, Satish offers valuable advice, "Understand the changing decision-making processes of consumers. They expect everything to happen instantly and online. Maintaining price parity and providing a seamless pre-sale and post-sale experience are crucial."

Under the leadership of NS Satish, Haier has not only adapted to market changes but has actively driven them. As Haier continues to grow, its commitment to digital transformation and customer-centric strategies will remain central to its success in the competitive Indian market.

• Consumer Durable brands

Want to know about the top 10 formal men's wear brands in India? The formal men's wear industry has taken a steep curve over a period of time in the Indian fashion market. Formal attire serves as the perfect option in case of a professional occasion, a wedding, or a casual meet as well, making you stand outside the crowd. There has been an evolution of formal men's wear from designing to using technology in the fabrics. To answer the question, here are the top 10 formal men's wear brands in India.

Top 10 Men's Formal Wear Brands in India

Here are the top 10 formal men's wear brands that every retailer should consider stocking:

Raymond Ltd was established in 1925 in Thane, Maharashtra as a woollen mill. Raymond Group has over 60 percent market share in the fabric industry in India. It was founded by Albert Raymond and Abraha[node:title] - Indian Retailerm Jacob Raymond and later passed on to Lala Kailashpat Singhania in 1944. Today Gautam Singhania is the Chairman and the Managing Director of Raymond Ltd.

Aparshakti Khurrana and Aakriti Ahuja are the brand ambassadors of the apparel brand. Presenting a huge catalogue of formal men's wear in India. Raymond has various associated brands- Raymond Fine Fabrics, Raymond Ready to Wear, Park Avenue, Parx and Colorplus serving all types of styling in formal men's wear. It has a presence in over 1000 outposts within 600 towns and cities in India. 

Rare Rabbit

Rare Rabbit, owned by Manish Poddar, saw a gap in the Indian apparel market for men's fashion. Hence, he started a flagship store of Rare Rabbit in Bengaluru along with an e-commerce website in 2015. The parent company of Rare Rabbit is Radhamani Textiles, owned by the Poddar family. 

It has over 135 physical stores in India across Tier II and II cities. The House of Rare Rabbit has an associated premium women's wear brand named Rareism and another brand named Articale. It has an omnichannel presence as well. 

Marks & Spencer

Marks & Spencer is a British retail company formed in 1884, earlier called as Marks and Sparks. It was founded in London by Michael Marks and Thomas Spencer. It deals in the retailing industry with 434 stores globally (Source: Wikipedia). Along with an e-commerce platform, it has its own 39 websites worldwide.

This public listed company has collaborated with reality stars- Mark Wright and Spencer Mathews. The partnership launched its A-list star Sienna Millers clothing range. Marks & Spencer has also shaken hands with Vick Hope, an influencer on social media platforms, to reach its customers. 

Van Heusen is a premium formal men's wear brand known for fashion for professionals. It was developed by Moses Philip and his son Isaac. Founded in 1881 in Pennsylvania, it is a premium formal men's wear brand in India. Father and son duo sold hand-sewn shirts to coal miners, made by Phillip’s wife Endel. Time passed and the company expanded its operation to New York City. In New York, the encounter happened between Van Heusen and Phillip and an alliance was formed named Phillip Van Heusen.

It has more than 300 stores. These standalone outlets are present across 70 counties and 5 continents, providing billions to its retail sales. Van Heusen has been working on sustainability measures in collaboration with various brands like Forest Stewardship, SmartWay, Textile Exchange and more. It entered the Indian market in 1990 when Aditya Birla Group gained a license of operation for the company. India has 97 retail stores along with an e-commerce presence of Van Heusen. 

• Louis Philippe

Louis Philippe is a leading brand in the formal wear segment for men in India. Founded in 1989, named after the king of France, is a part of Aditya Birla Group, a multi-industry corporation. It is a subsidiary of Madura Fashion and Lifestyle that is a benchmark for premium formal men's wear.

It has 300 plus stores across 100 cities in India. Along with that, it has its e-commerce website globally and flagship stores, exclusive brand outlets, Planet Fashion, trouser town, departmental stores and multi-brand outlets. 

• Peter England

Peter England, a top-rated formal men's wear brand in India, started its journey in 1889 in Ireland. It provided attires in the Boer War, later owned by Coats Viyella, a British company. Its presence in the Indian market was obtained by Madura Fashion and Lifestyle, a subsidiary of the Aditya Birla Group in 2000. Now Peter England is in an alliance between Aditya Birla Group and M2C2 group. 

Peter England is present in more than 1000 exclusive stores, and 3500 multi-brand outlets within 800 towns in India. It is operated from an e-commerce platform as well.  ABFRL has a portfolio of leading clothing brands in India- Peter England, Allen Solly, Louis Philippe and more. 

• Park Avenue

Park Avenue is owned by Raymond Group in India. It is known as the exclusive formal men's wear brand in India. This fashion brand was born in 1986, creating a space in men's wardrobes. It is a premium apparel brand with a presence all across India. Park Avenue is available in 8 cities with 12 exclusive stores in India. It is expanded through multi-brand outlets and under Raymond which has chains of flagship stores across 150 cities in the country. The clothing brand had collaborated with actor Siddhant Chaturvedi for Park Avenues Deo for men. 

Allen Solly 

Allen Solly was founded by William Holin and Company Limited, and made an entrance into the Indian market in 1993. Today, the formal men's wear brand is a division of Aditya Birla Group. The brand is present in 200 outlets in India, including retail stores in malls. It also has brick-and-mortar stores, EBOs (Exclusive brand outlets) and an e-commerce presence. Indrani Dasgupta has collaborated with Allen Solly as the brand ambassador. Sooraj Bhat is the CEO of the company and serves in the retail segment for Allen Solly. 

United Colors of Benetton 

United Colors of Benetton was launched in 1965. The journey of the formal men's wear brand started in Ponzano Veneto, Italy. It is solely owned by the Benetton Group which has about 5000 stores globally. It has an afflicted brand called as Sisley that is making apparel in urban lifestyle. 

The brand made an entrance into the Indian market in 2011, with a 20-year expansion plan in mind. It had 400 stores in 100 cities in the country in the early stages. The fashion retail brand has 6,000 stores in 120 countries globally.

Jack and Jones

Jack and Jones is a brand founded in Denmark in 1990. It started with just jeanswear in the initial stage of its retailing parented by the Bestseller Foundation. Today, it is the best-selling formal men's wear brand in India owned by Anders Holch Povlsen. It has 1000 stores in 38 countries worldwide. Jack and Jones have five associated brands - Jack and Jones Vintage Clothing, Premium by Jack and Jones, Originals by Jack and Jones and Core by Jack and Jones. It is operated in India through 69 EBOs and 221 shop-in-shop stores. Actor Ranveer Singh has joined forces with Jack and Jones to unveil different collections. 

Final Outlook

In the eyes of Indian Retailers, these brands top the list of best formal men's wear brands in India. Each brand has something exclusive to look out for. These top 10 formal men's wear brands cater to all the needs of their audience by using technology and sustainability methods in their apparel business. Formal wear is a fit suitable for any occasion and these brands are there to give options to a wide range of customers. 

What are the 3 best formal men's wear brands in India?

The 3 best formal men's wear brands are Raymond, Rare Rabbit and Marks and Spencer. 

Which brand offers customisation in the list?

Raymond and Louis Philippe are the brands offering customisation for formal men's wear. 

Is formal wear suitable for casual events?

Yes, formal menswear enhances the appearance of casual or formal events. 

Which Indian brand is known for having colors in its stores?

United Colors of Benetton is known for having creative and attractive visual merchandising.

Related Articles: 

• Top 10 Men’s Clothing Brands Every Stylish Man Should Check Out
• Top 10 Best Formal Shirt Brands in India 2024

Earlier in News:

• Powerlook Men’s Fashion Launches New Store In Pune
• Marks and Spencer

Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has recently represented the first budget of PM Modi government’s third term in parliament. A range of economic measures and policy changes were also introduced aiming at stimulating growth and addressing various sectoral challenges. Sitharaman highlighted Modi 3.0’s roadmap aiming to transform India into ‘Viksit Bharat’ by 2047. 

In the budget session, the Finance Minister reduced custom duties on gold and silver jewelry to 6 percent, and platinum to 6.4 percent. The following move will lead to increasing demands. The jewelry market which is a significant segment of India’s retail industry is poised to experience notable shifts due to the new budgetary provisions. The decision to reduce the basic customs duty on the jewelry market has always been a long pending demand in the jewels and gems industry. 

" The decision to reduce customs duty on gold and silver to 6 percent, and on platinum to 6.4 percent, is a welcome move that will have a positive impact on the precious metals market. This reduction will make gold, silver, and platinum more accessible to consumers and investors, stimulating demand and enhancing market liquidity. We believe this policy change will encourage the growth of the jewelry and bullion industry, fostering economic development and creating new opportunities. This budget reflects a strategic approach to strengthening the sector and supporting its long-term sustainability ,” stated Aksha Kamboj, Executive Chairperson, Aspect Global Ventures and VP, India Bullion Jewellers Association (IBJA).

According to the experts, this reduction in the customs duty on the jewelry will lower the prices of gold, silver, and platinum jewelry. The support initiated for Micro, Medium, and Small Enterprises (MSMEs) will also aid many of the nation’s jewelers. Also, in the long run, this could potentially widen the trade deficit and there are chances that it further weaken the rupees. 

MP Ahammed, Chairman, Malabar Group commented, “ The reduction in import duty on gold has been a long-standing demand for gold retailers, and we are extremely grateful to the Union Finance Minister for addressing this issue in today’s Union Budget by reducing the duty from 15 percent (including cess) to 6 percent. This move not only relieves consumers who have eagerly awaited this announcement but is also expected to boost gold demand in the country and create jobs for artisans. High import duty often leads to increased smuggling of gold through illegal routes, which hampers the growth of the organized retail gold trade and results in revenue losses for the government. It is expected that the duty reduction will drastically cut down gold smuggling, thereby curbing illegal trade and enhancing tax revenues. This reduction benefits organized retail jewelers, consumers, and the government, making it a positive development for all parties involved. ”

Vidita Kochar, Co-Founder, Jewelbox also stated , “ The recent reduction of customs duty on gold to 6 percent marks a significant advancement for the jewelry industry, enhancing its competitiveness and making it more accessible to consumers. This move aligns seamlessly with our commitment to providing high-quality, affordable lab diamond jewelry to our customers. Additionally, the abolition of the angel tax is a laudable initiative that will invigorate India’s startup ecosystem. This change is poised to spur innovation, attract global investors, and provide a substantial boost to startups. We are confident that these measures will significantly contribute to the growth and dynamism of both the jewelry sector and the broader startup community in India .”

The increasing demand for gold from India could boost global prices, which is estimated to reach a record high earlier this year. This could also possibly result in growth in India's trade deficit and will put additional pressure on the struggling rupee. The Finance Minister also announced the reduction in the cost of production of other metals like steel and copper. 

concerning the near future, the provisions introduced in the budget are expected to contribute to the overall development of the jewelry industry. Also, the focus on supporting SMEs and artisans is also expected to strengthen the sector's foundation and will promote a more inclusive market ecosystem. This will benefit local jewelers and artisans and will enable them to scale their operations and adopt modern practices while preserving traditional craftsmanship.

Ramesh Kalyanaraman, Executive Director, Kalyan Jewellers said , “ We welcome the 2024 Budget's progressive measures to reduce customs duties on gold, silver, and platinum. These changes, coupled with the government's commitment to enhancing domestic value addition and craftsmanship, are poised to significantly benefit the jewelry industry, further contributing to the sector’s growth. The new tax regime, with its focus on increased disposable income, will boost demand for jewelry as consumers will invest in asset creation. Kalyan Jewellers looks forward to leveraging these positive changes to further enhance the quality and global competitiveness of the organized Indian jewelry sector, contributing to the industry's growth and India's continued economic prosperity ." 

Vipul Shah, Chairman, GJEPC also expressed , “ The Union Budget 2024 is a game-changer for the gems and jewellery sector. The reduction in import duties on gold and silver to 6% and platinum to 6.4 percent is a major boost for our industry, enhancing affordability for consumers and competitiveness for the manufacturing sector by releasing working capital. The abolition of the 2 percent Equalization Levy and introduction of the Safe Harbour Rule on the sale of rough diamonds at SNZs will firmly establish India as a global rough diamond trading hub. These combined measures will propel the sector’s growth, and generate lakhs of employment opportunities by benefitting the small-scale jewellery manufacturers & exporters and diamond cutters and polishers, thus contributing significantly to India’s vision of becoming a Viksit Bharat by 2047 .”

The Union Budget 2024 represented by Sitharaman will have a mixed but largely favorable impact on the Indian jewelry market. The planned reductions in customs duties will set a positive trajectory for the industry's growth. However, the market will need to navigate potential challenges and leverage the opportunities presented by these changes to achieve sustainable and long-term success. Overall, the trends in both gold and silver markets highlight a resilient landscape, offering strategic opportunities for informed investors.

The Union Budget 2024 announced by India’s Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has introduced a series of measures poised to energize the mobile industry. By slashing the basic customs duty on critical mobile components, the budget not only supports local manufacturing but also aims to make cutting-edge technology more accessible to consumers across the country.

‘Viksit Bharat’ is a forward-thinking approach to job creation, skill enhancement, and MSME support. Sitharaman also mentioned that duties on ‘oxygen-free copper for manufacture of resistors’, hitherto set at 5 percent, would be eliminated.

The "Make in India" campaign, which aims to stimulate local manufacturing and cut production costs for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), is expected to benefit greatly from Sitharaman's declaration. This decrease in import taxes follows comparable tax breaks on essential parts like lithium-ion batteries and camera lenses from the previous year, which similarly sought to increase domestic manufacture of electric cars and cellphones.

Custom Duty Reduction

In a bid to foster a more robust domestic mobile industry, the Union Budget has announced a significant reduction in customs duties. The budget reduces customs duties on essential mobile phone components, including camera lenses, display assemblies, and battery packs, from 20 percent to 15 percent. This initiative is to take place to promote Indian smartphone brands in the competitive market.

The reduction in import taxes follows last year’s similar tax breaks on lithium-ion batteries and camera lenses, which were aimed at promoting the domestic manufacture of electric cars and smartphones. Sitharaman's current initiative continues this trend, emphasizing the government's commitment to supporting the ‘Make in India’ campaign.

Impact on Industry

The production cost of mobile phone manufacturers like Samsung, Xiaomi, and Apple, is expected to lower in manufacturing operations who are trying to expand in India for the reduction in the customs duty. This step will directly impact the retail prices of making smartphones and other accessories super affordable. The leading industry welcomes these changes in the hope of change, that global brands will increase their investment in India and the local supply chain.

Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, of Noise  said, “youth and participation of women in the workforce hold the key to India’s success. To this end, the focus on extensive training and skill development initiatives demonstrates a clear commitment to boosting employability and productivity. By linking job creation in manufacturing to first-time workers and offering EPFO incentives, the government is paving the way for a robust manufacturing ecosystem, creating 4 crore jobs over the next five years.”

“It is certainly a commendable initiative to boost local manufacturing. India has long been an attractive consumer market for international brands, supported by our collaborative and business-friendly policies that enable seamless operations. The export hubs are an efficient step in unlocking similar avenues for homegrown companies, allowing a global stage for their innovation and entrepreneurial mindset, and strengthening India’s position in manufacturing,” added Khatri .

Sustainable Growth and Innovation

The budget emphasizes enhancing India’s technological capabilities, aiming to transform the country into a global hub for electronics manufacturing. By reducing the cost of key components, the government seeks to support innovation and sustainability in the mobile phone sector. The approach is expected to foster increased research and development in India, potentially leading to new advancements in mobile technology and a stronger presence in the global market.

On a similar note, Avneet Singh Marwah, CEO of SPPL, added, “The budget allocates Rs 3,000 crore for the development of semiconductor and display manufacturing, more than doubling the previous allocation. Additionally, the allocation of 3 crore more houses under the PM Aawas Yojana is expected to boost demand for entry-level large consumer durables. The government also promotes ease of doing business in the manufacturing sector. New and additional employment incentives across sectors will encourage workforce growth and bolster the Make in India initiative, complementing existing PLI schemes. Despite these progressive steps, the industry anticipated more aggressive measures to increase disposable income to further stimulate consumer spending.”

However, the production Linked Incentive (PLI) seems limited focus, and can create gaps in its effectiveness. A substantial Rs 2 lakh crore is allocated for skilling programs to equip the workforce with essential skills for a competitive global market.

Charger Costs to Also See a Dip

According to Sitharaman's statement, mobile phone chargers are expected to become cheaper with the reduction of customs duties. This move is expected to drive the overall cost of mobile phones in India. This decision aligns with the government's broader goal of increasing the affordability and accessibility of digital technology, thereby empowering more citizens to participate in the digital economy.

Pawan Kumar, CEO, of Elista  said, "We commend the government's proactive measures in the Union Budget 2024, particularly the introduction of the credit guarantee schemes for MSMEs in manufacturing. This initiative, facilitating term loans for the purchase of machinery and equipment without the need for collateral, is a significant step forward in the manufacturing sector. The guarantee fund providing guarantees of up to Rs 100 crore will undoubtedly bolster the manufacturing industry, fostering growth and innovation. The decision will help reduce production costs, making high-quality consumer electronics more affordable and accessible to the Indian market."

Elista sees these changes as opportunities to leverage growth and meet the evolving demands of consumers. This step will help the manufacturer to implement great technology in their electronic sector to enhance the production capabilities and product quality, which will benefit the consumer getting the advanced machines from the domestic manufacturer.

Kumar further added, “The government's focus on youth development, with five dedicated schemes and a central outlay of Rs 2 lakh crore over the next five years, is also highly praiseworthy. Investing in the skills and potential of 4.1 crore youth will drive our nation’s future economic growth and stability. We look forward to leveraging these initiatives to further enhance our operations, contribute to the local economy, and support the broader national objectives.”

With the approach of ‘Viksit Bharat’, India is strengthening its position in the global tech manufacturing sector, and the government's commitment towards technological growth and economic development.

• eCommerce Trends

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presented the Union Budget for 2024-25 in Parliament today, marking the first budget of Prime Minister Narendra Modi's third term. This budget unveiled significant advancements for the retail, start-up, and e-commerce sectors . Here are the top highlights for the retail and e-commerce sectors from the Union Budget 2024-25 .

1. Custom Duty Reduction on Gold & Silver to 6 pc and Platinum to 6.4 pc

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman announced a cut in customs duty on gold and silver to 6 percent. Additionally, the finance minister further informed the customs duty slash on platinum to 6.4 percent.

Welcoming this announcement, Amit Pratihari, MD, De Beers Forevermark said, “The Gems and Jewelry sector has made significant contributions to India’s GDP, and we appreciate the announcements made in the Union Budget for this sector. The proposed reduction in customs duties to 6 percent on gold and silver, and 6.5 percent on platinum, will enhance sales by making these precious metals more affordable. The implementation of safe harbor rates for the diamond-cutting industry, for foreign mining companies selling rough diamonds in India, will stimulate growth, boost consumer spending, and increase global competitiveness.”

Vidita Kochar, Co-Founder at Jewelbox added, “The recent reduction of customs duty on gold to 6 percent marks a significant advancement for the jewelry industry, enhancing its competitiveness and making it more accessible to consumers. This move aligns seamlessly with our commitment to providing high-quality, affordable lab diamond jewelry to our customers.”

“This reduction is a significant move that will not only make these precious metals more affordable for consumers but also provide a great boost to the jewelry industry. Lower customs duties mean reduced costs for raw materials, enabling jewelers to offer more competitive prices and innovative designs to our customers,” stated Piyush Gupta, Director at PP Jewellers by Pawan Gupta.

Ramesh Kalyanaraman, Executive Director, Kalyan Jewellers added, "We welcome the 2024 Budget's progressive measures to reduce customs duties on gold, silver, and platinum. These changes, coupled with the government's commitment to enhancing domestic value addition and craftsmanship, are poised to significantly benefit the jewelry industry, further contributing to the sector’s growth. 

2. BCD Rates on Mobile Phones, Mobile PCBA, and Charger Reduced to 15 pc from 20 pc

Nirmala Sitharaman proposed to reduce the basic customs duty (BCD) rates on imported mobile phones, mobile printed circuit board assembly (PCBA), and mobile chargers to 15 percent from 20 percent. Presenting the budget in the Lok Sabha, Sitharaman said, “With a three-fold increase in domestic production and almost 100-fold jump in exports of mobile phones over the last six years, the Indian mobile phone industry has matured.”

ND Mali, Founder, KDM stated, “The budget will steer India towards a Viksit Bharat by 2047 through a slew of measures that boost consumption. Tax reduction of up to 15 percent on mobile phones, mobile PCBs, and chargers is expected to boost domestic manufacturing and benefit customers.”

3. Introduction of E-commerce Hubs under the PPP model

India is set to establish dedicated e-commerce export hubs to boost online trade. The government aims to create a streamlined regulatory and logistics environment to support the growing e-commerce sector. These hubs are expected to offer a range of services, including export clearances, warehousing, customs clearance, returns processing, and product handling.

Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, Noise said, “The establishment of e-commerce export hubs in a PPP model is another significant step taken by the government and will significantly empower MSMEs and traditional artisans to compete internationally. It will open opportunities for Indian players to boost their reach globally while enhancing the ease of doing business and accessing new markets.”

Anand Ramanathan, Partner and Consumer Products and Retail sector Leader, Deloitte India asserted, “Focus on e-commerce hubs through PPP mode is a creative intervention to help MSMEs in this sector derive benefits of a cluster approach such as access to cheaper finance and export markets. The approach will also help organize supply in sectors such as footwear, apparel, jewelry, and other categories where there is heavy dependence on skilled artisans and weavers.”

Nitya Sharma, Founder and CEO, Simpl noted, “The proposed development of e-commerce export and industrial hubs will enable our sellers to cater to a global market while support to MSMEs and promoting entrepreneurship through policy interventions will further propel opportunities for sellers including Direct-to-Consumer brands.”

4. Boost to Consumer Durable Products

The Centre’s focus on pumping in higher allocations for rural development, agriculture, and allied services and schemes for employment and skilling of youth is expected to boost both rural and urban consumption of consumer products. At the same time, the construction of an additional one crore homes under PMAY Urban 2.0 with an outlay of Rs 10 lakh crore will also boost the purchase of consumer durable products.

5. Abolition of Angel tax

Sitharaman also proposed to abolish the Angel Tax. She said the Indian startup ecosystem is buzzing with innovation and ambition, but Angel Tax often sparks debate. “To bolster the Indian start-up eco-system, boost the entrepreneurial spirit, and support innovation, I propose to abolish the so-called angel tax for all classes of investors,” the finance minister said.

M Ramakrishnan, Managing Director at Primus Partners noted, “It is such a relief that Angel Tax is finally scrapped. This has been a much-sought-demand from the start-up ecosystem - both Founders and the Investors.”

Amit Khatri, Co-Founder, Noise explained, “I feel the abolition of the angel tax will undoubtedly boost funding in the startup ecosystem, fueling innovation and growth. This move, along with incentives for job creation in the manufacturing sector and support for MSMEs, will not only stimulate valuable employment opportunities for millions of young people but also ensure economic resilience, laying a strong foundation for a powerful growth trajectory for India.”

Gaurav Manchanda, the Founder & MD, The Organic World highlighted, “As an entrepreneur, I am also extremely pleased with the abolition of the angel tax for startups. It will not only encourage resilience in entrepreneurship but also strengthen the startup ecosystem, fostering innovation across India.”

Kunal Bahl, Chairman, CII National Start-up Council and Co-Founder, Titan Capital & Snapdeal added, “Budget 2024 brings cheer to India’s fast-growing start-up ecosystem. The abolition of angel tax removes friction and ambiguity in the fundraising process by start-ups. Reducing TDS to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators will free up working capital.”

6. Reduction in Tax Rates for Foreign Companies Operating in India from 40 pc to 35 pc

She unveiled a proposal to reduce the corporate tax rate on foreign companies from the current 40 percent to 35 percent, aiming to boost foreign investment. This strategic decision is expected to enhance the attractiveness of the country as a global investment destination and stimulate economic growth.

Manoj Purohit, Partner & Leader, Financial Services Tax, Tax & Regulatory Services, BDO India said, “The FM has proposed a reduction in tax rates for foreign companies operating in India from 40 percent to 35 percent. This has been a much-awaited change for reinsurance companies operating through a branch office in India since 2017. The proposed change may not provide a level-playing field to the reinsurance branches with the domestic insurance companies (which continue to be taxed at a much lower rate) but will surely pave the path towards rationalizing the tax rates for foreign companies operating in India.”

7. TDS Rate on E-Commerce Exporters to be Reduced to 0.1 pc from 1 pc

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman has proposed to reduce the TDS rate on e-commerce operators from the existing 1 percent to 0.1 percent.

“The reduction of TDS from 1 percent to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators will substantially support the industry's expansion. These new measures will not only strengthen the valued investment of Indian households in diamonds but also add to their emotional significance,” said Amit Pratihari, MD, De Beers Forevermark.

Dr. Somdutta Singh, First-Generation Serial Entrepreneur, Founder & CEO Assiduus, Investor & Ex-Member Niti Aayog explained, “The reduction in TDS from 1 percent to 0.1 percent for e-commerce operators, is a significant relief for sellers. This change will enhance their working capital flow, allowing them to reinvest in their businesses more swiftly. By reducing the tax burden, sellers can maintain better liquidity and manage their cash flows more effectively. This move will particularly benefit SMEs that rely heavily on timely access to funds for day-to-day operations.”

8. Boost to Leather and Textile Industries

Giving an export fillip to the leather and textile sectors, the budget proposed to reduce BCD on real down filling material from duck or goose and added to the list of exempted goods for manufacturing leather and textile garments, footwear, and other leather articles for export. 

“To rectify inversion in duty, I propose to reduce BCD, subject to conditions, on methylene diphenyl diisocyanate (MDI) for the manufacture of spandex yarn from 7.5 percent to 5 percent,” the FM said.

• e-commerce space
• Indian Startup
• Nirmala Sitharaman
• Finance Minister

Did you know the fact that Oxford shoes are the standard style of shoe to wear with any suit, which are mostly made of leather and sometimes the entire shoe is made of leather including the outers, lining and sole but for more durability at the expense of elegance, many shoes are made with rubber soles. But now people are not buying shoes for fashion but they want comfort as well. And obviously, comfort brings confidence, right? 

In everyday life, many working professionals wear formal shoes and for them, it is important to stay comfortable for long working days. So let’s find out the top formal shoe brands for men which will help you to stay comfortable all day long and also find out why they are the top choice in the Indian market value of $26.06 billion.

Top 10 Formal Shoe Brands in India                                             

Here are the top 10 formal shoe brands for men in India to stay comfortable and stylish all day long. Let’s find your style now. Happy Reading!

Clarks is a footwear giant that was started in 1825 by Cyrus Clark and James Clark in the village of Street, Somerset. The shoes of this brand are popular among the best formal shoe brands all over the world with a market evaluation of about $254.39 million. The majority of the stakes of the brand are currently owned by Viva Goods, Hong Kong. Clark is a company that is famous for its formal shoes and its commitment to comfort, innovation, and heritage, it also excels in the sphere of sophisticated marketing strategy which includes hefty discounts on their official website. 

In addition to formal shoes, the product lineup covers models like the Clarks Desert Boot and Clarks Wallabee and is priced between Rs 2000 and Rs 20,000. Their stores are located in 65 countries across the globe in over 1,400 stores. Since 2010, the company has begun to trade in India where it now has 25 standalone stores. They are supplied with more than 22000 Clark’s styles and shoes that sparked a revolution, defined a generation and captured the evolution. They are the companies that work with such brands as Clarks Originals and Clarks Cloud steppers.

Related Article: Top 10 Shoe Brands in India: 2024's Top Picks

ALDO is a footwear brand also famous for men's formal shoes was established in 1972 in Montreal by the Aldo Group. The brand was launched and associated with the fashion company Le Château. The multinational brand has 3000 stores across 100 countries worldwide. ALDO has a revenue of $1.69 million and has divisions in ALDO, Call it Spring and GLOBO. 

ALDO wants to use powerful keywords to target the right public and they have built a good reputation concerning users of the website which is one of the main features of their marketing. The company is associated with JCPenney and Kohl to spread its exclusive footwear and other products like handbags and accessories.

Check More: How Footwear Brand Cheré is Planning to Double its Reach by Year-End

3. Bruno Magli

Bruno Magli is one of the most respected names in the luxury footwear market and is best for men's formal shoes was established by the Magli siblings in 1936. Its headquarters are based in Bologna, Italy, where the shoes of Bruno Magli are esteemed for using the best quality leather and making them from the hand of the master craftsmen. Their products cover formal and casual shoes, which are known for their timeless and sophisticated designs. 

The main motto of their marketing plan is to heavily rely on such assets as Italian heritage and elegance, using the high-end fashion magazine, and the digital campaign. The brand's commitment to both the quality and style of Bruno Magli Moccasins and Monk Straps has made them the most popular among users. The brand was acquired in 2015 by Marquee Brands, a holding company that owns several brands in fashion and home cooking.

4. Carlton London

Carlton London is a fashion brand known for its footwear, was established in 1992 in the East end of London. The brand is popular in the Indian market for the best formal shoe brands for men in India by launching products of British sophistication with a price range between Rs 2,500 and Rs 10,000. They develop products with a distinct line of fashion-forward styles, keeping the focus on quality and comfort. Among the brand’s promotional techniques are more expensive fashion events and social media campaigns that target young urban professionals. Its headquarters in London, UK, are inclusive of the first stuff that is noticeable yet it is also prominent in the largest Indian retail stores. 

As far as the Indian consumer is concerned Carlton London provides the rare combination of being trendy at the same time it is conscious of their longing for fashion. In addition to both men’s and women’s footwear, Carlton is also famous for its handbags and accessories.

5. Pedro (Charles & Keith)

Pedro is part of the Charles & Keith Group which was founded by Charles Wong and Keith Wong in the year of 1996, Under which they launched their male segment on Pedro which was founded in the year 2005 and headquartered in Singapore. The brand is best known for its fashionable men's formal footwear which is priced between Rs 3,000 and Rs 15,000 and they are the fastest in the latest fashion and digital marketing. Charles & Keith has over 700 and for its brand Pedro which has the male collection they have 107  stores worldwide across 37 countries that can suggest what will be the next popular styles and the most accessible luxury. The brand is associated with L Capital Asia LLC, a private equity firm. Charles & Keith has partnered with international organizations such as UN Women, Dress for Success, The Asia Foundation, Save the Children, UNICEF, Red Cross, WWF, and Plastic Bank.

Dune, a british shoe manufacturer who dreams of creating affordable luxury is famous for men's formal shoes for their stylish look and comfort was founded by Daniel Rubin in 1992, and is a dazzling shoemaker who started with a small concession store in Oxford Street, London, UK. The first standalone store was launched in 1993. The company makes luxury and middle-market shoes at a price that ranges from Rs 4000 to Rs 20000 and sells them in 350 stores worldwide. The company claims that a pair of shoes undergoes more than 120 processes which make them out-of-the-box. 

Dune uses its retail network and online communications to reach its high-end and fashion-savvy customers. The name Dune embodies the purity and aesthetics of the sand dunes, as well as the perfect nature of their star models, like Dune London Sandals. Dune has won the Drapers Multiple Footwear Retailer for five years and has collaborations with fashion designers Rupert Sanderson and Kit Neale.

7. Rosso Brunello

Rosso Brunello is a chic footwear brand considered the best formal shoe brand for men in India was founded by Sahil Malik in 2010 (in association with Da Milano) is provides shoes under Rs 3,000 to Rs 12,000. The brand is known for its stylish and fashion-forward styles for both men and women. Despite the scarcity of authentic documentation about the initial stages of the brand, the association between the brand and the wine Brunello communicates Italian charm and elegance. 

Rosso Brunello, which is favored for its mastery of art and a limited edition, is a premium retail outlet that combines them. The evergreen models such as the Rosso Brunello Leather Boots show the brand’s perfect way of balancing elegance and comfort, so it’s the must-have item for those who love to wear spirited footwear that is very elegant. The brand has grown to 23 Exclusive stores and 52 points of sale in India, the Middle East and Asia.

8. Red Tape

Red Tape is a well-known Indian footwear brand which is famous for its formal shoes for men was established in 1996 by Mirza International, Red Tape offers a wide range of casual, formal, and sports shoes priced between Rs 2,000 and Rs 10,000. The brand’s marketing strategy includes celebrity endorsements and focuses on affordability and quality. 

Red Tape’s name represents a mark of distinction, and its high-quality leather shoes are known for durability and comfort. With over 390 opulent stores in India and presented in 17 countries associated with brands like Bond Street and MODE, Red Tape has become a trusted name in the Indian footwear industry.

9. Lee Cooper

Lee Cooper is one of the most iconic footwear brands of the fashion group named Iconix Brand Group which was founded by Morris Cooper back in 1908 The brand is known for best formal shoe brand for men. It is headquartered in Shoreditch, East End London, UK . Originally, a developer of denim, Lee Cooper's shoes that are sold in casual and formal manner feature both toughness and elegance (ruggedness with style), the price range of which is Rs 2,000-Rs 8,000. The brand's promotion is mainly based on its tradition and the importance of the product's quality and durability. Operating from London, UK, and distributing in a good number of retail stores, Lee Cooper's iconic goods like Lee Cooper Boots are another example of the brand's ability to combine fashion and ease. The brand, through its nomenclature, has managed to remain authentic and innovative in its craft, thus carrying a mark of trust for the endowments and the company's culture.

10. Hush Puppies

Hush Puppies is a footwear brand which is known for best men's formal shoe brand that was established in 1958 by Wolverine Worldwide. The brand is headquartered in Rockford, Michigan. Hush Puppies has, over the years, blended comfort with casual style, marketing their tees and leisure wear in a way that is lively, revels in their nostalgic style, and sets them apart from others. As the first brand of Wolverine Worldwide, it designs so much that it offers all types of formal and casual shoes priced from Rs 3,000 to Rs 15,000. 

Hush Puppies is a comfort footwear enterprise famous for its products Bounce and ZeroG product lines assemble them through multi-brand channels and other retail companies.  Hush Puppies is recognized globally by its logo of a dog and has become a solution for sore feet, aka, ‘barking dogs’.

At Indian Retailer, we bring to you the top world-renowned brands that are widely available in India to cater to the need for men’s formal shoes. Here we give you a complete guide of the top 10 formal shoe brands for men in India to understand and carry your fashion and comfort at the same time. In this article, you find out about this brand's history, its story and its retail price in India to make an informed decision.

FAQs on Top Formal Shoe Brands in India

1. Which type of shoes are best for formal wear?

Classic Oxfords are always recommended for such ensembles for a sleek & formal appeal.

2. What are the formal shoe options for men?

Men's formal shoes are no longer just plain patent leather. Today, loafers, boots, and oxfords can all be used as formal shoes for men.

3. Which formal shoe material is best?

Leather is a high-quality material that has long been used to create long-lasting and fashionable shoes.

4. How long should formal shoes last?

Leather shoes or dress shoes last for every 6 to 12 months, depending on their quality and walking frequency which wears out the soles. Good maintenance can stretch their lifespan.

5. What is the most expensive pair of shoes?

Moonstar Shoes by Antonio Vietri is priced at around $19.9 Million. 

The Indian government has set an ambitious target to boost e-commerce exports to $200-300 billion as part of its broader $1 trillion merchandise export goal by FY 2030. This requires a significant transformation, necessitating a 50-60-fold increase from the current levels.

As per the latest EY-ASSOCHAM report titled "Enabling e-commerce exports from India," achieving this target demands addressing key barriers, including complex customs procedures, payment repatriation challenges, and restrictive policies. The report provides a comprehensive roadmap for policy changes required in payments, customs, and logistics to help MSMEs access export markets and achieve this ambitious goal.

The Current Landscape

Currently, India's e-commerce exports for FY2023 are estimated to range between $4 to $5 billion, accounting for approximately 0.9 percent to 1.1 percent of India’s total merchandise exports. Despite this modest share, the potential for growth is enormous, especially for Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSMEs), which form the backbone of the Indian economy. The EY-ASSOCHAM report underscores the need for more flexible policies and streamlined processes to unlock this potential.

Streamlining Customs and Regulatory Procedures

One of the primary areas for improvement is the customs and regulatory framework. The report highlights the need to simplify customs procedures to make them more conducive for e-commerce exporters. Increasing the courier consignment limit to $50,000 is a critical recommendation. This change would allow exporters to send larger shipments with fewer constraints, facilitating smoother trade operations. Furthermore, creating separate customs supervision codes for cross-border e-commerce trade can expedite the clearance process. These codes would enable efficient data collection and streamline customs procedures, significantly reducing delays.

Another crucial recommendation is to expedite the customs clearance process for courier shipments. This can be achieved by implementing functionalities in the CSB-V system and collaborating with e-commerce marketplaces for verification. Clear guidelines for re-import transactions, including duty-free re-import of consignments up to $600, would further simplify the process for exporters handling returns. For consignments above this threshold, formulating Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) to recognize returns as re-imports of returned goods is essential.

Enhancing Payment Reconciliation and Financial Flexibility

Payment reconciliation remains a significant hurdle for e-commerce exporters, particularly MSMEs. The report suggests several measures to ease this burden. Reducing the cost of payment reconciliation by tying fees to a percentage of consignment value can alleviate financial pressure on small-scale exporters. Moreover, extending payment realization and repatriation periods up to 18 months, in alignment with global practices, would provide exporters with greater financial flexibility. Removing the 25 percent variation clause on realized payments and enabling periodic shipping bill reconciliation would also enhance financial predictability and stability for exporters.

Establishing E-commerce Export Hubs (ECEHs)

To foster a supportive environment for e-commerce exports, the report calls for various policy interventions. Extending export promotion incentives under the Courier Import and Export Regulations, 2010, to e-commerce exporters can stimulate growth. These incentives would encourage more MSMEs to engage in cross-border trade. Additionally, establishing e-commerce export hubs (ECEHs) with integrated training centers is crucial. Expanding the scope of ECEHs by providing customs support, training facilities, and logistical infrastructure near air cargo terminals can significantly enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of e-commerce exports. Stationing customs officials within these hubs would facilitate faster clearance and reduce bottlenecks.

Policy Interventions and Support Mechanisms

Another significant recommendation is to add explicit provisions in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policies to allow FDI-funded e-commerce entities to hold inventory for sale in international marketplaces. This change can enable global sales of Indian MSME products, broadening their market reach. Establishing regulatory testing sandboxes for e-commerce exports is also suggested to foster innovation and compliance testing, allowing businesses to experiment with new models and processes in a controlled environment.

Financial Accessibility and Priority Sector Lending

Furthermore, including e-commerce exports in the Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) priority sector lending category would improve access to affordable finance for exporters, enabling them to scale their operations and invest in growth. Granting Authorized Economic Operator-Tier III (AEO-T3) status to e-commerce marketplaces can streamline customs procedures, ensuring faster and more reliable export processes. Additionally, incorporating provisions for cross-border e-commerce trade in bilateral agreements can enhance India’s global e-commerce export capabilities, creating more opportunities for Indian businesses in international markets.

Reflecting on the report's findings, Deepak Sood, Secretary General of ASSOCHAM, emphasized the necessity of streamlined regulations and supportive policies for e-commerce exports. "In today's global marketplace, the need for streamlined regulations and supportive policies for e-commerce exports cannot be overstated. This report's recommendations are essential for empowering Indian e-commerce exporters and positioning them competitively on the world stage," he said.

Bipin Sapra, Tax Partner at EY India, echoed these sentiments, noting that the Indian e-commerce export ecosystem is poised for exponential growth, benefiting the economy and MSMEs alike. He stressed the importance of government and regulatory intervention to iron out the kinks in current laws and processes to help MSMEs access global markets efficiently and easily. "This report brings together all the recommendations needed to build a thriving e-commerce export ecosystem in India," he added.

READ MORE: Indian E-commerce Market to Reach $163 Bn by 2026, Poised for Global Second Place by 2034

Building a Competitive E-commerce Export Ecosystem

By addressing these existing barriers and implementing the recommendations outlined in the EY-ASSOCHAM report, India can create a supportive environment for e-commerce exporters. Streamlined customs procedures, enhanced financial flexibility, supportive policy interventions, and targeted infrastructure development are crucial to empowering Indian e-commerce exporters, particularly MSMEs. The government’s commitment to reform and innovation will be instrumental in positioning India competitively on the world stage and achieving the ambitious export targets set for FY 2030.

In conclusion, the path to achieving $200-300 billion in e-commerce exports by FY 2030 is challenging but achievable. By embracing the necessary changes and fostering a supportive environment for e-commerce exports, India can not only meet but exceed its goals, driving economic growth and establishing itself as a global leader in the e-commerce export market.

• E-commerce industry

India is home to 659 million smartphone users, the second largest smartphone user base in the world. Internet penetration, mobile-first infotainment and financial platforms, and superlative camera features are some of the contributing factors to the growth of smartphone aspirations, even in Tier II and below towns. However, aspiration needs affordability to create a market. This is where pre-owned smartphones come into play.

Industry estimates project that the overall pre-owned smartphone market in India is close to $5 billion and is expected to reach $10 billion by 2030. The organized segment accounts for 20-25 percent of the current market. This segment is largely made up of online platforms that enable consumers to buy authentic pre-owned smartphones, along with various value-added benefits. These platforms, including several new entrants, are not only reshaping consumer behavior but also propelling technological advancements and sustainability initiatives. Let us see how online businesses, particularly newer players, are playing a pivotal role in the pre-owned smartphone industry in India.

Consumer Behavior: Convenience and Affordability

New online platforms have made it incredibly convenient for consumers to buy and sell pre-owned smartphones. The typical hassles of offline transactions, like trust deficit and the long time required to identify buyers or sellers, have already been tackled to a great extent. These new brands provide user-friendly interfaces, detailed product listings, and secure payment gateways that add to the user’s convenience.

Apart from convenience, consumers also look for affordability when it comes to changing or upgrading their smartphones. With the tech advancements, more consumers are willing to try out the newly launched high-end phones. New platforms allow them to sell their old devices so that they can partially fund their new purchases. Consumers can also fund the gap between their sales and purchase prices through easy EMIs. Thus, consumers can access a range of smartphones at significantly lower prices than new models, making technology accessible.

 Ensuring Quality and Trust

The quality and authenticity of pre-owned smartphones has always been a big concern for consumers. To address this, many online platforms now offer certified pre-owned phones that have been thoroughly inspected on many parameters and have gone through multiple quality checks. This assures the consumers that their phones are in good working condition. The additional guarantee provided by the platform takes this confidence a notch further.

Sustainability Initiatives: Promoting a Circular Economy

The pre-owned smartphone market contributes significantly to the cause of environmental sustainability. By extending the life cycle of smartphones, online platforms focus on the reduction of manufacturing and electronic waste, which is a growing concern globally.

Although India's 'Make in India' initiative aims to boost local manufacturing, the reality includes a complex landscape. While many components are sourced locally, high-end parts often need to be imported due to supply chain constraints. Unfortunately, these imports face steep tariffs aimed at protecting domestic manufacturers, thereby increasing overall production costs.

However, India faces challenges in becoming a dominant manufacturing hub. Key issues include deficiencies in infrastructure, such as inadequate transportation networks and limited access to advanced technology and connectivity. These deficiencies can significantly hinder manufacturing productivity and operational efficiency.

Despite these challenges, India possesses substantial potential as a manufacturing destination. Addressing infrastructure gaps and improving 'ease of doing business' metrics are critical steps to unlock this potential fully. Additionally, proactive steps to integrate more seamlessly into the global tech manufacturing supply chain will be essential for India to capitalize on its strengths and attract further investment."

Challenges and Road Ahead

Despite the significant progress made by multiple online platforms, there are still some challenges. As mentioned earlier in the article, a large chunk of the Pre-Owned phone market is still unorganised. Here, the consumers are always prone to issues such as poor quality and the lack of standardization. Moreover, in some consumer segments, there is still an underlying perception about used smartphones being inferior in quality.

They need to continue investing in technology and customer education to come around these issues. Enhancing transparency through detailed product information, and warranties, and providing credible after-sales service will help consumers feel more confident about their purchases. Additionally, these platforms can also collaborate with manufacturers and authorized service providers to standardize the refurbishment process. This will provide a consistent supply of high-quality pre-owned smartphones.

While the challenges are steep, the current trend indicates that online platforms will be able to address most of these. This will also help them play an even more important role in Digital India.

Yug Bhatia, CEO and Founder, of ControlZ

Singer, the world-renowned brand in the household sewing machine segment, boasts a rich legacy of 170 years in the sewing machine and home appliance industry. In India, Singer has embarked on a new journey that remains anchored in its core business, ethos, values, and principles.

Singer India has strategically positioned itself in the competitive retail market by focusing on innovation, technological advancement, and customer-centric initiatives. The company is committed to bringing highly functional and technologically advanced machines to India. This commitment is reflected in its refined product messaging, streamlined inventory management, optimized operations, and enhanced stakeholder engagement.

“In the home appliances segment, we aim to achieve profitable growth by launching and focusing on high-quality products that command premium pricing. This strategy helps establish a premium positioning in the consumer's mind. We also place significant emphasis on after-sales service to improve consumer engagement and the post-sales experience,” said Rakesh Khanna, MD & VC, Singer India.

Key Strategies Driving Growth

One of the key initiatives by the company in the sewing machine segment is the launch of "Singer Live Assist," a first-of-its-kind virtual service for sewing machine consumers across the country. This service strengthens the after-sales experience by reducing turnaround time for product demonstrations, especially in remote areas. It also saves on service costs and prevents post-sales service delays, thereby strengthening customer relationships.

Singer India is also bringing technologically advanced and globally popular machines to the Indian market. For instance, the company launched the M3330, a global icon and top seller on Amazon, and supported its launch with a focused marketing campaign. The machine has been voted the best sewing machine in the home segment and is one of the company's best sellers on Amazon. Another innovative product, the SE9185, a Wi-Fi-enabled, 3-in-1 sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine, has received positive responses across the country.

“Strategic investments are another critical area for us. The US-based multinational SVP Worldwide, which owns the iconic Singer brand, is set to be our knowledge partner. We plan to set up a second manufacturing facility for the brand, focusing on Zig-Zag machines to cater to both domestic and global markets,” he stated.

Adapting to Changes in Consumer Behavior

Singer India has observed significant changes in consumer behavior in recent years. There is a growing interest in crafting and self-expression, leading to renewed interest in learning sewing as a skill. To cater to this evolving demand, the company is incorporating best-in-class technologies into its sewing machines, making them more user-friendly and enjoyable to use.

The influence of DIY influencers on global platforms has also played a crucial role in raising awareness and familiarity with sewing and embroidery. This trend has further fueled interest, desire, and willingness to learn sewing. Singer India's latest offering, the SE9185, exemplifies the company's commitment to technological advancement and meeting the needs of modern consumers. This 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled machine comes with a large 7-inch color touchscreen and mySewnet, the industry’s first cloud-based operating system. It is designed to cater to both experienced sewists and beginners.

Omnichannel Presence

The brand has a robust offline presence, with over 2,500 dealers and sub-dealers across the country and 21 exclusive Singer sewing machine retail stores. The company is currently undertaking a pan-India branding exercise, starting with key states such as Bihar, Jharkhand, Punjab, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Karnataka.

Singer India's D2C strategy focuses on building a strong online and offline presence around three key pillars: awareness, experience, and building desire. The company leverages online communication to make people aware of its new technologically advanced machines, which are easy to learn and use. Consumer-centric campaigns like "CreatewithSINGER" and "#TurnoldintoBold" encourage consumers to showcase their crafting skills and engage with the brand.

“We are also actively engaging with the DIY community of influencers and creators, who create awareness around the endless sewing and crafting possibilities. We sell our products on platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, in addition to our website and 21 exclusive store locations. This multi-platform approach maximizes reach, caters to diverse customer preferences, and provides convenient purchasing options for sewing enthusiasts across the digital landscape,” noted Khanna.

“Currently, e-commerce contributes over 30 percent of our revenue. With a robust online strategy and increasing digital engagement, we expect e-commerce to play a significant role in our revenue growth over the next 2-3 years,” he added.

Product Categories and Upcoming Launches

Singer India's sewing machine range offers over 140 SKUs across key categories such as Straight Stitch, Artisan, Embroidery, AZZ line, and Industrial machines. In the home appliances segment, the company offers products like washing machines, coolers, JMGs, MGs, kettles, and irons, with over 90 SKUs available in offline and online trade. Recent product launches like the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on innovation and consumer-centric design.

In the sewing machine segment, the brand is focused on strengthening its offerings and expanding aggressively in the Indian market. Recognizing the growing DIY community and the demand for innovative, user-friendly machines, the company introduced the SE9185, a 3-in-1 Wi-Fi-enabled sewing cum embroidery and quilting machine. This product showcases Singer India's dedication to delivering cutting-edge, consumer-focused sewing machine options that cater to modern sewing enthusiasts.

Embracing Digital Transformation

Singer India understands the importance of a strong digital presence in today's technology-driven world. The company has enhanced its online visibility and engagement with customers through various digital marketing campaigns and collaborations with influencers. For instance, the M3330, a global best-seller on Amazon, has benefited from digital collaborations that highlight its user-friendly design and extensive features.

Singer Live Assist, an innovative service offering real-time virtual support for customers, has significantly enhanced the customer experience. Available through WhatsApp and a toll-free number, this service provides product demonstrations and resolves customer concerns from the comfort of their homes. The "Revive Traditions with SE 9185" campaign further emphasizes Singer India's commitment to digital engagement and fostering a vibrant community of creators.

Revenue Targets

Despite facing setbacks, Singer India achieved a revenue of Rs 425 crore last year. The company has seen steady growth in its AZZ and Industrial lines and is confident that e-commerce will be a key driver of future growth. The target for this year is to increase and improve customer experience and engagement, strengthen product messaging, and showcase capabilities.

Future Growth

Over the next 2-3 years, Singer India aims to strengthen and expand its market presence through several key growth levers. These include product innovation and diversification, enhancing manufacturing capabilities, improving customer experience, and engaging with the community. The recent launches of the M3330 and SE9185 highlight the company's focus on functional, user-friendly, and technologically advanced products.

Singer India is a pan-India brand with a strong presence in Tier II and Tier III towns and cities. “To strengthen our presence in these markets, we are increasing branding and visibility, expanding our distribution network, and leveraging the SINGER Live Assist service. These initiatives aim to reinforce our presence, create consistent and recognizable branding, and meet the increasing demand in these regions,” Khanna concluded.

• Consumer durable
• Indian retail market

Starting a clothing boutique business in the Indian market space can be profitable. A small space with a specific product line serving a particular clientele is called a boutique. Boutiques are successful due to the product masters present in the store, assisting customers with expert insights and answering all the questions about costing, expenses, retailing options and profitability. Here is a complete guide for you to start a boutique business in India. Let your passion for starting a boutique business win over with these tips. 

1. Run Through Market Research

Investigate trends, demands, styles or categories. Resonate with the target audience. Fill the gap in the market. What is your target market? Are they people between 15 and 60 years of age? For whom do you want to make it? For male, female or both. What style of clothes do you want to wear? Indian, western or indo-western, provide both for more options for your customers.

Make your brand stand out. Have a unique boutique name, use an attractive color palette and consider having a slogan. The boutique should have a business name held on the front of the store with a name, logo, colorful and memorable slogan. 

It is also crucial to understand who are the competitors in the same location. What strategies do the competitors use to attract customers? What makes the other boutique popular? Mark and make changes accordingly for the growth of the boutique. 

2. Select a Location 

Making the right choice in which area, locality or state you want to set up your boutique is essential for success. Selecting a particular location for a boutique store is a time-consuming process. In India, most of the fashion boutiques are present in Tier I, II and III. The most recognised Tier I cities in India are Bengaluru, Delhi, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mumbai, Pune, Kolkata and Ahmedabad. Tier II and III cities that are recommended for a boutique business are Kanpur, Jaipur, Amritsar, Jamshedpur, Faridabad, Chandigarh, Kochi, Nagpur, Raipur, Bhopal, Mysuru, Surat, Agra, Ajmer, Srinagar, and Bhubaneshwar among others. 

Here are more criteria that need to be looked after while buying or renting a space for a boutique business.

• Availability: The area should be easily accessible for staff and vendors. Having good connectivity to major highways or roads can be beneficial in this regard.
• Distance for easy accessibility of raw materials: Consider the distance to raw material suppliers as it can impact the lead times and transportation costs which, when minimized, contribute to enhancing operational efficiency.
• Transit Systems: Evaluate the ease of access for transportation purposes both in terms of exporting final goods easily and receiving basic supplies conveniently. Take practicality into consideration when assessing transit facilities available at your location. 

3. Create a Business Plan

There is a need to form a proper business structure. It means what kind of a structure will a boutique follow for instance will it function as a sole proprietorship, LLC (limited liability company), partnership, corporation or private limited company. To opt for an ideal structure, various factors like current situation and aspiration play a key role. 

4. Get the Boutique Registered

GST is another critical legal permit. If the boutique business's annual turnover exceeds Rs 40 lakh, it must register for GST. In states like Tripura, Sikkim, Uttarakhand, Meghalaya, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh, Puducherry, Nagaland and Mizoram, the GST turnover limit is more than Rs 20 lakh. 

It is a necessity to register under the Shop and Establishment Act according to the selected area for the boutique. It must be done within a month. In case the boutique business is earning more than Rs 9 lakh annually, it must pay the service tax as suggested by the government of India. 

5. Develop a Funding Structure

It is believed that to start a boutique business in India, one must have an initial investment of around Rs 2-5 lakh. It can vary according to the size and location of the store. There are various ways to get funds for a kickstart. Bank loans, other financial institutions or SME loans are another option. Saving is the best option to avoid loans. The funding must include enough for rent, raw materials, labor, production process and interior decor for the boutique initially. 

There are various government schemes in India for flagship funding, subsidy schemes, and women empowering schemes. Here are some of the schemes by the government of India for small businesses like a boutique:-

• Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana
• Capital Investment Subsidy
• National Small Industries Corporation 
• MUDRA Bank 
• Mahila Coir Yojana
• Government Women Entrepreneur Schemes

6. Spread Awareness via Online and Offline Platforms

It is important to market your boutique business. Spread awareness about the existence of the boutique. Otherwise, how will the target audience know about you? In today's world, small businesses like boutiques are using online platforms more than offline ones. The platform you choose depends on the target audience you cater to. Social media is the perfect option for enticing the young crowd towards your boutique. Instagram and Facebook are the most popular fashion advertisement formats.

Make a marketing strategy for your boutique business. Marketing your products, showcasing the store, and making the brand name noticeable will engage customers. Here are some marketing channels:- 

• Content marketing 
• Influencer marketing
• Organic social media marketing 
• Paid social media marketing 

Offline Marketing Strategies assist small businesses in attracting customers with visual appeal. Especially when it's a boutique business where the B2B model is followed. Here are a few of the offline strategies to help your business grow:-

• Local events

The Final Outlook

In the eye of an Indian Retailer, starting a boutique business needs an initial investment of around Rs 2 to 5 lakh. It is a profitable market space. There are various schemes provided by the government of India for starting a small business like a boutique. Opening a boutique business requires you to apply for necessary legal permits and allowances. Lastly, bring them to the target audience, making potential customers aware that the boutique is available in the market. 

What is a boutique?

A small specialized retail store often selling clothing, accessories, jewelry or other specialty items. 

How do I choose a location for opening a boutique store?

Demographics, footfall of customers, nearby competitors, easy accessibility of raw materials, and labor are a few common factors that should be catered to while opening a boutique store in a particular location. 

Which tier cities in India should I open a boutique store?

Tier I, II and III cities are the most efficient places to start a boutique business in India.

Which platforms can I use to market a boutique business?

Both online and offline marketing platforms are viable for starting a boutique business.

Over the past decade, India’s organic food retail landscape has experienced remarkable growth, driven by increasing consumer awareness, health and sustainability concerns, and government support for organic farming practices. Valued at over $1.5 billion in 2023, the Indian organic food market is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 20 percent, reaching approximately $9 billion by 2032. A key emerging player in this sector, with the potential to revolutionize the market, is plant-based foods.

The evolving demands of Indian consumers, influenced by health, environmental, and ethical considerations, are steering a significant shift towards plant-based alternatives. With around 30 percent of India’s population adhering to a vegetarian lifestyle, the market is ripe for the adoption of these alternatives.

Similarly, the increasing prevalence of lifestyle diseases, coupled with concerns about sustainability, is driving the global trend towards plant-based options. The COVID-19 pandemic further accelerated this demand, with consumers seeking organic food options, including plant-based products, to mitigate the risks of chronic diseases.

What Consumers Want

Plant-based milk, meat alternatives, and organic vegetables are becoming popular choices among health-conscious consumers. The environmental advantages of plant-based foods are also significant, as they are known to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, water usage, and land usage compared to animal-based diets.

The surge in demand for plant-based foods is largely driven by Millennials, Gen Z, and urban consumers, who prioritize sustainable and healthier food options. A 2023 survey revealed that 63 percent of Indian millennials are willing to pay a premium for sustainable products. Over the last few years, there has been a steady growth in the demand for plant-based meats, reflecting a strong market potential. Whether it’s the rising demand for plant-based milk alternatives and meat substitutes or vegan snacks and confectioneries, sustainable and healthier food options are what consumers want.

Golden Opportunity for Retailers 

Currently, the market is dominated by startups and small-scale players, highlighting a significant opportunity for those in the organic food retail market to cater to the evolving preferences of consumers. Innovation is crucial, particularly in research and development to introduce new and exciting plant-based products tailored to the Indian palate and nutritional needs.

Jackfruit-based meat alternatives, almond and soy-based dairy substitutes, and plant-based snacks are already gaining acceptance among Indian consumers. Expanding and diversifying product offerings to include a wider range of plant-based options is essential for retailers. Organic retailers are particularly well-positioned to capitalize on the demand, leveraging their expertise in sourcing and distribution.

Further, effective marketing strategies, including targeted campaigns, strategic merchandising, and strong branding, can help attract and retain customers. Collaborations with influencers, driven by the reach of social media, can significantly enhance the visibility and appeal of plant-based products, especially among younger, digitally-engaged consumers.

Getting Future-Ready

Globally, the plant-based food market was valued at $11.3 billion in 2023 and is projected to reach $35.9 billion by 2033. Although the market is niche in India at present, it has the potential to be a game-changer. Companies that successfully incorporate traditional Indian flavors and ingredients into their plant-based offerings are likely to resonate better with consumers who prioritize products that align with their values.

With access to locally sourced plant-based ingredients, such as legumes, cereals, fruits, and vegetables, organic retailers in India have a definite competitive advantage. This can translate to lower production costs, allowing them to offer competitively priced, plant-based products while maintaining their commitment to sustainability and ethical sourcing practices.

Building a robust supply chain is equally critical to ensure the availability and quality of plant-based products. Retailers need to establish strong partnerships with suppliers and manufacturers to secure a consistent supply of high-quality ingredients. This involves sourcing sustainable raw materials and adopting eco-friendly packaging solutions, aligning with the clean-label movement and appealing to environmentally conscious consumers.

Plant-based foods represent more than a passing fad; they signal a fundamental shift in consumer behavior that is reshaping the organic food retail landscape in India.

About the Author

Gaurav Manchanda, The Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World

• organic food

Marketers and consumers have long recognized the value of personalized experiences. Besides improving customer outcomes, it opens up revenue-generation opportunities for brands. McKinsey research found that those growing more rapidly compared to their peers attributed 40 percent more of their revenue to their personalization strategy. According to another McKinsey study, more than 70 percent of consumers anticipate personalized interaction and even tend to be discouraged by its absence.

Yet, in a world of imperfect data, such personalization attempts can often have the contrary impact. As a consumer, how often have we felt irked by unwanted ads as we browse online?  And wondered why we are served a financial product ad, as you click on a sleep-inducing music video on YouTube? Consumers are likely to feel overwhelmed and intruded upon when incessantly bombarded with seemingly customized recommendations. Stereotyping by inference and imposing irrelevant or insensitive content can come in the way of successful personalization.

What can marketers, publishers and consumers do, to fine-tune personalization attempts to remove negative, disruptive experiences that impede consumer’s continued engagement with the brand?

Customer-first, Cautious approach from marketers/brands

Personalization must hit the sweet spot of meeting specific customer preferences while never crossing the privacy line. Although achieving personalization non-intrusively might feel like a tough balancing act, the constant target for marketers must be to preserve the consumer-brand relationship. This can be achieved through empathy for the consumer in every situation.

Appropriate controls over inappropriate ad placements and constant review of consumer reactions, can avoid potential consumer backlash.

Here are some practices to help make personalization of consumer experiences non-intrusive:

Focusing on first-party data: Since 2018, data regulations have evolved and become more stringent. In keeping with this trend, the likes of Google phasing out third-party cookies in Chrome and first-party cookies coming into focus can be a blessing in disguise for brands. They can look at alternative ways to gather consumer data and make sure of the credentials of their first–party data sources.

Using storytelling that connects back to the customer: Today, storytelling and content that is well-timed and immersive finds more takers, even before marketers impose the brand image. Consumers increasingly prefer more experiential content rather than the push method used in cookies, ads, and targeting content thrust into their space. An already engaged customer has a low risk of alienation

Using tech to enable non-intrusive personalization: The evolving privacy laws, cookie banners, and ad blockers have impacted how advertising analytics is done. Instead, marketers can choose from a host of privacy-friendly tracking technologies that empower cookie-proof tracking, cohort analyses, and statistical modelling solutions. These are more sophisticated than conventional methods that rely mostly on cookies.

Weeding out the irritability factor: Inappropriate ad insertions can damage the brand reputation and must be quickly addressed by marketers. Consciously using consumer insights and social science expertise to understand trigger areas will help the brand avoid content that could be irritating, off-putting, or even offensive.

Emphasizing the overall consumer journey: Obsessing over insights on individual touchpoints can make it intrusive for consumers. Instead, brands should consider consumer perception, attitudes, and data analytics on overall buying patterns and propensity from their interactions in a holistic way.

Being transparent about how they use the data: Brands have the opportunity to build trust by disclosing their awareness and serious attention to their consumer’s privacy concerns and how it translates into policy. Being open about how they collect and intend to use the data will help improve the trust factor and chances of consent from the consumer for their stated purpose.

As consumers, we can make choices too – taking care to set appropriate privacy settings including ad blockers, leveraging browsers that are inherently more privacy friendly, choosing paid subscriptions  (e.g. for YouTube) and regularly reviewing and unsubscribing to content we no longer want.

Publishers, especially those media houses that rely on ad revenues, can do well to reduce ad insertions and limit flashing pop-ups.

The consumer holds the final choice but can be much aided by the marketers.

Andal Alwan, VP - Consumer, Retail and Logistics for APAC, Infosys.

• Customer Experience

In India, alcohol is preferred in every situation whether you are celebrating or want to end a stressful day. Alcohol which everyone should avoid is driving the Indian market crazy with an estimated value of  $ 11.7 billion in 2024. But people in India have a diverse taste and hence different people prefer different tastes. Some people prefer soothing beer for fun and some want strong beer . Here we prepare a list of the top 10 beers with the highest alcohol percentage beer in India to find out some of the strong beer brands which drive the market crazy.  Are you ready to discover the best beer brands in India?

List of Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India

1. bro code.

2. Kingfisher 

4. Carlsberg 

5. Godfather 

6. Haywards 

7. Budweiser 

8. Bira 91 

9. Bad Monkey

10. bee young.

Here is the list of the top 10 beer brands with maximum alcohol. Know more about the brands to understand why they are the strongest beer brands in India.

Bro Code , the strongest beer brand, the brainchild of Indospirit Beverages launched in 2018. It is a product for the modern generation, the youth who love strong and you-can-feel-it beer. The ABV of Bro Code is 15 percent separates it from others due to its feisty flavors and a top brand label. The brand began in India and has its administrative offices in New Delhi. Bro Code plans to gain young audiences through digital platforms and various other methods, involving influencer partnerships and social media to amplify fan engagement. Bro code has other variants which include Bro Code 10 and Bro Code Club Soda.  

Read More: Top 10 Red Wine Brands in India

2. Kingfisher

Kingfisher , one of the strongest beer brands in India and worldwide, crowned as the "King of Good Times” is manufactured by United Breweries Group. The brand was relaunched in 1978 by Vijay Mallya headquartered in Bengaluru, and holds a market share of over 36%. The pool where the beer Kingfisher Strong comes with 8 percent ABV is a beer brand with a reputation worth the taste and the mainstay of the Indian beer market. Kingfisher Storm is another strong beer variant of them which has the same ABV of 8 percent. Every batch of the beer goes through the same rigorous process to make it full-bodied, flavorful, and crisp beer with a distinct aftertaste. Other popular strong variants of this brand include Kingfisher Ultra Max and Kingfisher Blue with the same ABV. The brand promotion is done by representational TV commercials all over the country, and the sponsorship of sporting events like IPL. Kingfisher is available in 60+ countries across the globe. It is associated with Heineken which augments its portfolio with stellar products of global repute.

Simba is a strong beer brand and its Brewery has been serving local beer with a new look since 2016. The brand was co-founded by Ishwaraj Bhatia. Simba Strong with 5.5 percent ABV and Simba Stout with 7 percent ABV are one of the strongest beers brewed in the country and are based in Chhattisgarh. They are well-liked for their recognizable taste and branding. The brewery developed a strategy that includes funny content on social media, booths at craft beer festivals, and partnering with some of the trendiest bars and restaurants to get brand recognition in the global market. 

4. Carlsberg

Carlsberg Elephant, a strong beer variant from the Carlsberg Group, was established in 1847 by J.C. Jacobsen. The beer is a good option for those who love robust flavors. This beer with its ABV of 7.20 percent is a commemorative product of Denmark with its origin in Copenhagen . The Carlsberg brand is the one that defines the term "global branding”. It has become a premium event sponsor using a global approach that not only promotes beer labels but succeeds in bringing partners together. Carlsberg has more than 140 associated brands with the likes of 1664, Tuborg and others, in their beer portfolio. Carlsberg spans core beer brands, craft & speciality and alcohol free brews. Other variants of the brand include Carlsberg lager which has less alcohol content of up to 5 percent. 

5. Godfather

Godfather, the famous beer brand by Devans Modern Breweries Ltd ., is the owner of three strong variants. The Brewery was established in 1961 by Dewan Gian Chand in Jammu, India . Godfather Super 8 contains 8 percent ABV and is the top choice for those drinkers who like the strong flavor. It also comes with a variant named Godfather Legendary which has 7.2 percent ABV, while the last variant is Godfather Premium with 6.5 percent ABV. The production department of the beer's manufacturer pays attention to the promotion of various products in the region, the organization, and the sponsorship of local events in this region, and the carefully directed advertisement in the primary markets. 

6. Haywards

Haywards 5000 from the stables of SABMiller (now owned by AB InBev) has been the champion of the Indian strong beer market since the 1970s. Haywards 5000 was launched by Sir Anthony William Byrd Haywards in India. The beer has carved a niche for itself with its bold alcohol content of 7%. The brand is also popularly identified with Haywards 2000 which is another variant popular in the Indian market. The brand promotion is obtained by the two mediums: mass media commercials and outreach programs done in various regions. In addition, Haywards 5000 is also involved in organizing sporting events as promoters. The parent company AB InBev is associated with brands like Budweiser, Corona Extra and Stella Artois .

7. Budweiser

Budweise r is one of the most popular beer brands in the world and was first introduced in 1876 by Carl Conrad . It is a brand of the Belgian brewing company AB InBev. Budweiser Magnum Strong, which is a strong beer variant of the Budweiser brand, is popular among beer lovers and is a well-known beer in India with an ABV of 8 percent. Budweiser's main marketing practices revolve around top-flight advertising through high-profile event sponsorships. AB InBev advertises the Budweiser brand heavily, spending $449 million in 2012 in the United States alone, making it one of the most advertised brands worldwide. Other popular products of Budweiser in India include Budweiser lager which has less alcohol content and has a segment of non-alcoholic products as well. 

Bira 91 , is a renowned beer brand from B9 Beverages Pvt. Ltd. known for strong beer in India. The brand was introduced in 2015 by founder Ankur Jain. Bira 91 is headquartered in New Delhi and it holds 4% of the market share. Bira Gold Wheat Strong beer has an ABV of 8% and is brewed with the choicest golden wheat from India and caramel malts from Europe,   imparting a hint of honey sweetness with a toasted malty flavor. Bira 91 Blonde Lager, a new product, became instantly viral because of its flavor and creative promotion and has an ABV of 8  percent. Furthermore, its line-up also includes Bira 91 Premium. Bira 91 has an energetic social media presence with fun on-brand collaborations. Bira 91 is now available in 24 countries and around 31k outlets. Other popular products include Bira 91 Light, Bira 91 White, and Bira 91 Classic which has a lower alcohol content of less than 5 percent.

Bad Monkey , known for its strong beer, is owned by Sinq Beverages Inc, founded by Rohan Khare in 2018 . It is a manufacturer and marketer of strong beer loved by consumers in India. The brand is mostly available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Chandigarh and exports to countries like Australia, New Zealand and in the Middle East. Bad Monkey is a late addition brand in the Indian beer market. Sort of an odd man out, Bad Monkey has a liquor content of 8 percent in the Bad Monkey Strong Beer variant. It also comes with another variant o f Bad Monkey Tamed beer which has an ABV of 5 percent. The company uses advertising that is innovative and unconventional, guerrilla marketing tactics and is strong in digital space to get to more people. 

Earlier in News:  Bad Monkey Beer Makes Official Entry into Uttar Pradesh

Bee Young is a beer brand produced by Kimaya Himalayan Beverages LLP and founded by Abhinav Jindal in 2018. It is identified by its silk texture and appealing logo, and is a popular brand among beer-lovers in India. Bee Young has a beer with an ABV of 7.2 percent, with brewing facilities in New Delhi. Bee Young uses lifestyle marketing that utilizes social media to advertise music and cultural festivals in connection with its target audience. The brand is mainly brewed in Delhi, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh and Punjab and is available in 100+ locations in PAN India and is expanding. Other brands of Kimaya Himalayan Beverages include Yavira.

At Indian Retailer, we are showcasing top Indian strong beer brands like Bro Code, Kingfisher Strong, Simba, and Bira 91 that can meet diverse consumer preferences for the HoReCa industry. It enhances the market presence and ensures consistent demand. 

FQAs on Top 10 Strong Beer Brands in India

1. Which beer drink is strongest?

Bro Code is the strongest beer in India and Brewmeister Snake Venom is currently recognised as the strongest beer in the World.

2. Which beer is costly?

The Belgian Stella Artois is also one of the most expensive beers in India. The luxury beer costs around Rs 325-345.

3. What is Whisky beer called?

Bulleit Boilermaker is called Whisky beer. 

4. What does 90 percent of beer contain?

Water comprises 90-95% of beer, playing a crucial role as both a primary ingredient and a major influence on the beer's flavor and quality. The mineral content of water can significantly alter the taste of beer, leading breweries to meticulously adjust water chemistry to craft specific beer styles.

5. What is the best beer in the world?

Russian River Supplication Beer is considered the best beer in the world by connoisseurs. It is a delicate blend of Belgian bitter and sour ales with fruity aromas of raisins, currants, and cherries. The flavor has been described as both tart and sweet, with a slight oakiness that gives way to a dry finish.

Check More Articles:

To 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List

Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

Top 10 Beer Brands in India Under Rs 400: Sip Without Splurging

Innovation is not just a necessity — it's the cornerstone of success. Enter BB Matrix, the all-in-one SaaS-based supply chain platform developed by BigBasket, a TATA Enterprise. Launched amidst a burgeoning global demand for supply chain management software, BB Matrix promises to offer comprehensive visibility across the entire supply chain to enterprises worldwide. The platform is set to reshape how businesses handle their supply chains, providing real-time updates, swiftly identifying bottlenecks, and empowering data-driven decision-making to build resilient supply chains.

The launch of BB Matrix could not be timelier. According to a Gartner report, global annual SCM software spending is projected to reach $62 billion by 2028, up from $29 billion in 2023, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 16.3 percent. Spearheaded by Hari Menon, Co-Founder and CEO, BigBasket, and Rakshit Daga, Chief Product and Technology Officer, BB Matrix is designed to deliver next-generation supply chain solutions that cut costs and boost productivity.

"The SaaS-based solution has made it possible to reduce transportation costs by nearly 50 percent, lower lead times by around 60 percent, and ensure up to 100 percent supply chain visibility with its cutting-edge solutions," said Manish Mishra, Head of Sales & Marketing, BB Matrix.

Comprehensive Support and Global Reach

BB Matrix offers configuration and optimization, seamless data integration with over 150 ERP, CRM, and POS tools, and flawless migration for its customers. This holistic approach positions BB Matrix as a singular, expert solution provider tailored for the modern supply chain landscape.

One of the standout features of BB Matrix is its adaptability to changing market conditions. Whether forecasting inventory, managing stock replenishment, storage, payments, delivery, or handling returns, the platform provides real-time updates and helps in identifying bottlenecks swiftly. This enables users to make data-driven decisions, crucial for building resilient supply chain processes.

"BB Matrix brings to the table a vast infrastructure and network globally with a nearly 99.1 percent on-time delivery record," Mishra noted. "This helps our clients deliver an excellent customer experience and achieve optimal outcomes in their supply chain operations."

The Genesis of BB Matrix

The inception of BB Matrix is a fascinating story of innovation within a thriving enterprise. "It's kind of a startup within a startup," Mishra explained. "With BigBasket's operations expanding, we realized the potential of providing our advanced technology as a service to the external world. This led to the SaaSification of our product stack, transforming it from a monolithic form to a scalable, cloud-based solution."

This journey began a couple of years ago, starting with the technological foundation and gradually moving towards a go-to-market strategy, which has been largely product-led. The development of BB Matrix was driven by a clear market need for a unified SaaS platform for supply chain management. "Efficiency was a big item on the list for many organizations we spoke to," Mishra clarified. "With increasing competition, there was a pressing need to enhance efficiency and customer experience. That's where we saw an opportunity to step in."

Salient Features and Unique Technologies

BB Matrix is a cloud-based platform hosted on AWS, offering three primary modules within the supply chain software portfolio: warehouse management system, transport management system, and order management system. These modules cover supply chain execution and, to some extent, sourcing and procurement.

"Our focus is on efficiency around warehouse operations, order management, and transport management," Mishra highlighted. "Ease of deployment and integration with third-party tools are also critical features our customers look for."

A significant advantage of BB Matrix is its off-the-shelf customization capabilities. "Based on our customers' needs, we've ensured that the platform addresses key gaps in servicing, visibility, and tracking," Mishra said. "Our goal is to offer a product that meets 80-90 percent of our customers' needs out-of-the-box, requiring minimal customization."

Addressing Key Supply Chain Challenges

BB Matrix tackles traditional problem areas in supply chain management head-on. "Productivity is a major focus, alongside competitive pressure and customer satisfaction," Mishra explained. "A cloud-enabled product like BB Matrix reduces capex and keeps technology up-to-date, addressing scalability challenges effectively."

While BB Matrix starts with a strong focus on the Indian market, its ambitions are global. "We're catering to retail, e-commerce, manufacturing, logistics, and transportation sectors," Mishra said. "Our aim is to stabilize our operations in India and then expand into emerging markets in Southeast Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and eventually the US. The platform is capable of offering its solutions in international markets like the US, Middle East, Southeast Asia, and Africa regions as well," Mishra added. "This global reach sets us apart in the industry."

Expectations and Market Impact

With a well-tested product and a growing market, BB Matrix has high expectations for the future. "The supply chain market is growing phenomenally, with high double-digit growth rates," Mishra noted. "Our expectation is to achieve triple-digit million-dollar revenues in the next three to five years and make significant inroads into international markets."

BB Matrix is poised to revolutionize supply chain management with its innovative, SaaS-based platform. By offering comprehensive support, real-time efficiency, and global reach, BB Matrix is set to meet the evolving needs of modern enterprises and drive significant improvements in supply chain operations.

• Supply Chain Management

Smartphone prices are skyrocketing all over the world. In such a scenario, Lava International Ltd. is shaking things up with their Blaze X Series by focusing on affordability, premium design, and value for money, while meeting the needs of a diverse consumer base. Sunil Raina, Managing Director, Lava, gives Indian Retailer an exclusive look at how this new series is set to redefine value in the sub-Rs 30,000 segment. Get ready to be amazed by the groundbreaking features and thoughtful design that make Blaze X a game-changer for budget-conscious consumers.

The Blaze X Vision

According to Raina, Lava identified a significant gap in the market for smartphones priced below Rs 30,000. He explains, "If you scan the smartphone market today, you'll notice that unique features are often reserved for higher price segments. We believe there's a large consumer base, primarily below the Rs 30,000 price point, that deserves access to advanced technology. Their aspirations need to be met just as much as those of high-end consumers."

This philosophy led to the creation of Blaze X, a smartphone series designed to bring premium features to an affordable price bracket. Raina proudly states, "Blaze X is going to be the first smartphone with a curved display in the sub-Rs 15,000 category. It will feature an in-display fingerprint sensor, a high-quality chipset, and an exquisite design that looks and feels expensive."

Premium Design without the Premium Price

One of the key differentiators of the Blaze X series is its aesthetic appeal. Raina criticizes the industry norm of making lower-priced phones look less attractive to push consumers towards more expensive models. He says, "We have a clear principle that people must get their money's worth. Aesthetics and build quality don't have to cost a fortune. Our phones, whether priced at Rs 7,000 or Rs 25,000 rupees, all look premium and offer the best build quality available."

Lava's commitment to providing excellent value is evident in every aspect of the latest series. Raina emphasizes, "It's important to recognize that someone buying Rs 7,000 device values their money just as much, if not more, than someone spending Rs 40,000 or Rs 50,000. We're dedicated to offering the best value to all our consumers."

Check out LAVA Blaze X Key Features

The smartphone features a 16.94 cm (6.67”) 120 Hz Curved AMOLED Display with a punch-hole design for an immersive experience.

• It boasts a 64MP + 2MP rear camera with a Sony sensor and a 16MP front camera, offering modes like Dual View Video, Film, Pro Video, Slow Motion, Timelapse, UHD, GIF, Beauty, HDR, Night, Portrait, AI, Pro, Panorama, Filters, Macro, and AI Emoji.
• Powered by the latest MediaTek Dimensity 6300 processor with AnTuTu 420K+, the smartphone offers three RAM options (4GB+4GB, 6GB+6GB, 8GB+8GB) and 128GB UFS 2.2 storage for smooth multitasking and ample space.
• Blaze X includes a 5000mAh battery, Type C port, and 33W Fast charging.

Catering to Diverse Markets

The Blaze X series is not just about affordability; it's also about accessibility. Raina highlights the different market dynamics, explaining, "Lower-end price points are typically more popular in rural areas and Tier II and III cities, while higher-end phones are more prevalent in urban areas. For instance, our Agni 2 model was very popular in metro cities, whereas our Rs 7,000 models are more popular in rural regions."

Lava's strategy is to ensure that their products reach every corner of the country. With a distribution network of 950 distributors and over 120,000 retailers, they have one of the largest market presences in India. Raina mentions, "We have built an automated platform connecting all our retailers and distributors, giving us direct visibility of each and every operator."

As far as their online-offline sales ratio is concerned, they are about 65 percent offline and 35 percent online, with a tie-up with Amazon. “Three years back, we used to be about 5 percent online and 95 percent offline. Now that has shifted dramatically, and we are bridging that gap,” he says.

Competing in a Crowded Market

The smartphone industry is fiercely competitive, but Lava is well-prepared to stand out. Raina notes, "Our industry has never had a shortage of competition. When we started, there were over 200 brands in the market. Today, we are the only Indian brand remaining, competing with global giants."

Lava's focus on providing the best value to consumers has been a key factor in their success. Raina states, "The battle is about who can give consumers the best value. Our view of best value is ensuring that every device we release offers full value to the consumer, regardless of the price point."

Commitment to Security and Updates

In today's digital age, security is paramount. Lava ensures that their devices are secure by using the Android operating system and regularly providing security updates. Raina explains, "We promise updates and upgrades for each device and fulfill that promise. While other brands may focus on high-end devices, we ensure that even our lower-priced models receive regular updates, reducing vulnerability."

 Lava's ambitious plans include exploring IPO options and raising capital to further invest in research and development and marketing. Raina is optimistic about the future, stating, "India is set to become the manufacturing hub for the world. With initiatives like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for components, the opportunities are immense. We believe that the next decade will be crucial for the manufacturing sector in India."

With ambitious plans for expansion and a commitment to providing the best value, Lava is poised to make a significant impact in the market. As Sunil Raina aptly puts it, "We believe our people deserve the best, and we're here to deliver just that."

• Cheapest Smartphone
• Smartphone Industry
• brand expanding in tier II III cities

A scotch can be called a whisky but a whisky cannot be called a scotch . Want to know more about scotch whisky ? Did you know that all the scotch whisky must be made in Scotland by law? Here are the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India. 

Scotch Whisky is the largest export segment for Scotland, with millions of bottles being shipped around the globe each year! It must be matured in oak casks in Scotland made from malted barley for three years as per the Scotch Whisky Association, established in 1912 to watch over the production and labeling of scotch whisky.

Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India

Discover the top 10 scotch whisky brands in India, and gather all the Information you Need!

1. Glenlivet

Glenlivet, a scotch whisky brand was started by George Smith in 1824 with the Glenlivet being the main range of single malt scotch whisky. It goes through the process of malting, milling, mashing, fermenting, distilling and maturing. This scotch whisky is made in Livet Valley, Scotland. The brand became a part of the Pernod Ricard group, the Chivas brothers subsidiary.

Top 4 Glenlivet Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi

2. Monkey Shoulder

Monkey Shoulder, a scotch and whisky brand owned by William Grant & Sons since 1887, originated in Scotland. The name ‘Monkey Shoulder’ came from the traditional process of whisky making. Way back malters would have strain injuries which led their hands to hang down like a monkey. It was the third best-selling scotch whisky brand in 2023. It comes from the Balvenie, Glenfiddich and Kininvie distilleries. (Source: Wikipedia)

Monkey Shoulder Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

3. Black and White 

Black and White, a scotch and whisky brand was started by James Buchanan, through a London whisky brokerage in 1879. He found that whisky was believed to be harsh and saw a chance to sell something smooth. He used the finest molten grain whisky from Dalwhinnie, Clynelish and Glen Dullan. A balanced content was made in the Buchanan blend with the mixture of these. Later it was renamed as ‘Black and White’. Diageo owns the brand now. This scotch whisky is produced in Scotland. 

Black and White Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi  

Chivas , a scotch and whisky brand, was founded by John and James Chivas in the rural Scottish Highlands. It has had its distillery since 1789 called the Strathisla. This scotch whisky brand is popular due to its smoothness and taste of Speyside malt. The Chivas scotch whisky range is matured between 10-25 years. Pernod Ricard has been the parent company since 2001. 

Chivas Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

5. 100 Pipers

100 Pipers, a scotch whisky brand, produces its product with a blended mixture of 25-30 fine malt whiskies. It has been a part of Pernod Richard since 2001. The brand name was adapted from a ballad of ‘the hundred pipers’ which explains the store of pipers of a troop commanded by Bonnie Prince Charlie, in a battle. It was started by Jimmy Lang and Chivas brothers and Alan Baillie in 1965.

Top 2 100 Pipers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi   

6. Johnnie Walker

Jonnie Walker, a scotch whisky brand, has a great story. John Walker as a teenager started the distillery, grocery and wine segment when his father died. Slowly, he began to focus on whisky exclusively. It originated from Kilmarnock, Ayrshire in Scotland, and was passed on to his son and later to his grandson. Now the company is owned by Diageo.

Top 5 Johnnie Walker Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi  

7. Black Dog

Black Dog is a blended scotch whisky producer established in 1883. It was blended and bottled by James Mackinlay. It is now produced by the Indian Beverage Company United Spirits Limited (USL), a subsidiary of Diageo. Since 1992 it has been bottled and marketed in India.

Top 3 Black Dog Scotch Whisky Range in Certain Parts of Delhi

8. Teachers 

Teachers is a scotch whisky brand started by William Teachers. After the Excise Act in 1823 William got the opportunity to sell whisky in his grocery store. He obtained a legal allowance to create and sell self-made whiskies in his shop. Years passed and his sons and grandsons held the legacy and became William Teachers & Sons Ltd. In 2011 Fortune Brands acquired Teachers and made it into Beam Inc. In 2014, Suntory bought Beam, forming Beam Suntory.

Top 2 Teachers Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

9. Ballantine

Ballantine, a scotch whisky brand, started in 1836 when a Scottish greengrocer named George Ballantine turned to the art of whiskies. He started marketing his hand-selected malts. He first started his grocery with just shakes and ended up being the top scotch whisky brand around the globe. It provides blended scotch whisky from the most renowned whisky regions in Scotland which are Speyside, Highlands, Islay and Lowlands. It became a part of the Pernod Ricard Group in 2005. 

Top 3 Ballantine Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi 

Vat 69 is a scotch whisky brand that was started in Leith, Scotland by William Sanderson in 1839. He owned his own alcohol business in 1863. To make it perfect, William developed 100 different vatting of whiskies for expert testing. The number 69 came from the chosen number of vatting by the experts. Hence the brand name ‘Vat 69’. Today it is owned by Diageo and is produced in Scotland. 

Top-rated Vat 69 Scotch Whisky Range in Delhi

From the Indian Retailers' view, Scotch Whisky has a special place in the global market of spirits products, differentiating itself and appealing to sophisticated consumers all over the world by being made following strict regulations that are based on time-honored Scottish methods of production. 

Which are the top 3 scotch whisky brands in India?

Glenfiddich 12, Chivas Regal 12, and Johnnie Walker Black Label are the best scotch whisky brands in India. 

What factors are required before purchasing a scotch whisky?

Price, age, range and flavor are the top four factors that should be considered before purchasing a scotch whisky.

What are the main types of scotch whisky?

Single malt scotch whisky, single grain scotch whisky, blended malt scotch whisky, blended grain scotch whisky and blended scotch whisky are the main four types of scotch whisky in the market. 

What are the common scotch whisky regions in Scotland?

Speyside, Highlands, Islay, Lowlands and Campbeltown are the main regions in Scotland. 

In a spectacular display of business acumen, Mango has set a new benchmark with the highest revenue in its 40-year history, raking in over 1.543 billion euros in the first six months of the year. This marks a 6.3 percent increase compared to the same period last year, showcasing the brand's relentless upward trajectory despite facing challenges like climate impacts, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical tensions.

The secret behind Mango's soaring success? A series of blockbuster collections that have captivated customers worldwide. Mango’s collections and value proposition, meticulously designed in Barcelona, have been exceptionally well received. From the much-anticipated collaboration with fashion icon Victoria Beckham for its Woman line to an exclusive partnership with Italian tailoring powerhouse Boglioli for Mango Man, the brand has consistently delivered on quality and innovation. These new capsule collections, alongside fresh editions of its Capsule and Selection lines, have not only reinforced Mango's commitment to aspirational style but also resonated deeply with fashion enthusiasts.

Unstoppable Sales across All Business Lines

Mango's diverse business lines have all seen remarkable growth. Mango Man has emerged as a star performer with a jaw-dropping 21 percent increase in sales. Meanwhile, Mango Kids and Teen have recorded impressive growth of over 11 percent. The Woman line, the backbone of Mango's business, has achieved a slight but significant growth of 4 percent, securing the highest revenue for a six-month period in the company's history and accounting for a whopping 79 percent of total revenue.

Toni Ruiz, CEO, Mango, expressed his pride in the company's achievements. "In a very competitive environment, the company has achieved the best six months in its history, with growth above the market average. The excellent performance in revenue during the first half of the year reinforces our commitment to our value proposition, our business model and the international expansion plan with which we want to continue to inspire the world with our passion for fashion," he stated.

Global Domination 

With a presence in over 115 markets, Mango's international business now accounts for more than 78 percent of the group's total revenue. The top-performing regions include Spain, France, Turkey, Germany, and the US. The brand's aggressive expansion strategy has led to 57 net store openings in the first half of the year, bringing the total to 2,743 stores worldwide. By the end of 2024, Mango aims to surpass 2,800 stores, a testament to its ambitious growth plans.

Mango's expansion is nothing short of impressive. In the US, the brand is opening more stores than initially planned, with new locations in Pennsylvania, Massachusetts, and Virginia, as well as a strengthened presence in California and New York. In Spain, around twenty new stores are set to open, particularly for the Mango Teen line, with a new Teen store already making waves at Passeig de Gracia in Barcelona.

The UK market is also a key focus, with plans for over twenty new stores this year, including first-time ventures into cities in Northern Ireland and central and southern England. London has already welcomed its first international Mango Teen store.

Italy is another hotspot for Mango's expansion, with more than fifteen new stores slated to open, pushing the total number of stores in the country past one hundred. Key cities like Rome, Bologna, Genoa, and Verona are seeing significant investments, including a new flagship store in Rome's Alberto Sordi shopping gallery and a revamped iconic store in Milan's Galleria del Corso.

Physical and Online Channels Flourish

Mango's physical channel growth has been bolstered by not just new store openings but also a significant double-digit growth in Like-for-Like (LxL) sales. Meanwhile, the online channel continues to perform robustly, with slight growth over the same period last year. Online sales now represent approximately 33 percent of the group's total revenue, a figure that far exceeds industry competitors.

Celebrating its 40th anniversary in 2024, Mango has unveiled a bold new Strategic Plan named 4E, outlining the business priorities until 2026. The four pillars of the 4E Plan—Elevate, Expand, Earn, and Empower—will drive the company towards its ambitious goals, including surpassing 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. Central to this plan is a reinforced value proposition and a strategic expansion that envisions the opening of over 500 stores in the next three years.

Mango closed a record 2023 financial year with revenue exceeding 3.1 billion euros. As the company now pushes forward with its 4E Strategic Plan, the goal is clear: exceed 4 billion euros in revenue by 2026. With its eyes firmly set on the future, Mango continues to inspire the fashion world, setting new standards and breaking records with each passing day. Stay tuned as this fashion juggernaut continues its unstoppable ascent!

• retail revenue
• retail expansion

Everyone has shoes in their wardrobe, and people like buying good shoes. Therefore starting a shoe business can be an exciting and rewarding venture, but there is always a right strategy to kick start, the perfect push, isn't it? To assist you on h ow to start a shoe business , here is a 14-step hands-on guide that will describe the path for your entrepreneur journey. 

14 Steps to Starting a Shoe Business

Starting a shoe business involves careful planning and execution. Here are 14 steps to guide you through the process:

Step 1. Research Your Market

Engagement, Awareness and Analysis of  the Market:

• Conduct Surveys: gathering information about the market, audience wants and demands is essential. In today's technology there are various ways to collect information, using online tools like Google Forms or SurveyMonkey can help you gain customer insights. 
• Analyze Competitors: One must know their competitors. Thorough research on what the other shoe brands are doing, their performance, their market information, and whether there are any gaps that you are missing. Understand the strategies of successful shoe brands and improvise yours. 
• Attend Trade Shows: Engaging with industry experts is crucial, make your networking, and gain knowledge about the shoe industry in your country. Recognize and integrate with a first-hand look at upcoming trends. 

Tip : Create an online survey and share it on social media to gather initial feedback. Use this data to refine your shoe business concept.

Step 2. Define Your Niche 

Spot Your Target Audience:

• Demographics: Age, gender, location, and income level are the key elements to define and understand your target audience. This will help you to dedicate your product to a specific customer making it resonate with them. 
• Interests and Lifestyles: Who are you designing and manufacturing for? What type of shoe needs to be made for what type of audience? Get answers to these questions, whether you want to produce a show for an athlete, a fashion admirer or a corporate audience. For instance, if your shoe business is for an athlete, then design your product accordingly, make it a high-performance running shoe, soft foot strike and other features. 

Tip : Develop customer personas. Give them names and backstories to better visualize and cater to their needs.

Step 3. Brand Identity

Build a Strong Brand Identity :

• Name and Logo: A memorable and unique name and logo can add a lot of value to your shoe business. It catches the eye of a consumer. 
• Visual Elements: Making the right choice of color scheme, the typography in the logo and content and the images is a great way to attract customers. The logo and brand name should have the right balance of colors and readable typography.
• Brand Story: The narration of your brand story builds a connection between the target audience and your brand. A compelling storytelling that resonates. Honesty and achievements should be a part of the storytelling. Mark the milestones. For example: Nike’s “swoosh” logo is instantly recognizable and symbolizes speed and motion.

Tip: Use a free logo maker tool like Canva to experiment with designs. Share your top choices with friends and family for feedback.

Step 4. Plan Out Your Business

Components of a Business Plan:

• Executive Summary: Answers to why, what, who, where and how of the shoe business will bring an objective to your brand. Make an overview of the business.
• Marketing Strategy: Develop and improve the marketing plan as per the trends. Customers want something new and niche, adapt to a plan that can retain and entice your customers. 

Tip: There are tons of business plan websites that can make a template for you according to your needs. Small Business Administration (SBA) is a well-known website in India. 

Step 5. Secure Funding                 

Explore Funding Options: Know What Suits You!

• Bootstrapping: It is the most popular option for starting a shoe business. It means building your brand from scratch with owner finances without external capital. It provides full ownership and eliminates the payment of interest, dividends and external investors.
• Bank Loans: Secure funding option from a financial institute that can be used in purchasing inventory, storefront and manufacturing. A bank provides a lump sum amount that needs to be repaid with interest but mostly for a business loan banks give long-period repayment. 
• Crowdfunding: It is a recent and upcoming option to raise your funding to start a business. It means a practice of raising money by a large number of people who would like to invest small or big amounts. It usually happens on online platforms, Kickstarter and IndieGoGo are the top crowdfunding websites. 

Tip : Create a crowdfunding campaign video that tells your story and explains why people should support your venture.

Step 6. Manufacturing of the Products

Design and production:

• Sketch Designs: A developed and researched design information is put down on a piece of paper. Make sketches, and translate the gathered knowledge on what type of shoes is the company making. 
• Create Prototypes: Make a rough outlined duplicate of your shoe. A show sample can assist in rectifying the little details are are left. Ensuring the sample is correct as per the expectation, then master the final product.
• Test for Quality: Certainty in the quality, durability, comfort and style of the shoe is a must. Make sure the shoe has all the elements that are required like lace, sole or color.

Note: The development process for a running shoe will differ significantly from that of a high-heeled shoe in terms of materials and design.

Tip: Gather feedback from customers and improve. The sketches can be shared with potential customers on online mediums like social media or via email.

Step 7. Managing Supply Chain

Establish a Reliable Supply Chain:

• Source Materials supplier: Building and maintaining a strong relationship with suppliers benefits the brand in procurement, and responsible products, ensuring quality, delivery, and sustainability. Do not depend on one supplier, diversify. 
• Manufacturing: Reduce risk factors and resolve common challenges in the manufacturing process. Partner with reputable suppliers.
• Logistics: Adopt and plan your inventory, and how to transport your products from the factory to your storage facility or directly to customers. Implement ABC analysis and Embrace Just-in-time inventory.

Tip: Trello is a reputed supply chain and inventory company. 

Step 8. Register Your Business

Legal Requirements:

• Choose a Business Model: Decide if you want to start with a retail store, or through e-commerce or Omnichannel (retail store as well as online presence). If the budget is open to a large investment a retail store is the right call. If the budget allows low investment e-commerce is the best.
• Register Your Business Name: Make your shoe brand authentic to gain the confidence of your customers. Choose a business structure, for instance, sole proprietorship, partnership, LLC or corporation. 

Step 9. Set Up Your Storefront or an Online Presence

Ways of Selling : 

• Brick-and-Mortar Store: A retail store in a specific location where customers have the comfort of testing and trying the shoe. 
• E-commerce Website: Use online applications and websites like Amazon, Flipkart or Myntra etc. Online presence has a wider reach ability to gain the attention of the audience. 

Step 10. Marketing Strategy

Promote Your Brand: 

• Social Media Marketing: Today the most popular marketing platforms are social media. Build a presence on Instagram and Facebook to showcase the footwear. It is best for making a large number of audiences aware of your shoe business. 
• Influencer Collaborations: Influencer marketing is when you partner with social media influencers or even celebrities with a huge number of followers, to advertise your footwear brand.
• Email Campaigns: Newsletters have a dual advantage, it makes consumers aware of the brand as well as bring the innovative upgrades seen. keep the audience updated with new arrivals and promotions. 

Tip: Hootsuite is a common and well-rated website for managing social media posts, and stories with cost efficiency. 

Step 11. Launch Your Business

Plan Your Launch:

• Pre-Launch Hype: Make a tease about your footwear in the market. Encourage customers through marketing strategies before the launch. Use social media, and offline advertisements like billboards and merchandising. 
• Launch Event: Host an event online or offline. Make the store an e-commerce presence seen in the market. 
• Exclusive Offers: To engage and entice the customers, avail with offers, discounts, and coupons.

Tip: Live stream your launch event on social media to engage with a broader audience.

Step 12. Manage Inventory

Efficient Inventory Management:

• Inventory Management System: For a successful operation consider investing in a reliable inventory management system. The software must manage the stock levels, sales performance, and generate real-time reports. 
• Set Par Levels: Ensure stock-ins and stock-outs. Manage with balance for dealing with minimal quantities for each footwear to ensure it is never out of stock. 

Tip: QuickBooks is a website to integrate inventory management with your accounting system.

Step 13. Provide Excellent Customer Service

Customer Experience:

• Sizing Guides: Help customers choose the right size, acknowledge the feedback and improve.
• Personalized Recommendations: Suggest and customize products based on customer preferences. It builds trust and confidence from a customer's perspective towards your brand. 
• Easy Returns: Offer hassle-free returns to build trust. Certain coupons or discounts can be made available for dissatisfied customers, generating a want for customers to come back. 

Tip: Implement a live chat feature on your website to assist customers in real-time.

Step 14. Plan Future

Stay Ahead of the Curve:

• Monitor Trends: Keep upgrading and follow the latest footwear trends and technology 
• Collect Feedback: Regularly ask customers for their opinions. 
• Adapt Quickly: Be ready to pivot your strategy based on market changes.

Tip: Use Google Analytics to track your website’s performance and gain insights into customer behavior.

Final Thoughts

In the Indian retailer's eye, omnichannel presence is gaining heights for a startup. A business must choose the right path in the business model. E-commerce and retailing strategies influence the usual shopping experience still liked by the majority. Retailers are now integrating physical and digital mediums into omnichannel presence to expand their customer base. It is important to combine e-commerce and traditional retail, it was revealed that 73 percent of consumers incorporate multiple channels in their shopping. 

Is the shoe business profitable?

Yes, the shoe business can be profitable. Different types of shoe businesses have different cost structures and profit margins. For example, a retail shoe store has a profit margin of approximately 20% to 30%, whereas a wholesale shoe distributor has a profit margin of about 35% due to lower costs of goods sold​.

What are the most popular types of shoes demanded in the market?

The top 3 types of market-demanded shoes are - casual footwear, formal footwear, and customized footwear.

What is the minimum investment for a footwear business?

The minimum investment to start a footwear business typically ranges from Rs. 8 lakhs to Rs. 20 lakhs. This amount covers essential costs such as renting a space, purchasing inventory, business registration, and initial marketing efforts.

The ones responsible for the high amounts of market value in India and rapid growth among all others are Supermarkets and Hypermarkets. It's expected that in 2026 the retail market value of India will reach $1.7 trillion, with super and hypermarkets being important drivers of it. The retail giants in addition not only revolutionized the shopping experience but also completely changed consumer behavior and the economy. It is most likely that urbanization together with the increase of disposable incomes contributes to the very fact that the distinction between supermarkets and hypermarkets becomes more comprehensible.

What is a Supermarket?

A Supermarket is a very large retail establishment that particularly sells in big quantities to family members. Bringing you back to the story, supermarkets operate in self-service and provide a wide list of foods in their inventory including vegetables, fruits, meat, packaged goods, and also non-food items such as cleaning things and personal hygiene products. An instance in India that portrays an adequate example is Reliance Fresh. The global Supermarkets Market value is approximately $0.98 trillion in 2024, along the line is expected to touch $1.16 trillion by 2029, although the CAGR has been cited to reach 3.30 percent in the period of the forecast (2024-2029).  Such grocers usually set up shops near urban and semi-urban centers, thus enabling convenience and a wide selection of food items for one's daily needs in shopping. There are different types of Supermarkets which are:

• Conventional supermarkets
• A limited assortment of supermarkets
• Supercenters
• Warehouse clubs
• Convenience stores

Check More:  Retail Store: Definition, Types and Components

What is a Hypermarket?

A hypermarket is an immense supermarket-like enterprise, which combines a supermarket with a department store. Normally, these shops have a wide selection of products in one place, such as groceries, apparel, electronics, furniture, and much more. Hypermarkets are a type of large retail store that provides a more comprehensive shopping experience and because of that, they are usually larger than supermarkets. The success of Lulu Hyderabad in India is a wonderful illustration of a hypermarket chain. A majority of the time, hypermarkets are found either in the suburbs or on the outskirts of towns, and they usually offer large parking lots and diverse stock. The Hypermarket market size is calculated as $774.27 billion in 2024 and is expected to reach $876.03 billion as soon as the end of the year 2029 with an every-year development proportion of 2.5 percent within the same period between 2024 and 2029.

Check More:  Difference Between Supermarkets and Department Stores

Major Differences between Supermarket and Hypermarket

The main difference between a supermarket and a hypermarket is that a hypermarket is a supermarket that also sells expensive items like appliances and is much more significant. Hypermarkets are massive, whereas supermarkets are small.

Examples of Supermarkets and Hypermarkets:

• Supermarkets: Walmart Inc. and in India Reliance Fresh, and Hypercity are the greatest examples of Supermarkets. 
• Hypermarkets: Reliance Retail, DMart and Spencer’s are some examples of Hypermarket 

Strategies for Success:

To thrive, both supermarkets and hypermarkets must adopt specific strategies:

Store Location:

• Supermarkets can be found near housing areas and that is why they are more accessible to the consumers.
• The central part of the city is the location of the hypermarkets. This is due to the huge area of them, which is why more parking spaces are provided and thus, the site can attract more customers.

Merchandise Range:

• Supermarkets are the first to enter with the least brand variety but more product categories (e.g., 500 categories with 10 choices each).
• Hypermarkets are the second for they offer more products but fewer brand choices in each category (e.g., 3,000 categories with top 3-5 brands).

Inventory Management:

• With supermarkets, there are such practices as inventory turnover, demand-making estimation, communicating with a reliable supplier, setting auto reorders, etc.
• In hypermarkets, by inclusion of forecasted demands commodity-wise, they escape overstock or stockouts.

Store Layout:

• Supermarkets make use of the same layout for all the departments and thus a customer can get familiar with everything by following the signboards.
• Hypermarkets do the same for the board (i.e. rows for groceries, and free flow for clothes) and the customer will be able to find a way to move through the store because of the signboards.

Online Presence:

• Supermarkets have put up more user-friendly websites or have made apps for online ordering and home delivery. They are also taking advantage of social media and digital marketing.
• Hypermarkets have evolved traditional shopping methods, letting patrons order curbside pick-up and combining such walks with car-parking directions filled through online channels.

Technology Integration:

• Supermarkets also believe in the concept of implementing ERP solutions that can be adapted to different business functions (e.g., inventory control, billing, accounts, and GST filing).
• Similarly, Hypermarkets will also be capable of being extended to security measures like even theft-detection cameras, especially for self-checkout POS machines.

Customer Service:

• Supermarkets: Staff must be taught to help customers who are overwhelmed by the huge number of shoppers. The personnel should be effortlessly approachable by the customers.
• Hypermarkets: They have a nice idea such as the addition of in-store restaurants and cafes thus an important reason behind them to shop and boost sales.

A Quick Summary of the Differences between Hypermarket and Supermarkets

• Size: Hypermarkets are significantly larger than supermarkets.
• Location: Supermarkets are usually located near residential areas while hypermarkets are located in commercial areas or ideally on the outskirts areas.
• Product Range: Hypermarkets offer a more extensive range of products.
• Pricing: Supermarkets prices are based on their nearest competitor's price while the hypermarkets follow everyday low pricing strategies after their large sales volume.
• Shopping Experience: Supermarkets are convenient for quick trips, while hypermarkets provide a comprehensive shopping experience.
• Checkout counters: Supermarkets have a single counter with multiple tills but Hypermarket has departments with their different counters for billing.
• Service: Supermarkets focus on speed and convenience hypermarkets on variety and additional services.
• Target Market: Supermarkets cater to the daily needs of urban shoppers; hypermarkets target bulk buyers and those seeking a wide variety.

At Indian Retailer, we think that both Hypermarket and Supermarkets play important roles in the Indian economy, and play a crucial role in the Indian retail market, understanding their difference is also important for anyone to make an informed choice and also for the people who want to strategize growth in the retail world.

FAQs on the Difference Between Supermarkets and Hypermarkets

1. Is DMart a supermarket or a hypermarket?

DMart is an Indian retail corporation that operates a chain of supermarkets in India.

2. Is mall a hypermarket?

No, a mall is not a hypermarket. A mall is a large complex with multiple retail stores and entertainment options, while a hypermarket is a single, extensive store combining a supermarket and a department store.

3. What is the difference between a retail store and a hypermarket?

Hypermarkets are usually part of a larger retail chain, and they often have a larger selection than supermarkets or department stores. In addition to offering a wide variety of items, hypermarkets typically sell items at lower prices than other retailers.

4. What is the difference between a supermarket and a grocery store?

A grocery store tends to be more focused on food and produce, often smaller in size, and might not carry the same extensive range of non-food items. Essentially, supermarkets are like a one-size-fits-all store, while grocery stores are more specialized.

5. Why is a supermarket necessary?

The benefit of a supermarket is that customers can get all of their goods under one roof, which saves a lot of time.

• Hypermarket
• Supermarket

In an era where digital transactions are burgeoning, Indian consumers are particularly sensitive about their personal data. 82 percent of consumers consider the protection of their personal data as the most critical factor in earning their trust. This sentiment is echoed by Ravi Kapoor, Partner and Leader – Retail and Consumer sector, PwC India, who stated, "Protecting consumer data has not surprisingly been voted by 82 percent of consumers as the most important factor that will help build trust."

PwC India has released its latest survey titled "Voice of the Consumer Survey 2024," providing a comprehensive look at the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers. The survey, encompassing responses from 1,000 Indian consumers, underscores significant trends and imperatives that brands must heed to build trust and foster loyalty. According to the survey, Indian consumers are increasingly discerning about where they spend their money and whom they trust with their personal data. The survey provides a comprehensive look into the sentiments and shopping behaviors of Indian consumers, offering crucial insights for brands aiming to refine their strategies and marketing efforts.

The Crucial Role of Data Protection

Consumers are increasingly cautious about privacy and data sharing, particularly on social media. Despite 58 percent of consumers buying products through social media, it remains the least trusted channel, with 76 percent of consumers expressing concerns about privacy. This underscores the need for brands to implement stringent data protection measures and transparently manage consumer data.

“The survey advises businesses to adopt rigorous data protection strategies, as 83 percent of consumers value knowing their devices secure their information, and 74 percent approve using their data for beneficial services. Additionally, over 66 percent are willing to share data for more personalized experiences, provided their privacy is not compromised,” he explained.

Health, Wellness, and Sustainability

Indian consumers' preferences are increasingly leaning towards health and wellness-focused products. The survey reveals that 69 percent of consumers plan to eat more fruits and vegetables soon, and 75 percent actively seek information on food sustainability. Millennials, in particular, show a proactive stance, with 78 percent favoring independent sustainability scores on labels, compared to 66 percent of Gen Z.

This shift towards sustainability is further driven by concerns over climate change, which 46 percent of Indian consumers view as a significant threat. As a result, 60 percent of these consumers are changing their behavior and moving towards sustainable products, even willing to pay a premium of 13.1 percent for sustainably sourced goods.

Kapoor emphasized, "Our survey reveals three main drivers of building trust; firstly, how well do brands make life easier for their consumers; secondly, how well they connect with their consumers and finally how do they ensure inclusiveness with their consumers."

Businesses are advised to align their offerings with wellness, nutrition, and sustainable practices. The top incentives for sustainable purchasing include water conservation (43 percent), eco-friendly packaging (41 percent), and waste reduction and recycling (36 percent). By addressing these concerns, brands can tap into the growing market of environmentally conscious consumers and strengthen their trust and loyalty.

Physical Stores vs. Online Shopping

While the global trend shows a significant shift towards online shopping, Indian consumers still exhibit a strong preference for physical stores. According to the survey, 56 percent of Indian consumers frequently purchase non-grocery items from physical stores, a figure substantially higher than the global average of 34 percent. In-store shopping remains popular, with 62 percent of consumers preferring to visit stores to discover products, while 53 percent browse online.

This preference for physical stores is balanced with the convenience of online marketplaces, with 43 percent of purchases happening in-store and 44 percent online. Businesses are encouraged to enhance the physical store experience by incorporating technologies like augmented reality and mobile payments to make shopping more seamless and engaging.

"Indian consumers’ optimistic sentiment shines through the survey with a whopping 75 percent of consumers saying that they will increase spends in the clothing/footwear/grocery and health and beauty categories in the next six months," noted Kapoor.

The Impact of Social Media and Influencers

Social media plays a crucial role in consumer decision-making, despite being the least trusted industry. The survey indicates that 77 percent of consumers discover new brands via social media, and 81 percent use it to seek reviews before making purchases. Influencer endorsements and targeted ads significantly influence purchasing decisions, highlighting the importance for brands to maintain authenticity and transparency on these platforms.

However, the concerns about privacy and data sharing on social media cannot be ignored. Kapoor highlighted, "The main theme of the survey is the need for brands to stay authentic to earn consumer trust and ultimately build loyalty." To address these concerns, businesses must implement stringent privacy measures and clearly communicate their data protection policies to consumers.

AI and the Human Touch

The integration of AI in business operations is a double-edged sword. While 57 percent of consumers trust AI for low-risk activities like obtaining product information or receiving recommendations, they remain skeptical about AI’s role in high-risk tasks. Despite interest in chatbots, there is a strong preference for direct interaction with sales representatives. Over 86 percent of consumers express concerns about the potential cyber risks and job security implications of future AI developments.

The survey cautions businesses to carefully integrate AI, emphasizing the need to balance AI with human interaction, especially in complex and personal services. He advised, "Brands need to deploy generative AI tools responsibly to build consumer trust." This balance is crucial in ensuring that AI enhances the consumer experience without overshadowing the human touch that many consumers still value.

Building Trust Through Authenticity and Value

The survey identifies six key imperatives essential for building consumer trust: focusing on value-creating purchase journeys, proactively helping consumers manage their health and wellness needs, staying authentic on social media channels, building watertight personal data protection capabilities, creating sustainable business models, and deploying generative AI tools responsibly.

By addressing these imperatives, businesses can meet consumer expectations and build long-lasting trust and loyalty. High-quality products and services, clear communication, consistent consumer experiences, affordability, transparency in ESG matters, and improved decision-making and execution are the cornerstones of building trust with consumers.

• Consumer Behavior
• Shopping experience
• Consumer Spending

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector in India is witnessing significant growth driven by consumer demand and price hikes, particularly for essential items. As of 2023, the FMCG market has reached a valuation of $121.8 billion. This report delves into the various factors contributing to the sector's expansion and the projections for its future growth.

According to IBEF(India Brand Equity Foundation), the total revenue of the FMCG market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 27.9 percent from 2021-27 , potentially reaching nearly $615.87 billion . In 2022, the urban segment contributed 65 percent to the overall annual FMCG sales, while rural India accounted for over 35 percent. This growth is supported by a good harvest and government spending, which are anticipated to aid rural demand recovery in FY24.

Volume and Value Growth

India's FMCG sector grew by 6.4 percent in volumes during the October-December 2023 quarter, led by positive consumption trends across the country. In FY23, the sector witnessed an 8.5 percent increase in revenues and a 2.5 percent rise in volumes. During the first half of 2022, value growth was approximately 8.4 percent due to inflation-induced price hikes. In Q2 of 2022, the FMCG sector recorded a 10.9 percent year-on-year value growth, surpassing the 6 percent growth seen in Q1.

Digital Influence and Resilience

India boasts 780 million internet users, with the average person spending around 7.3 hours daily on their smartphone, one of the highest rates globally. This digital presence has significantly influenced the FMCG sector, with digital advertising spending reaching $9.92 billion by 2023. The FMCG industry contributed 42 percent of the total digital spending, highlighting its dominance in the digital advertising space.

Food Processing Industry: A Key Contributor

The Indian food processing market reached $ 307.2 billion in 2022 and is expected to grow to $ 470 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 9.5 percent from 2023-28. From April 2000 to December 2023, the food processing industry received $ 12,466 million in foreign direct investment (FDI). The Union government has approved a new production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme for the food processing sector with a budget of Rs. 109 billion ($ 1.46 billion), with incentives disbursed over six years until 2026-27.

Investment Announcements and Acquisitions

• Varun Beverages: In February 2024, the company announced a Rs. 3,500 crore ($ 421.69 million) investment to set up manufacturing plants, generating 1,500 jobs.
• Unilever: In October 2023, Unilever entered into an agreement to sell Dollar Shave Club while retaining a 35 percent minority shareholding.
• VLCC: In June 2023, VLCC acquired the men's grooming brand Ustraa.
• Reliance Retail Ventures: Completed the acquisition of a controlling stake in Lotus Chocolate in May 2023.
• ITC: In January 2023, ITC announced plans to acquire 100 percent of Sproutlife Foods, the parent company of the health food brand 'Yoga Bar', over three to four years.

Government Initiatives and Budget Allocations

The Union Budget 2023-24 allocated $976 million for PLI schemes aimed at reducing import costs, improving domestic production cost competitiveness, increasing domestic capacity, and promoting exports. These initiatives are expected to drive growth in the FMCG sector by creating jobs and strengthening the supply chain.

ALSO READ:  FMCG Sector in India Sees Strong Growth in 2023-24

Employment and Consumption Trends

The FMCG sector employs around 3 million people, accounting for approximately 5 percent of the total factory employment in India. Sales in the sector were expected to grow by 7-9 percent in revenues for 2022-23. Key growth drivers include favorable government initiatives, a growing rural market and youth population, new branded products, and the rise of e-commerce platforms. By 2025, the number of active internet users in India is expected to reach 900 million, up from 622 million in 2020.

Rural Markets and Urban Contributions

Rural markets contribute more than 35 percent to overall annual FMCG sales. E-commerce accounts for 17 percent of the overall FMCG consumption among affluent buyers, who spend an average of Rs 5,620 ($68). The sector's growth is also fueled by increased spending on healthcare products, driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, and the rising demand for branded products in rural areas.

Future Outlook

The FMCG market in India is expected to increase at a CAGR of 14.9 percent, reaching $220 billion by 2025, up from $110 billion in 2020. The government's incentives and FDI funds have bolstered the sector, improving employment rates and establishing a robust supply chain. The FMCG sector's resilience, coupled with digital advancements and government support, ensures its continued growth and contribution to India's economy.

• FMCG Products
• FMCG industry
• FMCG Report

Revolutionizing the traditional mattress industry, TSC leads on the front foot with 100 company-owned-company-led stores. Remarkably, it's India's fastest D2C brand to reach this milestone within two years of launching its first store in Bengaluru in June 2022. In just four-and-a-half years, The Sleep Company has hit an impressive Rs 500 crore ARR! The Sleep Company is redefining the landscape of comfort with its innovative approach to sleep and seating products. From humble beginnings to becoming a trailblazer in the comfort tech industry, the journey of The Sleep Company is nothing short of inspiring.

Priyanka Salot, Co-founder, The Sleep Company, along with her husband Harshil, embarked on a transformative journey after identifying a gap in the Indian market for high-quality sleep products. "When I became a mom, sleep became a luxury that I couldn't afford. Despite trying various mattresses, my quest for comfort remained unfulfilled," Priyanka recalls. "That's when we realized the stark difference in product quality available in India compared to the global market. It sparked the idea that led to the birth of The Sleep Company."

With a decade-long experience at Procter & Gamble, Priyanka's passion for consumer brands and tangible products that improve lives fueled the foundation of the brand. "We wanted to create a consumer brand that would make a real difference. Our goal was clear: to revolutionize sleep and seating comfort with innovative products," she says.

Disrupting with SmartGRID Technology

The turning point came when Priyanka and Hershel met AK Tripathi, a former Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) scientist. "We spent two years in R&D, developing a product far superior to anything available in the country. Our patented SmartGRID mattress was born, designed to provide unparalleled comfort and support," Priyanka explains. The SmartGRID technology, now patented in multiple countries including India, has set new standards in the comfort tech industry.

From the outset, the vision was ambitious. "Can we make people sleep and sit better and become the world's best comfort tech brand?" Priyanka asked. In just two years, the company has established a strong offline presence, opening 100 company-owned experience centers across 30 cities in India. "We didn't want to be just another online brand. We aimed to create a tangible experience for our consumers," she emphasizes. "Our stores are designed to educate consumers about the importance of sleep and the benefits of SmartGRID technology. We offer a unique 'Sleep Lab' experience where customers can see and feel the difference." The company offers a host of products including mattresses, sofa, pillows, cushions, bedding, office chairs, smart recliner bed, among others.

From 100 to 200 Stores

With the recent milestone of 100 stores, The Sleep Company is poised for further expansion. "We plan to double our store count to 200 in the next 12 months," Priyanka shares. "Our approach is data-driven. We use proprietary tools to identify the best locations based on demographics, income levels, and other parameters. This ensures a high success rate for our stores."

The focus remains on direct-to-consumer sales, providing a seamless shopping experience both online and offline. "Our strategy of Research Online, Purchase Offline (ROPO) has worked exceptionally well. Today, more than 60 percent of our business comes from offline sales," she notes.

The Sleep Company saw its operating revenue soar to over Rs 127.14 crore in FY23, a massive leap from Rs 74.05 lakh in FY20. The company is on track to hit Rs 1000 crore in revenue within the next two-three years. This ambitious goal aligns with the leadership’s strategic vision, and will be fueled by a robust growth strategy, including expansion plans across India. The company has two manufacturing sites, one each in Mumbai and Bengaluru. Since December 2022, it has opened one store every 4-5 days, and all of TSC stores have been EBITDA profitable since the beginning of its operations.

The company generates 85 percent of its sales through its omnichannel presence, which includes both retail stores and its website. Dominating the office chair market in India, it has seen an astounding 10X growth in its chair category since launch. With the recent debut of its chair brand 'ErgoSmart', TSC aims to double its market share in the next 24 months. So far, TSC has raised Rs 184 cr in a Series C funding round from Premji Invest and Fireside Ventures in December 2023, Rs 177 cr in a Series B round led by the same investors and Alteria Capital, and Rs 13.4 cr in a pre-Series A round. Currently, they don’t have plans to raise more capital.

Inventing for the Future

Innovation continues to be at the core of the brand. "We operate in two main categories: sleep and seating. We are constantly launching new products within these categories," says Priyanka. "Our aim is to continue innovating and offering products that truly solve consumer problems." Beyond products, Priyanka and Harshil are committed to building a great organization. "Every employee at The Sleep Company has ESOPs, and we've conducted two rounds of buyback in our three-year funding journey. We want to ensure our employees are part of our success," Priyanka states proudly. "We strive to create a company that is not just profitable but also a great place to work."

To solidify its market position and omnichannel presence, The Sleep Company plans to boost its workforce from the current 1000 employees to 1300-1400 by the end of 2024. “This rapid growth and expansion is attributed to a combination of innovative products, expansion of our omnichannel presence and our unwavering commitment to customer satisfaction. Innovation remains at the core of our growth strategy and our patented SmartGRID technology is what gives us a competitive edge and makes us stand out in the industry. We are now looking to enhance our position as a ‘House of Brands’ and expand our product line while setting new standards in the industry.  The integration of AI into our future products will help us further enhance customer experience. We are extremely grateful to our people, customers and investors for being a part of this growth journey and we remain committed to improving the lives of individuals with our sleep and sitting solutions,” she adds.

Global Ambitions

While the primary focus remains on India, The Sleep Company is testing international waters. "We are present in the UK and UAE, and have patents granted in several countries. Our vision is to become a global brand, made in India," Priyanka reveals. "The potential in the Indian market is vast, and we are just getting started."

The Sleep Company's journey from a startup to a leading comfort tech brand is a testament to its innovative spirit and consumer-centric approach. As Priyanka concludes, "We are committed to making people sleep and sit better. With our continued focus on innovation and expansion, we aim to set new benchmarks in the comfort tech industry." With the ambitious goal of doubling their store count and expanding their product line, The Sleep Company is well on its way to becoming a household name in the comfort tech industry, both in India and globally.

• omnichannel

What makes furniture truly luxurious? How do you choose pieces that perfectly blend sophistication and comfort? We have the solution with India’s top 10 luxury furniture brands , popular for the substantive luxury and ecology standards that have become a new trend. So let’s look into the leading furniture makers with their huge brand history, and their flagship stores to reach the brands which help you to analyze the best furniture brands for both domestic and international markets. Ready to discover the finest in luxury furniture?

Furniture Lifting the Indian Market

• In 2024, the Furniture market in India is projected to generate a revenue of Rs 5.48 billion.
• This market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.42 percen t from 2024 to 2029.
• The largest segment within this market is the Home Décor, which is estimated to have a market volume of Rs 1.95 billion in 2024.

Top 10 Furniture Brands in India

Here is the list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands in India to help you understand why they come under the luxury segment. 

1. Sources Unlimited

Helmed by Falgun Shroff, Sources Unlimited is a luxury home decor brand in India. Founded in 2004 and headquartered in Mumbai, the company has delivered projects throughout India, boasting well-known public figures and top corporate houses amongst their list of clients. With a focus on giving highly personalized service, ‘Sources Unlimited’ today has 3 showrooms - in Mumbai, Delhi and Bangalore. Currently, Sources Unlimited has exclusive tie-ups with various top European brands such as Giorgetti, Rimadesio, Turri, Longhi, Baxter, Promemoria, Sicis, Wall & Deco. Besides these brands, they house 500 other high-profile international brands, which are globally renowned and can be easily accessed through Sources Unlimited. Media Milestone is in charge of exclusively marketing and promoting the brand. 

2. IOTA Furniture

IOTA Furniture began its journey as a family-owned timber shop founded in the year 2003 by Namit Ajmani, their headquarters is in Kirti Nagar, Delhi. IOTA is one of the trusted resources of imported luxury furniture in Delhi. Iota’s flagship features an eclectic mix of high-impact furniture pieces and interior accessories over seven countries. T heir selection boasts timelessly elegant design marvels from global heavyweights such as Ligne Roset, Kartell, Lenzi, Innovation Living, Arosio Milano, and many more. The marketing is majorly through blogs on their official website and articles. They provide special offers for their customers on their websites and stores. The expertly curated range of products, cherry-picked by IOTA’s skilled design team, typifies the contemporary style, soul, and spirit.

3. Sarita Handa

Sarita Handa, founded by the legend herself - Sarita Handa - has today metamorphosed into a hallmark luxury home design. Founded in 1992, the brand opened its first retail store in 2004. Later, Handa opened retail stores in Mumbai and Chennai. Today, helmed by her daughter, Suparna Handa, the brand opened its doors to a fourth luxury retail space in the upscale Defence Colony area of South Delhi. Spread across 1800 sq. feet, the store exudes an inviting, contemporary sophisticated ambience. Last year, the company registered an annual turnover of Rs 500 crore. The brand now sells bed and bath linen, furniture, décor products, and furniture fabrics all over India and overseas. Sarita Handa's marketing is mainly through news articles and social media. Their feed showcases a diverse mix of home decor, cushions, bed linens, furniture, fabrics, and lifestyle inspirations, all presented with a colorful and minimalist style that exudes sophistication.

4. Beyond Designs

Beyond Designs, the maximalist, luxury furniture brand was founded by the designer duo Sachin Gupta and Neha Gupta in the year 2000. Beyond Designs specializes in custom-made furniture, lights and accessories. They started their manufacturing unit in 2003 on a 500 square ft space. The Beyond Designs retail store was launched in South Delhi in 2010, and in 2018 they unveiled their flagship store at MG Road, Sultanpur in the Delhi Design District. The 8,000-sqft store showcases high-end furniture pieces, lights and accessories that use exclusive materials like stone, mirror, metal, crystals, semi-precious inlay, gold, and silver leaf etc.

Nivasa specializes in creating homes, furniture and accessories. Founded in 1993 by Rohit Kapoor, the headquarters is in Sultanpur, New Delhi. Nivasa is a design and manufacturing company, engaged in creating exclusive furniture for the last 20 years. They offer bespoke furniture that is designed to fit your lifestyle and personality, along with different lines of ready-to-buy designer furniture. These comprise the following: PALAIS is intricately carved from solid wood, with elaborate craftsmanship. SCANDINAVIA is known for clean, minimalist furniture with innovative textures, materials, and finishes. The company’s share capital is Rs 90.00 lac and the total paid-up capital is Rs 64.60 lakh. Nivasa Retail Private Limited's operating revenues range is Rs 1 crore - 100 crore for the financial year ending on 31 March 2023.

6. Nitin Kohli Home

The brand name is Furncraft Decollage, but, since the designer’s name was vastly known and respected throughout the country, the company it was rebranded to Nitin Kohli Home in 2018. Nitin Kohli Home is an ambidextrous and versatile design company with an in-house design center brimming with unique materials, along with dedicated units for stone, metal, fabrics, soft furnishings, and glasswork. Favored by top architects, the brand ensures that every project embodies a true masterpiece. It has its showhouse/flagship store based in Ambawatta One, near Qutub Minar, New Delhi , specializing in residential and commercial design. Nitin Kohli markets through social media.

7. Bay Window

Bay Window , a rising mid-luxury furniture brand has marked its debut with a sprawling 30,000-square-foot, five-storey flagship store in the upscale suburb of Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad.  Founded in 2009 by Siddhant and Shivani Anand, Bay Window’s collaborations with renowned international designers infuse the brand's offerings with a worldliness, enabling them to cater to a variety of tastes and preferences. Their collections include pieces by London-based Leonhard Pfeifer, Scandinavian designer Anders Östberg, and Serge Milan, amongst others, all of whom merge their distinct design sensibilities with the Bay Window ethos. Bay Window has an ambitious roadmap, eyeing expansions across 10 cities in the next three years. The goal is to revolutionize the shopping experience in the home decor segment, promising customers not just exceptional products but also an unmatched omnichannel shopping experience with lightning-fast delivery. The brand attracts people through various news articles and online magazines. 

8. Vita Moderna

Vita Moderna was established in the year 2008 by Akshay Adhalrao and Pritesh Modi and emerged slowly to rule the luxury furniture and interior design products in India. The company has been associated with luxurious homes across India for the last 15 years and maintains a close association with top interior designers and architects. The brand has successfully executed over 500 projects not only in India but also in international markets such as the UK and the Middle East. Vita Moderna has truly excelled in bridging the gap between Indian consumers and the finest Italian and European home decor brands, delivering a seamless fulfillment experience. It is associated with Flexform, Vittoria Frigerio, Reflex Angelo, Glas Italia, etc.

9.  Ralph Lauren 

Ralph Lauren , a renowned name in the design, marketing and distribution of premium lifestyle products and other licenced product categories, was founded in the year 1983 by Ralph Lauren, The renowned classic American brand is available at Seetu Kohli Homes in India. The brand offers products, including furniture, bedding, lighting, and decor, with SKUs priced between Rs 2,00,000 and Rs 30,00,000. The brand’s emphasis on sustainable materials and custom furniture options, coupled with collaborations with top artisans, has solidified its global reputation, including a strong presence in India. Its headquarters is located in New York, US, and it is associated with brands like Polo Ralph Lauren and Lauren Ralph Lauren. Seetu Kohli Homes is headquartered in New Delhi’s posh Ambawatta complex.

10. Bent Chair

Bent Chair founded in the year 2016 by Neeraj Jain and Natasha Jain,  a place where tradition was blended with modern technology. Bent Chair's headquarters is based in Ambala, the brand offers a wide range of premium sofas, dining tables & chairs, tables, mirrors, bookends, cushions, and wall decor items in varied designs and styles. Bent Chairs has a presence in over 15+ stores in PAN India and 10k+ app downloads. It has 12+ retail outlets in Indian cities such as Hyderabad, Bangalore, Chennai, Agra, Raipur, Patna and Ahmedabad. Internationally, Bent Chair has collaborated with BD Homes in China.

At Indian Retailer, we understand choosing a piece of furniture is not just about the standard but about the person's personality, family culture and fashion as well, and for that, we have a list of the top 10 luxury furniture brands, which help you to choose the right furniture according to your style.

FAQs on Luxury Furniture Brands in India

1. Which type of sofa is best?

If you want the sofa to be firm and provide good support, go for higher-density foam. The foam is usually supported by different types of springs and elastic belts. Polyurethane (PU) Foam: PU foam has a broad range of load-bearing capabilities and resiliency. Multiple layers of foam can provide suitable firmness.

2. What is luxury furniture?

It gives a sense of spaciousness as well as the appearance of a luxury lifestyle. They combine high-end furniture materials with creative styles that make them simply unique. Whether it's a bed base, a leather sofa, a solid wood dining table, or a sideboard, every piece of furniture can be a piece of luxury.

3. Who dominates the furniture market?

The United States generated nearly 254 billion U.S. dollars in furniture revenue in 2023, making it the leading market globally. China and Germany came in second and third place, with both markets worth over the 50 billion U.S. dollars mark.

4. Which city is famous for furniture goods?

Jodhpur (Rajasthan) is a furniture city in India, as there are almost 2000 big and small manufacturers of different types of furniture. And this city alone exports 1000 containers per month to the biggest furniture retailers all over the world.

• ralph lauren
• SARITA HANDA
• Interior designs

Have you ever wondered what attracts us when we visit a store? Is it the decorative mannequins or the styling or the aesthetic setting; or the kind of products that are available? All these aspects come under merchandising. From selection to placement of products, everything is done exclusively for a particular store. But there are two aspects that make a store entice you to walk in and explore. They are retail merchandising and visual merchandising. Let’s explore what the differences are between these two. 

This article will help you understand the differences, key features, and importance of retail and visual merchandising for your business idea. 

What is Retail Merchandising?

Retail Merchandising's primary objective is customer attraction. Retail merchandising is the art of showcasing and selling diverse products in a store that catches the eye of potential buyers. It calls for innovation in approach — using strategies like store layout and product placement based on customer demographics. The selection of stock-keeping units (SKUs) plays a vital role in defining the store's identity and appeal to its target market. In layman’s terms - whatever product you see in the store is painstakingly chosen and placed with utmost care to attract the customer.

Check More:  Why is AI Retail Merchandising Essential for the Holidays?

What is Visual Merchandising?

Visual Merchandising The main thing that visual merchandising does is determine how a store looks to showcase the brand's identity. The concept encompasses all aspects of store presentation from the layout to mannequin placement. Brick-and-mortar stores typically leverage visual merchandising as a tool for establishing their brand identity. It consists of such components as lighting and music selection blended with interior design that creates an image in customers' minds about the brand. In layman’s terms it is styling the store so that it looks and feels its best and can then entice the customers. 

Check More:  Top 5 retail visual merchandising strategies from the industry stalwarts

Difference between Retail and Visual Merchandising

Retail merchandising is primarily concerned with product selection and presentation to drive sales; visual merchandising, on the other hand, underscores the store's aesthetics and ambience to boost brand value and draw in clientele. Here are the key differences between retail and visual merchandising:-

Retail Merchandising aims to plan, buy and sell products for profitability, build engagement with customers and develop a brand identity. 

Visual Merchandising is the visual presentation for engaging customers towards a store. The attractive elements on banners, posters or digital screens assist in enticing customers, and building a curiosity to walk inside a store. 

Retail Merchandising focuses on product selection, prices, inventory management, and promotions.

Visual Merchandising focuses on display, customer experience and store outlook.

Retail merchandising impacts profitability and sales with constructive product supervision.

Visual merchandising plays a key role in customer interaction, shop experience and sales as well.

• Role in Branding

Retail Merchandising makes sure the correct number of product stock is available at the right time (seasonal product accessibility).

Visual Merchandising increases the brand image by providing an environment that entices customers and making visually appealing stores.

Examples of Retail and Visual Merchandising

Retail Merchandising : Placing the products on particular shelves, dedicating a particular area of the shop to a particular product, understanding the trends and seasonal demands in the market in regards to the product and updating them. For example, Zara changes its stock every few days to keep up with trends and resonate with young customers, and look fresh for repeat customers.

Visual Merchandising : Banners, posters, digital panels above or at the entrance of a store, crowd-free and simple checkout mechanism. For example, McDonald's has a digital screen where ordering and payment options are done with a few clicks. 

Importance of Retail Merchandising

Strategic showcasing of products in retail merchandising is vital to maximize sales, draw in customers, and improve the shopping experience. Understand the importance of retail merchandising by the following points: 

1. Customer Fulfillment

Providing a satisfying experience is crucial as it naturally increases customer fulfillment. There should be easy selection, accessibility and clear signage for products. At the least, neatness and organized placement are necessary in stores to ensure comfort for customers. Zara for example, keeps up with the trends in the clothing market, it focuses on freshness and timeliness delivery of products to its customers in stores.

2. Stock Control

Maintaining inventory is essential for avoiding an overload of product stocks or minimizing out-of-stock scenarios. Expanding store space for products in an organized manner affects customer engagement.  

3. Branding

Retail merchandising shapes the customer perspective of a brand and lights its identity. Effective merchandising can make the brand stand outside the crowd, reflecting the unique selling proposition. For instance, H&M systematically arranges its products, making them easily accessible and within a free-flow layout. All this merchandising assists H&M in promotion with a remarkable customer experience.

Importance of Visual Merchandising

Creating an in-store atmosphere boosting brand perception and drawing in customers through design and display are key elements of effective visual merchandising. Understand the importance of visual merchandising by the following points:

1.       Increase Sales

A visual presentation like a unique window display outside a retail store can gather attention from customers as it provides an overview of what to expect when inside the store. For example, the Adidas London flagship had a bold and innovative display using augmented reality, movable cables and a ‘Marley’ sneaker display to show sustainability and eye-catching storytelling, making a want to enter the store.

2.       Showcase Product Characteristics

Visual merchandising enables brands to showcase the key features, upgrades and other characteristics of their products that can interest customers. For example, Apple displays a digital screen on the entrance that explains the functions of the products so that it attracts customers.

3.       Connection with Customer

Visual merchandising involves displaying trends, seasonal products, new arrivals, and decorative interiors of the store, proper color palettes, and describing the history of the brand, all these contribute to building an emotional connection with customers.  

What are the Key Features of Retail Merchandising and Visual Merchandising?

Retail merchandising focuses on product selection, pricing, promotions, inventory, and displays, while visual merchandising emphasizes store design, lighting, layout, and branding. Know more with the mentioned pointers below:-

Retail Merchandising

• Product – There are certain ways in which a product can be displayed. Products should be kept at the eye-level shelf, positioned vertically, maintained quantity on the shelves, checked pricing on the shelf to match the product, and putting similar products together all these factors affect gathering the attention of consumers.
• Segmentation – Catering to designing and layouts of the store that bring attention to core products and division of product zones to manage traffic flow.
• Retail analysis - Trace sales, customer behavior and feedback to improve and adapt to the changes and trends.
• Visual Merchandising
• Brand Aesthetics – Window display, lighting, color palettes, and interiors of a retail store catering to amplify product presence, and make customers want to enter the store and spend more time.
• Signages – Innovative, seasonal, and trendy standing boards or digital screens can entice customers to have a look around the store, explore and gain brand knowledge.
• Customer flow – Navigation for effortless finding of different categories of products, segments, checkout counters and more so that there is less hustle for the customer, making them want to return to the store.  

Indian Retailer Overview:

Merchandising is vital for every retail brand in various aspects like branding, engaging customers, recognising brand identity and commerce. Differences between retail and visual merchandising are based on goal, focus, impact and role in branding. It is said that retail merchandising increases brand revenue by 23 percent! Window displays can increase traffic by 23 percent, 82 percent of eye-level shelves products are purchased, and customers spend 20 percent more time due to innovative visual displays. Both the type of merchandising retail as well as visual play specific roles in the growing process of a brand.

What are the main two types of visual merchandising?

Mannequins and signage are the top preferred types of visual merchandising.

What is the primary objective of retail merchandising?

The primary objective of retail merchandising is to entice and engage customers with creative and innovative merchandising.

What are the top two retail merchandising techniques?

Inventory management and product selection process are the top two retail merchandising

• merchandising

India’s furniture market is booming, and is mostly controlled by the unorganized sector. The local carpenters can copy designs at a fraction of the cost. In this labyrinth, there are a few home-grown furniture and décor brands that stand out from the crowd and beckon the customer with their alluring wares, which are of top-notch quality and design. Founded by Gaurav Jain in 2014, Orange Tree is the retail arm of the House of Basant, a brand that boasts a 25-year heritage of exquisite lighting and décor. With an extensive 9 lakh square feet state-of-the-art factory, Orange Tree today truly reflects global design excellence while emphasizing sustainability and meticulous craftsmanship. The company's journey from being a prominent exporter of high-quality furniture to international markets to establishing a strong presence in the Indian retail landscape showcases its commitment to quality, design, and innovation. Orange Tree aims to bridge the gap between global standards and local accessibility, offering Indian consumers an opportunity to experience world-class furniture and décor within their reach.

A Family Legacy

"We are a family of furniture," says Gaurav Jain, Founder, Orange Tree. "My father started the company, and Orange Tree is essentially an extension of the House of Basant, our family business. At Basant, we have been exporting furniture and making pieces for global brands. There was always this aspiration to provide the same quality of furniture to the Indian market. Some of my friends would visit the factory, see the furniture we were exporting, and always ask how they could get it. That's how Orange Tree came to be."

The brand prides itself for its in-house design capabilities. "We design, manufacture, and now also sell directly to consumers," Jain explains. "At Orange Tree, we have a separate vertical for designing lighting, décor, and furniture. All the designs you see at here are created by our in-house team, though we do collaborate as well with brands such as Doodlage and Muse Mart."

Commitment to Innovation

One of the recent collaborations with the Raw Collaborative (design exhibition platform) was a testament to Orange Tree's commitment to innovative design. "Design is something I am very passionate about," says Jain. "Whenever I have the chance to meet creative people, I try to engage in any way I can. For instance, our collaboration with Muse Mart was an enriching experience."

Orange Tree stands out in the competitive Indian market by focusing on quality and unique design. Jain believes that there is still a lot of room for growth and improvement in the Indian furniture market. "India is a vast market with 1.5 billion people. When you think of furniture or home space brands, there aren't many that come to mind. There are some local brands doing good work, but on a national level, there is still much potential. We aim to fill that gap with our young and vibrant design ethos."

Inspiration and Design Process

The design process is driven by global trends and local inspirations. "We don't follow trends religiously," Jain says. "Our biggest inspiration comes from travel and meeting people. For instance, one of our design team members recently visited Ladakh and saw some beautiful textiles. Now, we're working on a collection inspired by those fabrics and techniques. We combine customer feedback with our design team's inspirations to create our collections."

Customization is another key aspect of Orange Tree's offerings. "We do customize for projects, and customers can choose from various fabric options, finishes, and sizes," Jain explains. "Our sales team listens to customer needs, and we use that data to form our designs. For example, we've noticed a growing demand for bar cabinets, so we are working on incorporating that into our SKUs."

As of now, Orange Tree has three operational stores in Bangalore, Jodhpur, and Hyderabad. "By October, we plan to have five more stores," Jain shares. "Selecting the right location and partner to manage the store is crucial. We take a step-by-step approach, ensuring we have the right people and location before expanding."

While the brand started as an online player, physical stores have provided valuable insights. "Online and physical stores cater to different customers," Jain explains. "Having a physical presence allows customers to touch and feel the products, leading to valuable conversations and feedback that help us improve our products."

Despite facing challenges like logistics and building trust as a young brand, Orange Tree has continued to grow. "Shipping heavy furniture was a major challenge initially, and building trust was another. But as we grew, word spread, and those challenges became less significant. Our current challenge is meeting the high expectations of our customers and delivering products quickly," says Jain.

Technology plays a significant role in Orange Tree's operations, with a mix of handcrafted and mechanical processes. "We use a mix of manual and mechanical processes depending on the product," Jain explains. "For instance, some of our recent collections required manual weaving, so we hired local artisans. For more straightforward products like dining tables, we use mechanical processes."

Looking ahead, Jain sees sustainability as a major trend. "Globally and in India, consumers are becoming more conscious about sustainability. They want to know how the product is made and whether the process is sustainable. At Orange Tree, we focus on sustainable materials and processes, aiming to create timeless pieces that bring nature into homes."

As for the future of the brand, Jain is optimistic but focused on quality over rapid expansion. "We hit our highest sales last month, which is encouraging," he shares. "However, we are not pressured by numbers. Our goal is to create beautiful products and provide a great customer experience. We are privately held and haven't raised money, so we are not answerable to investors. This allows us to focus on doing things right and ironing out challenges. Growth will follow naturally."

The brand is poised for a bright future, driven by its commitment to design excellence, sustainability, and customer satisfaction. As Gaurav Jain aptly puts it, "We are growing, and we are happy. Our focus is on bringing beautiful products and providing a great experience to our customers. Everything else will follow."

• Furniture brand
• Furniture market
• Home decor & furnishing
• lighting industry

In 2024, the Indian smart TV market is poised for impressive growth, with an expected annual increase of 12.4% and a market valuation reaching ₹35,000 crores. With this rapid expansion, selecting the right smart TV brand becomes crucial. To simplify this process, we’ve compiled a list of the top 10 smart TV brands in India for 2024. This guide focuses on providing detailed brand overviews, including brand history, parent companies, and associated brands. Whether you’re a retailer, entrepreneur, or consumer, understanding these key aspects will help you make informed choices in the bustling smart TV market.

To 10 Best Smart Tv in Brands in India

Here are the top 10 smart TV brands in India to help you make the right choice. 

Samsung , a South Korean multinational conglomerate, is renowned for its innovation in technology. Founded in 1938 by Lee Byung-chul, Samsung ventured into the electronics industry in the late 1960s and has since become a leading smart TV brand globally. Samsung has been the world's largest smartphone manufacturer since 2011 and operates Samsung Experience Store retail locations worldwide. These stores primarily showcase Samsung Galaxy devices, along with other Samsung-owned brands. In India, Samsung smart TVs are marketed by Samsung India Electronics and are available through numerous outlets across the country. Bollywood actor Shah Rukh Khan currently represents the brand as its ambassador. Known for their vibrant displays, sleek designs, and advanced Tizen OS, Samsung smart TVs in India start at a price range of ₹30,000.

Earlier in News: Daewoo Launches Smart LED TVs to Elevate Home Entertainment Experience

LG Electronics , a prominent South Korean company, has been a significant force in the smart TV market. Founded in 1958 as Lak-Hui (pronounced ‘Lucky’), the company rebranded to LG Electronics in 1995. Known for its innovations in display technology, LG excels with OLED and NanoCell. LG previously had joint ventures with Royal Philips Electronics, including LG Philips Display and LG Philips LCD. Philips sold its shares in these ventures in late 2008.

In India, LG smart TVs are marketed by LG Electronics India, which operates numerous showrooms nationwide. Bollywood actress Deepika Padukone is the current brand ambassador. LG smart TVs feature AI ThinQ and WebOS, offering advanced functionality. Prices for these models start around ₹35,000.

Sony Corporation , a Japanese multinational, has been a leader in consumer electronics since its founding in 1946 by Masaru Ibuka and Akio Morita. Renowned for its high-quality audio and visual products, Sony is a major player in the smart TV market. In 2023, Sony was ranked 57th in the Forbes Global 2000. The company is also recognized as the world's largest player in the premium TV market for models of at least 55 inches priced over $2,500. Additionally, it is the second-largest TV brand by market share and, as of 2020, the third-largest television manufacturer globally by annual sales figures.

In India, Sony smart TVs are marketed by Sony India and are available through various electronic stores nationwide. Indian cricketer Virat Kohli serves as the brand’s ambassador. Sony smart TVs are praised for their superior picture quality and advanced features like TRILUMINOS Display and Android TV. Prices for Sony smart TVs start at approximately ₹40,000.

Xiaomi , a Chinese electronics company, has made significant strides in the Indian smart TV market since its debut in 2018. Founded in 2010 by Lei Jun, Xiaomi is known for offering affordable yet high-quality electronics. The company is ranked 338th on the Fortune Global 500 and is noted as the youngest company on the list. Xiaomi keeps its prices close to manufacturing costs by maintaining most products in the market for about 18 months and using inventory optimization along with flash sales to manage stock. In India, Xiaomi smart TVs are marketed by Xiaomi India, which operates over 5,000 outlets across the country. Bollywood actor Ranveer Singh is the brand’s current ambassador. Xiaomi smart TVs feature MIUI TV and are competitively priced, starting around ₹25,000.

TCL , a leading Chinese electronics manufacturer, has made a significant impact in the Indian smart TV market. Founded in 1981, TCL (The Creative Life) was the world's 25th-largest consumer electronics producer in 2010 and became the second-largest television manufacturer by market share by 2019. On February 7, 2020, the company rebranded as TCL Technology. It operates through divisions in TV sets, cell phones, home appliances, and semiconductor displays, and has four affiliated business areas

including real estate and finance. In India, TCL smart TVs are marketed by TCL India and available in numerous electronic retail stores. Known for their high-quality displays and smart features like Android TV, TCL smart TVs start from ₹28,000.

6. Panasonic

Panasonic - Panasonic Corporation, a Japanese multinational, has been delivering high-quality electronic products since its founding in 1918 by Kōnosuke Matsushita. Originally known as Matsushita Electric Housewares Manufacturing Works, the company was incorporated in 1935 as Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. It was renamed Panasonic Corporation in 2008 and became a holding company in 2022. Panasonic is listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange and is part of the Nikkei 225 and TOPIX 100 indices, with a secondary listing on the Nagoya Stock Exchange.

In India, Panasonic smart TVs are marketed by Panasonic India and are available in various electronic retail stores. Bollywood actor Hrithik Roshan is the current brand ambassador. Panasonic smart TVs feature technologies like My Home Screen and are priced from around ₹32,000. The brand is well-regarded for its durability and innovative features.

OnePlus - OnePlus Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., doing business as OnePlus, is a Chinese consumer electronics manufacturer headquartered in Shenzhen, Guangdong, China. It is a subsidiary of Oppo. OnePlus, founded in 2013 by Pete Lau and Carl Pei, has made a notable impact in the smart TV segment with its premium offerings. Known for its high-performance smartphones, OnePlus has expanded into smart TVs with impressive specifications.

In India, OnePlus smart TVs are marketed by OnePlus India, and the brand is represented by Bollywood actor Yami Gautam. The smart TVs feature OxygenPlay and start at around ₹30,000. OnePlus is celebrated for its sleek design and high-performance features.

Philips is a Dutch multinational corporation with a long history of innovation in consumer electronics. Founded in 1891 in Eindhoven, the company moved its headquarters to Amsterdam in 1997. However, its Benelux headquarters remain in Eindhoven. Philips was once a major player in consumer electronics but now focuses on health technology.

In India, Philips smart TVs are marketed by Philips India and endorsed by Indian cricketer MS Dhoni. Known for its Ambilight technology and Android TV features, Philips smart TVs are priced from around ₹27,000. The brand is celebrated for its innovative display technologies and user-friendly interfaces.

Sharp - Sharp Corporation, a Japanese electronics company, was founded in 1912 by Tokuji Hayakawa in Honjo, Tokyo. It was initially established as Hayakawa Metal Works Institute in Abeno, Osaka, in 1924. The company is headquartered in Sakai, Osaka. Since 2016, Sharp has been majority-owned by Taiwan-based Foxconn (Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd.). Sharp's net sales reached 2.55 trillion yen in the fiscal year 2022 (ending 29 February 2024), a slight increase from 2.5 trillion yen the previous year. While Sharp was once known for its mass-marketed electronics, it ventured into the high-end stereo market in 1976 with high-end receivers, amplifiers, speakers, turntables, and cassette recorders.

In India, Sharp smart TVs are marketed by Sharp India. The brand does not have a notable celebrity ambassador in the country. Sharp smart TVs feature technologies like AQUOS and Android TV, with prices starting at ₹35,000. The brand is recognized for its reliable technology and advanced display features.

Haier, a Chinese multinational founded in 1984 by Zhang Ruimin, is headquartered in Qingdao, Shandong. The company designs, develops, manufactures, and sells a range of products, including refrigerators, air conditioners, washing machines, dryers, microwave ovens, mobile phones, computers, and televisions. Haier operates seven global brands in the home appliances sector: Haier, Casarte, Leader, GE Appliances, Fisher & Paykel, Aqua, and Candy. According to data from Euromonitor, Haier was the number one global brand in major appliances for 10 consecutive years from 2009 to 2018.

In India, Haier has made a strong entry into the smart TV market with competitive offerings. Haier smart TVs are marketed by Haier India and are represented by Bollywood actor Akshay Kumar. These smart TVs come with features like Android TV and are priced from around ₹24,000. Haier is known for its affordability and reliable performance.

Indian Retailers Angle

The smart TV market in India is booming, with projections indicating a 12.4% annual growth rate, reaching around ₹35,000 crores by the end of 2024. This surge is driven by increasing consumer demand for advanced features and technologies. For retailers, entrepreneurs, and industry professionals, understanding the top 10 smart TV brands in India is crucial. This list highlights the best options available, offering insights into features, pricing, and market presence. Staying informed about these brands will help you make informed decisions and remain competitive in the evolving retail landscape.

FAQ on Best Smart TV Brands

Which brand is best for smart TVs? The list starts with Sony followed by Samsung and LG.

Which is better 4K, QLED or OLED? QLED is preferred the most in the market due to brighter picture quality as compared to OLED and 4K resolutions.

What is the preferred smart TV size? As per the analysis, 65-85 inches are the most sole and popular choice in the market.  

• Samsung Electronics

Brandy is becoming Trendy in the Indian market. Brandy is a liquor based on the wine distillation process. Having a PV of 35-60%, 70-120 US proof, brandy is often served as a digestive . India is a large producer and consumer of spirits in the international context as measured by volume. India is gradually metabolizing the alcohol culture into its society. That is due to the increasing number of outlets, including bars. It is also safe to assume that the cost of brandy has elevated having regard to the preceding few years. Therefore, let me post the following to discover what brandy brands are the best in India, including the prices.

Another reason why brandy is popular is the great many of the brands and their types; Armagnac, Cognac, Pomace, Calvados, the American brandy, South-American Pisco, Spanish, Armenian, South-African, German, Turkey, Cyprus, Russian, and many others for tasting . Here are a few exciting pieces about brandy in general as well.

Best Brandy Brands at a Glance

Here we have a list of the top 10 best brandy brands in India so that you can have a taste of the best spirit in the Indian Market.

1. Morpheus

It was particularly introduced in India in the early 2010s, but it has quickly gained supremacy of quality, for Radico Khaitan, one of the largest spirits manufacturers in India and one of the world's leading spirits companies. Morpheus - premium quality, exceptional taste. With 5 gold medals at the prestigious Monde Selection, This brandy features rich, resonating notes of dried fruits, vanilla and spices with an Intoxicating and complex aroma.

• ABV: 42.8 percent

  (Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

2. Remy Martin

A branch of the ancient heritage found in France, Remy Martin practices a custom dating to the 19th century and the name is derived from its founder’s name. In the case of India, Remy Martin is referred to as a distinguished imported brandy. Furthermore, it is a product that is very attractive to connoisseurs who are looking for a luxury kind of drinking experience. It offers a smooth, velvety taste with subtle fruit and oak notes. The aroma is elegant and refined.

• ABV: 40 percent 

(Price list 2024) This is the MRP set by the state government and can be different in each state

3. Old Admiral

Old Admiral Brandy started relatively in the early 20th century in India and has gained the loyalty of Indian brandy consumers. Old Admiral Brandy is produced by one of India’s well-known alcohol makers, Radico Khaitan and is appreciated on account of its heavy body and rich taste. Old Admiral is gradually penetrating the urban as well as the rural markets due to its superior quality at reasonable prices. Another known brandy has a sharp, spicy taste, part of its flavour being a fruity tone.

4. Bootz Authentic Dutch Grape

The Bootz range originated in Holland and for generations, the boots have been made in that tradition. Bootz Authentic Dutch Brandy is made from the Dutch and this brand is recognized from the country through importation. It provides the drink with a rich and creamy flavor that has the notes of caramel and spice.

• ABV: 38 percent

5. Mont Castle French Grape

Mont Castle, which established its roots in France, is a classic embodiment of the French implications in winemaking. Mont Castle French Grape Brandy comprises its French grape base that is both unique and has an exceptional flavor profile it features a complex flavor with notes of ripe grapes, vanilla, and spices. The aroma is fruity and floral, with a hint of oak.

• ABV: 40 percent

6. Hennessy

Hennessy Brandy is known for its smooth taste and affordability. It originates from France, named after surname of founder Richard Hennessy, has been a popular choice among consumers seeking quality. It offers a balanced flavor with subtle hints of fruit and spices. The aroma is mild and pleasant. Hennessy is favoured in urban markets for its high price point which offers a smooth drinking experience.

7. Golden Grapes

Golden Grapes has been a trusted name in the Indian market for several years, known for its consistent quality. Produced by Golden Grape Wines, Golden Grapes Brandy is known for its smoothness and it offers a smooth, mellow taste with hints of fruit and spice. The aroma is light and pleasant. Golden Grapes is popular in both urban and rural areas.

8. McDowell’s No. 1

Launched in 1963 in India, McDowell’s No. 1 began its journey in Bangalore and has a long history with the creation of it there. The brand is named after the founder, Angus McDowell. The brand not only has domestic but international exposure as well. It has become the brand of celebrations and deep friendships in the entire country. McDowell's No. 1 is the main brand of United Spirits Limited, which is a Diageo group company. It is the number one selling and the most demanded brandy in India. Now it’s not strange to find the term “the market leader in the Indian brandy segment” being used, indeed its sales and customer base are very strong. This brandy is known for its smooth, full-bodied flavor with hints of fruit and oak. The aroma is inviting, with notes of vanilla and spice.

9. Honey Bee

Introduced in the 1960s in India, Honey Bee is one of the other chief brands belonging to the mighty United Spirits Limited. Honey Bee easily became very popular for its good flavor and affordable price. This type of brandy has a sweet, honey-like flavor profile with clever winks such as wood and spice. Honey Bee ranks first no matter where it is in South India, which makes it the best choice for economy-minded consumers.

10. Courrier Napoleon

With roots in the mid-20th century in India, Courrier Napoleon Brandy has always been a preferred choice of Indian customers. By Jagatjit Industries, Courrier Napoleon Brandy is a catalyst for the price of it is known for its bold taste and low price. The name pays homage to Napoleon Bonaparte, evoking a sense of grandeur and boldness associated with the historic figure. It has a pleasant, creamy flavor of caramel and is quite spicy. The smell is very faint and nice, with excellent wood notes. It remains to be a mid-segment brand that is a customer's choice for its unmatched quality and relatively low price.

At IndianRetailer, we have made this list top 10 best brandy brands in India offering a fascinating glimpse into the diversity and richness of the brandy market. Whether interested in the brand’s historical background or curious about the taste of these brands had something for every brandy fan. Cheers to discovering your next favourite brandy!

FAQs on Best Brandy Brands

1. What type of alcohol is brandy?

brandy, an alcoholic beverage distilled from wine or a fermented fruit mash. The term used alone generally refers to the grape product; brandies made from the wines or fermented mashes of other fruits are commonly identified by the specific fruit name.

2. Is brandy a beer or wine?

Brandy is distilled wine and the concentration of alcohol in Brandy is around 35% to 60%. Brandy slows down ageing, improves cold and cough, and reduces the risk of heart diseases.

3. What is special about brandy?

Wine brandy is produced from a variety of grape cultivars. A special selection of cultivars, providing distinct aroma and character, is used for high-quality brandies, while cheaper ones are made from whichever wine is available.

4. Who first made brandy?

Brandy began to be distilled in France circa 1313, but it was prepared only as a medicine and was considered as possessing such marvelous strengthening and sanitary powers that the physicians named it “the water of life,” (l'eau de vie) a name it still retains.

5. What does VSOP mean?

VSOP, “Very Superior Old Pale”, which is now common for all Cognac Houses actually dates back to the 1817 British Royal Court. So, what does VSOP stand for exactly? For a cognac to be classified as a VSOP, the minimum age of the youngest eau-de-vie in the blend must be at least 4 years old.

• Consumer Demand

In July 2023, Beyond Snack, a pioneering brand in the banana chip industry, received a substantial funding boost of 3.5 million euros. This financial injection has catalyzed the company’s ambitious expansion plans, both within India and internationally. Manas Madhu, Co-founder, Beyond Snack, shares insights into the company's new factory, strategic growth plans, and innovative approaches that distinguish their products in a competitive market.

New Factory and Increased Capacity

The establishment of a new factory in Tumkur, Karnataka, marks a significant milestone for Beyond Snack. This location, just two hours from Bangalore Airport, offers logistical advantages that streamline operations and reduce shipping times. Madhu explains, "One of the primary reasons for choosing Tumkur was its logistical advantage. Consignments coming from Kerala save us a couple of days in transit, and sourcing raw materials from Tamil Nadu and Karnataka adds additional value."

Currently, the factory has a capacity of 200 tons per month, which can be expanded to 600-800 tons in the coming years. This increased capacity is pivotal for meeting the growing demand for Beyond Snack's products. "This plant is spearheading our entire growth plan. All our expansion efforts, both in India and globally, will be driven from this plant," Madhu emphasizes.

Domestic and Global Expansion

Beyond Snack initially had a strong presence in the Maharashtra region. However, post-funding, the company has expanded significantly into northern India, including Punjab, Delhi, and Uttar Pradesh. Madhu elaborates, "We have expanded into the eastern side as well and are slowly moving into the southern regions. We aim to establish ourselves as a national brand in banana chips."

However, the brand is not just focused on domestic growth. The company already has a presence in 15 countries, including the US, UK, Sweden, Singapore, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada. "Currently, the consumption in these countries is primarily from the Indian diaspora. Our goal is to go beyond that," says Madhu. The initial global expansion will target Western countries and the Middle East, with a strategic approach driven by the company's vision rather than market demand alone.

Distribution Strategy

The distribution strategy of Beyond Snack is multifaceted, involving general trade (GT), modern trade, quick commerce, and e-commerce. The pandemic initially pushed the company towards e-commerce, but they have since made significant inroads into the general trade market. "We launched our product right before the pandemic, which forced us to focus on e-commerce. However, we have substantially penetrated the general trade market in the last two years, especially post-funding," explains Madhu.

Currently, Beyond Snack products are available in over 14,000 outlets across India. The focus on GT will continue to grow, ensuring the brand’s presence is widespread and easily accessible to consumers.

Product Differentiation

Beyond Snack aims to dominate the banana chip category through continuous innovation. "Our objective is to grow this category and be number one in it. Banana chips never got the attention they deserved until Beyond Snack," Madhu states. The company has introduced several meaningful innovations, including flavor variations and format changes, such as the crinkle-cut style banana chips.

One of the standout innovations is the use of coconut oil for cooking the chips. While traditionally, banana chips have been cooked in coconut oil, Beyond Snack has refined this process to enhance quality and health benefits. Madhu explains, "Coconut oil in its crude format does not have a high smoking point, which is essential for deep frying. We spent eight months developing a refined coconut oil suitable for cooking banana chips, ensuring it retains all its health benefits without the overpowering smell."

Technological Advancements

Beyond Snack has integrated technology at various stages of production to maintain high quality and consistency. From raw material standardization to precise slicing and cooking processes, the company leverages technology to enhance efficiency. "The traditional method of making banana chips is outdated. We have brought in technological advancements at every stage to ensure our product stands out," says Madhu.

Sustainability is a core principle for Beyond Snack. The company sources its raw materials directly from farmers or farmer groups, ensuring fair practices and quality control. "We are working closely with farmers to implement better farming practices and technologies to improve crop quality. This is an area we plan to expand significantly in the coming years," notes Madhu.

Future Plans

Looking ahead, Beyond Snack aims to become a global brand originating from India. "Our vision is to have Beyond Snack products on retail shelves worldwide. We want to build a brand from India that has a global presence," Madhu asserts. The company is focused on making Kerala, the banana chip capital of the world, synonymous with Beyond Snack's high-quality, innovative products.

• retail expansion overseas

The global economic environment in FY24 has been marked by significant challenges, including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, rising inflation, tightening monetary policies, and disrupted global supply chains. Amid these headwinds, the Indian economy has demonstrated remarkable resilience, growing at an impressive rate of 7.6 percent in FY24. This growth is driven by robust government spending on infrastructure, growing private consumption, and a resilient services sector. This decoupling of India’s growth from global trends underscores the dynamism and potential of the Indian consumer market.

Indian economic growth in FY24 has remained strong in the face of global economic crises, driven by strong domestic demand for premium products and services, such as leisure travel. The IMF revised global growth forecasts downwards to 3.2 percent, due to factors such as the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, rising inflation, and tightening of monetary policies. These events have created a cautious consumer environment globally. However, India remained a bright spot amid these economic challenges. Per the Second Advance Estimates (SAE), the Indian economy grew at 7.6 percent in FY24. This growth was propelled by government spending on infrastructure and a resilient services sector. This growth decoupling highlights the inherent dynamism within the Indian consumer market.

To gain deeper insights into these trends, we turned to Praveen Govindu, Partner, Deloitte India, who shed light on the future of malls, the rise of value-conscious spending, and the potential of omnichannel retail.

The Future of Malls in India

The COVID-19 pandemic significantly altered consumer behaviors, leading to the rise of e-commerce. However, physical retail spaces, particularly malls, continue to hold relevance in the Indian market. Praveen Govindu emphasizes the importance of malls, stating, "Malls will continue to stay relevant, and my sense is they'll actually be even more relevant than probably pre-pandemic times."

Post-pandemic, consumers exhibit a strong desire to engage socially and experience out-of-home activities. Malls have become hubs for these interactions, offering not just products but also experiences and emotional connections. Govindu notes, "Successful brands are investing in delivering customer delight, which is a mix of product experience and storytelling." This evolution highlights that the role of malls extends beyond mere shopping to creating a holistic customer experience.

Moreover, the omnichannel approach, which integrates online and offline shopping experiences, is gaining traction. "Malls are great opportunities to enable those omnichannel journeys," Govindu explains, pointing out that consumers often research products online and make purchases offline, or vice versa. This seamless integration enhances the relevance of malls in the modern retail landscape.

Different Retail Channels in FY24

In FY24, the Indian retail landscape witnessed a significant shift in consumer preferences and channel performance. Various retail formats, including Exclusive Brand Outlets (EBOs), Multi-Brand Outlets (MBOs), Large Format Retail (LFR), e-commerce, and Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) online websites/apps, have experienced diverse growth trajectories across different segments.

Exclusive Brand Outlets

Exclusive Brand Outlets (EBOs) have shown significant growth in FY24, driven by strategic expansions and consumer demand for specialized shopping experiences. In FY24, Page Industries grew its retail footprint with more than 90 new EBOs, while Titan’s jewelry brands launched more than 170 new stores. In addition, Titan’s watch brands added 115 stores and Taneira added 32 stores. Tanishq experienced a like-for-like sales increase of 15 percent, Caratlane saw a growth of 6 percent, and Titan World saw a 5 percent growth. Aditya Birla Fashion & Retail Limited launched 700 new stores between Q4 of FY23 and Q4 of FY24, reaching a total of 4,247 stores. Further, premium and designer wear brands, such as Jaypore, Shantanu & Nikhil, and Masaba together added 7–8 new stores in this FY. The strong brand loyalty built by EBOs and targeted marketing initiatives has bolstered foot traffic and sales. Innovations, such as digital receipts and omni-channel deliveries, have enhanced the shopping experience, leading to better consumer engagement.

Multi-Brand Outlets

Multi-Brand Outlets (MBOs) have also performed well, particularly in the fashion and apparel sector. In FY24, Metro Brands saw a growth in standalone net profit, rising by 18.02 percent to INR 417.81 crore. In addition, the brand registered an 11.29 percent increase in revenue from operations, reaching INR 2,305 crore in FY24 compared with FY23. It added 97 stores (covering 19 new cities in FY24) across all formats during the year. Aditya Birla Fashion’s MBO network grew by 3,500 to surpass 37,000 stores in FY24. To address the challenges posed by EBOs and e-commerce channels, MBOs have adapted to changing times by continuously enhancing customer experience and service. These outlets have included free home deliveries, festive discounts, and seamless returns and exchanges. MBOs have evolved into a product discovery platform for the largest brands by forming exclusive partnerships with brands to run store-in-store initiatives and hosting brand In-store Promoters (ISPs).

The Rise of Value Retail

The pandemic also influenced spending patterns, with a notable rise in value-conscious spending. Govindu outlines the shift, explaining that post-pandemic, premium and luxury segments experienced significant growth as consumers indulged in high-end purchases. However, this trend has waned, making way for the resurgence of the value segment.

"The larger economies are reviving, and the rural economy, tier-two markets, and tier-three markets have also come out of the impact of COVID to a large extent," Govindu observes. This shift is driving growth in the value segment, with brands like Yousta, Zudio, and others rapidly expanding their presence. These brands are tapping into the aspirations of consumers in smaller cities and towns, where disposable income is rising, and the availability of products was previously limited.

Govindu further highlights, "Retail brands are opening exclusive outlets deep in tier-two and tier-three markets, and they're doing pretty well." This trend underscores the importance of accessibility and availability in driving retail growth in non-metro areas.

The Enduring Relevance of Kiranas

In the context of Indian retail, the role of kirana stores remains pivotal. Despite the proliferation of modern retail formats, kiranas continue to thrive due to their deep-rooted relationships with local communities. Govindu asserts, "You can't replace a kirana in the India market so easily," emphasizing the personalized service and trust these stores offer.

However, to stay relevant, kiranas must embrace digital transformation. Large companies are investing in modernizing kirana outlets by integrating digital payment systems, inventory management platforms, and connecting them with distributors. This transformation enables kiranas to cater to evolving consumer needs while retaining their unique strengths.

The Promise of Omnichannel Retail

Omnichannel retail is no longer a buzzword but a necessity in the Indian market. Consumers seamlessly move between online and offline channels, expecting a unified and consistent experience. "From a customer standpoint, there is nothing called omnichannel; everything is a channel of engagement," Govindu states.

The challenge for retailers lies in integrating these channels effectively. This involves managing costs, optimizing operating models, and resolving conflicts such as pricing discrepancies. The franchisee ecosystem in India adds complexity, as independent business owners must align with the brand's omnichannel strategy.

Govindu emphasizes the importance of investing in the right operating model, stating, "Companies need to invest in the right operating model when it comes to omnichannel to really succeed with this new customer segment." This includes addressing technological investments, profit-sharing mechanisms, and maintaining a consistent customer experience across all touchpoints.

Economic Expectations and Challenges for FY25

GDP growth is predicted at 7.0 percent for FY25, as markets adapt to geopolitical uncertainties. The global economy is expected to rebound in 2025, as central banks anticipate rate cuts. This recovery is expected to boost India’s private investment and export sectors. The anticipated growth in GDP over the next few years is expected to be primarily driven by Total Factor Productivity (TFP), supported by an increase in labor growth contribution (despite a smaller one) and a modest increase in capital accumulation.

This forecast suggests a shift towards efficiency-driven economic expansion, where advancements in technology, innovation, and skill development play a significant role in enhancing productivity. TFP represents the efficiency of all inputs combined. However, the emphasis on labor and capital highlights the importance of human capital development and strategic investment in physical infrastructure to ensure sustained economic progress.

Despite growth projections, inflation remains a concern, exacerbated by demand exceeding supply and higher food prices. However, as private investment improves supply-side capabilities, inflationary pressures are expected to ease below the RBI's 4 percent target all through the forecast period. India’s shift towards aspirational spending is a natural outcome of economic growth. However, managing the associated risks of rising inflation is crucial to maintaining economic stability and ensuring sustainable growth.

In the dynamic landscape of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) , companies face unique challenges when trying to implement unified commerce, primarily due to the lack of direct control over retail front-end operations. Sanjay Singal, the Chief Operating Officer for Dairy & Beverages at ITC Ltd., shared valuable insights on ITC's journey and strategies in embracing unified commerce during IReC X D2C Summit 2024 .

Unified Commerce vs. Omnichannel: A Critical Distinction

Unified commerce goes beyond the omnichannel approach by integrating all systems, databases, and processes to provide a seamless consumer experience across both digital and physical platforms. For traditional FMCG players like ITC, this integration is particularly challenging due to the fragmented nature of retail outlets, which often lack automation and operate on cash transactions. Singal emphasizes that while omnichannel ensures a consistent customer experience across different touchpoints, unified commerce aims to unify the entire backend to maintain a single, coherent view of the consumer.

ITC's Initiatives in Digital Transformation

Despite these challenges, ITC has made significant strides in digital transformation, particularly post-COVID. The pandemic underscored the importance of digital channels, leading ITC to launch the ITC e-Store. This platform aims to offer the entire range of ITC products, including new launches that typically face distribution challenges. Additionally, ITC ventured into the food tech space with three Direct-to-Consumer (DTC) brands in Bengaluru and Chennai: Aashirvaad Soul Creations, Sunfeast Baked Creations, and ITC MasterChef.

“These initiatives allowed us to understand and excel in the D2C space, leveraging real-time feedback and ratings to continually improve our offerings. The success of these ventures has provided ITC with valuable lessons on managing consumer experiences directly, despite the inherent challenges of the FMCG sector,” said Singal.

Leveraging Consumer Insights and Data

One of the primary benefits of unified commerce for FMCG companies is the ability to gather real-time consumer insights. Traditionally, FMCG brands relied heavily on mass distribution and broad advertising campaigns. However, with the rise of modern trade, e-commerce, and quick commerce, companies like ITC can now gain detailed insights into consumer behavior. Singal cites examples of how consumer data helps ITC understand purchasing patterns, such as why a consumer buys a pack of six coconut water bottles online but only a single bottle in a retail shop.

ITC has also focused on building a robust consumer data hub, which now holds data on approximately 4 to 5 crore consumers. This database allows ITC to retarget campaigns effectively and run lookalike campaigns, significantly improving conversion rates and reducing costs.

Challenges in Unified Commerce

Despite these advancements, significant challenges remain. Data integration is a major hurdle, as legacy systems and disparate databases complicate the creation of a unified consumer view. Additionally, the reliance on third-party data is becoming increasingly difficult, pushing FMCG companies to prioritize first-party data collection. Singal highlights the importance of value exchange in this context, where consumers are more willing to share data if they receive something valuable in return, such as nutritional advice.

Another critical challenge is ensuring a consistent consumer experience across various channels. Channel conflicts often arise due to differing costs and pricing strategies across modern trade, quick commerce, and traditional retail. Finding a balance that provides a uniform consumer experience while managing operational costs is a delicate task.

READ MORE:  The Evolution of Retail: Embracing Omnichannel Strategies

Practical Applications and Future Directions

To illustrate the practical application of unified commerce, Singal shares the example of ITC's Aashirvaad brand. ITC has segmented the Atta category to cater to evolving consumer health needs. Through digital marketing, the company engages consumers at multiple touchpoints, from initial discovery via advertisements to personalized offerings like Namma Chakki, which allows consumers to order customized, freshly ground Atta blends.

Moving forward, ITC aims to enhance its consumer data hub to create a more interactive system that not only gathers data but also actively engages with consumers to provide real-time feedback. This shift towards a more dynamic and integrated approach will help ITC better understand and respond to consumer preferences, ensuring a more personalized and consistent experience.

In conclusion, while unified commerce presents significant challenges for FMCG companies, ITC's innovative strategies and focus on digital transformation provide a roadmap for leveraging this approach to enhance consumer experiences and drive growth. By integrating systems, gathering real-time insights, and maintaining a consistent brand experience across all touchpoints, FMCG players can successfully navigate the complexities of unified commerce.

• Food & Grocery

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) sector is poised for a notable revenue increase of 7-9 percent this fiscal year, driven by higher volume growth. This positive outlook is bolstered by an expected revival in rural demand and stable urban demand. This growth projection follows an estimated 5-7 percent increase in the previous fiscal year of 2024.

Product realizations are anticipated to grow in the low single digits, primarily due to a marginal rise in the prices of key raw materials for the food and beverages (F&B) segment. However, the prices of raw materials for the personal care (PC) and home care (HC) segments are expected to remain stable. The combination of increasing premiumization and volume growth is projected to expand the operating margin by 50-75 basis points, reaching 20- 21 percent. However, this margin expansion is tempered by rising selling and marketing expenses amidst heightened competition from both organized and unorganized players.

A comprehensive study by CRISIL Ratings, encompassing 77 FMCG companies that represented about one-third of the estimated Rs 5.6 lakh crore sector revenue last fiscal year, supports this optimistic outlook. The F&B segment accounts for nearly half of the sector’s revenue, while the PC and HC segments each constitute a quarter.

Rural Demand

Aditya Jhaver, Director of CRISIL Ratings, remarked, “We expect volume growth of 6-7 percent in fiscal 2025 from the rural consumers (~40 percent of overall revenue), supported by expectation of better monsoon benefitting agricultural production, and hike in minimum support price supporting farm incomes. Higher government spending on rural infrastructure, primarily through Pradhan Mantri Awaas Yojana-Grameen (PMAY-G) for affordable houses, will aid higher savings in rural India, supporting their ability to spend more.”

Conversely, volume growth from urban consumers is expected to remain steady at approximately 7-8 percent during fiscal 2025. This steady growth is supported by rising disposable incomes and a continued focus on premium offerings by FMCG players, particularly in the personal care and home care segments.

Modest Realisation Growth

Revenue growth for the sector will also be supported by modest realization growth of 1-2 percent, mainly due to a slight increase in the prices of some key F&B raw materials, including sugar, wheat, edible oil, and milk. Prices for most crude-based products, such as linear alkyl benzene and high-density polyethylene packaging, are expected to remain rangebound. The emphasis on enhancing premium product offerings, particularly in the F&B and PC segments, will further support realizations.

Segment-Wise Growth Projections

Rabindra Verma, Associate Director of CRISIL Ratings, elaborated, “Revenue growth will vary across product segments and firms. The F&B segment is expected to grow 8-9 percent this fiscal, aided by improving rural demand, while the personal care segment will grow 6-7 percent. The home care segment, which outpaced the other two segments last fiscal, is expected to grow 8-9 percent this fiscal, led by continued premiumisation push and steady urban demand.”

Stable Credit Profiles

The credit profiles of CRISIL Ratings-rated FMCG companies are expected to remain stable, underpinned by their healthy cash-generating ability, strong balance sheets, and substantial liquid surpluses. These companies will continue to pursue inorganic growth opportunities, particularly small to mid-sized acquisitions, to expand their product offerings in fast-growing premium segments targeting higher-income groups.

Monitoring Rural Economy and Input Prices

In this optimistic scenario, the sustained improvement in the rural economy, which heavily depends on monsoon patterns and farm incomes, will be crucial for maintaining steady and balanced demand. Additionally, the extent of input price fluctuations and competitive intensity within the sector will be closely monitored.

The FMCG sector is set for a robust growth trajectory this fiscal year, buoyed by a resurgence in rural demand and consistent urban consumption. With a strategic focus on premiumization and volume expansion, coupled with stable credit profiles, the sector is well-positioned to navigate the challenges and opportunities in the coming months. As industry leaders keep a close watch on rural economic conditions and input price trends, the FMCG sector is expected to achieve a balanced and sustained growth path.

Are you a fashion enthusiast looking to upgrade your style without breaking the bank? IndianRetailer has got you covered. Fashion experts agree that accessories can significantly enhance your look. While earrings, bracelets, and necklaces are popular choices, one often overlooked accessory is sunglasses. The right pair of sunglasses can make a huge difference in your overall appearance.

To help you choose the perfect pair, here are the top 10 sunglasses brands in India. Explore various styles from the best eyewear brands in India to find the perfect fit for your face.

Top Sunglasses Brands in India Under 2500

Here are the top sunglasses brands in India:

1. John Jacobs

This brand offers top-grade material products crafted by specialists. It manufactures premium quality eyewear at one-third of the price of fancy labels. John Jacobs eyewear is designed and made with the best Italian houses to bring the latest new designs and innovative sunglasses. It produces eyewear with D2C retail excluding middlemen, hence the affordable price of sunglasses. It is known for technological use in the selection of raw materials, and robotic use in lens cutting. The sunglasses go through a five-step quality check to guarantee accuracy. 

Top Rated Sunglasses of John Jacob with Price (Myntra price)

• John Jacob Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens 134947 – Rs 2,399 onwards- This sunglass is a top-rated customer choice which is grey-coloured with a metallic framework, apt for an oval face structure. 
• John Jacobs Full Rim Aviator Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens 138598 - Rs 1,999 onwards- It's an aviator type of sunglasses, best for a square face. Full rim style with blue colour lens and metallic body, with gunmetal toned frame colour. 
• John Jacobs Unisex Green Lens & Gold-Toned Round Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens – Rs 1,999 onwards- It has a green lens with a gold hue frame and round type glasses, advised for a square face. The frame material is made out of metal with a full-rim style. 
• John Jacobs Unisex Brown Rectangle Sunglasses – Rs 1,699 onwards- A rectangular-type, brown-coloured len sunglass primarily for heart-shaped faces. Its frame is made with acetate material along with a full rim style. 

An American clothing brand started in 1853 it has become the world's largest apparel brand and a leader in jeans worldwide. The company has around 500 stores in more than 110 countries. It believes in delivering quality and originality in products. The partnership between Safilo and Levis brought eyewear products to the market.  It features niche and modern colour-integrated sunglasses at affordable pricing. 

Top recommended and affordable sunglasses by Levi’s with price (Myntra price)

• Women Cateye Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens- Rs 2500 onwards- It has a black colour frame and purple coloured lens with cat-eye type and fill rim styling. Best for oval-faced women.  
• Levis Unisex Other Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens–Rs 2500 onwards- Made with metal framework and full-rimmed style ideal for oval face structure for females as well as males. It has brown coloured lens and frame. 
• Levis Men Square Sunglasses with UV Protected Lens 16426927661 – Rs 2500 onwards- Ideal for oval-faced males. Made out of metallic material frame and gunmetal-toned frame colour. Its lean are purple and has full rimmed style. 

3. Fastrack

It was set in motion in 1998 and became India’s most-worn youth accessory brand. The brand started with a niche collection of sunglasses and watches and extended its product line in 2009 with bags, belts and wallets. Across the nation, Fastrack has 158 exclusive stores in more than 79 cities. It also retails through multi-brand outlets and an online website. It believes in delivering quality products that are affordable, not cheap. 

Bestselling Affordable Sunglasses by Fastrack with Price (Official website price)

• Black Aviator Sunglasses for Men and Women – Rs 1,200 onwards- A unisex affordable sunglass with stainless steel front, frame and temple material. With a black colour temple and aviator-shaped frame best suited for angular face type. 
• Smoke Gradient Pilot Rimmed Sunglasses – Rs 1,400 onwards- A metallic-based frame, front and temple material for both women and men. With a black colour temple and pilot-shaped frame best for triangular-shaped faces.
• Black Square Rimmed Sunglasses – Rs 1,400 onwards- Made with plastic matter for the front, frame and temple parts of the sunglass. It has a black temple colour with square shaped frame for both women and men. Best suited for round-shaped faces. 

4. Decathlon

It is one of the largest sports products retailer brands in the world with 1,700 stores within 72 countries. The company has partnered with worldwide suppliers and it markets in-house products through D2C retail with megastores and operates through an online website as well. It has six different brands named – Quechua, Forclaz, Van Rysel, Rockrider, Riverside and BTWIN for Hiking and camping, Backpacking, road cycling, mountain biking, gravel biking and kids cycling respectively. 

Most Popular and Affordable Sunglasses by Decathlon with Price (official website price)    

MH140 Anti UV Cat 3 Impact Resistant Sunglasses for Adult Hiking, Blue –Rs 800 onwards

• Usage: Now and then used in mountains in sunny weather.
• Weight: 26 grams 
• Made with polycarbonate glass with a rubber temple and wraparound shape, best suited for square-shaped faces. 

MH570 Anti UV Cat 4 Impact Resistant Sunglasses for Adult Hiking, Blue – Rs 1,500 onwards

• Usage: Perfect for mountains and hiking and ideal for sunny weather or high altitude. 
• Weight: 28 grams
• For high resistance, polycarbonate glasses are used with pliable material for the temple. 
• Adult Hiking Sunglasses Cat 3 MH160 Bronze Ochre – Rs 1,000 onwards
• Usage: Used in mountain areas for sunny weather. 
• Weight: 21 grams
• It has a wraparound shape and polycarbonate glasses with different and appealing temple shape. 

This affordable sunglasses brand offers a wide range of products from aviators to wayfarers and many more. It believes in providing a comfortable fit, stylish appearance and long-lasting styles of affordable yet premium glares. It is present on almost all leading e-commerce platforms. Voyage aims to enhance personality and sense of styling via its eyewear for all its customers. 

Bestselling Affordable Sunglasses by Voyage with Price (Official website price)

• Voyage Exclusive Gold And Black Polarized Round Sunglasses for Men & Women - PMG3981 – Rs 1,700 onwards- These top affordable sunglasses are unisex with a round shape frame, black lens, Metallic body and golden frame. Ideal for square-shaped faces. 
• Voyage Round Black Sunglasses MG2975 – Rs 1,100 onwards- This 100 percent UV protection glare has a metal body, black temple and round shape for males and females. 
• Voyage Black Silver Round Sunglasses - MG3504 – Rs 1,100 onwards- Made with a metal frame, temple and nose bridge with a round shape for unisex.  It has a silver colour frame and black lens. 

It has 1000 plus opticians, 220 departmental stores and more than 31 brick-and-mortar stores in India including airports and malls. Opium caters to providing affordable sunglasses in India for males and females. It delivers products that integrate affordability, style and quality that are functional and fashionable.  It stands out in the queue due to its trendy and peculiar craftsmanship.  

Bestselling and Affordable Sunglasses by Opium with Price (Official website price)

• EDEN – Rs 2,300 onwards- The frame is made out of plastic with a round shape and provides polarised and UV protection. It is ideal for females as well as males. 
• SUPER SOLDIER- TAC lens used with TR-90 frame with Polarized and UV protection. Caters for Unisex use due to pilot-shaped frame.  
• MAGNIFIQUE – Rs 2500 onwards- It is fitted for sports, outdoor and athleisure activities. The lens is made with advanced vision system (AVS) technology contributing to durability, strength and lightweight. It is unisex with a plastic frame and a hexa-shaped frame. 

The Titan Company started Titan eye+ in 2007 and today it has 900 plus exclusive stores in more than 350 cities in India. The brand maintains international standard products with quality and trust making it one of the top affordable sunglasses brands in India. It caters to modern trendy designs that are scattered in the Indian retail market space. 

Bestselling Affordable Sunglasses by Titan with Price (Official website price)

• Grey CatEye Sunglasses For Women – Rs 2,500 onwards- It is made out of acetate material on the front and frame part of the glare. Has a cat-eye shape with a stainless steel frame, ideal for women. 
• Grey Square Men Sunglasses (GM311BK2P|58) – Rs 2,500 onwards- It has a clubmaster-shaped frame with a metallic front and frame. With grey coloured temple suitable for men. 

The brand caters to youth aged between 15 to 25 years. Idee is well-known for its fresh designs, boldness and buoyant styles. It regales class quality, valued frames and sunglasses. The affordable sunglass brand has set an uber-cool trend in the market attracting a vast range of eyewear crafted with tested and tried material.

Top affordable sunglasses by Idee with price (Official website price)

• IRUS S1111 UNISEX FLIER SUNGLASSES – Rs 1,100 onwards- Shiny light gold coloured frame with red Revo lens colour made with polycarbonate material. 
• IRUS S1068 UNISEX ROUND SUNGLASSES – Rs 1,600 onwards- Provides 100 percent UV protection with the polycarbonate lens. Shiny light golden coloured frame with gradient green mirror effect. 
• IRUS S1030 UNISEX RECTANGULAR SUNGLASSES – Rs 1800 onwards- Made with rose gold frame colour and light brown lens, shaped in rectangular style of glare. 

9. Flying Machine

The company started in 1980 in India, owned by Arvind Limited. In the fashion industry, Flying Machine is a trendsetter due to its exclusive designs in apparel, accessories as well as eyewear. Flying Machine has 1300 stand-alone stores, more than 5000 departmental stores and many multi-branded stores across parts of India. It retails through brick-and-mortar and D2C channels.

Bestseller sunglass by Flying Machine with price (Official website price)

• FLYING MACHINE Rectangular Frame Tinted Sunglasses – Rs 1,600 onwards- Made with plastic along with a tinted lens, nose grip and broad temple tip

10. The Tinted Story

Lately started an eyewear brand offering versatile and affordable sunglasses in India. The brand was born in 2021 with a vision to make luxury sunglasses at a premium price. The glares are manufactured in high-quality factories around the world. This eyewear brand retails through e-commerce platforms with doorstep delivery in pan India, allowing to maintain affordable pricing. 

Best-selling affordable sunglasses by The Tinted Story with price (Official website price)

• Rimless Rectangle Tint Sunglasses (UV400 Protection) – Rs 2000 onwards- This unisex sunglass is made with regular fit type, golden frame and multi-coloured lens. It has a metallic frame material with 400 UV protection. 
• Elfin Sunglasses (UV 400 Protection) – Rs 2,000 onwards- Made with a sleek build and regular fir type. Polycarbonate lens and frame material with multi-coloured for unisex.
• Hexagon Retro Sunglasses (UV400 Protection) – Rs 1700 onwards- Large type fit made for women with golden frame colour and multi-coloured lens. 

IndianRetailer’s Vision:

The primary objective of a pair of Sunglasses is to protect your eyes but it offers much more- enhances your style, personality, as well as your aura. Furthermore, it helps you stand out of a crowd and make a statement, while being affordable and versatile. So, select a brand that serves your style. To make it all easy for you this is a list of our top 10 affordable sunglass brands in India. Enjoy shopping!

What type of sunglasses are suitable for protection? Various sunglasses provide UV protection at different percentages. 

Name the top three affordable sunglasses brands in India. The list starts from John Jacobs followed by Levis and Fastrack. 

How to make sure that the sunglasses are effective? Check for 100 percent UV protection or UV 400 label. 

• John Jacobs

The first puff of a cigarette is thrilling and satisfying. Holding that sleek, white stick isn't just a habit; it's a style statement.

Curious about the top cigarette brands in India? Wonder what makes a cigarette premium? Why do some people spend more on certain brands? Let's find out.

In the Indian cigarette market, some brands really stand out. These brands offer quality and have unique stories behind them. In this article, we'll look at the eight most expensive cigarette brands in India. We'll talk about their parent companies and where they come from. You'll find out where these cigarettes are made and who markets them. We'll share the stories behind their names and an interesting fact about each brand. We'll also discuss the type of tobacco they use and why smokers love them.

India Cigarettes Market:

Here are some updated key points about the cigarette market in India as of 2024, including relevant statistics and data:

• The Indian cigarette market was worth INR 1,307.7 billion ($16.6 billion)  in 2022. It is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of over 3% from 2022 to 2027​.
• ITC Limited is the top company in India's cigarette market. Other leading companies include Godfrey Phillips India, VST Industries, and Dalmia Industries​.
• Cigarette consumption per person in India is low compared to global levels. Many smokers prefer beedis over cigarettes​.
• India reduced cigarette imports significantly in 2022. Singapore is the largest cigarette exporter in India​.
• Tobacco specialists are the main sellers of cigarettes in India. These specialized outlets are preferred over general stores​.

Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in India

Here are the most expensive cigarette brands in India in 2024:

1. Treasurer

Treasurer is a premium cigarette brand made by The Chancellor Tobacco in the UK. It uses high-quality, pure Virginia tobacco. ITC Limited markets these cigarettes in India. The name "Treasurer" comes from the idea of luxury and exclusivity. This brand is known for its high standards and refined quality. A pack of 20 Treasurer cigarettes costs around Rs. 4,500 in India.

Check More: 10 Best Cigarette Brands in India to Know in 2024

2. Davidoff

Davidoff is a premium cigarette brand owned by Imperial Brands, a British company. Dunhill cigarettes are marketed by Imperial Brands as well. The Davidoff brand is named after its founder, Zino Davidoff. In 1968, Zino introduced the first line of Davidoff cigars. He did this after traveling widely and learning about tobacco farming. This knowledge helped him create a high-quality product. Davidoff cigarettes use a blend of premium tobacco. This blend keeps their standards high and makes them expensive. In India, a pack of 20 Davidoff White 8-mg King Size cigarettes costs approximately Rs. 1,700.

Check This - Explore What's New in Cigarettes

3. Sobranie

Sobranie is a luxury cigarette brand from the UK, owned by Japan Tobacco. The Gallaher Group, a subsidiary of Japan Tobacco, manages marketing for Sobranie. The name "Sobranie" comes from the Russian word for "gathering" or "assembly." Sobranie was established in London in 1879 by Albert Weinberg. This makes it one of the oldest cigarette brands. The brand is famous for its luxury image and high-quality tobacco. Sobranie cigarettes use a blend of Virginia, Turkish, and Oriental tobaccos. These tobaccos are stored and matured over time to develop a richer flavor. In India, a pack of 20 Sobranie Black Russian cigarettes costs around Rs. 1,200.

Check More : Top Whisky Brands in India for 2024 | ABV%

4. American Spirit

American Spirit is a premium cigarette brand owned by Reynolds American. In India, these cigarettes are made and marketed by Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company , part of ITC Limited. The name "American Spirit" shows their focus on natural, additive-free tobacco. Founded in 1982 by Bill Drake and his partners, the brand became popular for its natural and organic tobacco. American Spirit uses only 100% additive-free tobacco. They offer options with organic tobacco and a Perique tobacco blend. In India, a pack of 20 American Spirit Yellow cigarettes costs about Rs. 999.

5.  Parliament Cigarettes

Parliament, one of the exclusive cigarette brands from Philip Morris International, is marketed in India by Godfrey Phillips India. The brand started in 1931 and is known for its unique recessed paper filters, which were initially an advertising gimmick. The name "Parliament" reflects its high-end image. In the past, wealthy smokers preferred Parliament. It was also one of the first brands to use commercial cigarette filters. Parliament uses high-quality Virginia and Turkish tobacco. They offer different blends, including menthol varieties. In India, a pack of 20 Parliament cigarettes costs between Rs. 300 and Rs. 600.

6. Marlboro

Marlboro is a premium cigarette brand. Its parent company is Philip Morris International. Philip Morris International handles the manufacturing and marketing of Marlboro. The brand was launched in 1924 and was initially marketed as "America's luxury cigarette. In the 1950s, the "Marlboro Man" campaign was introduced to make the brand more appealing to men. Marlboro uses a blend of high-quality Virginia, Burley, and Oriental tobaccos. The approximate price of a pack of 20 Marlboro cigarettes is Rs. 400.

7. Benson & Hedges

Benson & Hedges is a cigarette brand owned by Philip Morris USA, British American Tobacco, and Japan Tobacco. In India, ITC Limited handles its marketing. The brand was founded in 1873 by Richard Benson and William Hedges in London. The brand's name, "Benson & Hedges," comes from the surnames of its founders, Richard Benson and William Hedges. In 1878, the brand received a royal warrant from the Prince of Wales. Benson & Hedges cigarettes use high-quality tobaccos, including Virginia, Burley, and Turkish varieties. In India, a pack of 20 Benson & Hedges cigarettes costs around Rs. 340.

Read More: Top 10 Rum Brands in India

Dunhill is a premium cigarette brand in India, owned by British American Tobacco and Alfred Dunhill Limited. ITC Limited markets Dunhill cigarettes in India. Alfred Dunhill founded the brand in London in 1907, naming it after himself, a renowned English tobacconist and inventor. Dunhill cigarettes are known for their luxury and high-quality tobacco blends. They include popular lines like Dunhill Fine Cut and Dunhill International, which use high-grade Virginia and Oriental tobaccos. In India, a pack of 20 Dunhill Switch cigarettes costs around Rs. 349.

Cigarette Market Global Analysis: The big picture

Global Market Overview:

• The global cigarette market was valued at USD 738.6 billion in 2022.
• By 2028, the cigarette market is projected to reach USD 890.25 billion.
• This growth represents a CAGR of 3.1% from 2023 to 2028.
• Major brands in the global cigarette industry include Philip Morris International, British American Tobacco, Japan Tobacco International, and Imperial Tobacco Group.

Indian Market Overview:

• In 2022, the Indian premium cigarette market was valued at INR 1,307.7 billion.
• The Indian cigarette industry is growing at a rate of over 3% CAGR.
• Premium brands such as Treasurer, Davidoff, Dunhill, and American Spirit are gaining popularity in India.

Similarities:

• Both the global and Indian cigarette markets face significant regulatory challenges.
• Health concerns related to smoking are prevalent in both markets.
• Premium cigarette brands are preferred by consumers with higher disposable incomes in both the global and Indian markets.

Differences:

• Global cigarette markets, especially in Europe and the U.S., are more mature compared to the Indian market.
• Growth of the Indian cigarette market is driven by rising disposable incomes and urbanization.
• Growth in the global cigarette industry is fueled by innovations in reduced-risk products.
• Premium branding plays a significant role in the global cigarette market.

At Indian Retailer, we examine the most expensive cigarette brands in India. These high prices come with promises of quality, tradition, and unique flavors. These premium brands target a small group of smokers who seek more than just a product—they want a special experience.

However, these luxury cigarette brands face challenges. They must deal with strict regulations and a growing number of health-conscious people. The future of these premium cigarettes is uncertain. Will they continue to grow in popularity, or will the market shift due to these challenges? Only time will tell.

FAQs on Most Expensive Cigarette Brands in 2024

1. Which is the costliest cigarette in India?

The costliest cigarette in India is Treasurer . A pack of 20 Treasurer cigarettes costs around Rs. 4,500.

2. Which cigarette is banned in India?

In India, e-cigarettes and vaping devices are banned, including their production, sale, and advertisement. This ban, enforced since 2019, aims to prevent vaping among youth and address health concerns. Traditional tobacco cigarettes, however, remain legal.

3. Which cigarette brand has the lowest tar and nicotine levels?

American Spirit is the cigarette brand with the lowest tar and nicotine levels. They offer options with natural, additive-free tobacco, including varieties with lower tar and nicotine content.

4. Do cigarettes expire?

Cigarettes do not have an expiration date. According to the World Health Organization, an expiration date may make consumers think that it's safe to smoke cigarettes before the printed date while smoking cigarettes at any time can cause health problems.

5. Who invented cigarettes?

James Albert Bonsack invented the cigarette-making machine in 1880, which allowed for mass production of cigarettes.

In today's dynamic and health-conscious consumer landscape, the food industry is witnessing a significant shift towards products that not only tantalize the taste buds but also offer health benefits. One such category that has been undergoing a remarkable transformation is pickles. Traditionally known for their tangy and flavorful appeal, pickles are now adapting to meet the evolving preferences of health-conscious consumers. Let's delve into the fascinating realm of how pickle brands are embracing health and wellness trends to cater to the changing needs of their customers.

The Rise of Health-Conscious Consumers

With a growing awareness of the importance of a healthy lifestyle, consumers are increasingly seeking food options that are not only delicious but also nutritious. This shift in consumer behavior has prompted food companies, including pickle brands, to reevaluate their product offerings and make necessary adjustments to align with the changing preferences of the market.

Innovation in Ingredients

One of the key ways pickle brands are adapting to consumer preferences is through innovation in ingredients. Traditionally, pickles were made using high amounts of salt and sugar for preservation purposes. However, in response to the demand for healthier options, many brands are now exploring alternative ingredients and methods to reduce the use of these additives.

For instance, some pickle brands are incorporating natural sweeteners like honey or maple syrup instead of refined sugar. Others are using less salt or exploring salt alternatives to cater to consumers looking to reduce their sodium intake. By experimenting with new ingredients and recipes, pickle brands are able to offer products that are not only tasty but also aligned with the health and wellness goals of their customers.

Focus on Organic and Locally Sourced Ingredients

Another significant trend in the pickle industry is the emphasis on using organic and locally sourced ingredients. Consumers today are increasingly concerned about the environmental impact of food production and are looking for products that are sustainably sourced and produced.

Pickle brands are responding to this trend by sourcing their ingredients from local farmers and suppliers who follow sustainable practices. By using organic ingredients, these brands are able to offer pickles that are free from harmful pesticides and chemicals, appealing to health-conscious consumers who prioritize clean eating and sustainability.

Introduction of Functional Pickles

In addition to incorporating healthier ingredients, some pickle brands are taking innovation a step further by introducing functional pickles. These pickles are infused with beneficial ingredients known for their health-promoting properties, such as probiotics, turmeric, or ginger.

Probiotic pickles, for example, support gut health and digestion, while turmeric-infused pickles offer anti-inflammatory benefits. By adding functional ingredients to their products, pickle brands are not only enhancing the nutritional profile of their pickles but also tapping into the growing trend of functional foods that promote overall well-being.

As consumer preferences continue to evolve, pickle brands are adapting to meet the changing demands of the market. By embracing health and wellness trends, these brands are not only staying relevant but also carving a niche for themselves in the competitive food industry. Through innovation in ingredients, a focus on organic and locally sourced ingredients, and the introduction of functional pickles, pickle brands are redefining the traditional perception of pickles and offering consumers a healthier and more diverse range of options.

In this era of heightened health awareness, the transformation of pickle brands serves as a testament to the industry's commitment to meeting the needs of today's health-conscious consumers. As we move forward, it will be exciting to witness how pickle brands will continue to evolve and innovate to cater to the ever-changing landscape of health and wellness trends. By staying attuned to consumer preferences and constantly striving to offer products that not only satisfy taste buds but also contribute to overall well-being, pickle brands are poised to make a lasting impact in the food industry.

In conclusion, the journey of pickle brands towards embracing health and wellness trends is a testament to their adaptability and commitment to meeting the evolving needs of consumers. As we savor the tangy delights of these revamped pickles, we can appreciate the fusion of tradition and innovation that characterizes this dynamic industry. Cheers to a future filled with delicious, nutritious, and health-conscious pickle options that delight our taste buds and nourish our bodies.

-Authored By Harpal Singh Gulati, founder of Martban Pickles

• food & beverage

Indian consumers are increasingly prioritizing value-conscious purchases and experiential spending. Inflation has greatly impacted consumer spending, pushing a shift towards value-conscious purchases and a renewed interest in experiences like travel and hospitality. While spending in areas such as recreation, entertainment, leisure, and travel has surged, traditional retail segments like fashion and lifestyle have seen flat volume growth.

Deloitte India's latest report, "Future of Retail: Sweating Assets for Growing Volumes and Same Store Sales," highlights a significant shift in spending habits, emphasizing the importance of experiences and localized innovation over traditional product-centric purchases.

The global economic environment in FY24 has been marked by significant challenges, including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, rising inflation, tightening monetary policies and disrupted global supply chains. Amid these headwinds, the Indian economy has demonstrated remarkable resilience, growing at an impressive rate of 7.6 percent in FY24.

This growth is driven by robust government spending on infrastructure, growing private consumption, and a resilient services sector. This decoupling of India’s growth from global trends underscores the dynamism and potential of the Indian consumer market. The report delves into the performance of various subsectors within the consumer and retail sectors, highlighting their resilience and vulnerabilities. It examines the impact of inflation on consumer spending patterns, exhibiting a transition towards value-conscious purchases and a resurgence in demand for experiences, such as travel and hospitality.

Key Highlights

• Dining out or ordering in: Despite 29 percent of respondents planning to reduce dining out or ordering in due to health and budget concerns, over 50 percent strongly preferred maintaining or increasing their dining frequency. This suggests a resilient demand for dining options prioritizing health, quality, and appeal, presenting an opportunity for establishments to cater to this discerning segment.
• Apparel, footwear, and fashion accessories: While 32 percent intend to decrease spending, citing satisfaction with their current wardrobe and a preference for minimalist lifestyles, around 14 percent plan to increase their purchases. Retailers need to offer compelling design considerations for customers to refresh their wardrobes, such as new trends or sustainable fashion options, to maintain engagement.
• Leisure travel: Around 29 percent of respondents plan to increase travel frequency in the coming year, indicating a growing appetite for experiential spending. This trend allows travel companies to create tailored experiences that resonate with consumers seeking unique adventures and cultural immersion, potentially driving higher engagement and loyalty.
• Consumer durables and appliances: Despite 30 percent of respondents citing financial constraints as a deterrent, approximately one-third have recently purchased in this category. This indicates that there is still a market segment with unmet needs, possibly looking for more affordable options or innovative features.
• Consumer electronics: Anticipated purchases are declining, due to existing device adequacy and financial considerations. To stimulate demand, brands may need to introduce budget-friendly variants or flexible payment plans that align with consumers' financial priorities.
• Furniture and home furnishings: Nearly 60 percent expressed no immediate intent to purchase major furniture items; however, there is sustained interest in home décor purchases for redecoration purposes. This suggests an opportunity for retailers to focus on smaller, more affordable home décor items to serve this segment.
• Luggage items: Interest in luggage purchases remains modest, with only 15 percent considering a purchase in the next year. This aligns with a broader trend of selective spending on travel-related items, primarily driven by the need to replace old or damaged luggage. This segment may benefit from value-driven offerings or innovative designs to attract consumers.

Anand Ramanathan, Partner and Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader at Deloitte India shared his perspective on the evolving consumer landscape. "The premium segment led the post-pandemic recovery in consumption. However, most categories in retail are now witnessing a slowdown in premium demand and a revival in the mass segment. The evolving consumer landscape presents a complex interplay of value consciousness and a growing demand for unique experiences, highlighting the need for localized innovation at scale."

Ramanathan emphasized the importance of maximizing existing investments and assets to drive like-for-like growth. "Companies that innovate to meet evolving consumer preferences on convenience, affordability, and health will not just survive but thrive. One of the key imperatives for consumer businesses is the importance of sweating existing investments and assets to drive like-for-like growth. Industry leaders will need to leverage the use of technology and AI for operational efficiency and strategic resource allocation. This report offers a detailed analysis and actionable insights for stakeholders to navigate and capitalize on these dynamic trends."

The report outlines businesses can aim for an incremental 8 to 20 percent growth in like-to-like sales by sweating their investments in customer, product, channel, and experience.

Following growth levers for businesses will reshape the retail experiences:

• Refining Consumer Personas: Around 48 percent of consumers are willing to share data, providing an opportunity for businesses to focus on profitable segments and emerging consumer groups. Implementing targeted interventions across the purchase journey using technology can enhance consumer engagement and loyalty.
• Enhancing Perceived Value: Nearly 42 percent of consumers look for value-added services and benefits. Companies should clearly communicate their holistic selling proposition, covering benefits across product/service offerings, experience, loyalty rewards, warranty, and post-sales support.
• Advanced Data Analytics to Drive Sales : Using centralized customer data platforms for hyper-personalization and optimizing store performance through targeted operational enhancements can significantly impact sales. In fact, 45 percent of consumers expect brands to anticipate their needs and proactively communicate.
• Localization: Tailoring product assortments and marketing strategies to local preferences can strengthen brand connections. Consumers show interest in geo-targeted ads, with 27 percent expressing interest in product offers.
• Interactive and Immersive Experiences : Creating engaging experiences across physical and digital channels, implementing innovative in-store activations, and using digital tools for high-quality customer advisory services can drive consumer engagement. For instance, 80 percent cited word of mouth as influencing their purchase decisions, 55 percent highlighted the importance of quality advisory, and 43 percent of global retailers plan to offer virtual expert connects.

The Role of the Upcoming Union Budget

Ramanathan also highlighted the potential impact of the upcoming Union budget for 2024-25. "The upcoming Union budget for 2024-25 will be an excellent opportunity to add momentum to the revival of the mass segment by enhancing investments in the rural economy and agriculture. A normal monsoon, festival season, and replacement demand will help drive volumes in all categories for broad-based growth in consumer and retail beyond urban markets to rural and semi-urban centers."

Thus, by leveraging the insights and recommendations outlined in the report, businesses can navigate the dynamic trends and capitalize on opportunities to drive growth and enhance consumer engagement. As the retail sector continues to evolve, the focus on localized innovation, advanced data analytics, and immersive experiences will be crucial in meeting the changing preferences of Indian consumers.

• Customer Data solution

Raw, musky, sensual – the scent of an alpha male! What is it that a man looks for when he chooses his scent out of the plethora of choices available in the market today? The answer: power. When he walks into a room, he should be perceived as the most successful person there. So, how to choose your signature fragrance – should it be the most expensive or most famous or the one worn by a celeb. Here, we list the top 10 perfumes brands for men in India that have kept the ‘worldly’ men enraptured in their notes. Pick the one that best ignites your senses, and of course, have a sniff test before you craft your signature.

Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India

Here are the top 10 perfume brands for males in India that will elevate your style and leave a lasting impression. Discover the perfect scents to make you stand out and get noticed.

1. Hermès Terre d'Hermès Parfum Pure Perfume

Terre d’Hermès Parfum is more complex and has excellent longevity. This fragrance starts with an exciting burst of citrus and has the primary notes of grapefruit and orange. Upon its finish, the heart presents a rather interesting interplay of flint and pepper that provides a mineral sharpness and a hint of spice. 

• Fragrance: Woody Oriental and Fresh lime
• Price Range : Rs 10,000 (75ml) and Rs 18,000 (200ml)
• Evocative Essence: This perfume captures the essence of the earth itself, with rich, woody notes that ground the scent in a deeply sophisticated, earthy aroma. Think of a scent that takes you on a journey through forests and fields.
• Citrus Twist: The fragrance opens with a burst of citrus, adding a fresh and invigorating contrast to the deep, woody base. This balance creates a dynamic, evolving scent experience that remains captivating from start to finish.
• Elegance in a Bottle: Ideal for those who appreciate a scent that is as timeless and refined as it is bold and complex.

2. Ralph Lauren Polo Blue Eau de Toilette for Men

Polo Blue is the scent that embodies the nautical spirit and the desire to be free as a bird, associated with the energizing and cool breeze of the sea. Right from the onset of the perfume’s application, one is offered a splash of delicious and thirst-quenching watermelon giving the fragrance a lively and zesty character.

• Fragrance: Refreshing, Aquatic
• Price Range: Rs 4,000 (75ml) and Rs 5,000 (125ml)
• Lifestyle Inspiration: The campaign shot at the core of Polo Blue has been anchored on a washed suede accord, which has become the crowning glory of the brand. Polo Blue will take inspiration from the looks of the clear and vast blue skies, and the cold blow down by the beach. It is to smell the fragrance that defines such virtues as comfort, refinement, and a light-hearted demeanour.
• Invigorating Blend: A refreshing blend of melon, cucumber, and basil creates a clean, crisp fragrance that’s perfect for daytime wear. It’s light yet enduring, making it ideal for the modern gentleman on the go.
• Versatile Freshness: Whether you're at the office or on a casual outing, this scent offers a refreshing burst of energy and sophistication.

3. Bvlgari Man in Black Eau de Parfum for Men

Bvlgari Man in Black, the fragrance is a passionate, playful side of the fire-element, a symbol of strength and energy. An appealing Eau de Parfum surrounded by seductive fascinating powers to make a resolute and charismatic attitude to sexuality.

• Fragrance: Sophisticated, Leather-Oriental
• Price Range: Rs 10,000 (100ml) and Rs 12,000 (150ml)
• Opulent Origins: Inspired by Bvlgari’s luxurious design ethos, this scent is rich and opulent, embodying the essence of sophistication and style.
• Spicy Elegance: Combines leather with spicy notes of amber and rum, creating a scent that’s both bold and intricate. It’s perfect for those who appreciate a fragrance that’s as multifaceted as it is luxurious.
• Evening Aura: Ideal for evening wear, it exudes confidence and a touch of mystery, making a lasting impression wherever you go.

4. Paco Rabanne One Million Eau de Toilette for Men

Get lost in the intoxication of the smell of real leather with the note of spices and a hint of freshness. This fantasy makes one’s head spin from the first accords to the final dry down while leaving a lasting impression that linger in the air.

Unlike other fragrances that are intended to revitalise and invigorate, this one is supposed just to perplex and seduce. It has become a declaration of a man’s soul and desire, a fragrance version of mystery. Every time you spray it, it breaks conventions and rules, prescribed by society, men and all other powers that be, and letting you make a powerful statement. Open yourself up for the semi-erotic cloud of uncertainty and dull Sheen, freshness kisses complexity, and vice versa.

• Fragrance: Matte blonde leather and exude sensuality and depth
• Price Range: Rs 7,000 (100ml) and Rs 9,000 (200ml)
• Modern Edge: Reflects the edgy, contemporary style of Paco Rabanne. It’s a fragrance that stands out, much like the gold bar-inspired bottle it comes in.
• Dynamic Notes: Features vibrant notes of grapefruit, mint, and blood orange, creating an energetic and bold scent profile. It’s for the man who’s unafraid to make a statement.

5. Tom Ford Noir

A highly erotic scent, TOM FORD’s Noir is a perfect mix of citrus with notes of mandarin and grapefruit with black pepper at its end. Loaded with a rich amber and dry cedarwood base, Noir can be described as an elegant addition to every contemporary man’s routine.

• Fragrance: Sophisticated, Seductive
• Price Range: Rs 17,000 (100ml)
• Mysterious Allure: Embodies the sleek, enigmatic allure of Tom Ford’s designs, creating a fragrance that’s both sophisticated and seductive.
• Complex Blend: A masterful blend of oud, rich vanilla, and amber, creating a deeply intoxicating and luxurious scent.
• Intimate Charm: Ideal for evening wear and intimate settings, this scent exudes an air of mystery and allure.

6. Christian Dior Sauvage

Imagine yourself in the fascinating reception of the desert at dusk with Dior Sauvage Eau de Parfum which embodies this magical time of awakening, enveloping the sensuous bouquet of the night with warm haze. Nightfall and the refreshing winds of the desert, and Sauvage Eau de Parfum plays its music, wrapping you in the blue haze which evokes the untamed passions within you.

It incarnates the wildness within each of us that has been domesticated for one reason or the other, and which instantly reconnects with the forest that still dwells in it to embrace the enchantment of the wild. May the royal path of this exceptional scent help to strengthen you throughout your journey of life and accept the wildness inside oneself as well as the mysteries of life.

• Fragrance: Freshness and Sensuality
• Price Range: Rs 9,000 (60ml), Rs 13,000 (100ml) and Rs 19,000 (200ml)
• Adventurous Spirit: Captures the essence of Dior’s modern, adventurous aesthetic, making it perfect for the dynamic man.
• Invigorating Notes: Features top notes of bergamot and lavender, creating a fresh and energetic scent that’s both invigorating and enduring.
• Everyday Elegance: Ideal for everyday wear, this scent offers a fresh burst of energy that’s perfect for the man on the move.

7. Chanel Bleu de Chanel

The fragrance that defies expectations and embraces boldness: a provocation which is blindingly new, clean, and sexual. This scent is for the man who does not follow the trend but creates his own path by never giving up hope—a man who defies the odds and creates his own fate.

It is the tribute to the man, who breaks the conventional rules and is proud of it, this fragrance gives amazing and unique trail, the trail for the man who writes his own story and leaves the mark wherever he goes.

• Fragrance: Fresh Citrus accord
• Price Range: Rs 16,000 (150ml) and Rs 13,000 (100ml)
• Timeless Elegance: Reflects the timeless sophistication of Chanel’s designs, offering a fragrance that’s both classic and modern.
• Rich Composition: Combines rich cedar and incense with refreshing citrus top notes, creating a complex and enduring scent profile.
• Versatile Sophistication: Suitable for both day and night wear, this scent offers versatility and elegance, making it a perfect addition to any fragrance collection.

8. Prada Amber Pour Homme Eau de Toilette for Men

Find a scent that is not so common and certainly not overshadowing your individuality. Adrenaline and influential characterisation Prada Amber Pour Homme Eau de Toilette which Introduced back in 2006 has uniqueness of four components: amber with oriental notes, fougere with sides of soap, refreshed citrus additives and the mild notes of leather. They combine well to create a package that will leave you helpless from the first glance.

• Fragrance: Oriental fougère
• Price Range: Rs 7,000 (100ml)
• Understated Sophistication: Embodies Prada’s refined, understated style, offering a fragrance that’s both luxurious and comforting.
• Warm Notes: Features notes of vanilla, tonka bean, and amber, creating a warm and inviting scent profile that’s perfect for cooler weather or evening wear.

9. Valentino Uomo Eau de Toilette for Men

What does masculinity smell like? Just like the Valentino Uomo Eau de Toilette that is designed for men. They completely evoke the atmosphere of Venice as if someone waved a wand, and here you are placed in front of you. It will be one of the leather fragrances you will love to wear and the ladies you come across will also do. It is usually worn for occasions when the temperature drops in the autumn and winter.

• Fragrance: Leather-Oriental
• Price Range: Rs 6,000 (100ml)
• Rich Blend: Combines notes of bergamot, coffee, and rich leather, creating a deeply sophisticated and elegant scent profile.
• Formal Elegance: Perfect for formal occasions and evening wear, this scent offers a touch of luxury and refinement.

10. Davidoff Cool Water Intense Eau de Parfum for Men

Experience the magic of seduction with Davidoff Cool Water Intense a new sophisticated Eau de Parfum by Davidoff. A modern reinterpretation of the iconic Cool Water fragrance, it unveils a renewed freshness and indulgent allure, enriched with a responsibly sourced gem from nature: the carefully selected green mandarin from the Brazilian gardens.

The green mandarin acts as the centrepiece of this great composition of blends and contributes the fresh zest sensation. It is not just a luxurious ingredient but also an entire sentiment; the desire for sustainable sources, and a conservation of the earth’s gifts.

• Fragrance: Refreshing and a sense of liberation and adventure
• Price Range: Rs 5,000 (125ml)
• Modern Freshness: Captures the essence of Davidoff’s sleek, modern designs, offering a fragrance that’s both fresh and invigorating.
• Everyday Vitality: Ideal for those seeking a fresh, invigorating scent that’s perfect for daily wear and casual settings.

At IndianRetailer, we understand how tough it is to select the right fragrance, which is a deeply personal choice, but these top 10 perfume brands for male in India offer a diverse range of scents that cater to various tastes and preferences. From the luxurious and sophisticated to the fresh and modern, these famous perfume brands provide options that will elevate your style and boost your confidence.

FAQs on Top Perfume Brands for Male in India 

1. What is the number 1 selling perfume for men?

Dior Sauvage is by far the best-selling men's cologne.

2. What is the highest quality of perfume?

Extrait de Parfum and Essence de Parfum is the highest level of quality and fragrance concentration available on the market. The fragrance concentration of at least 20% is the highest and therefore particularly intense and long-lasting.

3. Which country's perfume is best?

French perfume. France is renowned for its perfume industry and is home to some of the world's most famous perfumeries, such as the Maison Guerlain.

4. What are the 4 grades of perfume?

These are the 4 grades of perfume,

• Parfum – Concentration of perfume oils – 20-40%
• Eau de Parfum – Concentration of perfume oils – 15-20%
• Eau de Toilette – Concentration of perfume oils – 5-15%
• Eau de Cologne – Concentration of perfume oils – 2-5%
• Eau Fraîche – Concentration of perfume oils – 1-3%

5. Which type of perfume is best?

Eau de Toilette is one of the most widely-used types of perfume. Most brands are generally cheaper than Eau de parfum. The name came from the French term "faire sa toilette," which means getting ready, so many people consider it the go-to choice for getting ready for a typical day.

It is widely known that most women are obsessed with shoes . In fact, one of the most coveted real estate areas in a home is the shoe closet. However, this craze has been overtaken by the new breed of collectors – the Sneakerheads – they not only covert the best and the most luxurious of sneakers in the world, but most have a dedicated place in their home to store these sneakers properly. Gone are the days when sneakers used to be a utility accessory – made for running or walking. Now, they are the fashion icons – to be desired, acquired, admired and of course, flaunted.  

Top 10 Sneaker Brands in India 

If you are a beginner sneakerhead, this guide will help you build up a collection with ease:

The story of the brand traces back to 1962 when Phil Knight and Bill Bowerman changed their brand name from Blue Ribbon Sports to ‘ Nike ’ which represents the Greek god of victory. The company became public in 1980 and entered the Indian market in 1995 licensing with Sierra Industrial Enterprise. Nike has retained in India with different product line-ups from shoes to apparel to health products.  The company has more than 230 store locations within 40-plus countries. It has reached $37.4 billion in revenue FY 24 and is anticipated to surpass $45 million by FY25.

Best sneakers by Nike with Price (Official website price)

• Air Jordan 13 Dune red – Rs 16,595 - A summer Jorden lineup 2024 collection with mesh panels, Terra suede on medial sides with microfiber accents. The shoe style is encouraged by black cat’s predator nature. 
• Field General ’82 White and Light Bone – Rs 8,695 - A vintage classic look was worn in 80’s with gum rubber waffle soles spotlighting the mix of leather, suede and long-lasting textiles in a balance of white and light bone colouration. 
• Field General ’82 Barely volt and Dusty Cactus – Rs 8,695 - General 82 returned with the exquisite light-volt edition featuring a mix of barely volt and dusty cactus. Giving a stadium look pairing with smooth leather, synthetic leather, tough textile and waffle soles. 
• Air Max 1 x HUF – Rs 14,995 - Instilled with a foam midsole and max air cushioned air heel. It runs back with three new colourations of pear and flat pewter, green colourway and medium grey premium leather upper.  

Read More:  10 Best Formal Shoe Brands for Men in India 2024

Adidas , one of the largest sportswear manufacturers in Europe and the second largest globally. Adolf Dassler started the company to build spiked running shoes for different athletic events. The company had its big hit during the 1936 Berlin Olympics when an American star wore Adidas, helping gain international attention and expansion worldwide.  In 1989 Adidas invaded in Indian market with a license agreement focusing on urban and semi-urban youth. 

The company had a market capital of $42.06 billion as of July 2024. In the Indian market, Adidas has generated a revenue of Rs 2,578.1 crore in FY23. It aims to expand franchise stores in tier 2 and 3 with over 350 stores. Online channels contribute 40 percent of sales and the rest from e-commerce and application platforms. 

Best sneakers by Adidas with Price (Official website price)

• Samba OG Shoes - Rs 10,999 : Supporting grip on hard and flat surfaces, a top choice for indoor sports. Available in different styles for cycling, football, golf and streetwear as well. Has a rubber cupsole texture with a suede T-toe design
• YZY 350 V2 CMPCT – Rs 11, 499 : Made with BOOST technology contributing to a cushioned sole experience. It has used 50 percent recycled material on the upper features. It had a strong sock fit with lock support without no-tie stretch laces. 
• Gazelle Shoes – Rs 9,999 : Archive edition with same texture and material as the 1991 version with suede and detailed echo style of 90’s. 
• Superstar – Rs 8,999 : This basketball shoe became a cultural phenomenon with innovative features, collaborations and consistent evolution for over 50 years. This sneaker comes in various models with iconic, bold and smooth leather upper and rubber shell toe. 

Read More:  How to Start a Shoe Business in 14 Steps: A Hands-On Guide

The company is a leading sports brand that designs, develops, sells and markets footwear, apparel and accessories. It has headquarters in Herzogenaurach, Germany, distributing items in 120-plus countries. Collaborating with various designers and brands to deliver street culture and fashion offering sport-inspired and performance-based products for football, running, golf, basketball and motorsports. 

Recently Puma has partnered with Riyan Parag and Nitish Kumar Reddy to associate with Genz audience in the Indian market. 

Best sneakers by Puma with Price (Official website price)

• Rider Future Vintage Unisex  – Rs 5,399 : Old-school styling with ripstop nylon upper, nylon tongue with woven label, suede toe, heel and eyestay overlays. 
• RS-X Efekt PRM Unisex – Rs 7,199 : Utilizing cushioned technology with rubber sole, PU midsole – RS technology and mesh upper with nubuck and suede overlays. 
• CA Pro Classic Unisex – Rs 4,799 : Classic casual sneaker focusing on comfort and quality contributing to a supportive fit with durability. 20 percent recycled material was used on the upper part giving a slug fit. 
• Palermo Special Unisex – Rs 6,999 : Archives and classic terrance shoe with T-toe styling bold color blocking and plush material. Has a leather upper, lace closure and rubber outsole.

Read More:  Top Sports Shoe Brands in India

Reebok, a shoe brand, has its headquarters in Boston, the US, and is a major designer, marketer, and distribution company for fitness and lifestyle in footwear, apparel, and equipment.Reebok targets fitness freak consumers and allows them to experience products designed with innovation, technology, and programming to excel in functional training, running, combat training, walking, dance, yoga, as well as aerobics.

Reebok is projected to reach Rs 997.8 billion by 2024 with CAGR at 13.59 percent. The brand is in more than 160 stores and gets 800 plus sales points from departmental stores and multi-brand outlets. 

Best sneakers by Reebok with Price (Official website price)

• Unisex Reebok RBK Classics Leather – Rs 4,799 : A balanced mix of design and support with a sleek look. Constructed with rubber sole and white leather for durability and practicality. 
• Reebok Men Club C 85 Classic Leather Shoes – Rs 4,559 : Made for casual and social occasions made with exceptional craftsmanship and detailing. Built with cushioned rubber sole and genuine leather for better comfort.
• Unisex Reebok Classic Leather Shoes – Rs 4,799 : Orchestrates sophistication without settling for style and comfort. Developed with black leather with cushions and rubber soles for longevity and resilience. 
• Reebok Unisex Court Advance Clip – Rs 4,199 : A classic navy sneaker made with vegan leather for durability and comfort. Non-slip gripping with rubber sole and lightweight.

5. Skechers

A shoe brand that caters to designing, building and marketing a wide range of footwear, apparel, and accessories for men, women as well as children. Skechers is present in 180 countries via departmental stores, and speciality stores resulting in 5,200 retail stores and a D2C website. It stands for innovational technology catering to athletic consumers in running, training, walking, golfing, pickleball, basketball and football.

Skechers sales in the Indian market contribute to 27 percent of business on a global level. It has recorded $8 billion of annual sales with 17.3 percent D2C sales.

Best sneakers by Skechers with Price (Official website price)

• Uno - Spread The Love – Rs 7,999 : Muralist James Goldcrown inspired the distinguished look of this sneaker. This has an air-cooled memory foam comfort sole and sketch air-visible air-cushioned midsole. The sneaker has a heart design print on the outer sole and synthetic duraleather.
• Mira – Rs 8,999 : This sneaker is popular for its athletic style and comfort because of Skechers air-cooled memory foam in the inner sole. It has lace-up, mono mesh and synthetic upper features. 
• Uno - Rolling Stones Single – Rs 6,299 : This sneaker has ‘Lick’ logo of The Rolling Stone which is designed with cushioned Skechers Air- cooled memory foam insole and Skech-Air airbag in the midsole.
• Rover X : A street style fashion features leather, mesh and synthetic upper upgrading the balance between comfort and trends. 

6. Converse

This sneaker brand was started by Marquis Converse in 1908 in Boston. It got its inspiration from street culture. This top sneaker brand functions in lifestyle from marketing to distribution to licensing of footwear, apparel and accessories. Converse is well-known for its originality, self-knowledge and artistry lending a hand for customers to express themselves. The brand has a flexible and ageless approach which encourages a broader audience. 

In the US 40 percent of sneaker consumers prefer Converse, generating $2.43 billion of global revenue. 

Best Sneakers by Converse with Price (Official website price)

• Chuck Taylor All Star Canvas – Rs 3,699 : The orthoLite insole for cushioning and canvas low-top sneaker styling make this sneaker stand outside the crown. It has a classic woven tongue label and licence plate. 
• Star Player 76 Premium Canvas – Rs 5,999 : Made with recycled mesh lining taking inspiration from Converse basketball sneakers. It is famous for its pro leather and brick pattern outer sole. 
• Chuck Taylor All Star Cruise Checkered : The prominent white and black look gets reconditioned with prints that can be put together and yet slay. Its tongue, heel and eyerow have suede along with cushioning providing ultimate comfort. 
• Chuck 70 Seasonal Color : It has a glossy, egret middle sole with an original license plate on the premium canvas upper. It is designed by integrating periodical details and modernity with comfort. 

A Japanese MNC that deals in sportswear and is well known for its sneakers. This top sneaker brand offers products in various sports including tennis, badminton, cricket, squash and more. It claims that the scientific approach used in making niche products gives customers a sense of reliance. It participates in sustainable practices following innovation and best-class products. Asics has franchise stores and a multi-brand store presence in India along with their own website and e-commerce marketplace for their sales. It aims to open its first exclusive store in 2026 in India. 

As of FY23 Asics generated a revenue of Rs 344.85 crore which is 36.98 percent as compared to 2022. The profit of the company increased by 37.74 percent to Rs 55.11 crore.

Most popular Sneakers by Asics with Price (Official website price)

• GEL-LYTE V – Rs 7,199 : It is influenced by the Japanese phrase ‘Godai’ reflecting five elements of Japanese philosophy. It has been designed with leather, nubuck and suede on the overlays. The midsole is made with 20 percent recycled material.
• GEL-LYTE III CM 1.95 – Rs 7,799 : It has carbon-negative foam in the midsole and sockliner, upgraded with a taping structure that helps in 100 percent renewable energy usage in the making process.
• GEL-LYTE V – Rs 7,199 : It originated from Vietnam with a focus on coin dubrae representing Japanese elements and symbols. Made with leather, nubuck and suede on the other layers.  

8. Onitsuka Tiger

From its first basketball shoe that looked like straw sandals to its running shoe, which was used by Toru Terasawa marathon runner in 1953, the company had a long way to go. The company started in 1949 with a vision of being a part of the development of Japan’s youth. It commits to detailing and innovating the products for a pleasant future.

The brand has 11 brick-and-mortar stores in India, with the latest store opened in Dehradun. It entered the Indian market in 2017 with just brick-and-mortar stores in Delhi and Mumbai and in due course made an e-commerce presence in metro cities of India. 

Bestsellers sneakers by Onitsuka Tiger with Price (Official website price)

• ULTIMATE 81 EX – Rs 15,500 : Made with advanced technology and modernization through alternative cushion holes below the heel to improve overall performance and stability. 
• SERRANO CL – Rs 12,500 : Soft leather and high-density Japanese polyester of upper and two-layer midsole for elasticity through material that increases cushioning. 
• MEXICO 66 PARATY – Rs 9,000 : A summer-friendly and lace-free style made with natural fibre for the upper and rubber soles. The convertible print presents a two-in-one appeal and casual comfort.
• SERRANO – Rs 10,500 : The suede texture and padded tongue with accenting heel give comfort in performance. It has a nylon lightweight upper and texture rubber outer sole. 

9. Under Armour

An American sportswear company founded in 1996 that produces footwear and apparel. The brand gained attention through a front-end photo of Oakland Raiders quarterback Jeff George wearing an Under Armour mock turtleneck. It is an investor, marketer and distributor of branded athletic products. 

This sneaker brand in India has 40 stores within malls and stands alone as well. It propagates to expand its market in metropolitan cities like Hyderabad, Chandigarh, Pune, Ahmedabad, Surat, Lucknow, Ludhiana, and Jaipur apart from Delhi, Mumbai and Bangalore.

Best-selling Sneakers by Under Armour with Price (Official website price)

• UA Charged Phantom Spikeless Shoes – Rs 10,799 : It has a spikeless outer sole for flexibility and is lightweight. Included never-wet treatment for water resistance along with a knit upper supporting golf swing.     
• Unisex Curry 11 'Girl Dad' Basketball Shoes – Rs 16,999 : The eye-catching 3D molded TPU and forefoot Pebax plate for amplified fit and support along with flexibility. It has UA flow dual density flow and internal midfoot shank for being light weighted, stable and give lateral support. 
• UA HOVR Apparition Shoes – Rs 13,499 : Comprises synthetic overlays with sock line comfort for support and durability. 

10. New Balance

A sports footwear and apparel manufacturer based out of Boston, founded in 1906. It stands out in the sneaker market due to the advanced technology used like blended gel inserts, heel counters and plus sizes. New Balance re-entered the Indian market in 2016 and opened its first store in Noida, Uttar Pradesh. The balanced mix between sports and culture makes the brand more popular among the younger demographics. 

The sneaker brand had increased its sales by 23 percent reaching to $6.5 billion in FY23. 

Best Selling Sneakers by New Balance with Price 

• New Balance unisex-adult Bb550 Casual Shoe – Rs 9,099 :  It has a leather upper, adjustable lace and rubber outer sole for flexibility, durability and Closure. 
• New Balance men 574 Sneaker – Rs 6,499 : It comprises EVA form cushioning and ENCAP for light weight, durability and all-day support. 
• New Balance Unisex-Adult 574 Athletic Grey (053) – Rs 5,999 : EVA foam and heel cushioning comfort with ENCAP middle sole with durable polyurethane rim. 

In Indian Retailer's eye, these top 10 sneaker brands in India stand out in the market due to their various qualities from technology to durability to providing comfort to consumers. The Indian sneaker market is on the rise with various categories and styles fulfilling the demands of consumers. This guide provides top best sellers and the most popular listing of top sneaker brands in India to help you decide effectively and efficiently. 

FAQs on Top Sneaker Shoe Brands in India

1. Which is the best sneaker shoe brand in India? Nike, Adidas and Puma are the top three sneaker brands in India. 

2. Which is the highest-selling sneaker brand in India? Nike is the most selling sneaker brand in India, followed by Adidas, Puma, Reebok and Skechers.

3. Best Quality Sneaker brands in India? Adidas ranks the highest followed by Asics, Converse, Onitsuka Tiger and Under Armour.

4. What type of sneakers are best for everyday wear? The running shoe type of sneakers are best for everyday casual wear.

India’s jewelry retail sector has witnessed a remarkable growth trajectory, expanding from $50 billion in 2018 to an impressive $80 billion in the financial year 2024, according to a report by Motilal Oswal Financial Services. Projections indicate that the market will continue to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 15-16 percent, reaching a staggering $145 billion by FY28. This substantial growth can be attributed to several key factors.

Drivers of Growth

Rising Disposable Income

One of the primary drivers behind the rapid expansion of the jewelry market in India is the increase in disposable income among the population. As more people experience higher earnings, their purchasing power increases, leading to greater spending on luxury items, including jewelry.

Improving Mix for Regular Wear

There has been a notable shift in the jewelry market with an improving mix for regular wear. Consumers are now more inclined to purchase jewelry for everyday use rather than reserving it solely for special occasions. This shift has broadened the market, creating a steady demand for diverse jewelry pieces.

Enhanced Product Offerings

Jewelers are continually innovating and enhancing their product offerings to attract a broader customer base. This includes a wider range of designs, the incorporation of diamonds, and other precious stones. The focus on variety and quality has made jewelry more appealing to consumers across different demographics.

Government Regulations and Trust Building

The implementation of mandatory hallmarking by the government has significantly boosted consumer trust in the jewelry sector. Hallmarking ensures the purity and authenticity of gold, which has led to increased confidence among buyers, thereby driving sales.

Better Buying Experience at Organized Retail Outlets

Organized retail outlets have revolutionized the jewelry shopping experience in India. These stores offer a more professional and reliable buying environment compared to traditional local jewelers. Enhanced customer service, better ambiance, and transparency in pricing have contributed to the popularity of organized retail.

Market Composition and Challenges

Dominance of Unorganized Sector

Despite the growth of organized retail, unorganized and local players continue to dominate the market, accounting for 62-64 percent of the retail segment. The sector comprises over 500,000 local goldsmiths and jewelers. Bridging this gap remains a significant challenge for organized retailers.

Gold Consumption Patterns

India’s gold consumption is split between jewelry (66 percent) and bars and coins (34 percent). The country’s gold supply is predominantly driven by imports, which have experienced notable fluctuations. Gold imports reached 980 tonnes in FY19 before declining to 720 tonnes in FY20 due to rising import duties and an economic slowdown.

Regional Insights and Consumer Preferences

Top States for Organized Retail

Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra, Karnataka, West Bengal, and Uttar Pradesh are the leading states for organized retail jewelry stores in India. These states have seen significant growth in organized jewelry retail due to their large, affluent populations and strong cultural affinity for gold.

Occasions and Demand Segmentation

Weddings and festivals are the primary occasions for jewelry purchases in India, with bridal jewelry accounting for a significant 55 percent of total demand. Bridal jewelry remains a crucial segment, with families often investing heavily in gold and diamond pieces for weddings.

The market for daily wear jewelry is also substantial, accounting for 30-35 percent of the Indian jewelry market. Younger consumers, especially those inclined towards Western-style attire, prefer lightweight, versatile pieces that can be worn daily.

Fashion jewelry contributes nearly 10 percent to the market. This segment appeals to consumers looking for trendy, affordable alternatives to traditional gold and diamond jewelry.

READ MORE:  How Farah Khan Ali Transformed Indian Jewelry with Bold Designs and Sustainability

Product Segmentation

In terms of product segmentation, bangles and chains dominate domestic jewelry consumption, making up 60-70 percent of total sales. These items are preferred for daily wear by women across India. Necklaces account for 15-20 percent of sales, with demand peaking during special occasions such as festivals and weddings. The remaining 5-15 percent of sales are attributed to rings and earrings, which are popular as both daily wear and gifts.

• jewellery market
• Retail industry

Greens, purples, reds, ash blondes, oranges – these are the new-age hair shades that are ruling both the Indian and global markets. While these unconventional colors may seem suited only for metropolitan audience, they have seeped through the length and breadth of the country. One such hair color brand, Streax Professional, recently launched new shades in their Hold & Play Funky Colours series, after a careful market research that revealed that Indians were ready to experiment with their mane.

Streax Professional burst onto the scene in 2004 thanks to the visionaries at Hygienic Research Institute (HRIPL). Over the years, it's become the go-to brand for savvy Indian stylists and consumers, dishing out cutting-edge products crafted just for Indian hair. With a rock-solid distribution network and a sizzling product lineup, the brand is leading the professional haircare revolution, hooking up with over 40,000 salons in India and beyond.

HRIPL is known for its top-notch quality, innovative spirit, and customer-first mantra, and has morphed from a single-brand wonder into a multi-brand, multi-category giant backed by private equity. HRIPL’s star-studded lineup includes big names like Vasmol, Streax (retail), and Streax Professional, along with Florozone for skin care. Their manufacturing prowess spans six locations, all upholding international quality standards.

Speaking with IndianRetailer, Neha S Bhattacharyya, General Manager Marketing, Streax Professional, shared her insights into the brand's journey and its unique market positioning. "We are not just a pan-India brand; we are also present across various countries, including the Middle East, Nepal, Bangladesh, and the broader Indian subcontinent," she explained. "Our journey started very humbly in 2004 with around 100 salons in the first year. Over the years, we have built a strong distribution network, and today we partner with more than 40,000 salons in India and internationally."

Catering to Professionals

Streax Professional focuses exclusively on catering to salon professionals, offering a range of products designed for professional use. "The Funky Colors are part of the Streax Professional range and are meant for salon use," Bhattacharyya noted. "In retail, we have different brands, including Streax and Vasmol, which are designed for end consumers to use directly."

The brand's primary markets have historically been stronger in the north and west of India, followed by the east. "We have more ground to cover in the south," Bhattacharyya acknowledged. "Internationally, while we have a presence in the Middle East, there is room for us to grow even further and venture into markets in the US and Europe through online channels."

Understanding Indian Hair

One of the key differentiators for Streax Professional is its deep understanding of Indian mane. "Our research begins with Indian hair," Bhattacharyya explained. "The very genesis of our products starts with understanding the requirements of this hair. The research is conducted with Indian water and Indian hair, ensuring that our products deliver effectively. This approach sets us apart from other brands that may develop products internationally and then adapt them to the Indian market."

This commitment to understanding Indian hair is reflected in the brand's product formulations, which are designed to meet the specific needs of Indian consumers. "Whether it's the long-lastingness of the hair color, the smoothness and softness of the hair, or the color upkeep, our products are designed to cater to these key parameters," she added.

Product Inventions

Innovation is at the heart of Streax Professional's growth strategy. The brand continuously expands its product range to meet the evolving needs of salon professionals and their clients. "This year, we've launched new products, including expanding our color range with two exciting shades - yellow and orange - within the Funky Hair Colors range," Bhattacharyya revealed. "These shades encourage salon professionals to elevate their artistry levels and create new looks for their customers."

Additionally, the brand has introduced a Yellow Deleted! Purple shampoo designed to reduce brassiness or yellow undertones in hair color. "This product helps achieve cooler shades, which are increasingly popular, and maintains the tone of blonde hair for longer," Bhattacharyya explained. "It can also be used by those with salt-and-pepper hair to keep a fresh look without coloring."

The brand's commitment to innovation extends to ensuring the health of the hair. "All our shampoos are now formulated without parabens and sulfates, including our yellow-neutralizing Yellow Deleted! Purple shampoo," she noted. "These formulations are designed to care for hair even with frequent coloring and styling."

Future Trends

Looking ahead, Bhattacharyya predicted a rise in the popularity of cooler shades in the Indian market. "Shades like ash blonde and silver blonde, which have been popular in the western world, are gaining traction in India," she said. "Additionally, hair coloring techniques like Balayage and Money Piece highlights that are becoming more popular."

To support these trends, Streax Professional ensures that its products are available both at salons and through e-commerce platforms. "While our products are not available at retail counters, they can be purchased online through platforms like Nykaa, Purplle, and Amazon," Bhattacharyya explained.

As for the future, the company is focused on continued innovation and market expansion. "We have a robust innovation pipeline and are always working on new products, some planned for two or three years down the line," Bhattacharyya shared. "We are also looking at expanding our market reach, both geographically and through different customer segments."

With a target of increasing its salon partnerships from 40,000 to 75,000, Streax Professional is poised for significant growth. "The serviceable salon market in India is around 75,000, and we aim to be there soon," Bhattacharyya concluded. "Our journey of innovation and expansion continues, driven by our commitment to understanding and meeting the needs of Indian hair."

• hair colour

India's home and interior market is witnessing significant growth, reaching approximately Rs 2.4 trillion ($29.5 billion) in 2023. The indoor living product segment dominates, holding around 41 percent of the total market share. Several key factors are driving this expansion, including rising disposable incomes, urbanization, and a booming real estate sector, all contributing to the increased demand for premium home furnishings and improvement products.

Market Trends and Consumer Preferences

According to the Praxis Global Alliance report, the real estate surge has significantly shaped consumer behavior, with a growing emphasis on quality, aesthetics, and technological advancements in home decor. Modern consumers are prioritizing self-expression and comfort in their home design choices, leading to a noticeable shift towards minimalist and maximalist design trends. Warm color schemes, indoor plants, and eco-friendly materials have become especially popular.

In response to changing consumer preferences, the market has adapted by enhancing consumer engagement efforts. Companies are using social media and e-commerce platforms to connect directly with consumers and create personalized brand experiences. Many businesses are adopting omnichannel strategies, integrating online and offline channels to provide a seamless shopping experience. Premiumization remains a dominant trend, marked by innovative product offerings, smart home solutions, and sustainable materials.

The Role of E-commerce and Digital Innovations

The thriving e-commerce industry, driven by increasing internet penetration and reliance on smartphones, tablets, and laptops, is a key factor propelling the market's growth in India. Leading players in the country are focusing on visually attractive online product displays and aggressive promotional campaigns to expand their consumer base. They are also offering customization options, enabling customers to request specific materials and colors of furniture upholstery to match their home decor. This approach has significantly enhanced consumer engagement and satisfaction, driving further market growth.

The Government of India is introducing campaigns like Make in India to minimize exports and encourage domestic manufacturing of home furnishings, thereby offering employment opportunities. Additionally, the government is implementing the Amended Technology Upgradation Fund Scheme (ATUFS) to catalyze capital investments for technology upgradation and modernization of the textile industry. These initiatives, along with rising foreign direct investment (FDI) in the textile sector and growing demand for bath and table linen, are driving market growth across the country.

Export and Import Patterns

India's home and interior exports have grown at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 12 percent from 2017 to 2022, while imports have increased at a CAGR of 2 percent during the same period. This strong export growth reflects the rising global demand for Indian home and interior products, while the modest growth in imports indicates a robust domestic production capability.

Future Growth Outlook

The Indian home and interiors market is projected to reach ~$48.1 billion by 2028. The home furnishings segment is expected to grow the fastest, at a CAGR of 11.4 percent from 2023 to 2028, while services are anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 9.8 percent during the same period. Continued urbanization, evolving consumer preferences, and technological advancements will drive this growth. Brands are increasingly focusing on omnichannel strategies and niche product segmentation to cater to diverse consumer needs and preferences.

Key Growth Factors

Several factors are driving the growth of the home and interiors market in India:

• Higher Disposable Income: The increase in GDP per capita (from $1.3K in 2010 to $2.6K in 2023) has led to greater demand for high-quality products.
• Real Estate Sector Expansion: Metro cities have experienced a ~20 percent increase in project launches in 2023 compared to the previous year, boosting demand for home improvement and furnishing products.
• Shorter Renovation Cycle: The average renovation cycle has decreased from 15 years to 10-12 years, driven by evolving family needs and a growing desire to incorporate new trends.
• Increased Trust in Professionals: Customers are increasingly seeking professional services such as design consultants and 3-D design model visualization, enhancing trust and reliance on these services.
• DIY Trends: The rise in DIY trends has increased demand for unique products like decorative paints and DIY tools.
• Young Consumers: Younger customers are shifting from a product-focused to a design-focused mindset, leading to higher spending on premium products as aesthetics are prioritized.
• Luxury Home Furnishings: There is a rising demand for luxury home furnishings, driven by increasing disposable incomes and a growing number of households.

Competitive Landscape

India's home and interior market is characterized by a diverse range of players competing for market share. Established brands leverage their strong distribution networks and brand recognition, while newer entrants focus on innovation and niche product offerings to carve out their market presence. E-commerce platforms have democratized access, allowing smaller brands to reach a broader audience and compete effectively.

Consumer Trends and Preferences

Indian consumers are engaging in home makeovers more frequently, driving the home renovation market to an estimated $14.3 billion by 2027. Purchase decisions are becoming more collective, with all family members participating in the process. Millennials, in particular, view home furnishing as a collaborative effort. For example, the mattress replacement cycle has shortened from 10 years in 2010 to 7.7 years in 2022.

Brand Innovations and Experience Centers

Several brands have introduced innovative concept stores and experience centers to enhance customer engagement:

• Hindware: Launched 'Lacasa' concept stores in Delhi, Kochi, and Chennai to showcase its premium brands.
• Fabindia: Unveiled unique experience centers featuring wellness centers, design studios, and cafes all under one roof.
• Merino Laminates: Opened 10 experience centers across India, presenting all its brands in a single retail space.
• Pottery Barn: Opened flagship stores in Delhi and Mumbai.
• West Elm: Partnered with Reliance Brands Limited to launch stores in Mumbai and Gurugram.
• Kohler: Established experience centers in Delhi, Mumbai, and Bangalore.

The Indian home and interior market is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by rising disposable incomes, urbanization, and evolving consumer preferences. The market is characterized by a shift towards premiumization, sustainability, and omnichannel retailing. As the market continues to grow, brands are increasingly focusing on innovation, customer engagement, and product differentiation to remain competitive. The thriving e-commerce industry, government initiatives, and rising demand for luxury and personalized home furnishings further strengthen the market. With promising growth prospects, the Indian home and interiors market is poised to become a significant player on the global stage.

• retail interior.

The cosmetic industry has a market size that is projected to reach $393.75 billion by 2023, growing at a CAGR of 5.8-9.8 percent from 2030 to 2032. Due to the popularization of e-commerce and social platforms, the need for new and specialized beauty products has only grown. If you're considering starting a cosmetic business, now is an opportune time to capitalize on this trend.

Understanding the Cosmetic Industry Landscape

Some well-known companies that operate in the cosmetic industry include giants like L’Oreal, Unilever and Procter & Gamble. However, society’s current situation is more liberal than it was decades ago, providing opportunities for further progress and revolution. Sustainable beauty, skincare, and inclusivity are new opportunities for start-ups with more established players.

The cosmetic industry can be broadly segmented into:

• Skincare (40 percent market share)
• Haircare (24 percent market share)
• Makeup (21 percent market share)
• Fragrances (10 percent market share)
• Others (5 percent market share)

This is estimated information from reports from various sources and can be subjected to change according to market change.

Key Players and Market Share

• L'Oréal (14.9 percent market share)
• Unilever (44 percent market share)
• Procter & Gamble (6 percent market share)
• Estée Lauder Companies (9.5 percent market share)
• Shiseido (6.2 percent market share)

Starting Your Own Cosmetic Business

1. Conduct Market Research

Identify your Target Customer Base for information about demographic stats, psychographic characteristics, and buying habits to focus on the clients you want to target. These include the following Organic products for millennials and long-wearing makeup for professionals are markets. Knowing what drives them to purchase goods and services and what turns them off is very important. Understand the demands and wants of the market by talking to potential customers, reviewing market trends and researching competitors intensively. Lack of niches and customer demands could mean that there is an attractive business opportunity waiting to be exploited. It involves the consideration of emerging trends that can help your brand. Industry Trends to watch for the changes in cultural expectations of beauty, technology being incorporated in the process of formulation and the growing concerns for ecological conservation and diversity. I find that concepts such as clean beauty and individualized skin care have great potential in terms of innovation and sales growth.

2. Develop a Unique Value Proposition

• Innovate with Products: On a competitive basis, stand out from the competition by offering new and innovative ingredients, new varieties of existing products, or multi-purpose products. Healthy botanical ingredients and exceptional factors like biotech incorporation should be useful to make your brand unique.
• Embrace Sustainable Practices: Modern customers are environmentally conscious and as such they will prefer environmentally friendly brands. Employing sustainable and biodegradable containers, sourcing ingredients from responsible companies, and not using animals for testing appeals to modern ethical consumers. Ensuring that the slightest amount of environmental impact is made while still preserving product effectiveness creates customer loyalty.
• Focus on Inclusivity: Measuring and providing a diverse selection of shades and meeting the needs of a variety of customer types and skin colors is important. Inclusiveness holds the key to unlocking competitive advantage in the fiercely contested global economy.
• Outline Your Goals: Identify the goals for the short-term and the strategic plans for the future. High market access and slow but persistent market development suitable for the effects of brand differentiation represent a measured strategy. Strategic goals provide direction in the attainment of business objectives.
• Financial Projections: Be very particular with your business start-up expenses, projected annual income and potential breakeven. Addressing manufacturing costs, marketing expenses and probable funding proves viable to have a thorough planning.
• Marketing Strategy: Begin to construct a detailed business plan that defines how new products will be launched, advertised and managed for communicating with customers. The effective use of influencers and advertising through social networks and the Internet strengthens a strong brand image.

4. Choose a Business Model

• E-commerce: Choose the pure-play strategy to target Internet users globally with negligible operating costs. Platforms like Shopify, Amazon, and BigCommerce act as customer e-commerce platforms.
• Brick-and-Mortar : Acquire geographical locations to give customers a tangible feel of the products they intend to buy. This approach is particularly useful for luxury or what can be referred to as experiential brands with physical experiences to offer.
• Hybrid Approach: Combine online and offline strategies to maximize reach and customer engagement. Integrating both channels creates a cohesive and versatile brand experience.

5. Formulate and Manufacture Products

• Partner with Contract Manufacturers: Collaborate with reputable manufacturers to leverage their expertise, facilities, and economies of scale. Compliance with quality standards and regulatory requirements ensures high product standards.
• Establish In-House Production: Set up your own manufacturing unit for greater control over production processes, quality, and innovation. Investing in necessary resources and expertise maintains high standards of production.
• Focus on R&D: Invest in research and development to continually innovate and improve your product offerings. Staying ahead of the competition through constant innovation solidifies market position.

6. Licenses and Certifications

• Regulatory Compliance: Understand the regulations governing cosmetic products in your target markets. This includes FDA regulations in the U.S., EU Cosmetic Regulations in Europe, and other regional guidelines. Adhering to these standards ensures market readiness.
• Safety Testing: Ensure your products undergo rigorous safety and efficacy testing. Partnering with certified labs for dermatological testing, stability testing, and allergen screening validates product safety.
• Labeling and Packaging Requirements: Adhere to labeling guidelines, including ingredient lists, usage instructions, and cautionary statements. Meeting packaging safety standards while appealing to consumers is critical.

7. Build a Strong E-commerce platform

• Leverage Social Media: Utilize platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and YouTube to create engaging content, connect with influencers, and build a community around your brand. A dynamic social media strategy enhances brand visibility.
• Optimize E-commerce Platforms: Ensure your online store is user-friendly, mobile-optimized, and secure. Implementing SEO strategies improves visibility and attracts organic traffic. A seamless user experience fosters customer retention.
• Engage with Customers: Foster customer loyalty through personalized marketing, responsive customer service, and loyalty programs. Transforming one-time buyers into brand advocates strengthens your brand’s market position.
• Competition: The cosmetic industry is an active market in which both giants and newcomers and small-levered companies actively act. Sustaining yourself out here is not easy, and, therefore, coming up with mechanisms to beat the competition is a must do. Aim high, today’s business needs to create products that elicit the emotional side of the consumer. Utilise hostile but efficient and intense promotional tactics. Creating a brand image that is different from that of your competitor, one that captures the consumer’s attention and provides a reason for their attention that cannot be matched is useful. Be picky with your choice, or focus on some under developed segment of people, or extraordinary goods and services to stand out.
• Regulatory Compliance: The issue of regulation of cosmetics is a rather complex one and therefore involves a daunting task of wading through a maze. Observance of safety and labeling regulations is mandatory and differs depending on the country which introduces additional levels of difficulty. Innovators must be particularly detailed on standards that are provided by bodies such as the FDA in the US or the EMA. This requires product testing, properly labeling the products, and record keeping among other things. It is a risky business; failure to meet the requirements can lead to product recalls, litigations, and battered image. The specific issue here is business regulation and it is crucial to follow and undergo changes in these regulations.
• Sustainability: In an era where the awareness of the environment influences purchasing decisions, the management of the company is not just a trend—it is a necessity. Seize the tremendous and continuously growing market for environmentally and socially conscious products and integrate sustainability within your brand’s values. This entails obtaining raw materials from fairly sourced suppliers, carrying out production using methods that will not harm the environment and packaging of products in reusable or biodegradable material. However, sustainability refers to environmental impact, labor welfare, and the community. Sustainability efforts should not be fake but sincere since the consumers have the ability to differentiate between the two. It is possible to create a strong association between your brand and such values as transparency and sustainability, which will definitely make people choose you.

At IndianRetailer, we understand starting a cosmetic business requires careful planning, research, and execution. By understanding the industry landscape, market segmentation, and key players, you can position your brand for success. If you get ready to respond to the potential challenges in the context of the new tendencies and consumer preferences you become ready to reveal the potential of the cosmetic industry.

1. How much does it cost to start a cosmetic business?

So for starting a cosmetic business in India, you will need a minimum of Rs 7 lakhs - Rs 10 lakhs initially. The investment will be put into renting a place, renovations, buying the inventory, utility bills, salaries, logistics and miscellaneous expenses.

2. Who has the biggest market share in the beauty industry?

L'Oréal is the leading beauty products company with over $40 billion in global sales (Statista). L'Oréal remains the top player in the beauty industry, with around $18 billion more in sales than second-place Unilever.

3. What is the rank of Unilever in the world?

Ranks #5 globally in the personal products category, and is ranked among the top 10 percent of S&P Global ESG Score companies as per DJSI Yearbook 2024—a member of DJSI Emerging Markets Index.

4. Who is bigger Unilever or PG?

Unilever and Procter & Gamble are two of the biggest multinational consumer goods brands in the world and, together, they are responsible for most products in your local supermarket. As of March 2018, Unilever is valued at $143.9 billion and P&G is valued at $228.1 billion.

5. Which country is best for cosmetics?

While there are cultural differences in each country, consumers demand high-quality in beauty products. According to one survey, the highest-quality beauty products come from Japan, the United States, and France.

• cosmetics industry
• Cosmetics Market
• Hindustan Unilever

Envision a retail environment where retailers anticipate your needs before you enter where checkout queues are obsolete and where each interaction feels customized just for you. Cloud computing is enabling this futuristic retail vision so it is not just a pipe dream. Cloud technology has become the cornerstone of retail innovation in an era where customer-centricity, speed and agility are paramount. 

Reliance Retail, Flipkart, Tatacliq, and Myntra use FnydxGoogle cloud, AWS solutions and Microsoft Azure for cloud computing services for optimal supply chain operations, extensive inventory, supply chain management, combining data for offline and online retail and enhanced customer experience. The public cloud market revenue is expected to reach $10.05 billion by the end of 2024 along with a 24.20 percent CAGR of revenue, generating a market volume of $29.70 billion by 2029. Over and above it is predicted to pitch in between $450-500 billion to India’s GDP by 2025. 

What is Cloud Computing, and Why is it Relevant for Retail?

The data storage, networking, servers and computing power all are a part of cloud computing. This service is provided by ordering IT solutions over the Internet which is managed by the cloud service provider. 

The retail industry is evolving in online as well as offline landscape realising the importance of cloud computing in various functions of retail businesses. Managing tools, sales, consumer behaviour, cyber-attacks, historical trends and improving the overall experience of a business are the key features of using a cloud computing service. 

There are various advantages of cloud computing in retail starting from maintaining ups and lows in demand without excessive investment, paying for just those services that are being used and catering to security aspects. Using cloud computing in retail has helped in e-commerce, inventory, customer relationship management and Omnichannel integration.

 In recent times AI has been adopted by cloud computing service providers. The combination of GenAI and the cloud is bringing advanced security, scalability, data usability and cost-efficiency for Indian-based start-ups.  AWS (Amazon Web Services) has started to work with Indian start-ups to make them reach global lengths. E-commerce logistics unicorn Shiprocket is working with AWS product leaders to focus on GenAI customers to grasp technology in a cost-efficient and practical manner. 

What are the Three Types of Cloud Computing?  

1.    SaaS (Software as a service) There is no need to have hardware. This is a cloud service over the internet as per the subscription bases. Can be accessed anywhere and is made and managed by a service provider. 

Used for: Email services, CRM, ERP (enterprise resource planning) and collaboration tools.  Provider: Microsoft Office 365, HubSpot, Trello and Salesforce. 

2.    IaaS (Infrastructure as a service) The virtual resources services provided are storage, virtual servers, infrastructural components and networking features (virtual or hardware). The provider is responsible for creating the subscribed features.  Used for: Data storage, hosting website, backup, building and examining applications and top performance computing Provider: Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud Platform, IBM Cloud and Alibaba Cloud 

3.    PaaS (Platform as a service) Infrastructural, middleware, building tools, business intelligence services and database system series of functions are enabled in hardware and software tools over the internet.  Used for: microservices, testing, developing and deploying applications, combining data bases and automatic workflow analysis. 

Provider: Google Cloud, AWS, Red Hat OpenShift and Microsoft Azure

Top three Companies for Cloud Computing in India

AWS (Amazon Web Services) Caters to all three types of cloud computing (Saas,Iaas and PaaS) without outspoken investment, long-term commitment and adjusts demand according to the business. The serverless cloud function provides a focus on assembling the operations, scaling and managing structure. 

Microsoft Azure Azure serves IaaS and Paas modes of cloud computing. Security, ductility, hybrid capabilities, integrated Microsoft components, and identity and access management (IAM) are the key functions of the cloud company. 

Google cloud platform Services provided by google are computing, networking, storage and databases, AI and ML (Machine learning), big data, Identity and security and management tools. 

Benefits for Retailers

Pliability Cloud computing in retail adapts to trends and improves as per the customer's wants. Rise the competitive ladder in the retail industry by analysing purchase history, consumer interaction and behaviour. 

Storage management and security  One of the biggest advantages of cloud computing in retail is that security and storage can be managed from anywhere, anytime. Ensuring efficiency and consistency for retailers in huge amounts of data and preventing security breaches.

Costing This benefit of cloud computing is essential as these services are based on subscriptions also known as the pay-as-you-go model. It means a retail company can pay for the amount of resources required, reducing unnecessary investment in IT.

Escalate customer experience Utilising cloud services can help understand customer preferences, history, behaviour and trends for the retail brand. CRM tools enable retailers to gain knowledge about the customers and make improvements accordingly.

Challenges of Cloud Computing

Reliability In case of downtime or service outrages, there can be a direct impact on retail functions like loss in sales or customer discontentment. 

Issues in performance Limited information about networking and skills in cloud service can influence the performance of the retail business as well as the cloud computing company. 

Opportunities of Cloud Computing

Omnichannel  Cloud services can benefit retail businesses by combining different sales platforms like online and offline presence. Ensuring customer consistency and better experience. 

Expansion Cloud computing in retail benefits the company to go global, and expand in different markets without spending on physical investments. 

In Indian Retailers last word there are various benefits of cloud computing in retail starting from inventory to cost efficiency and going beyond expansion without any hardware investment. Cloud computing services are reshaping the retail industry through advancements in technology and AI mitigating risks and revolutionary approaches. The options in cloud services are making it easier for retailers to opt for the suitable one and enhance the companies in various magnitudes. There is a growing demand for cloud computing in India for retail in optimizing, enhancing effectively managing the data, pricing and inventory keeping up with the trends. 

How can cloud services help start-ups and small businesses? The service provided by cloud computing companies enables opportunities to access information and gather data anytime, anywhere.

What are the benefits of using cloud computing services for retail business? These are the benefits of using cloud services in retailing Pliability Storage management and security  Costing Escalate customer experience

Where is cloud computing used? These are some of the places where cloud service comes in use. Backup, email, software development and testing, customer experiences and demands and data recovery.

Is cloud computing service free of cost? The service of cloud computing is as per the subscription chosen.   

• retail business
• Cloud Computing
• indian retail

Finding a stylish yet affordable watch in India could not have been made easier than by the countless brands that cater to style-conscious as well as the budget-savvy customer. Be it a classic timepiece for everyday wear or a chic arm candy to glam up your look, India's watch market has it all - quality, durability and affordability. In this article, we introduce the top 10 affordable watch brands in India which have proven their stamp on these three counts. Right from trusted names like Titan and Sonata to new emerging ones such as Fastrack and Chumbak, these brands provide an array of diverse designs catering to every taste and occasion. So read on and find your perfect watch that matches your personality without burning a hole in your pocket.

Here’s a list of top 10 affordable watches from leading brands, highlighting their histories, standout models, and what makes each one unique. Prepare to be amazed by the diversity and value these timepieces offer.

Establishment Year: 1854 

Founders: Waterbury Clock Company 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Timex Weekender 

Price Range: Rs1,000 - Rs3,000 

Best Fit: Men and Women 

Brand Value: Timex is renowned for its timeless appeal and innovative designs. 

The first one to vie for our attention is the iconic Timex Weekender – a tribute to timeless class and consistent dependability. It was originally founded in 1854 its origins can be traced back to Waterbury Clock Company known for its quality timepieces including the world-famous Timex brand. The Weekender starts at Rs 1,000 and goes up to Rs 3,000, making it a go-to for everyone, further proving that it caters to men and women. This lack can be explained by three features: the absence of numerous complications on its face, the presence of a minimalist dial, and the availability of leather or nylon straps as an option. It, however, receives very many accolades for its great value and durability that gives it an everyman wristwatch status.

Specifications: 

Quality: Durable and reliable, Timex watches are built to last.

Material: Typically features leather or nylon straps, and brass or stainless steel cases.

Style: Classic, casual, and elegant designs.

Dial Design: Simple, clean, and easy-to-read dials.

2. Fastrack

Establishment Year: 1998 

Founders: Titan Company Limited 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Fastrack Casual 

Price Range: Rs 700 - 2,500 

Brand Value: Fastrack is synonymous with youthfulness and trendy designs. 

The Fastrack Casual Analog Black Dial Men’s Watch comes next, which is a brand that came into existence in 1998, under Titan Company Limited. The brand name Fastrack resonates with the vibrancy of youth and upcoming fashion trends that symbolize a spirit to play and explore. Costs range from Rs 700 to 2,500 this is a perfect watch for the modern day active man. Its build is tough, incorporating silicone, leather, as well as metal to guarantee that it endures usage every day. The design they like most is its dial simple yet highly provocative making it the best brand ever of Fastrack known for being trendy and tough.

Quality: Reliable and trendy, suitable for daily wear.

Material: Often uses silicone, leather, and metal.

Style: Sporty, casual, and vibrant.

Dial Design: Bold and innovative dials.

3. Casio (Youth Digital Series)

Establishment Year: 1946 

Founders: Tadao Kashio 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Casio Youth Digital 

Price Range: Rs 1,000 - 3,500 

Best Fit: Men 

Brand Value: Known for technological innovation and digital precision. 

The Casio Youth Digital AE-1200WH is a marvellous piece produced by Casio, which was founded in 1946 by Tadao Kashio. This has made Casio’s Youth series of calculators to be among the most popular in the market given their technological value. Priced within the Rs 1,000 to Rs 3,500 range, this levitating digital marvel is for the man who can embrace the new-century utility. Innovatively it comes with a complex digital display, which is enclosed in hard-cast resin and steel with backlights, World Time, and Tachymeter. Both tech enthusiasts who would like to test its versatile functionality, as well as outdoor enthusiasts, have received the device’s expansive capabilities and sturdy construction well.

Quality: High precision and durability.

Material: Resin, stainless steel.

Style: Modern, functional, and sporty.

Dial Design: Digital displays with multiple features.

Establishment Year: 1997 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Sonata Classic 

Price Range: Rs 500 – Rs 2,000 

Brand Value: Sonata stands for trust and affordability. 

Since the year 1997, Titan Company Limited has owned Sonata and the Analog White Dial Men’s Watch is available under its series. People know Sonata as an incredibly cheap and diverse food place. The affordable range of the model costs from Rs 500 up to 2000 which meets the demand of masculine everyday watch wearers. This watch is very fashionable because its watch face and dials are clean, and the materials used in making such as steel and leather ensure that it can be worn with any outfit. It is here that customers trust and Sonata admirably provides at its affordable prices further solidifying its cornerstone position within the bandwidth.

Specifications:  

Quality: Reliable and budget-friendly.

Material: Stainless steel, leather, and synthetic.

Style: Classic, formal, and casual.

Dial Design: Elegant and straightforward.

Establishment Year: 1984 

Founders: Tata Group and Tamil Nadu Industrial Development Corporation 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Titan Raga (for women), Titan Workwear (for men) 

Price Range: Rs 1,500 - 5,000 

Brand Value: Titan is a symbol of luxury and reliability. 

That stunning piece is the Titan Raga Analog Pink Dial Women’s Watch, the Titan’s jewel was established in 1984 by Tata Group and Tamil Nadu Industrial Development Corporation. Titan is a synonym of gentle and classy and Raga – the series in the price range of Rs 1,500 to Rs 5,000 corresponds to the name. It is designed for ladies and it merges fashion with functionality incorporating materials like leather and steel. The appearance of its dial, which is fashionable and may include stone decorations, makes it an object of people’s desire. Lovers appreciate its scrubs’ elegance and their durability, it is truly a breath of fresh air for any Listerine collection.

Quality: Superior craftsmanship and long-lasting.

Material: Leather, stainless steel, and gold-plated.

Style: Elegant, formal, and contemporary.

Dial Design: Sophisticated and chic.

Establishment Year: 1996 

Founders: Pooja Watch Company 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Maxima Attivo 

Price Range: Rs 500 - 2,000 

Brand Value: Known for its affordability and reliability. 

Maxima from the Pooja Watch Company that started in 1996 offers the Attivo Analog Men’s Watch. Maxima products are tested, well-built, and at the lower price point as befitting a company with a strong local presence. The Attivo comes from Rs 500 to Rs 2000, matching the price for an average daily driver and a more rugged style. They are neither overly stylish nor chunky, with stainless steel watches cases and leather straps. Lauded for their cheap price and well-done executions, Maxima watches are functional and sought-after.

Quality: Durable and budget-friendly.

Material: Stainless steel and leather.

Style: Classic and sporty.

Dial Design: Simple and functional.

Establishment Year: 2011 

Founders: Timex Group 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Helix Spark 

Price Range: Rs 800 - 2,500 

Brand Value: Helix combines modern designs with affordability. 

Something that’s colorful and could also double as both a casual and professional watch, that’s Helix by Timex. Bright colors and multifunctional panels will suit the active, youth audience perfectly. It is important to mention that Helix is one of the brightest representatives of the budget segment of watches. Helix which has existed as a contemporary branch of the Timex Group since 2011 offers the Spark Analog White Dial Men’s Watch. The watch comes at an affordable range of Rs 800 to Rs 2,500, and it is for the class male, the strong and the stylish. The feature of the dial that is built with considerable risk and modern outlook, its look combining leather and stainless steel is praised. Young customers especially enjoy the colourful outlook of the item and the attainable costs.

Quality: Stylish and durable.

Material: Leather, stainless steel, and silicone.

Style: Trendy and vibrant.

Dial Design: Bold and colorful.

8. Joker & Witch

Foundation Year: 2015

Founders: Satish Singh and Maya Verma

Most Affordable Watch Series : Joker and Witch Originals

Price Range: Rs 1,400 - 5,000

Best Fit: Men and Women

Brand Value: Joker and Witch is famous for its quirky and fashionable designs.

From the brains behind Joker and Witch, founded in 2015 by Satish Singh and Maya Verma, Swiss precision with playful aesthetics - that is Swatch for you. Priced between Rs 1,400 and Rs 5,000 - this range of watches were always meant for the young at heart. The use of plastic and silicone along with quirk dials made for eye ball grabbing designs. Just right to show off the most representative piece from your watch collection. Its fashion forward style & dependability has had it's takers no doubt.

Specifications:

Quality: High Quality along with some new innovative designs.

Material: Plastic, silicone and stainless steel.

Genre: Funky and artistic.

Dial Design: Creative and unique

9. GIORDANO

Establishment Year: 1981

Founders: Jimmy Lai

Most Affordable Watch Series: GIORDANO Casual watch

Price Range: Rs 2,000 - 5,000 

Brand Value- GIORDANO is known for its stylish yet affordable products.

Giordano is known for its trendy and modern designs which help the brand building. Founded by Jimmy Lai in 1981, Giordano is a blend of Swiss precision and trendy designs to create unique watches. The price range for this brand starts from Rs 2,000 to Rs 5,000 which is pretty affordable. The blend of plastic and silicone gives the watch an innovative look, but it’s the dial that really makes heads turn.

Quality: High quality with innovative designs.

Material: Plastic, silicone, and stainless steel.

Style: Funky and artistic.

10. Chumbak

Establishment Year: 2010 

Founders: Shubhra Chadda and Vivek Prabhakar 

Most Affordable Watch Series: Chumbak Printed 

Price Range: Rs 1,000 – 3,000 

Best Fit: Women 

Brand Value: Chumbak is known for its colorful and quirky designs. 

Last but not the least, Chumbak which was started in 2010 by Shubhra Chadda and Vivek Prabhakar has the Analog Women’s watch. The ideas behind the creation of the Chumbak are quite stunning and its usage of colours and designs on accessories can be described as eccentric. Depending on the model it costs from Rs 1000-3000 which makes this watch suitable for the women who does not want to stay unnoticed. Creative, stylish, and with emotional appeal, it uses silicone and leather in its designs. People enjoy how it looks in terms of patterns and colors, which is what gives it the appealing quality of putting fun in any outfit.

Quality: Fun and functional.

Material: Silicone and leather.

Style: Vibrant and artistic.

Dial Design: Unique and eye-catching.

The final decision:

At IndianRetailer, we find out that the perfect watch is all about balancing style, functionality, and personal flair. Dive into this selection, The Indian market is replete with affordable watch brands that cater to diverse tastes and preferences. Whether you are looking for a classic timepiece, a digital marvel, or a trendy accessory, these brands offer an array of options that combine quality, style, and affordability. From Timex's timeless elegance to Chumbak's quirky flair, there's something for everyone, making it easier than ever to find the perfect watch without breaking the bank. With these popular affordable watches, you don’t have to sacrifice quality for cost. Choose your favorite, and let your wrist do the talking with the best budget watch brands India offer.

FAQs on Top affordable watch brands:

1. Is Casio Watch a luxury brand?

Casio's brand positioning is unique, as it straddles multiple market segments. While it's primarily seen as a mass-market brand offering excellent value for money, certain premium collections, like the Oceanus or MR-G, cater to a more discerning clientele seeking luxury and advanced tech in their wristwear.

2. How much is the cheapest Rolex?

Even the cheapest Rolex watch will cost around $5,000. Rolex is a luxury watch brand, so while collectors pay to wear a brand name, they also pay for quality Swiss craftsmanship designed to remain in perfect working condition for generations.

3. What makes a cheap watch?

Affordable watches tend to be more mass-produced ones, as opposed to handcrafted timepieces that are often part of the luxury market. If you are looking for a watch to wear every day that you don't have to worry too much about looking after, then the affordable watch market might be the best option.

4. Which watch shape is best?

Round-faced watches sell better than square-faced most probably because of psychological reasons that is people's semantic notion of what a watch should look like.

5. Which display is good for watch?

Since AMOLED screens can selectively light up pixels, they are more power-efficient than then LCD or TFT screen smartwatches. This helps conserve battery life and prolong the overall life of the watch.

• Citizen Watchs

With rapid technological advancements and evolving consumer preferences, ITC Ltd. is standing at the forefront of driving change and innovation. The company's ITC Next initiative is a testament to its commitment to building structural competitiveness and creating sustainable value. ITC's strategic initiatives showcases its vision for a future-ready enterprise, highlighting the significant strides made in supply chain optimization, digital transformation, sustainability, and market expansion.

Building Structural Competitiveness

ITC's commitment to structural competitiveness is exemplified by its focus on agile, resilient, and efficient supply chains. The company's renowned brands derive their competitive edge from high-quality offerings, extensive agri-value chains that benefit millions of farmers, and a state-of-the-art, digitally enriched manufacturing and distribution infrastructure. This strategic approach ensures that the company not only meets but exceeds market expectations, fostering a robust and responsive supply chain network.

State-of-the-Art Manufacturing and Logistics

Significant investments in Integrated Consumer Goods Manufacturing and Logistics facilities have provided ITC's FMCG businesses with structural advantages. These investments ensure product freshness, enhance agility and responsiveness, and reduce the cost of servicing proximal markets. The omnichannel distribution infrastructure, reaching over 250 million households in India, underscores ITC's expansive market penetration and its ability to cater to diverse consumer needs effectively.

Mission DigiArc

Central to ITC's vision of becoming a Future Tech Enterprise is 'Mission DigiArc’, a next-generation smart digital architecture anchored in a 'digital first' culture. This initiative accelerates digital adoption across all business and value chain nodes, transforming operations from product development and smart sourcing to smart supply chains and real-time brand engagement and marketing. Embedded with cutting-edge AI/ML technologies and featuring Centres of Excellence in Industry 4.0, Advanced Analytics, and Data Sciences, Mission DigiArc positions ITC as a leader in digital innovation.

Embracing Sustainability 2.0

As part of ITC Next, the company has embraced a bold new Sustainability 2.0 agenda, reimagining sustainability in response to the challenges of climate change and social inequity. This agenda promotes inclusive strategies that support sustainable livelihoods, pursue innovative climate change solutions, transition to a net-zero economy, ensure water security for all, and create a circular economy for post-consumer packaging waste. ITC's products are progressively embedding purpose, driving social action through the power of its brands, and reinforcing the company's commitment to national priorities and sustainability leadership.

FMCG Strategy

ITC's FMCG businesses are well-positioned for rapid growth under the ITC Next strategy, which focuses on a 4P approach: fortifying and scaling mega brands, leveraging power brands to address value-added adjacencies, crafting future categories, and premiumization. This strategy includes greater market penetration through an omnichannel approach, personalization to meet diverse consumer needs, and building purpose-led brands. ITC is also pursuing value-accretive acquisitions, joint ventures, and collaborations to accelerate growth.

Enhancing Rural Market Coverage

In rural markets, ITC continues to deploy market-specific interventions based on socio-economic indicators and market potential. Supported by a hub-and-spoke distribution model and an expanded rural stockist network, which has grown by 1.3 times over the last two years, ITC leverages synergies from its deep rural connect through its agri business. Extensive consumer activations and market development activities in high-potential rural areas have significantly enhanced ITC's product distribution reach, leading to sales growth substantially ahead of the industry.

Leveraging Technology for Market Expansion

Automation, data-led insights, and machine-learning solutions drive field-force productivity and performance across urban markets. Emerging technologies like Generative AI automate operations and increase efficiency. Customized servicing based on outlet potential and retail engagement programs stimulate demand for ITC's products, with a focus on premium grocery outlets. Specific interventions, driven by sharp data analytics, promote premiumization in general trade outlets.

Smart Omnichannel Distribution Network

ITC's multi-channel distribution network ensures product availability in nearly seven million retail outlets, with over one-third serviced directly. This network was further strengthened with the addition of new markets and outlets, doubling the market coverage compared to pre-pandemic levels. The transformation of ITC's Trade Marketing & Distribution highway into a smart omnichannel network has been a pivotal development. The 'ITC e-Store’, an exclusive D2C platform, offers consumers on-demand access to a wide range of FMCG products across 45+ categories, receiving excellent consumer response. Category-specific D2C platforms like Classmateshop.com, Dermafique.com, Aashirvaadchakki.com, and Fiama.in provide valuable consumer insights and augment ITC's product franchise.

Digitally Powered eB2B Platform

The digitally powered eB2B platform, UNNATI, has been rapidly scaled up, covering nearly 700,000 outlets with a large number of retailers placing orders directly on the platform. ITC's distribution network remains pivotal in enhancing market presence, gaining valuable insights into consumer and trade behavior, and facilitating product launches across geographies. ITC executed over 100 new product launches across target markets and extended the distribution reach of several existing products in the portfolio.

Enhancing Operational Effectiveness and Productivity

Several interventions were undertaken to improve operational effectiveness and productivity, strengthening ITC's competitive advantage structurally. These include supply chain and network optimization, smart buying, efficient freight procurement, and direct shipments to customers. ITC continued to leverage an integrated planning and supply chain tool, powered by best-in-class algorithms, for inventory optimization and productivity enhancement, significantly improving supply chain agility and market servicing through enhanced forecast accuracy. The supply chain network was redesigned to enhance premium portfolio availability in both existing and target markets across urban and rural landscapes.

Real-Time Stock Monitoring

An IoT-based solution monitors stock movements in real-time, improving vehicle turnaround time and enhancing customer service through data analytics. This solution is part of ITC's continuous efforts to leverage technology for operational excellence and customer satisfaction.

Luxury is not just about opulence; it is about transforming lives. This principle has been the guiding force behind the creation of OMA, a premier destination for luxury home accessories in India. Munish Rishi, Business Head of OMA, shares, "At OMA, our journey began with a profound commitment to transforming lives. We recognized a significant gap in the Indian market for luxury home accessories and were driven by a desire to offer sophisticated and elegant home décor."

Inspired by the intricate blend of traditional Indian aesthetics with contemporary styles, OMA aims to cater to modern homeowners seeking quality and exclusivity. Each collection at OMA is a testament to fine craftsmanship, meticulously curated to embody the essence of luxury. "Our focus is on finely crafted, unique designs. We aim to carve a niche in the luxury home décor market, elevating the lifestyles of our customers through exceptional products," Rishi adds.

OMA's Approach to Luxury

OMA's dedication to excellence is unwavering. The team at OMA meticulously selects each item, collaborating closely with skilled artisans across Europe to create unique, handcrafted pieces. This commitment to quality is evident in every product they offer. "We use high-quality materials for durability and elegance, focusing on intricate details and fine craftsmanship. Our designs incorporate innovative and timeless elements, drawing inspiration from global trends while honoring Indian heritage," Rishi explains.

To ensure exclusivity, OMA offers limited edition pieces and frequently updates its collections to reflect the latest luxury trends. Rigorous quality control measures guarantee consistent excellence, making each OMA creation a testament to superior craftsmanship.

Signature Collections

OMA's collections are celebrated for their timeless elegance and impeccable craftsmanship. Each piece, whether a décor item, tableware, or unique lighting fixture, sets the highest standard in its category. "Our home décor blends traditional and contemporary styles, adding sophistication to any space. Our tabletop and bar collections combine functionality with luxury, crafted from premium materials for lasting beauty," Rishi highlights.

In bed and bath, OMA's plush towels and elegant accessories offer exceptional comfort and style. Unique lighting fixtures emphasize fine craftsmanship and innovative design, making a refined statement in any setting. By curating collections from the best parts of the world, OMA ensures every item reflects their unwavering commitment to superior craftsmanship and design.

The OMA- Zwiesel Glas Collaboration

In an exciting collaboration, OMA has partnered with  Zwiesel Glas, a renowned German brand that has perfected the highest standards of glassware for over 150 years. Known for their superior wine glass collections,  Zwiesel Glas aims to bring unparalleled luxury to Indian homes.

 Zwiesel Glas's journey began in 1872, with a foundation built on craftsmanship and innovation. Dr. Andreas Buske, Owner and Director of the Board of Zwiesel Kristallglas AG, shares, "From its foundation to today's world market leader, Zwiesel Glas has stood for a love of craftsmanship and design, as well as sustainability and innovation."

 Zwiesel Glas has revolutionized the glassware industry with innovations like the Tritan crystal glass set, which combines brilliance and strength. "Our commitment to sustainability is reflected in our production processes, using recyclable materials and regional raw materials to minimize environmental impact," Dr. Buske explains.

Blending Tradition with Modernity

OMA seamlessly blends traditional Indian aesthetics with contemporary luxury designs. Their collections, crafted in collaboration with global brands, reflect deep-rooted Indian sensibilities while meeting rigorous international design standards. "This fusion of cultural richness and modern sophistication has set new benchmarks in luxury home accessories, appealing to discerning consumers who value sustainable materials and versatile décor suitable for diverse interior styles," Rishi notes.

Adding on to the same,  Zwiesel Glas's superior wine glass collections are a result of merging craftsmanship with state-of-the-art technology. "The hybrid glass series 'Duo' combines machine-made functionality with handcrafted elegance, showcasing the perfect harmony of tradition and innovation," Dr. Buske highlights.

Maintaining Leadership in Luxury

Leadership in the luxury home accessories market is more than a goal at OMA—it's an enduring legacy. For over two decades, OMA has pioneered innovation and excellence, introducing iconic products that set new standards of sophistication. "Each product emphasizes high-quality craftsmanship and premium materials, blending traditional Indian aesthetics with modern styles," Rishi states.

OMA's strategy includes offering exclusive and unique items, strategically expanding its presence online and offline, and staying attuned to market trends. Collaborations with designers and artisans ensure that OMA continues to lead the industry with timeless elegance and innovation.

 Zwiesel Glas’s India Story

India is a significant market for  Zwiesel Glas. "We established our local representative office in 2012 to influence the culture of good quality glassware and extend institutional support to our valued customers in this region," Dr. Buske notes. The growing demand for luxury glassware, driven by urbanization and rising disposable incomes, makes India an attractive market for  Zwiesel Glas.

 Zwiesel Glas aims to achieve closer engagement with Indian customers, understanding their expectations on product lines and price points. "We are implementing a dual-brand strategy (Schott Zwiesel and Zwiesel Glas) in retail and focusing on B2C activities, building a strong online presence," Dr. Buske says.

Enhancing the Shopping Experience

Shopping at OMA is more than just making purchases; it's an immersive experience. Proform, renowned for their skill in crafting concept shops, has meticulously planned OMA's stores to evoke exquisite experiences. "Each physical site is designed to create an opulent and inviting ambiance, where customers can peruse our carefully chosen products amid interactive exhibits showcasing features and design ideas," Rishi describes.

OMA also prioritizes luxury and customer satisfaction online, with an intuitive and easy-to-navigate website. High-resolution images and videos showcase their products, accompanied by comprehensive information to aid in decision-making. "We offer communication through multiple channels, ensuring that every interaction with OMA online mirrors the same commitment to excellence found in our physical stores," Rishi adds.

Personalized Luxury

Personalization is central to OMA’s philosophy. Beyond carefully curated collections, OMA offers bespoke services such as personalized home staging, transforming spaces to embody individual taste and refinement. "This approach highlights artisanal craftsmanship, emphasizing the exceptional quality and uniqueness of our offerings," Rishi explains.

Exclusive events provide early access to new collections, while luxurious in-store experiences ensure each interaction with OMA is memorable and distinctive. "We maintain ongoing personalized communication to deeply understand and meet client needs," Rishi notes.

The Future of Luxury Glassware

The future of luxury glassware is evolving with a focus on sustainability, personalization, and design innovation.  Zwiesel Glas is committed to leading this evolution, collaborating with exclusive designers and launching unique, one-of-a-kind pieces. "Our goal is to create unique products that offer extraordinary experiences of enjoyment and community," Dr. Buske explains.

Maintaining a balance between rich heritage and modern needs is crucial for  Zwiesel Glas. "We strive to create unique products that reflect our manufacturing skill and craftsmanship, adapting to changing market needs while upholding the Made in Germany standard," Dr. Buske emphasizes.

The collaboration between OMA and  Zwiesel Glas brings together the best of both worlds—luxurious home accessories and superior glassware. This partnership not only enhances the offerings of both brands but also sets new benchmarks in the luxury home décor market in India.

OMA’s Retail Strategy

OMA's retail strategy is tailored to meet diverse customer needs. They strategically place stores in affluent areas with high consumer traffic and spending potential, based on thorough market research. "Our locations target affluent areas, ensuring a luxurious ambiance that enhances the premium shopping experience," Rishi says.

Flagship stores in major cities showcase the full range, complemented by strategic pop-up stores for seasonal promotions. With a strong e-commerce presence, OMA ensures nationwide accessibility while maintaining a consistent brand experience across all locations.

A New Era of Luxury

As OMA continues to expand its footprint in India and beyond, and  Zwiesel Glas strengthens its presence in the Indian market, the future of luxury home décor looks promising. Together, they are poised to transform lives, one exquisitely crafted piece at a time, offering a blend of tradition, innovation, and unparalleled elegance. "Our vision is to establish OMA as a hallmark of sophistication and excellence in every market we enter, fostering a legacy of enduring success and unparalleled craftsmanship," Rishi concludes.

• Home Decor & Furniture

As India accelerates towards becoming the third-largest retail market in the world, 2024 is further poised to be a transformative year for the industry. Driven by rising disposable incomes, rapid urbanization, a burgeoning middle class, and an increasingly digitally-savvy consumer base, the Indian retail sector offers a promising investment landscape for both domestic and global entities.

The retail market, this year, is set to witness a significant influx of international brands and foreign investments entering India and reshaping the country’s retail landscape. The demand from a new generation of shoppers for upscale brands is driving international retailers to actively seek partnerships and establish their presence in India. Additionally, the organized retail sector is expected to grow substantially here, with its market share projected to increase from 12 percent in FY 2021 to an estimated 20 percent in FY 2025. The luxury market is also on the rise, propelled by an increasing number of high-net-worth individuals (HNWI), the emergence of non-metro areas as luxury consumption hubs, and the growing popularity of luxury products.

Rise of Tier I & II cities

Smaller cities are taking the lead in the Indian retail success story in a post-pandemic world. In fact, the next phase of growth in the retail sector will be driven by Tier II and III cities as they witness a surge in demand for both physical stores and online shopping experiences. The increased purchasing power and a growing appetite for quality products, particularly among younger generations, are pushing retailers to expand beyond major cities. The franchise sector is also booming in these regions as established brands seek to capitalise on the growing market, explore new concepts and expand their reach. Overall projections indicate that by 2025, the Indian franchise industry will surpass $845.09 million. What is adding to the momentum is that online shopping is gaining traction in smaller cities, with most buyers coming from Tier II and III cities. These cities have become critical development hubs, attracting numerous major brands in 2023, a trend that is likely to continue in the future.

Innovating with Tech

India's retail sector is undergoing a technological revolution, with brands increasingly adopting technology to enhance in-store experiences. Innovations such as smart trolleys and electronic shelf labels are being introduced to make shopping more convenient. This drive for innovation extends to online shopping as well, where advanced checkout solutions are being created to reduce friction; these include AI chatbots, QR codes for contactless payments, and biometric security measures. The retailers are also embracing augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), and mixed reality (MR) to create immersive experiences. These technologies are especially appealing to Gen-Z and millennial consumers who prioritize experiential spending. This is evident in the case of Titan Eye+’s interactive advertisement, which features a virtual image of a prominent Bollywood personality, engaging shoppers with style advice and interactive experiences. This year, we can expect to see more such consumer-facing, novel, and convenient technology solutions roll out and light up the shopping scene.

Generative AI Adoption Set to Surge

Generative AI is poised to become a core component of the Indian retail business strategy in 2024. According to TCS’ AI for Business Study, The vast majority of Retailers surveyed (93 percent) have AI implementations planned, in process, or already completed. Hyperpersonalised recommendations, virtual product trials, and seamless product discovery are just a few examples of how generative AI will enhance the shopping experience. Its impact on business operations is equally significant, aiding in inventory management, demand forecasting, and supply chain management. The retail industry is at a pivotal moment to intensify generative AI adoption, making it crucial for retailers to act now and capitalize on the transformative power of this technology, or risk falling behind their competitors.

Super Apps to Take Centrestage

The growing demand for one-stop solutions among Indian consumers and the potential of the digital commerce sector will have conglomerates and e-retailers vying for dominance in the super apps space in 2024. These all-in-one platforms simplify processes, improve customer engagement, and increase revenue opportunities by allowing users to make payments, book travel, order food, and access other services all within one platform. To maintain a competitive edge, super app players will increasingly collaborate with digital start-ups, service providers, and local vendors. Retailers must carefully evaluate these opportunities and build their presence in this competitive market strategically to optimize their services.

Hyperlocal Commerce and 15-Minute Delivery

India’s retail sector is experiencing a surge in online shopping, driven by a combination of factors including post-pandemic consumer spending and the rise of e-commerce. The contemporary Indian consumer is expected to significantly increase e-commerce subscriptions, emphasizing convenience, especially in rural areas. The rise of direct-to-consumer brands and quick commerce services, offering lightning-fast delivery to urban and rural areas, highlights the ongoing trend towards online shopping. In 2024, this shift, combined with AI advancements and India’s thriving start-up ecosystem, will drive new last-mile delivery models focused on cost-efficiency, hyperlocal commerce, and rapid delivery times, with some services promising doorstep delivery in as little as 15 minutes. This not only revolutionises last-mile delivery models but also creates new opportunities for businesses.

As India’s retail sector embarks on this exciting journey, driven by dynamic consumer demand and the adoption of new technologies, it’s clear that adaptability, innovation, and a focus on the customer will be essential for success. In doing so, the retailers who embrace these trends will be well-positioned to capitalize on the immense growth potential of the Indian market.

This article is written by Abhijit Niyogi, Head – Retail, TCS.

• Retail Market

The beauty industry, often relegated to the back of the shopping list, has finally found the spotlight. Emerging from the shadows, the new-age digital shopper today is seeking out the luxury of cosmetics and adding them to their carts first, before the practical items. From discovering a new fragrance to finding the perfect lipstick, online shoppers aren't just buying products — they're creating personal experiences. This trend towards luxury in beauty reflects a cultural shift, blending self-care with digital expression, shaping how we shop and express ourselves in the modern age.

In a recent report, the latest trends in online shopping reveal a surprising shift towards luxury in the cosmetics aisle. According to a comprehensive report by Adobe Analytics, covering the period from January 1 to May 31, 2024, consumers are prioritizing pampering themselves with high-end beauty products, despite a general trend towards budget-friendly shopping in other categories like electronics and apparel.

Cosmetics Steal the Spotlight

While many categories see consumers opting for lower-priced items, the cosmetics segment tells a different story. Fragrances and premium lipsticks have emerged as the stars of the digital shopping spree, with sales soaring to new heights. Fragrance aficionados, in particular, are indulging in top-tier scents, with a significant uptick in daily sales from April to May 2024, marking a 53 percent increase compared to earlier in the year.

The report found that the share of the two least expensive quartiles of goods increased materially across major categories including electronics (up 5.3 percent), apparel (up 4.7 percent), home & garden (up 3.3 percent), furniture & bedding (up 2.1 percent), grocery (up 1.8 percent) and personal care (up 4.2 percent). Conversely, share of the two most expensive quartiles decreased by 8.5 percent in a category like electronics, and 9.5 percent in apparel.

Lipstick Luxe

The allure of luxury extends to lipstick choices as well. Online shoppers are not only gravitating towards high-end lipsticks but also showing a preference for vibrant shades like purple tones, which have seen a remarkable 103 percent year-over-year surge, followed by pink tones (e.g., pink, rose, nude) which are up 61 percent YoY. From velvety mattes to lustrous glosses, these premium products are driving a 49 percent spike in sales from spring to early summer 2024. Some of the top trending lipstick finishes have included satin (up 35.5 percent), matte (up 35.2 percent) and glossy (up 21.7 percent).

Cosmetics Lead the Digital Charge

While staples like electronics and apparel dominate online spending, cosmetics have carved out a niche as a powerhouse growth sector. In 2023 alone, consumers spent a whopping $35 billion on beauty products online, marking a 15.6 percent increase from the previous year. The trend continues strong in 2024, with a notable $16.3 billion spent in the first five months alone, showcasing an 8.8 percent year-over-year rise.

Beyond Lipstick and Fragrance

The surge in beauty spending isn’t limited to lipsticks and perfumes. Other cosmetic categories are also witnessing significant growth. Lip glosses (31.4 percent YoY), setting powders ((up 18.4 percent YoY), mascara (up 8.6 percent YoY), concealer & foundation (up 8.3 percent YoY), nail polish (up 5.1 percent YoY), and skincare essentials like serums and creams enriched with peptides are flying off digital shelves, reflecting evolving consumer preferences and the growing influence of online beauty trends.

The Rise of Digital Beauty Influencers

In addition to traditional marketing channels, the rise of digital influencers has played a pivotal role in shaping consumer choices in the cosmetics sector. Social media platforms like Instagram and TikTok have become virtual beauty counters, where influencers showcase the latest products and trends, influencing millions of followers with their recommendations. Brands are increasingly leveraging these platforms to connect directly with consumers and drive sales through targeted influencer collaborations and sponsored content.

Tech Innovations Driving Beauty Trends

Advancements in technology have also revolutionized the beauty industry. Virtual try-on tools and augmented reality (AR) applications allow consumers to visualize products before purchase, enhancing their shopping experience and confidence in their choices. These technologies not only bridge the gap between online and offline shopping but also cater to the increasing demand for personalized beauty solutions tailored to individual preferences.

Sustainability and Ethical Beauty

Beyond product efficacy and aesthetic appeal, today’s consumers are also prioritizing sustainability and ethical practices when choosing beauty products. Brands that emphasize cruelty-free formulations, recyclable packaging, and eco-friendly ingredients are gaining traction among environmentally conscious shoppers. This shift towards sustainable beauty reflects a broader global movement towards responsible consumption and corporate social responsibility.

Future Forecasts

Looking ahead, the report predicts continued momentum in the cosmetics realm. Products like Sol de Janeiro Perfume Sets and Charlotte Tilbury's Plumping Lip Gloss are set to dominate shopping carts, driven by both e-commerce traction and social media buzz. As consumers navigate an evolving digital marketplace, one thing is clear: when it comes to cosmetics, indulgence is the new norm. Whether it’s treating oneself to a signature scent or splurging on a statement lipstick, the allure of luxury in beauty remains irresistible in the world of online shopping.

Today it is not just women who like to style themselves, men are equally experimenting and trying on new fashion available in the market. Earlier, limited information, social and economic limitations and utilitarian needs were certain issues that restricted men from exploring their style. Times have changed, and everyone wants to try out new trends, and distinctive variety in clothing and accessories. Fashion inspires people to be empowered, motivates them to express themselves and breaks barriers to what is acceptable for men.

The global fashion retail market size was evaluated at approximately $92.25 billion in 2023 . It is predicted to reach $157.88 billion by 2032, with 7.09 percent of CAGR from 2024- 2032 . The apparel market in India is expected to reach $105.50 billion in 2024 with a 3.81 percent rate of CAGR (2024-2028).

So, whether you're a dapper dude or a casual cool cat, we've got the ultimate list to transform your wardrobe. From sharp suits to trendy tees, these top 10 men's clothing brands are your ticket to sartorial stardom. So, buckle up and get ready to strut your stuff in the finest threads India has to offer. It's time to check out the brands that every stylish man needs to know! Let's dive in!

Check More:  Top 10 Men's Formal Wear Brands in India

Top 10 Men's Clothing Brands in India

Below are the top 10 brands that define men's fashion in India. From classic styles to the latest trends, these brands have something for every stylish man.

1. Louis Philippe

Named after King of France Louis Philippe from 1830- 1848 is one of the largest men's clothing brands in India. It is a symbol of class, elegance, status and a lifestyle that is royal and luxurious, reflected as a premium brand. Philippe offers a span of formal, and semi-formal clothing and accessories for men. The target market for the brand is urban men upper class and upper middle class.

Tamil Nadu has 55 stores of Louis Philippe which is 13 percent of all the stores present in India followed by Uttar Pradesh and Karnataka contributing 10 percent. There are seven states including Tripura, Sikkim, Mizoram, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Ladakh, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu and Lakshadweep. The brand has a turnover of more than $150 million taking up nearly 20 percent of the market share in the apparel industry in India.

2. Van Heusen

Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Lid and a division of Aditya Birla Group bear the license to perpetually operate the brand in India. Their camp shirts set up the bar in the fashion industry, these shirts are made out of 30 percent recycled materials and the brand is planning to introduce polos and T-shirts made out of 100 percent recycled material. Van Heusen is going to feature 75 percent of the product line with recycled fibre material.

The highest number of Van Heusen stores are in Uttar Pradesh which is 56 stores contributing to 16 percent of the total stores in India. The list is accompanied by Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu with 11 percent and 10 percent respectively. Nine states in India do not have Van Heusen stores- Tripura, Meghalaya, Goa, Sikkim, Andaman and Nicro Islands, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, Nagaland, Ladakh and Lakshadweep.

3. Blackberrys

One of the prime men's fashion brands in India co-founded by Nitin Mohan along with Nikhil Mohan in 1991. Blackberry was reputed very swiftly because of the high-quality clothing with worldliness catering to modern men's fashion value. It started with just formal wear and later on expanded to casual and semi-casual wear as well for men. The brand integrated sustainable practices into the production process.

The company is located in Gurgaon, Haryana has generated a revenue of $142 million and a net profit of $8.79 million as of March 2023 with an 18 percent increase in CAGR.

The brand was established as Raymond Woolen Mill in 1925 since then it has been elegant and well-connected with the class making a discernable name in men's fashion. Raymond is famed for their well-crafted ethnic, indo-western formal and casual apparel. It is perceived to be a premium styling brand providing value and quality to customers.

Raymond one of the largest coherent textile companies located in Mumbai, Maharashtra created a revenue of Rs 5,913 crore ($710 million) in the FY 2023. It exports its product to over 60 plus countries including the US, Canada, Europe, Japan and the Middle East.  

5. Peter England

It made its swoop into the Indian market in 1997 and was obtained by Aditya Birla Group in 2000. The price range is considered to be economic, mid-price and premium. Peter England is known for keeping up with youth, being in sync with every fashion occasion in professional as well as easy-going wear for men. The brand markets products through an in-house platform named trendin.com along with other e-commerce websites in India.

This Indian-based clothing brand generated a revenue of Rs 12,500 crore ($1.56 billion) in the FY 2023 with a funding of $ 1.26 billion.

6. Allen Solly

The brand is known for its distinctive and chic fashion galvanising an entire new customer class. Allen Solly was launched in India in 1993 by Madura Fashion and Lifestyle a division of Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Limited. It is reviewed as a premium brand in India having a diversified range of fashion wear for men which includes shirts, jeans, suits, joggers as well as accessories.

Maharashtra has the majority number of Allen Solly with 37 stores putting up to 13 percent of the total number of stores in India followed by Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh with 35 (12 percent) and 33 (12 percent) respectively. Sikkim, Puducherry, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Manipur, Andaman and Nicobar Island, Ladakh, Dadra and Nagpur Haveli and Daman and Diu, Chandigarh, Arunachal Pradesh and Lakshadweep are the 11 states that do not have Allen Solly stores.

The brand aims to serve the evolving impeccable fashion needs of India and initiate innovation like Autopress shirts, Autoflex trousers, Superflex stitchless shirts, smart shirts, 4-in-1 shirts and anti-UV shirts. Arrow has a set-up to fulfil the urging needs of young stylish and fashion-loving professionals. The unique selling proposition is the expert shirt makers giving shrink-free, stain-free and wrinkle-resistant shirts.

Arrow Clothing Private Limited is an unlisted company located in Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The EBITDA of the company has increased by 950.26 percent with a net worth grown by 39.88 percent. Recognised for its American styling the brand has licensed in approximately 120 territories and 400 free-standing stores worldwide.

The official brand of USPA (United States Polo Association) a non-profit governing body for the sport of polo in the United States. Has a distribution of 1,030 mono-branded stores, boutiques, departmental stores and e-commerce. US polo describes the spirit of sport and takes the inspiration for their styling. It focuses on maintaining the brand as athletic, genuine, approachable and most importantly classic.

The Indian market has made a 15 percent initiative to expand US Polo retail stores. The company plans to generate $ 2 million in retailing by the year 2025. Worldwide the brand is present in 190 countries with 1,100 stores and planning to take it up to 2000 by the year 2030.

The brand was born in 1998 representing fashion for men. It is owned and directed by Credo Brands Marketing Ltd. It claims to be creating expressive fashion for men inspired by the nature of Mumbai. A brand that seeks to refine styling for men. Mufti has instilled their creativity in clothing from the heritage, coastline, gymkhana and tropical areas of Mumbai. Created a revenue of $ 63.7 million with a net profit of $ 9.65 million in FY 23.

The brand has started a new sub-brand named ‘4ooo5o’ spelt as ‘Four Triple oh Five oh’ catering to GenZ shoppers, centring on casuals and oversized garments.

10. Indian Terrain

Initially was a part of Celebrity Fashion Limited, demerged in 2011. Fulfilling the fashion needs of upwardly mobile young, cosmopolitan Indian men. The brand targets customers aged between 22- 44 years. Indian Terrain provides articles of clothing with premium fabrics, superior tailoring and comfortable fit in men's wear. The brand has a ready-to-wear branded sector for men as well which led to great customer flow.

Indian Terrain has opened 30 more retail stores and is looking at a 10 percent growth in revenue from Rs 460 crore in 2024 generating 15 percent from e-commerce. Last three months the company has increased a 4.48 percent revenue.

FAQs on M en's Clothing Brands

Best men’s fashion brands in India?

Louis Philippe, Van Heusen, Blackberry, Raymond and Peter England and the most renowned fashion brands in India for men,

Which brand is suggested for affordable and stylish brands for men?

Peter England and Indian Terrain are considered to be affordable yet stylish at the same time.

Which of the brands are considered to be luxury fashion brands in men's wear in India?

Louis Philippe and van Heusen are considered to be luxury brands for men's wear in India.

Where can I buy from these brands?

The brands have their shopping website page or in-house websites and are even available on various e-commerce platforms.

Which brand is best for semi-formal clothing for men?

Indian Terrain and Blackberry are the best brands for semi-formal men's wear.

• US Polo Association
• Indian Terrain
• allen solly

Copyright © 2009 - 2024 Franchise India Holdings Ltd

Popular Posts

• Master Reconciliations: Reduce Risk, Increase Data Trust

• Importance of Automated Reconciliation in Finance Businesses

• Top 10 Automated Account Reconciliation Software and Tools

• 5 Proven Strategies to Improve Your Vendor Reconciliation Process

• Increase the Efficiency and Effectiveness of the Reconciliation Workflow with Lio

How to Start Electronic Shop Business In India

Surabhi Guleria

• May 24, 2023
• 10 Min Read

Interested in knowing how to start your own electronic shop business in India? We bring you a detailed and easy guide that will help you understand the process.

From fans to AC, oven to the fridge, lights to vents, phones to television and laptops and wristwatches, we are surrounded by electronics. Gadgets have made our life super easy as it simplifies the work and delivers instant outputs. 

With the increase in demand for electronics, it has become one of the best business ideas in India . So let’s straight jump into the steps for starting an electronic shop business.

How to Start Electronic Shop Business in India

Starting an industry in electronics can be very challenging as this industry is volatile and can be difficult for startups if they lack a good blueprint to compete with many other established names in the business.

Hence starting an electronic shop business is a safe option and a profitable one. If everything is planned well in advance and one understands the business thoroughly then you can have a successful business. So here’s how to go about starting a business and opening an electronic shop business of your own.

Here are the steps to start an electronics store:

Investigate The Competitors

The first rule of all businesses is to investigate the competitors. Know all about them, what they are doing, their products, services, growths, success rate, failures, and marketing strategy.

There is a great deal that you can learn from it, things you should do and things that you should not. Knowing your competitor’s business module well will help you bring originality and uniqueness to your store that will set you apart.

Store Location

Location plays a key role in the success of your store. The location needs to have proper accessibility which will also improve the survival of the business.

Create, Share, Collaborate

Work with your team in real-time. create documents together and share the same on Whatsapp, Gmail, etc.

FREE OF COST

The location should convince the franchise to tie up with you which will give a lot of visibility to your store and eventually help in the growth of your business.

Set Up An Office Space

Set up a nice office space that will attract your customers and mainly the franchise companies when starting your electronic shop business. Having a nice base would show the seriousness of your business.

This gives psychological satisfaction to the customers of the displayed products and also gives a nice plush experience to them. This would also give the real feel of the product and make them realize what they really feel about it.

Doing Research About Franchise

Do deep research on the franchise electronics companies and the know-how they function this way you would be able to determine which of these franchises fits your budget, personal interest, and goals.

Know all the parameters and check beforehand if you qualify for the requirements. Once done, get an appointment with them to discuss everything related to the franchise.

Available in 10+ Languages

Hindi, English, Bangla, Urdu, Malayalam, etc. Now Work Comfortably in Your native language.

Raise capital.

All business heavily relies on the investment and the capital it raises. The capital needed in the initial days is a lot hence it is important that you start raising funds from early on. As per a survey, 57% of small businesses depend on personal savings initially.

You need funds for things like store inventory, location, products, lease amount, store fixtures, employee wages, marketing, etc. 

Register Your Business

Registering your business is mandatory and there is no other way around it. Registering your business gives it a legal existence and also registers the name in the particular industry.

The government will identify your business only after you register it through the official agencies. This would also help you with a simplified taxation process as well as help in running your business smoothly.

Hiring Employees In An Electronics Store

You must hire employees to run a smooth electronic shop business. The people you need to hire are for the following positions:

• Floor Manager
• Supervisors
• Promotional Head
• Stock Manager
• Sales Representatives

Other departmental duties include-

• Maintenance

Business Insurance For An Electronics Store In India

Nothing in life is predictable. Accidents can happen to anyone whether big or small hence insurance is important that can cover all the damages. The insurances are an altogether separate wing with different types. Some common insurance policies that are offered for an electronic shop business are-

• Electronics store Crime insurance
• Electronics store Cyber liability insurance
• Electronics store Worker’s compensation
• Electronics store commercial auto insurance
• Electronics store business property insurance
• Electronics store general liability insurance

You can get them from private companies or government agencies. 

Business License & Application Requirements For An Electronic Shop Business

A license gives a legal authorization on every product you sell, the exceptions being:

• If your store’s display space is less than 20% of the total display space, a license won’t be required.
• If you’ve less than 30 electronics for display or sale, a license is not needed.

Mandatory requirements for the application include-

• Sales Tax Identification Number
• For only electronics services- Electronic and Home Appliance Service Dealer License (2 years validity)
• License Number
• For selling second-hand electronics- Second Hand Dealer General License (2 years validity)

Since the electronics business falls in the category of retail businesses, you would have to obtain a state license for the same. So why do we need a license? Licenses act as a legal document or authorization that all businesses and the products you sell. Not all business requires licenses but you definitely need the following conditions:

• If you have less than 30 electronic goods for sale or display, then you do not need a license.
• Measuring in linear feet, if the display space of the store is less than 20% of the total display space, there is no requirement for a license.

Requirements for the application

To get an electronics store license, the following documents or legal identities will be required.

• License application

Again, there are two more subdivisions in the licensing part. If your plan is to offer service for the electronic good, you would need an electronic and home appliance service dealer license.

If you are selling second-hand electronics goods, you would need a second-hand dealer general license. These licenses have a validity period of 2 years post which you would need to renew them to continue the business operations. 

Your Data Is Safe As A House

With daily backups, we ensure your data is safe and secure whether you lose your phone or it breaks down.

Online application process.

Three things that are required for the final stage of getting an EIN (Employer Identification Number)-

• Online Application
• Eligibility check

Make sure all the necessary documents are with you before you apply and this is a very important step as it might cause rejection during the process if you pause or take too long to fill in the form.

The check covers TIN, the location of the business, and other conditions pertaining to ownership and limitations of EIN applications. It is a single-session application process where resuming back to the webpage is impossible.

Once you submit, the verification process is initiated. Verification is done with the TIN you provide and the advantage of an online application is that you get the work done immediately. You get your EIN after verification and all you have to do is print it with the downloaded copy.

Also Read: Business Ideas in Mumbai

Maximize Your Online Business Potential for just ₹79/month on Lio. Annual plans start at just ₹799 .

How Can Lio Help In Starting An Electronic Shop Business?

Lio is a data organization app that not only arranges your data as per your preferences but also makes them available over the phone and to various users.

When an entrepreneur would first start their electronic shop business, they will just have a few workers, which means everyone will be working beyond their potential.

The business owner may keep track of time using Lio’s timesheets. Utilizing an app like Lio that can record employee timesheets would benefit not only employees but also management staff.

Lio also enables members and workers of a company to access a variety of data, services, systems, and other resources without having to look for them on a storage device or in multiple cloud storage places.

They have real-time access to and can analyze the data being collected. Any employee may immediately review the data they are keeping in the centralized repository.

Step 1: Select the Language you want to work on. Lio on Android

Step 2: Create your account using your Phone Number or Email Id.

Verify the OTP and you are good to go.

Step 3 : Select a template in which you want to add your data.

Add your Data with our Free Cloud Storage.

Step 4: All Done? Share and Collaborate with your contacts.

Yes, the competition in this field is a lot but if you decide on opening a franchise electronics shop, it is going to be a much better decision that would ultimately lead to good growth and a lot of success.

Studies have already revealed that the success rate of franchise businesses is 95% compared to the success rate of startups, which is 15%.

Hence starting your own electronic shop business would be a much better idea if done properly and if you follow all the above-mentioned instructions.

F requently Asked Questions (FAQs)

How much does it cost to open an electronics store in india.

It all depends on the location. In a big city, it can cost anywhere around INR 10 Lakh and above. In a small town, it can cost around INR 1 lakh.

Can the electronic shop business be profitable?

Yes, they are pretty profitable as there is an advancement in the technological upgrades and electronics sector.

How do I start a small electronic business?

The basic steps to be taken are:

Analyse your Existing electronic businesses Raise funds, find proper investors or get a loan Curate a solid & competitive business plan Know all requirements of electronics suppliers

How much is the margin in electronics?

Depending upon the type of products, for example on an average mobile phone you can earn up to 5-7% of margins.

How can I get an electronics dealership in India?

These are the ways through which you can get a dealership in India:

Before signing the wholesalers, do a quality check. Buy a bulk wholesale list. Enrol on local trade shows. Use powerful engines like Google Obtain Bulk Orders from companies exiting the industry. Utilise Yellow Pages. Buy from Big International Companies.

What is the importance of a franchise disclosure document?

This document is important as it contains important details all related to the franchise and how it functions. It is important that the store owner reads and gets aligned with all the details.

Benefits of Attendance Tracking System in Businesses

Know All About How To Start A Taxi Business In India

I’ve always wanted to launch my own company. I now have a very clear vision after reading this article. Thank you so much. Please write more about related topics.

Hello Diana,

The lovely words are greatly appreciated. I am delighted that my post piqued your interest and aided you in launching your firm. I’ll write more about related subjects for sure.

Best of wishes for your success in this new endeavor.

Please list a few benefits of a retail partnership. Please keep it short and simple.

Hello Indira,

Retail partnerships have a number of benefits, including empowering your customers, expanding your customer base and luring new ones, utilizing customer evaluations, boosting sales and conversion rates, and providing better data.

Would you kindly provide me with some simple info on how to calculate average sales in the right manner?

Hello Jitendra,

The total sales for the time you want to study and the period you want to use to calculate your average sales are two different things. Average sales can be calculated on a variety of time scales, including daily, weekly, monthly, and even annual basis.

You may easily get the total amount of all sales orders inside the selected timeframe and divide by the intervals to determine the average sales for your chosen period.

Can you please give me some advice on starting a mobile shop? I won’t be able to start a store selling electronics, but perhaps very soon. But with my mobile shop, I’m confident.  Please assist if you don’t mind. Thanks in advance.

Hello Madhupal,

Without a doubt, one of the best small business ideas to start in India is a mobile shop. A well-run Mobile Shop earns an average net profit of 20% on daily sales. Make sure you build a solid business plan that includes all of the details on how to start a mobile shop . Best wishes for your new venture!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Business Ideas

Investment Ideas

Make Money at Home

• Bitcoin and Xcoins
• Earn On Social Networking
• Freelancing
• Make a Website
• Money Making Apps
• Affiliate Marketing
• Online Surveys
• Start a Blog
• Web Hosting

Startup Ideas

• Your Passion Your Money

Make Money Online

Profit Margin in Electronic Shop in India: Investment, License, Project Report, and Business Plan

Table of contents, market potential of electronics store business, create a business plan for your electronics shop business, research your area , decide what kind of electronics store you want to establish , estimate the investment needed for your electronics shop business, location requirements for your electronics shop business , register your electronics shop business , set up your office , buy your electronic products, staffing requirements for your electronics store business, consider franchising as an option , get an insurance , market your electronic store business , profit margin in electronic shop in india, conclusion .

Being in business, and owning an electrical store especially, can be quite lucrative when you analyze market trends, recognize demand, and solve issues. You must ensure you have all the necessary licenses, follow the law while running your business, and work hard on it. Electrical supplies will always be needed, no matter what other items or services are offered or sold in the market. Electrical items are in high demand; thus, opening an electrical store can be an excellent choice. 

You’re already halfway there if you’re familiar with the industry or have the correct connections who could develop into future clients. Below we will learn about how much money is required to start an electronics shop business in India, how to start an electronics shop business, the profit margin in electronic shop in India, the electronics shop business plan, and a detailed project report on how to start an electronics shop business.

India’s electronic industry is projected to expand by 12 percent at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) by 2023. It is projected that this expansion will be fueled by an increase in building and real estate activity in India, particularly in the residential sector. As a result of the new switches’ aesthetic appeal, the residential sector has seen a significant increase in demand, while more and more homeowners are incorporating them into their home design.

In previous years, LED lighting was fairly limited, with few design aspects from which to pick. This limited the options available to consumers. Candles, GLS, golf balls, reflectors, spotlights, and tubes are only some of the options available now due to technological advances. Other options include spotlights and tubes. Various connectors, such as screws and bayonets, can provide the same electricity as traditional light bulbs.

The price is now comparable to other bulbs, and consumers can anticipate significant cost reductions in their monthly energy costs. Because of the widespread use of led lighting and switches in residential settings, sales are expected to be higher. The shop’s primary emphasis is supplying electrical equipment such as electric wires, MCBs, tubes, and other items.

The demand for these items increased whenever there was new construction of houses. In addition, there were simple products such as miniature motors and pumps with significant demand. In particular, the store attempts to establish its presence in the community by presenting reasonably priced bargains and airing advertising on regional television. Insertion of current events and newsletters.

In case you missed it: How to Start Tea Time Franchise Business in India: Investment, Cost, and Profit Margin

Electronics shop/store project report

Due to the very high demand for electronic products, the electronics sector has recently made great strides in dominating the market. Electronic products are so pervasive in everyday life that people can hardly function without them. There is no denying the need to get up early to make breakfast or turn on the air conditioner in the evening to have a restful sleep.

Everyone feels it is much simpler to seek aid from technological devices when living a hectic lifestyle. It makes the task easier to complete and provides the product right away. As we can see, electronics manufacturing is expected to grow rapidly shortly. Despite its brighter side, startups can struggle to compete with the bigwigs regarding pricing or product selection.

When newcomers to a complex business don’t have a tried-and-true game plan for taking on the industry’s established competitors, the market might be unpredictable. Establishing a business that sells electrical franchises may be a risk-free alternative. It provides the proprietors with a ready-to-use company template and trademark. There are opportunities to succeed in operating your own electronics business, provided you have a solid plan.

When you initially launch your business, the local industry is where you will focus on providing services. It’s possible that you won’t even be the first people to play the computerized game. In addition to competing with large retailers and franchises, you may also find yourself competing against many smaller firms. Before deciding on a location for your business and whether doing so is a smart idea, research the region.

Look to the opposite side of town for inspiration or consider how you might stand out if your neighborhood is overrun with shops. If you come into town and provide what is essentially simply another business, then people may not rush to enter your establishment right away.

Nowadays, many shops are entirely online, either as dropship eCommerce companies or as businesses that provide their services to clients over the internet. Even if you’re planning to create a physical location, you’ll want to maintain an online presence and ensure you have a strong digital presence.

In case you missed it: How to Start GST Suvidha Center in India: Applying, Permission, Set Up, Investment, and Profit Margin

There are advantages and disadvantages to both solutions. While going entirely online is the most cost-effective option, you may find it more difficult to get your business’s name out there. More investors are required, but word-of-mouth will be simpler to spread when opening a shop.

Prioritize obtaining money in the development phases of a new electronics company since it will demand an enormous capital expenditure. When starting a brick-and-mortar business, investing in goods, rent, fixtures, storage space, advertising, and staff salaries are necessary. Website development and upkeep are essential expenses for every online business. Private investment companies and lenders might be contacted to begin obtaining financing.

You’ll have to show potential investors or lenders your business plan, fill out an application, and demonstrate your creditworthiness and expertise in the sector. Additionally, you should begin saving money for the future and converse with close relatives and friends. The amount of rent and security deposit varies according to the neighborhood. In a reputable city, the rent might go up to Rs. 20,000.

The cost of the computer, the counter, the décor, the furniture, the electricity, and so on might reach 1 lakh. There is a cost associated with buying products of up to Rs. 10 lakh, including the cost of establishing a power connection and the monthly electricity payment.  Miscellaneous costs 10 thousand rupees. The cost of advertising is ten thousand. In this manner, the whole cost can reach a total of 10 – 12 lakhs.

A well-thought-out plan for your electrical business and the right location are vital. For a store or showroom to be in a favorable location, it must be in a significant market with plenty of foot traffic. Electronics are often purchased from a large market or large retailer. As a result, you must ensure that your store or showroom is situated appropriately.

To operate an electronic business, you’ll need additional space since electrical goods, such as refrigerators, washing machines, and microwaves, take up a lot of room. As a result, you’ll require a space of at least 1000 square feet, which should be well-decorated and furnished because the shop’s or showroom’s aesthetic appeal is critical to this line of work.

In case you missed it: How to Start Car Decor Business in India: License, Cost, Investment, and Profit Margin

A valid registration is a necessary legal document for every business and should thus be obtained by the online retailer. It gives the firm a legal presence and registers its name in that specific economic sector. A government won’t recognize your company as legitimate unless it has gone through the required channels to register with the official institutions.

This makes it easier for you to run your online shop and makes collecting taxes less complicated. Make use of the assistance offered by your franchise brand after you have finished registering your business. This will allow you to complete the necessary legal tasks more rapidly.

Customers are more likely to enter your shop if they see a well-designed office area. Franchises have a massive advantage since they can design their distinctive interiors. Customers enjoy a luxurious shopping experience as a result of this. It is mainly based on the visual attraction of items shown in attractive interiors and infrastructure. It’s easier for consumers to experience the product’s qualities if the store has enough space. There is a clear indication that the business has a wide choice of products and supplies.

There is now a question in your mind as to whether it is an issue of profit, strategy, and expense. For your convenience, we’ll tell you that there is an electronic goods dealer in every neighborhood and a wholesale market from which shopkeepers may purchase goods or acquire a franchise and sell goods from the same firm in their store. People who buy things online and store them in their showrooms make money for themselves and their clients, who also benefit from this arrangement.

You can minimize confusion and develop trust among your shop’s customers by hiring the appropriate number of dedicated personnel. A recruiting panel could be determined after considering factors such as supply and demand and the size of your shop.

A tremendous success for your business and the business with whom you have partnered can be achieved via strategic alliances with other companies. When you’ve done everything correctly, you’ll reap the benefits of more visibility, money for your business, and greater satisfaction from increased sales. You should also consider the kind of arrangement you’re entering into.

What are your expectations for the collaboration, and how will you achieve them? Putting the partnership through its paces first is a smart move. Entrepreneurs who have similar talents are more likely to succeed than those who don’t. You do not necessarily need to know or have previously worked together to progress as a business partner with another person. Setting up a general, limited, or limited liability partnership is possible. Making a clear business strategy and being open and honest about your ideas is essential to successful business collaboration.

Next, you’ll need to have your electrical company insured. Get in touch with a few insurance firms and find out what they offer regarding coverage options. If you don’t comprehend the terms and conditions, get assistance from someone who can. Getting started on this as soon as possible would be beneficial. Even a single company operation is hazardous without insurance. Don’t forget to renew your coverage every year. Make sure you’re well-informed and on top of your premium payments.

Electronic retailers face intense global rivalry, partly because there are so many of them and partly because the things they offer are in great demand. A store does not guarantee that people will visit your establishment regularly. Advertising for your business is a must. You’ve noticed that a lot of electronics stores are exhibiting their goods. It’ll draw them in and encourage them to make a purchase. Putting your top items on display is the best method to get the word out about them.

In case you missed it: Profitable Food Franchise in India Under 10 Lakhs: Low Investment, and High Profits

People like nothing more than receiving gifts as a kind of compensation. If you want consumers to keep coming back to your shop, you’ll need to hold competitions where they can win amazing prizes while having a good time. People will flock to your business to buy things as soon as they hear about the offer, and the best part is that word spreads quickly from one person to the next throughout the neighborhood where your store is situated.

Make it more interesting by incorporating offer packs into the mix. It is the fastest and most popular method of advertising on local television. This could cost you a little, but the money you make will be worth it in the long run.

When it comes to profits, the following is an example of the typical profit margin in retail pay: Big Appliance like TV, Freeze, Washing Machine, etc. 20 to 30 percent The Laptop, Mobile, and Phone 10 to 20 percent, 25 to 40 percent for lighting items, 30 to 50 percent for mobile accessories and other minor products.

In addition to the profit made on this item, It also relies on whether or not the consumer takes the products after the first payment has been made. Or the margin grows when the installation fee is taken into account because of the rise in the installation pay.

In case you missed it: How to Make Money with Cloud Kitchen: Investment, Cost, and Profit Margin

Some prefer one-time investments, whereas EMIs are preferable to others, depending on one’s financial situation. Make plans to replace damaged products as soon as possible after purchase, ideally within two to three days. If your consumers can trust you and return to your business repeatedly, you must take extra care of the guarantee of the things you sell.

A firm’s future is never assured, and there will be ups and downs. The future of your business can never be predicted. It also needs a keen eye for the tiniest of details. But if you do your homework, prepare, and have a business approach, you’ll do well! When opening an electric store, we wish you the best of luck.

Handicraft Making at Home: A Small Profitable Business Idea

Pet-tech startups: innovations for animal lovers, tech repair services: meeting the demand for gadget maintenance, maximizing rewards: smart credit card habits for cashback and points, ultimate guide to making money from goat milk business, how to start an agricultural value added product business.

• Value-Added Business Ideas for Greenhouse: The Best Ways to Make Profits with Greenhouse Farming

How to Make Profits with Organic Country Chicken: Best Strategies for Beginners

10 value-added business ideas for millets: low-investment and highly profitable, why cleaning service business becoming more profitable in metro cities in india, 10 best businesses to start in ayodhya for profits, top drone business ideas in india: unlocking aerial innovation & opportunities, top 10 service businesses you can start with no money, ultimate guide to starting a home-based advertising agency business.

• Starting a Nail Salon Near Your Location: Check List, Business Plan, Licensing, and Opening Instructions

Construction Company Name Ideas: Guide to Create New Construction Company Names

8 best small businesses to start in hyderabad: low-cost and profitable, 10 best small businesses to start in massachusetts: low-cost and profitable, 10 best small businesses to start in maryland: low-investment and profitable, 10 best small businesses to start in delaware: low-investment and profitable.

• 10 Best Small Businesses to Start in Connecticut: Low-Investment and Profitable
• Top 10 Best Online Pet Business Ideas: Exploring Cats to Dogs
• 10 Best Small Businesses to Start in Colorado: Low-Investment and Profitable
• Top 10 Profitable Small Business Ideas in California: Low-Investment Tips
• From Little Rock to Fayetteville: Top 10 Profitable Small Business Ideas in Arkansas
• Top 10 Profitable Small Business Ideas in Alabama: Discover Opportunities in Alabama’s Growing Cities
• Top 10 Profitable Small Business Ideas in Arizona: Discover Opportunities in Arizona’s Growing Cities
• Golf Business Ideas: Exploring Golf Course Money Making Ideas
• Low Capital Profitable Small Farm Ideas: Farming Ideas to Make Money
• How to Write a Business Plan for Daycare: Exploring from Financial Projections to Risk Management
• Home Daycare License Requirements: Exploring State-wise In-home Daycare Requirements
• How Profitable is Day Care Business: How Much Does a Daycare Owner Make a Month or Year?
• How to Open a Daycare Center in Toronto, Canada: Business Plan, Licenses and Permits
• How to Start Meal Prep and Delivery Services: A Popular Business Idea
• How to Start a Milk Chilling Plant Business
• How to Start Coconut Shell Charcoal Business: Business Plan for Maximizing Profits

LEAVE A REPLY Cancel reply

Save my name and email in this browser for the next time I comment.

Value-Added Business Ideas for Greenhouse: The Best Ways to Make Profits with...

Starting a nail salon near your location: check list, business plan, licensing,..., ideas to make money in india – a full guide, mudra yojana loan scheme, eligibility, how to apply, profit in dry fruit business (cost to start), how to make money from rice mill business in india, profitable agriculture business ideas in india, government loans for women entrepreneurs in india.

How to start an Electronics Business? | 8 Easy Steps

With the fast growth in technology, new business opportunities and innovations are rolling out steadily. Likewise, the electronics industry in India had an absolute increase in the past few years. Hence, more and more entrepreneurs are looking for how to start an electronics business?

There are few details to figure out at the initial stage of starting a steel business like:

~Understand your competitors

~Register your Business

~Acquire License and Permits

~Make a Business Plan

~Know your customers

~Plan your investments

~Find a location

~Buy the Stock

~Hire the team

8 Steps to start an electronic business in India

Step 1: understand the local competitors.

The first step of starting any business is to analyse it.

Therefore, visit the electronic stores near you and find out:

• What are they doing?
• How much stock do they have?
• What are their pricing strategies?
• Where are they located?
• How much staff do they have?
• What are their operating times?
• How much salaries they are paying?
• What are the rents they are paying?
• Which brands are available in the market?

There are three types of electronics stores:

Multi Brand Outlet : Stores having products of multiple brands. For example, Gada Electronics, Reliance Digital etc.

Single Brand (Franchise) : Stores that have products focused on a single brand. For example, the local showroom of brands near you like Samsung, Whirlpool, LG, etc.

Second-Hand Dealer:  They are the dealers selling refurbished products for low prices.

To clarify, refurbished products are those that are returned to a manufacturer or seller for various reasons, like not being sold in the market or a new product launch.

Step 2: Register your Business

The most crucial step is to register your business legally to avoid any conflicts. 

Above all, business registration keeps your personal and business assets and liabilities separately.

Therefore, when you are looking for how to start an electronics business, you should consider registering it on priority.

You can register your business under the following structures:

• Private Limited Company Registration
• Limited Liability Partnership
• Partnership
• Sole Proprietorship
• One Person Company

To read more about the business registration process, check out:  How to register a new business in India?

Mandatory License: 

• GST Certificate
• Electronic and Home Appliance Service Dealer License (2 years validity) for electronic services
• Second Hand Dealer General License (2 years validity) for second-hand retailing of electronics.

NOTE : The electronic business license differs from state to state. Therefore, visit your states municipal corporation for the list of licenses required and get them all.

Step 3: Make a Business Plan 

A good business plan must have the following points:

• Name of the Business (Use the  business name generator  tool to save time deciding for name)
• Summary about your business
• List of gadgets with prices you will sell
• Mission & Vision 
• Job Roles 
• SWOT Analysis
• Market review
• Sales strategy
• Funding source
• Estimate of sales
• Advertising Plan
• Your Expenses in Business
• Growth plan

Step 4: Know your Customers

It is crucial to understand who your customers are. 

Therefore, there are certain things that you have to learn about your local customers. 

For instance, 

• What are the most preferred brands in your city? 
• How much is the average budget of your customers? 
• What are the features of products that your local customers prefer, like double door refrigerator or single door, window ac or split ac and so on?

Step 5: Investment and Source of Funding

Electronics business needs good capital investment for all the latest electronics gadgets and several items like store fixtures, lease amounts, employee wages, and advertisement.

You will require an initial investment of Rs. 15 - 20 lacs if you plan to start your business in  metro cities  like Delhi, Mumbai, Bangalore etc. 

But, in smaller cities , you can even start your electronic business with a minimum investment of  Rs. 5 - 8 lacs .

Funding Sources:  There are various sources to get investments these days. 

For instance, bank loans, angel investors, friends, family, crowdfunding, government schemes, venture capital, business loans from NBFC, microfinancing  are the best funding sources.

Step 6: Find the Perfect Location 

The location of a store plays a vital role in attracting customers. 

Thus, a business works best in the areas which have the highest footfall of customers.

Therefore, if the location of a store is accessible to everyone, it will increase the demand and improves the survival possibilities.

Step 7: Find the Suppliers and Buy the Stock

Getting the right products affects the growth and popularity of your business directly. 

Moreover, there are two ways to get the goods:

-Buying directly from the wholesalers according to your judgment of the customer preference and budget.

-Tying up with a brand or buying a franchise so that they keep a check on all your stock. Also, you can order any specific products of the brand that you think has a good demand in your niche.

Step 8: Hire the team

An electronic business must have professional and disciplined staff for efficient running.

Accordingly, you require the following people:

• Floor Manager
• Stock Manager
• Sales Representative
• Security Guards

INAUGURATE AND PROMOTE

After fulfilling all the requirements and getting all the necessary licenses, you are good to launch your business in the market.

So, plan a GRAND OPENING and use your network like friends, relatives, neighbors, family, business circle to promote your business. 

Above all, circulate the pamphlets of your grand opening with the local newspaper.

Also, you can encourage people to buy on the first day by putting up some exciting offers.

To sum up, starting a business is a dream of many of us. Further, with the appropriate information from the experts on how to start an electronics business, all of this becomes easy to achieve. 

Also, be patient as no firm generates profit immediately. However, with the rapid growth of technology, you can recover your investments within 2 months in an electronic business. 

For any more information, contact our experts at www.starteazy.in

Similar Post

How to Identify and Validate Your Startup Idea

10 Startup Business Tips for the New Entrepreneurs

10 Essential Legal Documents For Startup

Digital Marketing Agency Profit Margin | Startups Guide

Flat 51% off, on startup registration.

Request a call back

• Blog Center
• Term of use
• Privacy Policy
• [email protected]
• For quick query resolution
• +91 9928380610

Registered Office Address:

• 65, Scheme No. 3,Alwar (Delhi NCR)
• PIN Code:301001

Thank you for pre-registering!

You're All Set!

We'll get in touch with you within 24 hours. For Faster response drop us a mail at [email protected]

Keshav Agarwal,

Cofounder, StartEazy Consulting

How To Start Electronic Store Business

The electronics business is becoming one of the most demanded business ideas in today's digital world. As the electronic store is increased years by year everything becomes digital. Also, various brands create a need for start an electronic store business to access all the brands from one roof. The big electronic company can't open a store in every location. Here comes the electronic store. Even if there is one store per city then also it is difficult for the people. You being a second or third-tier will act as a distributor for these electronic items.

The amounts of profit depend on many factors:

• Business size
• Products sold
• Mediators in selling
• The cost price of the product.

So starting an electronic store in this digital world will create rapid growth in the market. Also, many electronic stores in the market’s why there will be a lot of competition you have to stand out from it. Here we will discuss in brief how you start an electronic store business.

How To Start Electronic Store Business Step 1. Research your Area Step 2. Partnership With Corporates Step 3. Business Plan For Electronics Business Step 4. Registration of the Business Step 5. Location of the Electronics Store Step 6. How to Store Electronics Step 7. Advertising Electronics Store Step 8. Hiring employees Step 9. Insurance FAQs

Here are some of the steps to keep in mind while starting an electronic store business.

Step 1. Research your Area

You need to do some research before starting the business. Do some competitive analysis. Create a plan to differentiate your offering. Try to make networking related to your business . Before you waste time on the advertising of your electronic store try to analyze the market. If your locality is already full of such a store you have to think about the side of town. And keep in mind one of the most important things is that you have to learn that the other electronic shop's persons how they behave with the customers because only the customers will increase or decrease the profit of your business.

Step 2. Partnership With Corporates

Teaming up with other businesses can result in a huge success for your business also with the business with whom you are a partner. When you have done right everything it brings many things like additional exposure and revenue for both the business and most importantly becomes happy with more customers and sales. You should also think about the nature of your agreement. How will the partnership work and what’s your ideal outcome? It is a good idea to test the partnership first before getting finally commitment.

When you and your business partner have different strengths, you will double the profit of your startup team. Succeeding as business partners doesn’t require having run a business together or even having worked together before. You can organize a partnership as a general partnership, limited partnership, or limited liability partnership. For your partnership to work both of you must feel comfortable openly sharing your opinions and make a detailed plan of how you increase your profits.

Step 3. Business Plan For Electronics Business

Regardless of the kind of business you are starting, a business plan is used as an organization tool a guide on how to move forward. A business plan is the overall summary of your business. Briefly describe what you sell and who you sell it to. If you don’t have products then plan how you plan your product and how you will connect with suppliers. Also, you must include a company overview of the business plan. Your next step is to perform an in-depth market analysis of the rest electronic store. You have to focus on many things some important aspects are listed below:

• Executive Summary
• Key to success
• Company summary
• Company ownership
• Start-up summary
• Market analysis summary
• Market segmentation
• Commercial sales
• Target market segment strategy
• Industry analysis
• Competition
• Buying patterns

Step 4. Registration of the Business

A vital component of any type of store is obtaining the requisite permits and licenses. Both the state and the government have specific regulations that you must satisfy before opening the store. As a retailer, you may also need special permits for selling particular products.

• Contact your state revenue agency to get the required registration materials and instructions. You must register your store name. Each business acquires a state tax ID number for many processes.
• Purchase the required licenses from your local government licensing department.
• Contact your product supplier directly to register as a preferential retailer.

Step 5. Location of the Electronics Store

The best location for opening a store is the visibility, affordability, and lease terms you can live with. There are three phases of changing the location for opening your store is a selection of a city, choice of an area of location within a city, and identification of a specific site. Besides, you should look at neighborhood traffic generators, such as other retailers that draw people to the area, industrial or office parks, schools , colleges, and hospital complexes.

In choosing a city, investigate these main factors:

• Size of the city’s trading area
• Population and population trends
• Total purchasing power and who has it
• Total retail trade potential for different lines of trade
• Number and size of the competition
• Quality and aggressiveness of competition

Step 6. How to Store Electronics

If your customer some defects in electronic items they will move to another store. As there will be large purchases it is important to protect your investment by understanding the best electronic storage methods for the long term without any damaging them. Understanding electronics storage solutions best practices like planning and keeping all the components together will help protect your items in storage. Understanding electronics storage involves also having the proper electronics storage solutions, like moving and packing supplies, readily available.

Some tips how to store electronics:

• Keep electronics towards the back for extra protection
• Check electronics for insertable materials
• No original box then wrap electronics in anti-static foam
• Use original packaging
• Take a picture of the electronic connections
• Label accessories and keep them together
• Create a list of all items inside of electronic box
• Store all electronics in a climate controlled storage unit

Step 7. Advertising Electronics Store

The competition between electronic stores is very high everywhere due to the fact there are a lot of businesses of this kind and another reason is the products that they sell are in high demand. Opening a store does not ensure that customers will always come to your shop. You have to advertise your store.

Put the top tier products on display

You have seen that many electronics store are displaying their products. The reason is it will attract customer’s attention and make them come in. This is the best way to promote some of your best products being to put them on display where everyone can see them.

Hold contests and win free electronics

People love the most is getting products for free. You have to conduct contests where customers can have some fun and won great prizes as well as to make them come to your store more often and to spread the word about your store.

Offer promotions and bring more customers

As soon as people heard about the promotion word they will move to your store and purchase products and the most interesting part about this when one person hears this the told to another person and immediately throughout the entire area where your store is located. To make it more exciting you may also include offer packs.

Promote your business on TV

It is the most trending and rapid way to advertise anything on local TV channels . It might cost a little bit but the profits you gain is very much.

Step 8. Hiring employees

Finding and recruiting top talent is always a priority for all retailers. They’re important positions for any retail business . By this, you can sell more products. The qualities you must see when hiring  employees for your store:

• Willing and eager to learn
• Comfortable with people
• Competitive
• Team-oriented

The employees you hired from them based on talents and qualities you can give the below positions to running your store smoothly and customers not face any problems.

• Floor manager
• Sales representatives
• Stock manager
• Supervisors
• Promotional heads

Step 9. Insurance

A business insurance is like a safety belt which offers financial protection to the business from various risks. Electronics store insurances are one that holds in a number of types. Some of the insurances offered for an electronics store are:

• Electronics store general liability insurance
• Electronics store commercial auto insurance
• Electronics store business property insurance
• Electronics store Cyber liability insurance
• Electronics store Worker’s compensation
• Electronics store Crime insurance

Is electronic business profitable?

Yes, electronics business is quite profitable. There is speedy advancement in the technologies and the electronics sector is upgrading. So, electronics items has a huge demand. It makes starting an electronics business quite profitable idea.

Which are electronic items to sell in an electronic store?

• Mobile Devices
• Set Top Boxes

Must have tools for startups - Recommended by StartupTalky

• Convert Visitors into Leads- SeizeLead
• Manage your business smoothly- Google Workspace
• International Money transfer- XE Money Transfer

Micro-VCs Find Stable Foundation as the Venture Landscape Reshapes

Former head of enterprise software and AI investments at Venture Highway (now part of US-based General Catalyst) Aviral Bhatnagar has established an INR 100 crore fund to support early-stage Indian companies. He told a media outlet that the newly formed venture capital (VC) business AJVC's fund would be

CloudKeeper Expands Its Cloud Cost Optimisation Capabilities With the Acquisition of WiseOps

A pioneering platform that specialises in Amazon Web Services (AWS) cost and use optimisation, WiseOps, was recently acquired by CloudKeeper, a firm that offers full cloud cost optimisation services from a recent acquisition. In spite of the fact that the corporation did not disclose the financial parameters of the transaction,

Digital Geo-Spatial Platform Krishi-Decision Support System Launched by Indian Government

The Krishi-Decision Support System (Krishi-DSS), a geospatial platform based on satellite imagery, was introduced by Bhagirath Choudhary, the Minister of State for Agriculture and Farmers' Welfare. With the platform's real-time data on a variety of important agricultural indicators, Indian farmers will be able to manage their crops

India Australia Rise Accelerator Invite Startups and MSMEs From India and Australia for Climate Smart Agritech

Startups and MSMEs from both India and Australia are being invited to apply for the Climate Smart Agritech cohort of the India Australia Rapid Innovation and Startup Expansion (RISE) Accelerator. This programme is designed to assist businesses that are looking to expand internationally and is a joint effort between the

• Asia & Other Regions Middle East Africa

Electronics Retail Business Plan

Electronics Retailing as a Business Avenue

In evaluating the lucrativeness of any business idea it is important to understand the nature of the demand for the products or services which the business intends to sell.

Electronic devices like smartphones, laptops, smart watches, or even electrical appliances like refrigerators and microwaves are no longer the benchmarks of urbanisation. In the world we live today, electronic products have become a part and parcel of life. There may be few exceptions but the overall significance of electronics products in our humdrum affairs cannot be overlooked.

The demand for various types of electronic products varies from person to person and from place to place. For instance, a working middle-class family may not necessarily treat having a smart television as a necessity but for them, a smartphone with updated features is a compelling need. And over time, their requirements also elevate.

The demand for electronic products or their variants is also influenced by local and regional elements. For instance, mobile power banks or solar power products are more in demand in remote areas where people experience a lack of consistency in electricity supply.

As societies and economies grow on a material scale, the demand for electronic products also witnesses a reciprocating growth. From the perspective of retail trade and commerce, this kind of demand behaviour partly justifies starting a retail electronics business . However, the mere presence of market demand and its understanding does not take a business enterprise beyond its survival or assist it in emerging as a sustainable and successful brand. This blog highlights five fundamental elements that should be present in an electronics retailer business plan.

5 Principal Points of an Electronics Retailer Business Plan

Every startup electronics store must stand on a robust and agile business plan. Here are five principal points for developing a strong retail electronics business plan.

#1 Unique Value Proposition (UVP)

The UVP expresses the differentiating elements of a brand or a business enterprise as distinct from its competitors. It affects customer revisits and repeat purchasing. A large number of retail electronics stores find high tides in bringing back customers. It is the UVP of a business that compels customers to return and engage in repeat purchasing. UVP does not mean compromising the core values of products and services.

However, this is also true that high saturation and competition in online and offline electronic retailing make it difficult for startups and existing businesses to find and sustain strong and unique value propositions. This is one of the most common challenges in retail electronics business .

#2 Robust Marketing & Promotions

If marketing and promotional efforts are not good enough, it becomes difficult for businesses to remain relevant to customers. After establishing a strong UVP, the message must reach the target segment. This message could be in the form of visual merchandising, architecture, online business listing, social media presence, advertising on digital platforms, customer support systems, maintenance of quality, etc. The point is to come to and remain on the notice of customers in interesting ways. And marketing does not only infer promotional campaigns or digital marketing. It also covers customer experience, quality management, customer support and service systems, order fulfilment, etc. Marketing engulfs the entire experience journey of customers from search to service.

#3 Financial & Commercial Planning

A good hold over the numbers is vital before starting an electronics store. Financial and commercial assessments constitute a key element of a business plan. It prevents spending out of budget and keeps financial and commercial decisions on planned trajectories. Financial and commercial planning is also important because of the considerable investment required to start a retail electronics store. Some of the important areas of assessment in financial and commercial planning are:

• Sales and revenue forecasting
• Inventory scheduling, Purchase planning
• CAPEX & OPEX requirement analysis
• Estimated P/L Statements
• Breakeven Period, ROI and ROC
• Budget allocation

#4 Operations Planning

Operations planning is vital because everything eventually falls upon how plans are implemented. Operations planning helps keep business processes on track in a manner that is known in advance and is also systematic. Therefore, how an electronic retail startup intends to execute its business processes and operations deserves a significant place in its business plan. The business processes of an electronics business include inventory procurement and management, sales and marketing, finance and administration, HR, etc. And many electronic retail stores fail to achieve superior operations planning because of not using SOPs or poor implementation of SOPs practices. SOPs also offer the foundation for introducing process automation and digitisation.

#5 Quality Control (QC) and Quality Assurance (QA)

Poor quality makes customers permanently turn away from brands. We all can vouch for this from some corner of our personal experiences. Brand-exclusive stores or retail sales partners of big brands still have an opportunity to amend for damage done by getting faulty products replaced or refunded. But doing the same is very challenging for small retailers or multi-branded stores. Even if the product line is routine and inexpensive, there should be zero tolerance for deviation from QA and QC standards. Sometimes small retailers also fall prey to manufacturers and distributors offering poor-quality products with higher margins. Because quality is such a deciding factor, the QMS implementation roadmap should be made a part of business plans.

To know more about our retail and eCommerce consulting services or to speak to one of our retail business consultants , please drop us a message and we will reach out to you.

Is electronic shop profitable?

Rupal Agarwal

Chief Strategy Officer

Get In Touch

Check your business’s health.

Industries We Serve

• Automobile Accessories
• Education Coaching
• Fast Moving Consumer Goods
• Furniture & Furnishings
• Hospital & Clinics
• Hotel & Fine Dine
• Jewellery & Luxury Goods
• Electronics & Home Appliances
• Restaurant & QSR
• Research & Analytics
• Ecommerce & Online Business

PROCESS AUTOMATION

The idea of having Ecommerce Consultants on-board from the beginning itself points towards reducing the involvement of the promoters in daily operations. Ecommerce Businesses willing to be a brand reaping profits & sustaining the competition must ensure that most of their processes should be automated. The more the manual intervention, the more would be the errors.

In Ecommerce business, you get only 1 chance to impress the customer & if you mess up there, you lose the customer for long.

Process automation in respect to all the activities pertaining to customers from order receiving to order fulfilment is a must for a seamless experience for the customers.

Task Management is another grey area where most deadlines fail as 90% of the tasks are assigned manually & are forgotten, unheard, misunderstood or mistaken.

YRC Team of Ecommerce Management Consultants helps to make maximum of the processes system-driven to ensure minimalistic manual intervention.

VIDEOGRAPHY & PHOTOGRAPHY

No matter how good your product is, the customer would know only if it looks good.

Photography includes the following steps:

• Cataloguing your products
• Cataloguing your images
• Backup your images (A few cloud storage solutions include Dropbox, Google Drive, Bitcasa, Apple’s Cloud Storage etc.)
• Choose the right camera & lens (You may also outsource the photography to a third party agency)

DIGITAL MARKETING

Digital Marketing includes SEO & SMM. SEO i.e. Search Engine Optimization includes activities like back-linking, meta tags, blog-writing etc. to ensure your website ranks on the 1st page on Google Search.

Next comes SMM i.e. “Social Media Marketing” which as the name suggests including promoting your products on all the social media sites, email marketing, influencer marketing & several other BTL activities.

These activities are going to be recurring & would decide the traffic on the website, the conversions, whether the right target market is tapped, the likes, the views, the orders, the reviews & much more. YRCs Ecommerce Consultants create a budget for digital marketing right from pre-launch to launch & for each month thereafter.

Building digital marketing strategies in coordination with the agency, selecting them to signing them off would be the role of YRC.

This ensures seamless coordination, detailed interactions & desired execution as it is always advisable to work with a single agency than multiple of them.

IT INTEGRATION

Selection of the right software for smooth functioning of back-end operations right from production to webstore display would be suggested and integrated by YRC Team.

YRC’s Team defines SOPs of Product Movement, maps it with the locations & people. They then create a blueprint of all the features required in the software & help in shortlisting & selection.

IT Integration involves connecting your offline inventories with real-time online webstore so when a sale occurs, inventories get deducted real time across offline as well as online platforms.

This helps in accurate inventory management, maintaining the MOQs, re-order levels & achieving the optimum inventory levels.

Some popular software include unicommerce, viniculum for your front-end website management & Genisys for your entire back-end Purchase, Production, Accounting, Invoicing etc. management.

WAREHOUSE & LOGISTICS PLANNING

• How many cities or countries you wish to sell in?
• Where should your Warehouse be located?
• Should you have one warehouse in each country or city?
• Should you be having your own delivery team in your base city?
• Would the 3rd party vendors be reliable? What happens when they lose or misplace your product during delivery?
• How should I manage the logistics if my goods are coming from different countries?
• How should the goods be stored and barcoded?
• How much space do I require for warehouse?
• I am sure several such questions must be haunting you while you think of starting your own fashion ecommerce brand.

At YRC, our warehousing and logistics experts can help you devise a strategy for all of the above mentioned queries and much more.

We design the layout of the Warehouse considering the inward, goods processing, software entry, barcoding, outward, goods return, scrap storage, goods stacking & much more.

Logistics route plan is devised considering the manufacturer to your warehouse and from there to last mile delivery locations.

UI & UX DESIGNING

This Step involves 03 distinct parts:

Part 1: Choosing the right Platform:

From several platforms available in the market right from Shopify to magento, woocommerce, prestoshop, wordpress etc. you must choose the one that fits best for your business

Part 2: UX Designing:

“UX” denotes User Experience, which if put in simple language is building the functional requirements of the website.

UX Designing includes designing the features required in the website, customer journey map, website features, the browsing features, navigation features, ecommerce order management process flow, checkout cart features, catalogue management, ecommerce payment system, cross selling features & much more.

“As per statistics, 68% of the customers abandon the carts before payment”

An interesting UX ensures the customer sticks on to the website for a longer time.

Part 3: UI Designing:

UI stands for User Interface, which means designing the look and feel of the website. UI includes using the right colours, elements and the entire aesthetics of the website.

A good User Interface ensures the user completes the task that he has come for. It navigates the user through the journey of the brand in the simplest but most effective way.

The UX designer maps out the bare bones of the user journey; the UI designer then fills it in with visual and interactive elements.

If User experience is the bare bone, user interface wraps it up with an attractive cape.

At YRC, our team if experts can help you develop the entire User Journey to ensure it is engaging!

SAMPLING & PRODUCTION

This step follows the “Designing” Phase, whether you have an in-house design team, freelance designers or an outsourced design company. It is one of the most exciting phases, as here you see your designs turning into products & your ideas turning into reality.

In most start-up cases, production is outsourced i.e. brands tie-up with the established manufacturers/ job-workers to get their products manufactured.

Sampling involves multiple 04 Stages, Fit-Sample, Prototype Sample, Pre-Production Sample & the Production Sample.

Prototype Sample is the first sample provided to the buyer. It can be in any fabric/ colour. This sample is just to understand whether the product design looks equally great in reality.

Fit Sample, as the name suggests is prepared to check the fit of the garment i.e. the various sizes, length, width etc.

Pre-production is made by the actual production line. Here the stitching quality and other aspects related to manufacturing are checked. This is the last stage where rejection can be accepted.

Production Sample is made before the production which is the replica of what is going to be finally produced.

Once you are through with all this, you are good to go ahead & get your goods manufactured.

PRODUCT DESIGNING / SOURCING

Product Designing or Sourcing is the heart of the Ecommerce Fashion Brand.

Product Designing / Sourcing can be done in several ways, as follows:

• In-house Design Team
• Freelance Designers
• Outsourced Design Team
• Ready Product Sourcing (From Manufacturer or Wholesaler)

At YRC, we evaluate your business strategy & business model to arrive at the decision, which of the above ways would be best-fit for your business. In certain cases, product sourcing may be a combination of the above.

These are the people who are going to build your brand! Whether they are the designers or merchandiser, your brand look is going to be in their hands.

If you are designing each garment from the scratch, the sourcing would play crucial role in developing design identity of your brand.

Sourcing includes fabric, trims, lining & all the raw material required to build the garment.

Branding is the “Look of the Brand”, right from logo to tagline, the colours used, the brand story, the brand communications on social media, the packaging & all the other aspects which speak directly or indirectly to the customers. Branding constitutes the look & feel of the brand & hence must be thoughtfully planned to match with the product that we are selling.

Branding must appeal to our target audience. Example : A golden colour logo depicting finesse, art, richness, premium, however beautiful it may be individually cannot go with a brand selling affordable kids wear products. So, your logo must be in-line with your brand positioning, whether you are an expensive brand or a luxury brand or a value for money brand, it must be depicted from your “Branding”.

It is an integral part to attract the target audience.

ORGANOGRAMS & SOP’s

Organogram is the “HR Blueprint” of the business which is created at the onset, to map out the team required across each function at various stages of the business. At the launch, only key people need to be got on board to ensure the project gets started & at this stage, all of them need to multi-task. Similarly, certain financial as well as operational goals are set for addition of the further team. Example, for the operations team, we hire 1 operations manager during the pre-launch phase & we add 1 more only when the business kicks-off & we reach a volume of selling more than 1000 pcs/ month or a turnover of more than 0.1 million USD.

SOPs are Standard Operating Procedures, a bible to run the entire organization right from Sales, Purchase, HR, Order receiving to Order fulfilment, Inventory Management, Accounts, Warehouse, Logistics, Supply Chain, Production & all the other relevant functions for the business. Business must be organized from its first day of operations; only then the tasks can be delegated.

At YRC, we design the organization structure, the processes, and approximate time taken to execute each process, job profile of every member within the organization, their KRAs, KPIs & the Reporting Structure.

CRITICAL PATHWAY

Critical Pathway Analysis (CPA), is a project management technique which cannot be overlooked while launching an ecommerce fashion brand. Brand launch process is cumbersome with multiple inter-dependent & time-bound tasks involved, which need to be tracked to ensure the project remains on track.

CPA outlines key tasks across the project, their turnaround time (TAT) & the dependencies of tasks upon each other. It identifies the sequence of tasks, their interdependent steps from inception to completion, their criticalities, and their dates of onset, target dates of completion along with the key responsible person for the respective activities. Critical Pathway helps in understanding the unimportant & not urgent tasks which may jeopardize the execution of the project because of an unexpected snag! It also maps out the potential bottlenecks which might be posed because of the dependencies of tasks upon each other & cases where the next task cannot be commenced before the completion of the previous one.

CPA detects the minimum & the maximum time involvement of a particular individual or team to execute the task, thereby arriving at the overall deadlines associated with the project.

At Your Retail Coach, we design the Critical Pathway & review it periodically to ensure the project is on track & the progress is measurable.

BUSINESS STRATEGY & BUSINESS PLAN

Business Strategy includes the vision, mission, goals, business model, business plan & strategy for all the functions within the organization.

Business Strategy is a well-defined plan that outlines who, what, where, why, how & when for the company; for example, who would be the target market, how to attract the target audience, when to launch new products, where to operate from, how to handle competitors, what would be the USP, what would be long term goal of the organization & several other answers to the 5Ws of Strategy.

Business Strategy aligns the organization towards a common goal. Business SWOT helps company to identify & overcome their weaknesses & focus to sharpen the strengths. Business strategy forecasts future risks and helps business in building skillsets to overcome the potential threats.

YRC’s Business Plan focuses on creating a “Blueprint” of the business, thereby deriving the feasibility of the concept & gauge whether the opportunity is lucrative to invest time, energy & effort. Business Plan creates cash flow understanding i.e. building inflow & outflow cash projections from Week zero to week 60 i.e. 05 year projection. Business Plan calculates the capital investment, operating costs, one-time costs, recurring costs & all the other numbers relevant to obtain the breakeven sales, return on investment, return on capital, internal rate of return & several other ratios. Business Plan is also one of the important requirements if you are targeting the “Investor Route”. Fund raising becomes extremely transparent & channelized. With business plan panned out clearly, the business will know until what point must it be stretched & where to stop, which reduces the probability of unplanned investments.

MARKET RESEARCH

Starting the concept of Ecommerce Fashion brand with Market Research ensures we get detailed understanding of the industry & this research report also acts as a social confirmation for your concept. Market Research helps in understanding the target locations, their population, potential online buyers for your product, competitors for each category, and top selling products of the competitors, competitors’ price range, offers & their responses & much more. Market Research helps in thorough understanding of your brand position as compared to our competitors. It helps in identifying gaps in the market, in your category along with the scope of the said product in the desired market. This will help in validation of your concept & prevents you from making the same mistakes as your fellow brands, eventually saving your time, energy & efforts. This phase is also a make or a break phase, as the market research study may at-times come up with some eye-popping numbers & statistics which might compel you to re-think on your product or category that you are planning to sell or alter your entire concept itself!! Market Research Reports analyse the competitors’ webstore for their traffic, conversion & sales. This is extremely valuable information to derive our inventory budgets & projections, which takes us to our next phase.

Email address

How to Start Electronics Business in India: Small Business Idea for Entrepreneurs

How to Start Electronics Business in India

Starting an electronics business in India can be a great way to tap into the country’s vast and growing market.

But with so many businesses already operating in the space, how can you make sure your new venture stands out from the crowd?

Here, we’ll explore some tips on how to start an electronics business in India. From choosing the right location to selecting the right products, we’ll cover everything you need to get started. So if you’re ready to enter the exciting world of Indian electronics, read on!

India’s electronics market

India is the world’s second-largest producer of electronics after China and is expected to become the world’s largest by 2027. The country’s electronics market is estimated to be worth $400 billion by 2025. The Indian electronics market is growing at a rapid pace and is expected to continue doing so in the coming years.

A number of factors are driving this growth, including the increasing affordability of electronic products, the growing middle class, and the rise of online shopping. There are a number of opportunities for businesses looking to enter the Indian electronics market. One option is to manufacture products locally, which can take advantage of the country’s vast pool of skilled labor.

Another option is to import products from China or other countries where production costs are lower. Whichever route you choose, there are a number of things to keep in mind when doing business in India.

These include getting familiar with local regulations, building good relationships with suppliers, and understanding the preferences of Indian consumers.

How to start an electronics business in India

Electronics businesses are one of the most profitable businesses in India. The electronic industry is growing rapidly with new technologies and products being introduced in the market regularly. There are a number of ways to start an electronics business in India. The first step is to choose the right product or service to sell. There are a number of electronic products that are popular in the market such as mobile phones, laptops, cameras, home appliances, etc. It is important to choose a product or service that has a good demand in the market and is also profitable. Once you have selected the product or service, the next step is to register your business. This can be done by registering your company with the Registrar of Companies (ROC).

After registration, you will need to obtain a GST registration number from the Goods and Services Tax department. After registration, you will need to set up a physical office space for your business. This can be done by renting an office space or setting up a shop in a suitable location.

Once you have set up your office space, you will need to stock it with the necessary equipment and supplies. The next step is to promote your business. You can do this by advertising your business through various channels such as television, radio, newspapers, internet, etc.

You can also participate in trade fairs and exhibitions to create awareness about your business among potential customers.

Understand the Local Competitors

In any business, it is important to understand the local competition. The electronics industry in India is no different.

There are a number of large, well-established companies that have been operating in the country for many years.

These companies have a significant market share and will be tough competition for any new businesses looking to enter the market. It is important to research these competitors thoroughly before starting an electronics business in India.

What are their strengths and weaknesses? What products and services do they offer? What are their prices like? How do they market themselves?

Answering these questions will give you a better understanding of the local competition and help you develop strategies to successfully enter the market.

Make a Business Plan

To start any business, you need to have a clear and concise plan that will serve as a roadmap for your venture.

This is especially true for starting an electronics business in India, which is a highly competitive and complex market. Your business plan should include an executive summary, market analysis, product/service offering, financial projections, and management team.

The executive summary should give a brief overview of your business and what it plans to achieve. The market analysis should detail the size and growth of the electronics market in India, as well as your target customers. Your product/service offering should be unique and able to meet the needs of your target market. Your financial projections should be realistic and based on sound assumptions.

Finally, your management team should have the experience and expertise necessary to successfully launch and grow your business. If you can develop a comprehensive and well-thought-out business plan, you will be on your way to starting a successful electronics business in India.

Register your Business

If you’re starting an electronics business in India, one of the first things you need to do is register your business.

This will give you a legal status and allow you to open a bank account, apply for loans, and hire employees. To register your business, you’ll need to choose a business structure and obtain a registration certificate from the Registrar of Companies.

You can choose from several different business structures, including sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company (LLC), or private limited company (PLC).

Each has its own advantages and disadvantages, so be sure to speak with a lawyer or accountant before making your decision. Once you’ve registered your business, you’ll need to obtain a tax registration number from the Income Tax Department. This will allow you to file your taxes and comply with other financial regulations. After registering your business and obtaining a tax registration number, you can start setting up your electronics workshop.

You’ll need to purchase equipment, find a suitable location, and hire employees. Once everything is up and running, you can start marketing your products and services to customers.

Find the Perfect Location

Assuming you would like tips on finding the perfect location for an electronics business in India: India is a vast country with plenty of opportunity for those looking to open an electronics business. The first step is finding the right location. Here are some tips:

• Do your research: India is a large and diverse country, so it’s important to research various locations before making a decision.
• Consider factors such as the local market, infrastructure, and cost of living when choosing a location for your business.
• Consider the market: One of the most important factors to consider when choosing a location for your electronics business is the local market.
• What is the demand for electronic products in the area? Is there competition? What type of customers are you targeting? These are all important questions to answer before settling on a specific location.
• Infrastructure: Another important factor to consider when choosing a location for your electronics business is infrastructure.
• Is there access to reliable power and internet? Are there good transportation options? These are all things you’ll need to take into account when selecting a location for your business.
• Cost of living: Another consideration when choosing a location for your electronics business is the cost of living in the area.
• Keep in mind that you’ll need to be able to cover expenses such as rent, utilities, and employee salaries. Make sure you choose a location that you can afford without breaking the bank.
• Ask around: Once you’ve narrowed down your options, it’s a good idea to talk to people who are already doing business in India.
• Get their insights and advice on the best places to open an electronics store. They can give you first-hand information about various locations that you might not be able to find elsewhere.

Find the Suppliers

If you’re looking to start an electronics business in India, one of the first things you’ll need to do is find suppliers.

This can be a challenge, as there are many suppliers to choose from and it can be difficult to know which ones are reliable. Here are a few tips for finding suppliers for your electronics business in India:

Do your research: Before selecting a supplier, it’s important to do your research and make sure they are reputable and have a good track record. You can check online reviews, ask other businesses in the industry, or even visit the supplier’s premises in person to get a feel for their operation. Consider quality: When it comes to electronic components, quality is important. Make sure you select a supplier who can provide high-quality products that will meet the needs of your customers. Compare prices: Once you’ve narrowed down your options, it’s time to compare prices. Get quotes from several different suppliers to see who can offer the best price for the products you need. Negotiate terms: Once you’ve selected a few potential suppliers, it’s time to negotiate terms. Be sure to discuss things like payment terms, minimum order quantities, delivery times, and warranty/return policies before making your final decision. By following these tips, you’ll be able to find reliable suppliers for your new electronics business in India.

Hire the Staff

Assuming you have the required capital and permissions, the next step is to put together a team. In India, as with any other country, it’s important to hire staff that are qualified and have the right skill set for your business. Before you start hiring staff, you need to closely examine what your business needs are. This will help you determine the number of employees you need and what specific skills they must possess.

Once you have a good understanding of your staffing requirements, you can start the recruitment process.  There are a few different ways to go about finding employees in India. You can post ads on job boards or online classifieds websites, or contact placement agencies that specialize in recruiting for businesses in India.

Another option is to network with professionals in your industry and see if anyone knows of any qualified candidates who might be interested in working for your company.  Whichever route you choose, be sure to thoroughly screen all applicants before making any hires. In addition to conducting interviews, you may also want to require potential employees to take aptitude tests or provide work samples so that you can assess their skills and abilities.

Once you’ve found the right staff members, be sure to provide them with the training they need so that they can hit the ground running and help grow your business into a success.

Market your business

There are several ways to market your electronics business in India. The most common and effective way is through online channels such as social media, email marketing, and Pay-Per-Click (PPC) advertising. Another popular marketing strategy is word-of-mouth marketing, which can be extremely effective if you have a satisfied customer base. You can also promote your business through offline methods such as flyers, posters, and newspaper ads. Whichever marketing channels you choose, make sure you track your results so that you can see what’s working and what’s not. Be prepared to adjust your marketing strategy as needed to get the best results for your business.

What are the necessary requirements?

To start an electronics business in India, you will need to obtain a business license from the Indian government. You will also need to register your business.

After registering your business, you will need to obtain a license. Finally, you will need to acquire all the necessary permits and approvals from the local authorities in order to start your electronics business in India.

What are the benefits of starting an electronics business in India?

When it comes to business, India is a land of opportunity. The electronics industry is one of the most promising sectors in the country, with immense potential for growth and development. There are numerous benefits of starting an electronics business in India. Some of the most significant advantages include:

A large and growing market: India is home to over 1.3 billion people, making it the second most populous country in the world. The country’s middle class is also expanding rapidly, creating a huge potential customer base for electronic products and services. Favourable government policies: The Indian government has been supportive of the electronics sector, with various initiatives and policies aimed at promoting its growth. This favourable environment makes it easier for businesses to set up and operate in the country. Abundant resources: India has a large pool of skilled workers and ample resources, making it an ideal location for setting up an electronics manufacturing facility. Additionally, the country offers a variety of incentives for businesses that engage in research and development activities. Growing demand: There is a growing demand for electronic products and services in India, fuelled by the country’s burgeoning economy and rising disposable incomes. This presents a lucrative opportunity for businesses that are able to tap into this trend.

How to overcome the challenges of starting an electronics business in India

Starting an electronics business in India can be a daunting task, but with the right planning and execution it can be a successful venture.

There are many challenges that need to be overcome when starting an electronics business in India, such as the high cost of setting up a manufacturing facility, the lack of skilled labor, and the stringent regulations. However, there are also many opportunities for those who are willing to take on the challenge. India is home to a large and growing market for electronics products, and there is a growing demand for higher quality products.

Additionally, the government has been supportive of the electronics industry, and has implemented policies to encourage investment and growth. With careful planning and execution, it is possible to overcome the challenges of starting an electronics business in India and build a successful company.

Starting an electronics business in India can be a great way to tap into a growing market. With the right planning and execution, you can build a successful business in this sector.

We hope that our tips have helped you get started on your journey to starting an electronics business in India. Do you have any other tips to share? Let us know!

• Small business ideas in India that you can start from home with low investment
• 15 Home Business Ideas for Women Entrepreneurs in India | Most Profitable Businesses
• 75 Profitable Business Ideas for Housewives with low investment
• Small Village Business Ideas in India for new-age entrepreneurs

Explore more business Ideas at SugerMint. Follow us on Twitter , Instagram , Facebook , LinkedIn

Best Business Ideas to Make Money Electronics Business Profitable Business Ideas Small Business Ideas in India Trading Business Ideas unique business idea

© 2024 SugerMint | All references relating to companies are copyright of their respective holders.

Username or Email Address

Forgot password?

Enter your account data and we will send you a link to reset your password.

Your password reset link appears to be invalid or expired.

Privacy policy.

To use social login you have to agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. %privacy_policy%

Add to Collection

Public collection title

Private collection title

No Collections

Here you'll find all collections you've created before.

Businesses Ranker

• Manufacturers & Producers
• Law & Legal
• Stocks & Trading
• Real Estate
• Free Business Listing
• GST Return Filing Service Delhi
• ITR Filing Service Delhi
• Pan Card Apply Service Delhi
• GST Registration Service Delhi
• Become an Author

How To Start Electronic Business In India

An electronic business involves careful planning and market understanding. Opting for an electronics shop is safer for startups, offering profitability with meticulous preparation. Success hinges on knowing the business landscape well. This guide provides step-by-step insights, helping entrepreneurs establish a thriving electronics business in India. From market comprehension to strategic planning, it offers practical advice for navigating the electronic business, ensuring a successful entry and sustained growth.

Launching an electronics business in India requires thoughtful planning, market insight, and strategic execution for long-term success in the dynamic business environment.

Table of Contents

Following are the steps to start an electronics business:

1. Investigate The Competitors

For any business, the first rule is to check out your competition. Know what they do, their products, services, successes, and failures. Also, see how they market themselves. There’s much to learn from them—things to do and avoid. Understanding your competitor’s business well helps you bring originality to your store, making it unique. This knowledge is important for creating your own identity and strategy in the market.

2. Store Location

Your store’s success depends on its location. It should be easily accessible, improving the chances of your business surviving. A good location can also attract franchised partnerships, giving your store more visibility and contributing to its growth.

Choosing the right place is crucial for your business’s overall success and expansion.

3. Set up an office space

Make a nice office space for your electronic shop. It attracts customers and franchise companies. A good setup shows your business is serious. It gives customers satisfaction and a nice experience with displayed products. This helps them feel the real deal and decide their thoughts about the products.

4. Raise Capital

Every business relies on the money it gets. In the beginning, you need a lot of money. So, start raising funds early. A survey says 57% of small businesses use personal savings at first. You need money for store stuff, location, products, rent, fixtures, paying employees, and marketing. Planning and gathering enough money for these things is important to make your business work well.

5. Register your business

You must register your business; there’s no other choice. It makes your business legal and gives it a recognized name in the industry. If you don’t register, the government won’t recognize your business. This step is crucial for legitimacy.

Plus, registering makes taxes simpler and keeps your business running smoothly. It’s not just legal; it’s practical to ensure your business works well within the official rules.

6. Hiring Employees In An Electronics Store

To run your electronics store smoothly, hiring employees is essential. Positions to consider are:

• Floor Manager
• Stock Manager
• Supervisors
• Promotional Head
• Sales Representatives

Other duties include handling:

• Maintenance

7. Business Insurance For An Electronics Store In India

Life is unpredictable, and accidents can happen anytime. Having insurance is crucial to cover damages. For electronics stores in India, various types of insurance policies are available, including:

• Crime insurance
• Cyber liability insurance
• Worker’s compensation
• Commercial auto insurance
• Business property insurance
• General liability insurance

You can get these policies from private companies or government agencies to safeguard your electronics store against unforeseen events.

8. Business License & Application Requirements

A license legally authorizes the sale of every product in your electronic shop, with the following exceptions:

• No license is needed if display space is under 20% of the total.
• No license is required if you have at most 30 electronics for display or sale.

Application requirements include:

• Sales Tax Identification Number
• Electronic and Home Appliance Service Dealer License (2 years validity) for electronics services
• License Number
• Second-Hand Dealer General License (2 years validity) for selling second-hand electronics.
• Inaugurate and Promote

After meeting all requirements and getting licenses:

• Launch your business with a grand opening.
• Utilize your network and distribute pamphlets through local newspapers.
• Boost the opening day with enticing offers to attract customers.

In conclusion, realizing the dream of starting a business is achievable with expert guidance on initiating an electronics business. It’s crucial to be patient, as profits may take time. Yet, in the fast-paced tech landscape, you can recoup investments within approximately two months in the electronics business.

Sumit Yadav

You might also like.

Affordable Benefits: Creative Strategies for Small Businesses to Enhance Employee Perks

12 Manufacturing Business Ideas Under 1 Lakh Rs. in India

Wipro Net Worth, CEO, Founder, Head Office, History

The Impact of Safety Regulations on Construction Businesses

Latest articles.

The Role of Technology in Modern Business

Impact of Managed WiFi on Business Productivity

The Benefits Of California Car Shipping

Group Insurance Plans: Benefits for Employers and Employees

How to Improve Your Credit Score for Better Loan Approvals

What are the Essential Tips for Successful Payment Gateway Integration?

Crafting a Seamless Employee Experience withUnified D igital Workflows

How Does a PoS System Ensure Secure Transactions and Data Protection?

The Importance of Speed in Successful Businesses

Payment Methods for Contractors: Choosing the Right Approach

• Terms of Use
• Privacy Policy

• Sample Business Plans
• Retail, Consumers & E-commerce

Electronics Shop Business Plan

The advancement in technology is wild, and so is the upgradation of electronic appliances. Therefore, starting an electronics shop is a profitable venture.

Anyone can start a new business, but you need a detailed business plan when it comes to raising funding, applying for loans, and scaling it like a pro!

Need help writing a business plan for your electronics shop? You’re at the right place. Our electronics shop business plan template will help you get started.

Free Business Plan Template

Download our Free Electronics Shop Business Plan Template now and pave the way to success. Let’s turn your vision into an actionable strategy!

• Fill in the blanks – Outline
• Financial Tables

How to Write An Electronics Shop Business Plan?

Writing an electronics shop business plan is a crucial step toward the success of your business. Here are the key steps to consider when writing a business plan:

1. Executive Summary

An executive summary is the first section planned to offer an overview of the entire business plan. However, it is written after the whole business plan is ready and summarizes each section of your plan.

Here are a few key components to include in your executive summary:

• Market Opportunity: Summarize your market research, including market size, growth potential, and marketing trends. Highlight the opportunities in the market and how your business will fit in to fill the gap.
• Product Offering: Highlight the electronics shop products you offer your clients. The USPs and differentiators you offer are always a plus.
• For instance, you may include televisions, audio speaker sets, laptops, tablets, mobile phones, etc as some of your products.
• Marketing & Sales Strategies: Outline your sales and marketing strategies—what marketing platforms you use, how you plan on acquiring customers, etc.
• Financial Highlights: Briefly summarize your financial projections for the initial years of business operations. Include capital or investment requirements, associated startup costs, projected revenues, and profit forecasts.
• Call to Action: Summarize your executive summary section with a clear CTA, for example, inviting angel investors to discuss the potential business investment.

Ensure your executive summary is clear, concise, easy to understand, and jargon-free.

Say goodbye to boring templates

Build your business plan faster and easier with AI

Plans starting from $7/month

2. Business Overview

The business overview section of your business plan offers detailed information about your company. The details you add will depend on how important they are to your business. Yet, business name, location, business history, and future goals are some of the foundational elements you must consider adding to this section:

Describe what kind of electronics shop you run and the name of it. You may specialize in one of the following electronics shop businesses:

• Retail electronics store
• Online electronics store
• Specialized electronics store
• Wholesale electronics supplier
• Electronic repair shop
• Describe the legal structure of your electronics shop, whether it is a sole proprietorship, LLC, partnership, or others.
• Explain where your business is located and why you selected the place.
• Owners: List the names of your electronics shop’s founders or owners. Describe what shares they own and their responsibilities for efficiently managing the business.
• Mission Statement: Summarize your business’ objective, core principles, and values in your mission statement. This statement needs to be memorable, clear, and brief.
• Business History: If you’re an established electronics shop, briefly describe your business history, like—when it was founded, how it evolved, etc.
• Additionally, If you have received any awards or recognition for excellent work, describe them.
• Future Goals: It’s crucial to convey your aspirations and vision. Mention your short-term and long-term goals; they can be specific targets for revenue, market share, or expanding your services.

This section should provide a thorough understanding of your business, its history, and its plans. Keep this section engaging, precise, and to the point.

3. Market Analysis

The market analysis section of your business plan should offer a thorough understanding of the industry with the target market, competitors, and growth opportunities. You should include the following components in this section.

• Target market: Start this section by describing your target market. Define your ideal customer and explain what types of services they prefer. Creating a buyer persona will help you easily define your target market to your readers.
• For instance, general consumers, tech enthusiasts, small business owners, or gamers would be an ideal target audience for a commercial electronics shop.
• Market size and growth potential: Describe your market size and growth potential and whether you will target a niche or a much broader market.
• For instance, the electronics shop industry was $159.6 billion in 2022, so it is crucial to define the segment of your target market and its growth potential.
• Competitive Analysis: Identify and analyze your direct and indirect competitors. Identify their strengths and weaknesses, and describe what differentiates your electronics shop from them. Point out how you have a competitive edge in the market.
• Market Trends: Analyze emerging trends in the industry, such as technology disruptions, changes in customer behavior or preferences, etc. Explain how your business will cope with all the trends.
• For instance, smart home devices have a booming market; explain how you plan on dealing with this potential growth opportunity.
• Regulatory Environment: List regulations and licensing requirements that may affect your electronics shop, such as business registration & licensing, sales tax, product safety & compliance, online sales regulations, etc.

Here are a few tips for writing the market analysis section of your electronic store business plan:

• Conduct market research, industry reports, and surveys to gather data.
• Provide specific and detailed information whenever possible.
• Illustrate your points with charts and graphs.
• Write your business plan keeping your target audience in mind.

4. Products And Services

The product and services section should describe the specific services and products that will be offered to customers. To write this section should include the following:

• Smartphones
• Audio speakers
• Televisions
• Smart home devices
• All other electrical appliances & accessories
• This may include product authenticity & legitimacy, product inspection & testing, product warranty & guarantee, etc.
• Additional Services: Mention if your electronics shop offers any additional services. You may include services like, technical support, repairs, installations, product demonstrations, customization options, trade-in programs, extended warranties, etc.

In short, this section of your electronics shop plan must be informative, precise, and client-focused. By providing a clear and compelling description of your offerings, you can help potential investors and readers understand the value of your business.

5. Sales And Marketing Strategies

Writing the sales and marketing strategies section means a list of strategies you will use to attract and retain your clients. Here are some key elements to include in your sales & marketing plan:

• Unique Selling Proposition (USP): Define your business’s USPs depending on the market you serve, the equipment you use, and the unique services you provide. Identifying USPs will help you plan your marketing strategies.
• For example, expert staff & technical support, a wide product range, or competitive pricing could be some of the great USPs for a professional electronics shop.
• Pricing Strategy: Describe your pricing strategy—how you plan to price your products and stay competitive in the local market. You can mention any discounts you plan on offering to attract new customers.
• Marketing Strategies: Discuss your marketing strategies to market your services. You may include some of these marketing strategies in your business plan—social media marketing, email marketing, content marketing, and print marketing.
• Sales Strategies: Outline the strategies you’ll implement to maximize your sales. Your sales strategies may include partnering & collaborating with other businesses, offering referral programs, etc.
• Customer Retention: Describe your customer retention strategies and how you plan to execute them. For instance, introducing loyalty programs, discounts & offers, personalized service, etc.

Overall, this section of your electronics shop business plan should focus on customer acquisition and retention.

Have a specific, realistic, and data-driven approach while planning sales and marketing strategies for your electronics shop, and be prepared to adapt or make strategic changes in your strategies based on feedback and results.

6. Operations Plan

The operations plan section of your business plan should outline the processes and procedures involved in your business operations, such as staffing requirements and operational processes. Here are a few components to add to your operations plan:

• Staffing & Training: Mention your business’s staffing requirements, including the number of employees or technicians needed. Include their qualifications, the training required, and the duties they will perform.
• Operational Process: Outline the processes and procedures you will use to run your electronics shop. Your operational processes may include procurement & inventory management, product display & store layout, technical support & repair services, etc.
• Equipment & Software: Include the list of equipment and software required for the electronics shop, such as display units, security systems, testing equipment, POS software, product research tools, etc.
• Explain how these technologies help you maintain quality standards and improve the efficiency of your business operations.

Adding these components to your operations plan will help you lay out your business operations, which will eventually help you manage your business effectively.

7. Management Team

The management team section provides an overview of your electronics shop’s management team. This section should provide a detailed description of each manager’s experience and qualifications, as well as their responsibilities and roles.

• Founders/CEO: Mention the founders and CEO of your electronics shop, and describe their roles and responsibilities in successfully running the business.
• Key managers: Introduce your management and key members of your team, and explain their roles and responsibilities.
• It should include, senior management, and other department managers (e.g. operations manager, technical service manager.) involved in the electronics shop business operations, including their education, professional background, and any relevant experience in the industry.
• Organizational structure: Explain the organizational structure of your management team. Include the reporting line and decision-making hierarchy.
• Compensation Plan: Describe your compensation plan for the management and staff. Include their salaries, incentives, and other benefits.
• Advisors/Consultants: Mentioning advisors or consultants in your business plans adds credibility to your business idea.
• So, if you have any advisors or consultants, include them with their names and brief information consisting of roles and years of experience.

This section should describe the key personnel for your electronics shop services, highlighting how you have the perfect team to succeed.

8. Financial Plan

Your financial plan section should provide a summary of your business’s financial projections for the first few years. Here are some key elements to include in your financial plan:

• Profit & loss statement: Describe details such as projected revenue, operational costs, and service costs in your projected profit and loss statement . Make sure to include your business’s expected net profit or loss.
• Cash flow statement: The cash flow for the first few years of your operation should be estimated and described in this section. This may include billing invoices, payment receipts, loan payments, and any other cash flow statements.
• Balance Sheet: Create a projected balance sheet documenting your electronics shop’s assets, liabilities, and equity.
• Break-even point: Determine and mention your business’s break-even point—the point at which your business costs and revenue will be equal.
• This exercise will help you understand how much revenue you need to generate to sustain or be profitable.
• Financing Needs: Calculate costs associated with starting an electronics shop, and estimate your financing needs and how much capital you need to raise to operate your business. Be specific about your short-term and long-term financing requirements, such as investment capital or loans.

Be realistic with your financial projections, and make sure you offer relevant information and evidence to support your estimates.

9. Appendix

The appendix section of your plan should include any additional information supporting your business plan’s main content, such as market research, legal documentation, financial statements, and other relevant information.

• Add a table of contents for the appendix section to help readers easily find specific information or sections.
• In addition to your financial statements, provide additional financial documents like tax returns, a list of assets within the business, credit history, and more. These statements must be the latest and offer financial projections for at least the first three or five years of business operations.
• Provide data derived from market research, including stats about the industry, user demographics, and industry trends.
• Include any legal documents such as permits, licenses, and contracts.
• Include any additional documentation related to your business plan, such as product brochures, marketing materials, operational procedures, etc.

Use clear headings and labels for each section of the appendix so that readers can easily find the necessary information.

Remember, the appendix section of your electronics shop business plan should only include relevant and important information supporting your plan’s main content.

The Quickest Way to turn a Business Idea into a Business Plan

Fill-in-the-blanks and automatic financials make it easy.

This sample electronics shop business plan will provide an idea for writing a successful electronics shop plan, including all the essential components of your business.

After this, if you still need clarification about writing an investment-ready business plan to impress your audience, download our electronics shop business plan pdf .

Related Posts

Hardware Shop Business Plan

Vending Machine Business Plan

Popular Business Planning Softwares

Free Business Plan Template Example

Guide to Effective Customer Analysis

How to Pick your Business Location

Frequently asked questions, why do you need a food distribution business plan.

A business plan is an essential tool for anyone looking to start or run a successful electronics shop. It helps to get clarity in your business, secures funding, and identifies potential challenges while starting and growing your business.

Overall, a well-written plan can help you make informed decisions, which can contribute to the long-term success of your electronics shop.

How to get funding for your electronics shop?

There are several ways to get funding for your electronics shop, but self-funding is one of the most efficient and speedy funding options. Other options for funding are:

• Bank loan – You may apply for a loan in government or private banks.
• Small Business Administration (SBA) loan – SBA loans and schemes are available at affordable interest rates, so check the eligibility criteria before applying for it.
• Crowdfunding – The process of supporting a project or business by getting a lot of people to invest in your business, usually online.
• Angel investors – Getting funds from angel investors is one of the most sought startup options.

Apart from all these options, there are small business grants available, check for the same in your location and you can apply for it.

Where to find business plan writers for your electronics shop?

There are many business plan writers available, but no one knows your business and ideas better than you, so we recommend you write your electronics shop business plan and outline your vision as you have in your mind.

What is the easiest way to write your electronics shop business plan?

A lot of research is necessary for writing a business plan, but you can write your plan most efficiently with the help of any electronics shop business plan example and edit it as per your need. You can also quickly finish your plan in just a few hours or less with the help of our business plan software .

Can a good electronics shop business plan help me secure funding?

Indeed. A well-crafted electronics shop business plan will help your investors better understand your business domain, market trends, strategies, business financials, and growth potential—helping them make better financial decisions.

So, if you have a profitable and investable business, a comprehensive business plan can certainly help you secure your business funding.

About the Author

Upmetrics Team

Upmetrics is the #1 business planning software that helps entrepreneurs and business owners create investment-ready business plans using AI. We regularly share business planning insights on our blog. Check out the Upmetrics blog for such interesting reads. Read more

Plan your business in the shortest time possible

No Risk – Cancel at Any Time – 15 Day Money Back Guarantee

Create a great Business Plan with great price.

• 400+ Business plan templates & examples
• AI Assistance & step by step guidance
• 4.8 Star rating on Trustpilot

Streamline your business planning process with Upmetrics .

You've Been Logged Out

For security reasons, we have logged you out of HDFC Bank NetBanking. We do this when you refresh/move back on the browser on any NetBanking page.

• To Other Account
• To Own Account
• UPI (Instant Mobile Money Transfer)
• IMPS (Immediate Payment 24 * 7)
• RTGS (Available 24 * 7)
• NEFT (Available 24 * 7)
• RemitNow Foreign Outward Remittance
• RemitNow2India (Foreign Inward Remittance)
• Remittance (International Money Transfers )
• Religious Offering's & Donation
• Forex Services for students
• Pay your overseas education fees with Flywire
• ESOP Remittances
• Visa CardPay
• Credit Cards
• Debit Cards
• Prepaid Cards
• Forex Cards
• Millennia Cards
• Commercial Credit Cards
• Business Credit Cards
• Loan on Credit Card
• Pixel Credit Card
• Merchant SI
• Biller Categories
• Electricity Bill Payment
• Mobile Post-Paid
• Insurance Premium
• Telephone-Landline
• Magazine Subscriptions
• HDFC Bank Credit Card Bill Payment
• Rent Payment
• Club Membership
• Other Bank Credit Card Bill
• Mutual Fund Installment
• Visa Bill Pay
• Broadband & Data Card
• Mobile Pre-Paid Recharge
• DTH Recharge
• Cash, cheque, Demand Draft
• Loan Repayment
• Education Fees
• Stay Secure
• Savings Accounts
• Salary Account
• Current Accounts
• Rural Accounts
• PPF Account Online
• Garv Pension Saving Account
• Savings Account Interest Rate
• Merchant Services
• Fixed Deposit
• Non withdrawal Deposits
• Fixed Deposit Interest Rate
• Recurring Deposit
• My Passion Fund
• Broker Services
• Open Demat Account
• 3-in-1 Demat Account
• Corporate Demat Accounts
• Already have a Demat and Trading Account
• Savings Bonds
• Sec-54 EC Capital Gains Bonds
• Sovereign Gold Bonds
• RBI Floating Rate Savings Bonds 2020 (Taxable)
• InvestNow (By HDFC Securities LTD)
• Equities and Derivatives
• IPO Application Through ASBA
• Recommended Portfolio Equity and Debt Mutual Funds
• HDFC Bank Research - Reports
• Smartwealth
• Secure Children's Future
• National Pension System
• Gold Monetisation Scheme
• Popular Loans
• Personal Loan
• Paperless Personal Loan
• Business Loan
• Doctor Loan
• New Car Loan
• EV Car Loan
• Two Wheeler Loan
• EV Bike loan
• Super Bike Loan
• Educational Loan
• Pre-owned Car Loan
• FlexiPay: Buy Now, Pay Later
• Loan Against Assets
• Loan on Credit card
• Loan Against Securities
• Digital Loan Against Mutual Funds
• Loan Against Property
• Loan Against Car
• jansamarth portal
• Emergency Credit Line Facility
• Loan for Professionals
• Government Sponsored Programs
• PM Mudra Yojana
• Stand Up India Scheme
• Manage your loan account
• Sustainable Livelihood Initiative
• Protect Life (Term)
• Secure Childrens Future
• Protect Life and Grow Wealth
• Protect Life and Plan For Retirement
• Critical Illness
• Personal Accident
• Super Top-up (Health)
• Private Car Insurance
• Two Wheeler Insurance
• Commercial Vehicle Insurance
• Cyber Insurance
• Pay Insurance Premium
• Atal Pension Yojana
• Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana
• Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana
• Compare & Fly
• Compare & Shop
• Deals & Offers
• SmartBuy Hotels
• Dining Offers
• OFFERS FOR YOU
• Security Center
• Manage Alerts
• Report Fraud and Dispute

• Logout Login Login ✕ Login ✕ Login

• Personal Business Tax Security Center Manage Alerts Report Fraud and Dispute
• Learning Centre
• How to start a retail business

How to start a retail business in India?

16 August, 2024 Synopsis: 

The Indian retail business sector is experiencing rapid growth, fuelled by the expansion of online services. 

Comprehensive market research is the first step in starting a retail business in India. 

Starting a retail business in India involves significant costs. Thus, securing adequate funding and planning your finances becomes imperative.    

Starting a retail business in India can be a lucrative venture with significant growth potential. Retail businesses involve buying goods from manufacturers or wholesalers and selling them directly to consumers, with the retailer acting as the intermediary. Whether you opt for an online platform or a traditional brick-and-mortar store, there are key steps and considerations to ensure your success.  

This guide will walk you through the steps of how to start a retail business in India. Understanding the Indian retail landscape  The Indian retail business sector is experiencing rapid growth, fuelled by the expansion of online services like e-commerce and digital banking. These advancements have made it easier for entrepreneurs in both urban and rural areas to start a retail business in India. E-commerce giants have paved the way for simplified online business models. Launching a personal website has also become increasingly cost-effective. Additionally, obtaining Business Loans has become more affordable and accessible.  Conducting market research The first step in starting a retail business is to conduct comprehensive market research. The retail sector is highly dynamic, with frequent changes driven by new product innovations, shifts in consumer behaviour, inflation, and demand and supply. Therefore, it is essential for a new Indian retail business to thoroughly research and understand these variables. 

You can begin by identifying what your potential customers are seeking within your niche category. Compare these needs with what your competitors are currently offering to effectively position your products. This can help you identify gaps in the market and capitalise on opportunities. 

Understanding your target market is crucial. Determine who your customers are, where they shop, and their purchasing power. This can guide you in pricing your products competitively and appropriately. 

Consider the type of shopping experience your customers expect. Designing an immersive and pleasant user experience, whether for a physical store or an online platform, is crucial to attracting and retaining customers for the long haul. 

Gaining clear insights into these aspects before starting a retail business can help you establish a suitable marketing strategy that resonates with your target customer base.   Business registration and licensing   Starting a retail business in India requires acquiring several licenses and registrations . Here’s a simplified guide to obtaining the necessary licenses and registrations for a retail business: 

Business entity registration: You need to register your retail business with the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA). A retail business in India can be registered as a sole proprietorship, Limited Liability Partnership (LLP), partnership, or company. You can visit the MCA website to download and complete the registration form for your specific type of business. 

Trade license: An Indian retail business must obtain a trade license from the local municipal corporation or state government. There are different types of trade licenses, including shop, industrial, food establishment, and drug licenses, among others. For example, an Indian retail business dealing in food may require an industry-specific license, such as the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI). 

Goods and Services Tax (GST) registration: If your retail business has a turnover exceeding ₹40 lakh (or ₹20 lakh in special states like Puducherry, Sikkim, Nagaland, Mizoram, Tripura, Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, and Uttarakhand), you must obtain GST registration . In the case of e-commerce operators, all businesses are required to register for GST, regardless of their turnover. You can register for GST at the official GST Portal - www.gst.gov.in. 

Permanent Account Number (PAN): A PAN card is necessary for starting a retail business. It is essential for opening a bank account, filing an Income Tax Return (ITR), filing a GST return, etc. A retail business in India can apply for a PAN card online through the National Securities Depository Limited (NSDL) or UTI Infrastructure Technology and Services Limited (UTIITSL) websites by filling out Form 49A. 

Tax Deduction and Collection Account Number (TAN): If your business deducts Tax Deduction at Source (TDS), you need a TAN. This number is required under Section 203A of the Income Tax Act, 1961. You can apply for TAN on the NSDL or UTIITSL websites. 

Shop and Establishment Act license: An Indian retail business must be registered under the Shops and Establishments Act. This applies to all retail businesses in India employing full-time, part-time, and contract workers. Businesses can submit an application to the State Labor Department for registration, along with documents such as proof of address and identity, PAN card, and other details.  

Professional tax registration: Obtaining a professional tax registration is essential within 30 days of starting retail business activities. 

Certificate of Occupancy (CoO): The CoO can be obtained after an inspection of the property’s fire safety standards, plumping, and electrical systems. The certificate confirms that your business property complies with safety standards and is fit for occupancy. 

Read also:  How to do MSME Registration Online   Securing funding and financial planning Starting a retail business in India involves significant costs, including inventory, equipment, staff salaries, and marketing. Securing adequate funding and planning your finances effectively is crucial for a successful launch. Here are some funding options to consider:  ​​​​​​​

Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSME) Loans: MSME Loans are specifically designed to support new and growing businesses. These loans offer quick access to finance with minimal paperwork, allowing you to start your retail business with fewer hurdles. MSME loans typically feature competitive interest rates, which helps your business maintain profitability while repaying the loan. Additionally, the flexible repayment terms provided by MSME Loans make it easier to manage your finances and adjust payments according to your business's cash flow. 

Self-financing through personal savings: Using personal savings to start your business is a practical option, particularly for smaller ventures that require relatively low capital. This eliminates interest payments and offers better control over your business. However, it may pose challenges if you plan to expand your business in the future. As your business grows, you will eventually require additional capital, and your savings may not suffice. 

Also read: A Complete Guide on Business Loans for MSMEs   Setting up the retail store Here are some steps for starting a retail business: 

Find manufacturers: Identify affordable manufacturers or suppliers from whom you can purchase products in bulk. Look for quality products at competitive prices to keep costs under control. 

Choose a location: For a brick-and-mortar store, selecting the right location is crucial. It is important to opt for a site that is popular and frequented by potential customers to maximise visibility and traffic. Consider the cost of renting or purchasing the property and factor this into your business plan .  

Explore online options: If you are starting an e-commerce Indian retail business, you have two options - established online platforms or launching your website. Established e-commerce platforms can simplify the setup process and may offer built-in tools for managing your store. This can greatly reduce the need for hiring technical expertise, but it may come with monthly fees and commission of sales. On the other hand, setting up your own website can provide you with greater autonomy and control but may present technical challenges. 

Purchase equipment: You must acquire the necessary equipment to operate your business effectively. This includes packaging machines, storage facilities, and any other tools required for day-to-day operations.  

Hire staff: You need to recruit staff to manage various aspects of your retail store, including security, marketing, advertising, and customer support. You also need to train your staff to ensure your business runs smoothly and your target customers get the best experience.  

Advertise: Developing a marketing strategy to promote your store and attract customers is essential. You can use a mix of advertising methods, including newspaper ads, online promotions, social media, and word-of-mouth, to increase brand awareness.  

       Also read: - 8 Great start-up business ideas you can consider in 2024  

There are many advantages of starting a retail business today, with the industry poised for significant growth in the next few years. Advances in technology and streamlined financing processes have made it easier than ever to open a retail store. With the right planning and execution, you can capitalise on ample opportunities and achieve success in this thriving market.  

Now that you know how to start a retail business do not hesitate to take the plunge. Explore HDFC Bank’s MSME Loans to kickstart your retail business in India. ​​​​​​​ Disclaimer: *Terms and conditions apply. The information provided in this article is generic in nature and for informational purposes only. It is not a substitute for specific advice in your own circumstances. 

Starting Your

Own Business

Business ideas.

Asking the better questions that unlock new answers to the working world's most complex issues.

Trending topics

AI insights

EY Center for board matters

EY podcasts

EY webcasts

Operations leaders

Technology leaders

EY helps clients create long-term value for all stakeholders. Enabled by data and technology, our services and solutions provide trust through assurance and help clients transform, grow and operate.

EY.ai - A unifying platform

Strategy, transaction and transformation consulting

Technology transformation

Tax function operations

Climate change and sustainability services

EY Ecosystems

EY Nexus: business transformation platform

Discover how EY insights and services are helping to reframe the future of your industry.

Case studies

Advanced Manufacturing

How a manufacturer eliminates cost and value leakages with AI-ML

03 Jul 2024 Vinayak vipul

How a young cement company grew 2.5x with organizational and functional transformation

05 Apr 2024 EY India

How a state government transformed into an ecotourism haven

12 Mar 2024 EY India

We bring together extraordinary people, like you, to build a better working world.

Experienced professionals

EY-Parthenon careers

Student and entry level programs

Talent community

At EY, our purpose is building a better working world. The insights and services we provide help to create long-term value for clients, people and society, and to build trust in the capital markets.

July 2024 recorded PE/VC Investments worth US$2.7 billion across 81 deals: EY-IVCA Report

14 Aug 2024 EY India

EY expands its EY ESG Compass platform with new innovative use-cases

06 Aug 2024 EY India

PE/VC Investments increase to $31.5 Billion in 1H2024, Marking 8% Year-on-Year Growth: EY-IVCA Report

22 Jul 2024 EY India

No results have been found

Recent Searches

Union Budget 2024-25: Accelerating fiscal consolidation for sustained growth

Union Budget 2024-25: Drive fiscal consolidation for lower interest rates, boost private investment, and job growth.

How India Inc. can navigate the road to financial resilience

Explore key findings from the 2024 Cost of Capital Survey, revealing insights into India Inc.'s financial resilience and strategic growth.

Impact of new GST law on skill-based online games

Explore the effects of the new GST law on skill-based online gaming. Understand the implications for players and industry with our in-depth analysis.

Select your location

Why India’s electronics manufacturing services (EMS) sector is growing

EY-Parthenon India Strategy Leader

• Link Copied

EY Report : Evolution of India’s electronics manufacturing services sector (PDF)

From contract manufacturing to innovation-driven growth, ems has huge potential in india. .

• India's electronics manufacturing services industry is growing, driven by higher share of outsourcing in India by Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs), developing component ecosystem and government incentives.
• The shift from plain vanilla contract manufacturing to Original Design Manufacturing (ODM) caters to the evolving needs of OEMs for product innovation.
• Although players in the mobile space have the highest scale, presence in application segments like automotive, industrial and medical give higher margins.

I ndia is expected to become an electronics manufacturing powerhouse over the next decade driven by increasing domestic demand and improving export competitiveness. Domestic production has nearly doubled between FY17 and FY22 and is expected to further increase at a CAGR of 24% between FY22 and FY27. 

One of the pillars of the growing electronics manufacturing industry in India is electronics manufacturing services (EMS). EMS consists of services such as designing, manufacturing, testing, distributing, and servicing electronic components and assemblies for OEMs.

In recognition of the industry’s potential and to support it further, over the recent years, the Indian government has introduced many schemes, incentivizing electronics  manufacturing . The Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme addresses challenges associated with high cost of capital in India. It provides 4% to 6% incentive on incremental sales of goods manufactured in India and targets specific sectors within India’s electronics industry.

Growth in domestic electronics production will be majorly driven by  technology  adoption, increasing affordability and sustainability.

Industry 4.0 is contributing to the growing demand for electronics as industries integrate digital technologies such as artificial intelligence, automation, and data analytics to optimize their processes, improve efficiency, and enhance productivity.

Increasing affordability and mobile penetration has created a strong market for electronic devices ranging from smartphones to home appliances.

Focus on sustainability is another major driver as the  automotive  sector, among others, is transforming. For example, production of electric vehicles (EVs) has driven up the demand for electronics such as the battery management system (BMS).

Growth drivers for India’s EMS market:  Increased outsourcing to EMS players, China plus one strategy and domestic electronics ecosystem development are the key demand drivers.

Over the next five years, the EMS market in India is expected to reach US$80 billion, providing growth opportunities to strategic and financial investors. A large chunk of this growth will be seen in mobiles and consumer electronics and appliances, followed by lighting, auto, and others.

In addition to increasing domestic demand, many global electronics manufacturers are moving their outsourced manufacturing operations from geographies such as China to India to ensure that supply chains remain uninterrupted. Other factors such as rising cost of manufacturing in China, trade disputes, and the Indian government's efforts to attract foreign investment in the electronics sector are in favor of the Indian EMS sector.

Several OEMs in the country are outsourcing a larger share of their manufacturing to domestic EMS providers due to reasons such as increasing complexity of electronic products, the need to reduce costs, and their desire to focus on core competencies.

Focus is shifting from traditional contract manufacturing to ODMs

In response to the changing demand, the EMS landscape has been evolving rapidly, with a noticeable shift from traditional contract manufacturing to ODM. These two approaches are distinct as each caters to specific OEM needs.

Contract manufacturing, historically the dominant model, involves EMS players sourcing components, manufacturing, assembling, and supplying finished products to OEMs based on the latter’s specifications. The ODM model represents a more comprehensive approach as, in addition to contract manufacturing services, ODM companies take on the responsibility of designing products according to OEMs’ specifications. This includes product conceptualization, prototyping, and design iterations, all carried out in close collaboration with the OEM. Furthermore, ODMs’ services encompass logistics, and after-sales support, thereby offering a holistic solution to OEMs.

Large global MNCs and large Indian firms seek ODM services as they require a higher degree of product innovation, customization, and end-to-end support. ODMs enable OEMs to bring unique products to market swiftly and efficiently, often tapping into the latest technological advancements and market trends.

The printed circuit board assembly (PCBA) market in India is expected to provide larger opportunity, growing at a CAGR of 30% in the next five years due to its supply to both in-house OEMS and EMS players.